jlknjl;ujmuy;;;;l                           l


 

Publishers Corner

By Bill Gibbons

     Saturday, August 12, 2011:  

  We are opposed to our current wars for two reasons: First these wars are illegal and unnecessary. Second: I have seen war up close having served in the navy during two wars and I can say, "THAT WAR IS HELL." I saw 65 of my shipmates blown to pieces at Okinawa, when our ship, the USS Rall, DE 304 was attacked by five Jap Kamikaze planes.

  We have discovers, as have millions of people, that this war was unnecessary, but was brought about by evil people, that simply wanted a war. Japan was goaded into starting the war. This was a war that the Japanese knew they could not win, but we left them no choice. 

  We would like someone, that is smarter then we are to explain how we have profited from this illegal war. For the life of me I can't see any reason for these wars 

  I do know what the wars have done for us. First: These wars have made us enemies of practically every living Arab Muslim and there are a billion of them, who would like to see us destroyed. Second: These wars have bankrupted the nation and have us on the brink of being destroyed as a nation. But, what have the wars done FOR US? Will someone please answer that question for me.

 

    Contact us at gibb@azci.net - Bill Gibbons

 

 
 

 THE POPULISTS VIEWPOINT

From  http://www.aclean-sweep.com

  The Populists Viewpoint is a political education web site dedicated to spreading the belief in a Constitutional Republic and not a decadent democracy, where the unwashed rabble can vote themselves Hugh largess from the public treasury- Bill Gibbons

Enter the web site HERE 

March 28,  2012

We believe that states, county and local police should cease to help enforce all federal laws, because most of these laws are un-Constitutional and should not be enforced. We say don't enforce federal laws, because the feds don't want any help in enforcing federal immigration laws against illegal aliens. Either help with all laws or help with NO LAWS. Lattigo Smith

April 6,2012

There is no gall to a politician, any politician and here is a fine example:
The Obama administration is suing Maricopa Sheriff Joe Arpaio for violating the constitutional right of illegal aliens. Politicians always bring up the Constitution when is suits them, while ignoring the Constitution about 99% of the time. This makes me want to throw-up - Bill Gibbons
  •  
  • What do Iran sanctions cost you? About 25 cents a gallon, experts say.

    While consumers may support sanctions on Iran to dissuade it from pursuing a nuclear weapon, a foreign trade advocate says, they should also be told how sanctions impact Americans.

    http://www.csmonitor.com/USA/Foreign-Policy/2012/0405/What-do-Iran-sanctions-cost-you-About-25-cents-a-gallon-experts-say

    By Howard LaFranchi, Staff writer / April 5, 2012

    Gas prices for regular unleaded are creeping close to $4.00 per gallon at Neal's Gas and Convenience in downtown Pittsboro, North Carolina on March 27, 2012.

    Ann Hermes/The Christian Science Monitor

       

    Washington

    Twenty-five cents a gallon – that’s about how much some international energy experts say the tough US sanctions on Iran’s oil industry are costing Americans at the pump.

     

    Related stories

     

    What sanctions? Top five countries buying oil from Iran.

    Is Iran's proposal to hold nuke talks in Syria, Iraq, or China brinksmanship?

    Attacking Iran: Did US just torpedo Israeli deal for a base in Azerbaijan?

    Oil prices: Can US, UK, and France drive them down?

     

    As US consumers cope with gas prices that are approaching an average of $4 a gallon, some international trade experts say the cost of the sanctions the US imposes – as in the case of the Iran measures – is something political leaders should discuss more openly. Instead, they say, most politicians act as if sanctions affect only the country targeted – something these experts say isn’t true.

    “The approach is always that the costs are for them and the benefits are for us,” says Bill Reinsch, president of the National Foreign Trade Council (NFTC), a Washington lobbying organization that generally opposes economic sanctions. “The Iran case is interesting,” he adds, “because of the impact of sanctions on our energy sector.”

    What sanctions? Top five countries buying oil from Iran.

    Energy experts say it’s difficult to pinpoint precisely how much sanctions on Iran are costing consumers as they filter down to the gas pump. But Lucian Pugliaresi, president of the Energy Policy Research Foundation, a Washington nonprofit organization that studies energy economics, says it’s possible to make an estimate.

    The sanctions the US and other countries have slapped on Iran’s energy sector and on its central bank (aimed at curtailing its oil exports) are costing Iran about 300,000 barrels a day in exports, Mr. Pugliaresi estimates. When added to other factors affecting the international oil market, that decrease in exports may have added about $10 to the current price of a barrel for crude, he says.

    And that $10 increase translates roughly to about a 25-cent increase in the cost of a gallon of gas in the US, Pugliaresi says.

    Light sweet crude was trading at about $103 a barrel on Thursday.

    Of course the Iran sanctions – which President Obama has continued to ratchet up, including at the end of March when he decided to move forward with sanctions on Iran’s Central Bank he had signed into law in January – are designed to dissuade Iran from pursuing a nuclear program with a weapons capability, a goal many consumers may agree with.

    But the NFTC’s Mr. Reinsch says consumers should be told what sanctions are going to cost.

    “It’s a legitimate argument to say the benefits of the aim of these sanctions – convincing Iran not to build nuclear weapons – outweigh the economic costs,” he says. “What is not acceptable is to pretend there are no costs, or to ignore them.”

    The Iran sanctions legislation that passed in January requires the president to consider the impact of moving forward on the central bank measures. Along with his decision in March to proceed with implementation, Mr. Obama issued a memo saying that after “carefully considering” factors including the state of the global economy, the availability of alternative oil supplies, and US and other countries’ strategic reserves, he had determined that conditions existed to move forward.

    Reinsch says his fire is aimed at the “hypocrisy” of members of Congress who press for ever-tougher sanctions on Iran’s oil sector, “but then turn around and complain about prices at the pump” as if there were no connection.

    Another factor critics of sanctions raise is whether or not they are having the intended impact. Economists and regional experts generally agree that the sanctions on Iran are having an impact on the country’s economy. But less certain, critics say, is whether or not that will translate into the Iranian regime backing down on its nuclear ambitions.

    In any case, Pugliaresi says consumers can take heart in the fact that the oil futures market seems to see the factors keeping crude oil prices up as temporary and moderating within a couple of years. Which means gas prices should be able to come back down – barring of course some other crisis in supply markets.

    What sanctions? Top five countries buying oil from Iran.

     

     

    Rise in justifiable homicides linked to weak gun control laws

    Guardian analysis finds 25% rise in justifiable homicides, and casts doubt on claim of a link to stand-your-ground laws alone

    http://www.guardian.co.uk/world/2012/apr/05/stand-your-ground-gun-control-data

     

     

    Rising numbers of civilian justifiable homicides across the US are closely linked to states with both weak gun controls and stand-your-ground laws, according to a Guardian analysis of FBI and other data, which show a 25% increase in such killings since the controversial self-defense laws started being introduced around 2005.

    Stand-your-ground (SYG) measures, which have attracted increasing scrutiny since the fatal shooting of unarmed black teenager Trayvon Martin by a neighborhood watch volunteer in Florida, allow citizens to use deadly force when they believe their life is in danger, without requiring them to retreat or try to escape the threat first.

    Florida was the first state to introduce an SYG law in 2005 and similar measures have now been adopted in some form by more than 20 states. Many were passed in 2006.

    The Trayvon Martin case has led to calls for the SYG laws to be reviewed or repealed.

    But the Guardian analysis shows that these measures alone cannot be statistically linked with the rise in justifiable homicides. However, in states with both SYG laws and the weakest gun controls – as defined by the Brady Campaign against gun violence – we found a statistical correlation with an increase in justifiable homicides.

    Across the US, such killings have risen sharply over the last five years, according to the data provided by the FBI and the Florida department of law enforcement. Between 2001 and 2005, there were 1,225 homicides classed as justifiable, compared to 1,528 in the period 2006-2010. By contrast, violent crime overall has been falling.

    Across the US, such killings have risen sharply over the last five years, according to the data provided by the FBI and Florida. Click to enlarge. Photograph: Guardian

    It is likely that the real number of killings could be higher. The data provided on a state-by-state basis to the FBI on justifiable homicide tends to be low and there are gaps in data.

    According to the FBI's crime reporting handbook, "Justifiable homicide, by definition, occurs in conjunction with other offenses". It reminds reporting agencies to "take care to ensure they do not classify a killing as justifiable or excusable solely on the claim of self-defense or on the action of a coroner, prosecutor, grand jury or court".

    Dan Gross, president of the Brady Campaign, said: "This research demonstrates a fundamental point. Stand-your-ground laws are dangerous on their own as a mentality. But when combined with weak gun laws they become a recipe for tragedy."

    He added: "Too much of the media focus has been on stand your ground alone. But we need to look at why Trayvon Martin is dead. Trayvon Martin is dead because George Zimmerman had a gun and that gun was put into his hands by the abominably low standards of guns laws in Florida. Zimmerman had a record of violence, but he was allowed to walk the streets with a loaded gun."

    Zimmerman, who admitted killing Martin but claimed self-defence under the law, had previously been charged with resisting arrest with violence and battery on an officer but the charges were dropped. He had also been accused of domestic violence in a case where he counter-accused his partner.

    Professor Dennis Kenney, of John Jay College of Criminal Justice at the City University of New York and a former police sergeant in Florida, said the Guardian's findings made sense.

    He said: "When more and more people carry guns and in more places, there are going to be more shootings."

    Recent years have seen an increase "not just in the number of guns, but also in the places that people have the right to take guns", said Kenney.

    "Various states are trying to remove almost all restrictions, even in bars serving alcohol. There's a high probability in states like Florida that a large number of people around you are armed."

    Into that mix, the SYG laws remove any responsibility to diffuse a situation, he said, leading to a "wild west" system of justice.

    "Justified homicides by police are also up," said Kenney. "The police are shooting more people and citizens are shooting more people. We're evolving into an increasingly coarse society with no obligation to diffuse a situation and rapidly turn to force.

    "People are literally getting away with murder."

    The relatively low numbers of justifiable homicides per year in some states make it difficult to extend any analysis beyond the US-wide finding and between individual states.

    It is worth noting that the relatively low population sizes in places like Hawaii, Alaska and Delaware, which show comparatively large increases in justifiable homicides despite having no SYG laws, make them susceptible to large swings. The numbers in each five-year period for these states are single digits.

    In contrast, Florida, one of the states ranked worst for gun control laws by the Brady campaign, saw an almost tripling in the number of justifiable homicides between 2001 and 2005, when there were 66, to 2006 to 2010, when there were 180, according to data from Florida department of law enforcement. Florida's JH data was the only data included in the Guardian's analysis which did not come directly from the FBI.

    Florida gun legislation includes statutes that ban cities and counties from regulating firearms without the state's permission, prevent police from collecting data on firearm sales at pawnshops and forbids adoption agencies from considering gun ownership when looking at placing children, according to the San Fransico Chronicle.

    Some experts pointed out that the states with weak gun controls are likely to be the same ones where stand-your-ground laws have been introduced, due to the strong belief in the right to carry arms in those states. But this is not universally true.

    John Roman, senior fellow in justice policy at non-partisan think-tank The Urban Institute in Washington, DC, said: "The order of events is that we have states where lots of people own guns and believe in guns. They are more likely to pass stand-your-ground laws and weak gun controls.

    "Because the stand your ground law make it harder to prove that a homicide wasn't justified, the justified homicides go up."

    Roman, who has written about stand-your-ground laws, believes that the rise in SYG is likely to lead to more miscarriages of justice.

    "It changes where the burden of proof lies. In a state without a SYG law, in a shooting, the police arrest you and then the burden is on the prosecutor to prove it is not self-defence."

    "When stand your ground comes into it, the police cannot arrest you before a probable cause finding. The place where the fact finding occurs is moved from the court to the street.

    "When you undertake an investigation in a chaotic setting like a shooting you are more likely to make mistakes than in a setting like a trial. It is bad law because it moves the fact finding to the street. It provides a barrier to a prosecution without providing any benefits."

    But Gary Kleck, a criminologist at Florida State University, cautioned that any increase in justifiable homicides should not be taken as an actual increase in killings that might not otherwise have happened. Rather, he said, the rise could be down to a change in how police classify data.

    He argued that the tripling of Florida's civilian justifiable homicides was "implausible" and said that the reported jump from 33 in 2006 to 102 in 2007 "strongly suggests such a definitional change".

    Kleck said that one desired effect of SYG and the right to carry (RTC) laws was to deter violent criminals and reduce violent crime. In an email response to the Guardian's data, he pointed out that violent crimes had fallen.

    "In 2006, the rate of murders and non-negligent homicides (all the criminal homicides that the FBI counts) was 5.8 per 100,000 population; in 2010 (the most recent year for which data are available), the rate was 4.8 – a 17% decline in four years. The robbery rate also declined by an identical 17% over the same period, from 31.6 to 27.5."

    Kleck said: "The decline in crime that paralleled the enactment RTC and SYG laws cannot be considered proof of the effect of these laws. Indeed, I think RTC have no net effect on crime rates. My point, rather, is that these are the same kinds of correlations concerning CJH increases and enactment of these laws that your analysis has produced, and are equally ambiguous in their meaning, and equally relevant to a consideration of the effects of these types of laws."

     

    Dear Ron,

    A lot of my readers are big fans of yours: on those rare but pungent occasions when I have criticized you, I’ve gotten lots of "blowback" in the comments section and in emails sent directly to my inbox. Whenever I praised you, I’ve enjoyed a veritable avalanche of favorable feedback. I can’t tell you how many conversations I’ve had with non-libertarians who praise you to the skies. Many people beyond the narrow confines of the libertarian movement are watching your campaign with great interest, and rooting for you — especially those who are concerned about our foreign policy of perpetual war. A lot of these people are not actually registered Republicans – although some have registered just to be able to vote for you – and that appears to be part of the problem.

    You’ve captured the youth vote in practically every contest, while losing among the older set and among hardcore Republican voters. In short, the demographic you do best in winning over is the least likely to be able to vote in a closed Republican primary. I would estimate that roughly two thirds to three quarters of your constituency is outside the ranks of the GOP. In view of these realities, I have a question:

    What is the endgame?

    Yes, yes, I know, the campaign is educating people, building a movement, and it’s necessary to take the long view. Yet I also know I am not the only one wondering what will happen in the short term.

    There has been a lot of speculation, not only among your friends and admirers, but also in the media, about the prospect of a "deal." This is not based on anything you have said or done: every public statement coming directly from you has indicated quite the opposite. Listening to what you actually say in interviews, in response to questions about endorsing Mitt Romney, leads one to conclude it’s highly unlikely bordering on downright impossible.

    So what now?

    Look, we don’t endorse candidates here at Antiwar.com, for a number of reasons, but I can’t ignore the many emails I’ve gotten from my readers, who are wondering about the answer to that question.

    It’s been exciting, even for a non-participant like me, to watch as you mobilize thousands at rallies all across the country, cheering your call to dismantle the Empire and bring the troops home. You were the voice of the majority during the debates, calling for getting out of Afghanistan immediately – not in a year or two or three, not conditional on the generals’ diktat, but now, with no conditions or excuses. That’s a major reason why you have inspired many people to get involved who would never have considered supporting a Republican candidate for any office, let alone President of the United States.

    Yet, as the primaries wind down, and Romney gets closer to his seemingly inevitable victory, we are hearing, time and again, that certain individuals high up in your campaign are trying to make some sort of dubious deal. Business Insider reports:

    "Sources close to the campaign told Business Insider that, behind the scenes, there have been ongoing discussions between the two campaigns that appear to include, or at least be the precursor to, an eventual deal. ‘The courtship has been underway for a long time,’ a source who declined to be named, talking about internal campaign affairs told Business Insider. ‘They are smart enough to know that he [Paul] can’t win the nomination or get a Cabinet position … but Ron Paul has to go somewhere.’"

    I don’t believe this "source," Ron, not even for a minute: if there has been a "courtship," it’s been entirely one-sided, with the Romneyites suffering from a bad case of unrequited love. Just seeing the look on your face when asked by Bob Schieffer about an endorsement is enough to convince me of that — not that I needed all that much convincing.

    On the other hand, the last sentence in the quote above is completely accurate: after Tampa, you do have to go somewhere. And the movement you inspired wants to know where you are taking them: is it only as far as Tampa, or will you go all the way and launch a third party campaign?

    "You don’t have to be a math genius to know that it is going to be very hard for us to get to Tampa with 1,144 delegates," says your campaign manager, Jesse Benton. "Short of Dr. Paul being the nominee, there would be a substantial price for us to throw our support behind someone else."

    I don’t know what Benton considers "substantial," in this context, but I can’t imagine what the Romney camp could possibly offer you in exchange for an endorsement, and neither can the Business Insider: their piece lists a number of scenarios – the promise of a cabinet position for Rand Paul, a speaking slot in Tampa, concessions on the party platform – and then dismisses each and every one.

    If I were 76 years old, I know I wouldn’t be sprinting around the country making speeches and tirelessly spreading the message of liberty: I’d be sitting on my deck, taking it easy, watching somebody else cut my lawn. But you’re in much better shape than I am, and besides that I can see you’re clearly enjoying yourself – especially the crowds of young people who cheer you wherever you go.

    The fun doesn’t have to end in Tampa: if you decide to run an independent campaign for the White House – a strategy some of your supporters are already urging on you – your celebration of liberty and peace can continue right on up until November, and beyond. Because a third party candidacy will leave a legacy, a lasting monument to your campaign and the movement it created: a viable third party alternative to the twin parties of war and Big Government.

    Polls show you getting as much as 17 percent of the vote in a three-way race – and those are just the starting numbers. It’s a long way until November, and a lot can happen: another economic crash, another war, another federal power grab so egregious it makes the PATRIOT Act seem like a mild precursor.

    Republicans and conservatives argue that a third party campaign on your part would ensure President Obama’s reelection, a scenario I don’t think is all that credible. If Romney loses it will be because most people simply don’t like him, don’t trust him, and don’t want him anywhere near the Oval Office.

    Yet even if it’s true your third party run would cost Romney the election, then isn’t it clear the Republicans deserve to lose? In the face of overwhelming public opposition to their warmongering, the other three GOP presidential contenders have relentlessly advocated escalating our overseas commitments: all three have explicitly threatened to go to war with Iran. Far from listening to your warnings about the dangers inherent in such a position, it’s clear they have nothing but contempt for your foreign policy views. Nor have they made any significant concessions on the domestic front: they’re all big spenders, Big Government "conservatives," and if they ever got into office they would continue along the same path.

    In short, Republicans need to be taught a lesson, one they will never forget. By disdaining the substantial and growing libertarian wing of the GOP, and ignoring the desire for peace on the part of the larger public, they have earned nothing but defeat. You have said you are trying to save the Republican party, but it’s too late for that: what’s needed now is for someone to save the country from the GOP.

    Yes, the Democrats also pose a major threat to liberty and peace, but the Republicans, I would argue, pose a much deadlier menace because their leaders and much of their base are unabashed militarists and dogged opponents of the Constitution. When it comes to foreign policy and civil liberties, the Obama administration is just as bad if not worse, but the difference is rhetorical: the Republicans openly proclaim their intent to continue and escalate our policy of permanent warfare, and take great pride in their willingness to throw the Bill of Rights overboard in the name of an endless "war on terrorism." Obama, on the other hand, is careful to sugar-coat his authoritarianism and belligerent foreign policy in terms of "liberal" bromides and appeals to "pragmatism."

    The best thing that could happen would be for the GOP to split, with your supporters hiving off, leaving the GOP remnant to become a primarily southern-based regional party. This is their future, in any event, in spite of your energetic efforts to "save" them. Unfortunately – for them and for us – they don’t want to be saved.

    In looking at the Ron Paul web sites, of which there are several, and speaking with a number of activists, I’ve encountered the following argument against taking the third party route: the Paulians, they say, are in this for the very long term. They mean to take over the GOP at the local level, and eventually dominate it at the national level. One blog entry estimated it would take them 20 years or so to accomplish this goal.

    Twenty years? By that time, if we aren’t dead we’ll be wishing we were. If this country doesn’t change course soon, in 20 years we’ll be bankrupt and well into our senescence as a nation — a declining empire beset on every front, with the last tattered remnants of our Constitution thrown to the four winds. Indeed, we are almost at that point right now.

    Dr. Paul, I know I speak for many of my readers when I say you have accomplished what none of us thought was possible: you opened up the political debate in this country, not only in the GOP but more generally. Now you have the chance to take that achievement and build on it: not by telling your supporters they have to wait 20 years or more before they can hope to effect real change, but by forging ahead and taking the next logical step in our long, harrowing, and yet energizing journey to reclaim our country and our old republic.

    In this radio interview with WMAL, you come pretty close to saying you will consider going third party "when the votes are counted" – i.e. after the Tampa convention, at the end of August. Unfortunately, the Libertarian party national convention is being held in May. While running on the LP ticket is just one possibility, it seems like the most viable. In spite of there being several declared candidates, the LP nomination would be yours for the asking – but you have to ask for it. LP rules forbid nominating a candidate who hasn’t declared his intention to actively seek the nomination.

    The other viable alternative is running for the "Americans Elect" nomination. Yes, I know the whole "Americans Elect" operation seems dubious on the face of it, but they qualified for ballot status in 35 states and counting. The "Ron Paul Draft" is already the top-vote getter in the Americans Elect nomination process, which runs through early May, with more than double the number of votes of the nearest competitor.

    In fact, Americans Elect does not require candidates to accept their nomination until after they win their Internet primary (held in late June). Throughout May and June, you can expect your supporters to campaign for your nomination as the Americans Elect candidate, regardless of what you do right now.

    There is also the independent option, which means getting on the ballot in all fifty states via petition, like Ross Perot did – but that seems prohibitively expensive.

    Ron, I know you’re out there speaking to huge crowds – 10,000 at UCLA, even as I write – and how thrilled you must be by this kind of reception. And I know you’re remembering the time when those crowds amounted to a few dozen, at most – and I imagine how gratified you must feel. Finally, the pro-peace pro-liberty camp is making some progress – but it doesn’t have to end in Tampa. Please consider carrying the banner of peace and liberty all the way to November and beyond – because the future of the country, and the peace of the world, depends on it.

    Sincerely,
    Justin Raimondo
    April 5, 2012

     

    OBAMA'S FOREIGN POLICY GURU
    IS A NEOCON

    By: Justin Raimondo

    http://www.etherzone.com/2012/raim040212.shtml

     

    On the eve of the President’s last State of the Union speech the White House let it be known that a recent essay by Robert Kagan in The New Republic, which excerpted his book, The World America Made, had been sent to his national security staff for their perusal. As the President told reporters beforehand, Kagan’s thesis – that America is not in decline and must maintain its hegemonic stature in the world, or all is lost – was a major theme of his peroration:

    “The renewal of American leadership can be felt across the globe. From the coalitions we've built to secure nuclear materials, to the missions we've led against hunger and disease; from the blows we've dealt to our enemies, to the enduring power of our moral example, America is back. Anyone who tells you otherwise, anyone who tells you that America is in decline or that our influence has waned, doesn't know what they're talking about.”

    Have no fear – the empire endures!

    That President Barack Obama, ostensibly a Democrat of the liberal variety, was touting the views of a neoconservative foreign policy maven whose work has been published in The Weekly Standard, should come as a surprise to exactly no one. The overarching bipartisan consensus in Washington in favor of global intervention ensures that foreign policy disputes are limited to “debates” over means rather than ends. In short, it isn’t a question of whether we ought to have an empire, but of how to best to maintain and expand it.

    Partisan differences over these matters are mainly stylistic and rhetorical, such as the phony division over “unilateralism” versus “multi-lateralism.” Not that these divisions aren’t real: they are. It’s just that, in the end, they don’t much matter, because whether there’s a liberal Democrat in the White House, or a neocon-manipulated Dauphin, the goal remains the same. That goal is global hegemony, energized by a vision of the US as the defender and best builder of an imaginary “world order.”

    In his essay, and subsequently published book, Kagan makes the case that, contrary to various prophets of doom, the US is not in decline relative to other nations, and that, in any case, the end of American hegemony will signal the demise of the “liberal international order.” In short, everything depends on us – on our ability to project military power and keep “order” overseas. Without Uncle Sam standing guard at the gates of civilization, the global order will decay and chaos will follow – a condition which will pose new and heretofore unimagined dangers not only to us but to the world.

    Kagan avers that the declinists are guilty of basing their case “on rather loose analysis,” on vague “impressions” of lost virtue and dissipated will. This is odd coming from an author whose own analysis contains nowhere within it even a single mention of the word “debt.”

    No wonder Obama liked it!

    While the “dismal” economy is noted, it is only in passing. Economics, it seems, is not Kagan’s strong suit. He bypasses the dismal science to emphasize other factors that, in his view, constitute the building blocks of a hegemonic power.“Measuring changes in a nation’s relative power is a tricky business,” he writes, “but there are some basic indicators”:

    “The size and the influence of its economy relative to that of other powers; the magnitude of military power compared with that of potential adversaries; the degree of political influence it wields in the international system—all of which make up what the Chinese call ‘comprehensive national power.’ And there is the matter of time. Judgments based on only a few years’ evidence are problematic. A great power’s decline is the product f fundamental changes in the international distribution of various frms of power that usually occur over longer stretches of time. Great powers rarely decline suddenly. A war may bring them down, but even that is usually a symptom, and a culmination, of a longer process.”

    The relative “size” of the economy, if such a concept has any real meaning, has nothing to do with the level of wealth and degree of productivity: for example, the African economy is huge, while Africans are relatively impoverished. Compare Singapore’s standard of living with Uzbekistan’s – or even the entire former Soviet Union. Again, economics is apparently not Kagan’s strong point – and neither is history. Because if the history of the last years of the twentieth century teaches us anything, it is that great empires – or, at least, empires thought to be “great” and nearly invulnerable – do fall suddenly, as the example of the Soviet Union demonstrates. The fall of some major financial empires in the crash of ’08 brings this lesson home, but then again Kagan, who minimizes economic power and upholds the primacy of the political, is blind (or indifferent) to such disasters.

    Then there is the question of military power, which Kagan defines as a matter of “magnitude.” However, in our shadow “war on terrorism” we have found our magnitude is as much of a burden as it is a plus. Nor has this vaunted magnitude stopped the enemy from penetrating our defenses and landing a major blow in our homeland, at the very epicenter of the imperial metropolis, on September 11, 2001. Oddly, mention of this signal event is also missing from the book excerpt Obama found so impressive.

    No debt, no 9/11 – no problem! Kagan’s screed was destined for the Oval Office bestseller list.

    Kagan’s conception of “power” is hostile to economics: that is, to the very idea that markets, rather than states, constitute the “liberal world order” he is so worried about maintaining. Yet he is compelled to confront it, if only to dismiss it:

    “Some of the arguments for America’s relative decline these days would be more potent if they had not appeared only in the wake of the financial crisis of 2008. Just as one swallow does not make a spring, one recession, or even a severe economic crisis, need not mean the beginning of the end of a great power. The United States suffered deep and prolonged economic crises in the 1890s, the 1930s, and the 1970s. In each case, it rebounded in the following decade and actually ended up in a stronger position relative to other powers than before the crisis. The 1910s, the 1940s, and the 1980s were all high points of American global power and influence.”

    Why does invoking the specter of imminent bankruptcy make an argument for retrenchment less potent? This seems weirdly counterintuitive, but makes sense if you’ve read your Ayn Rand: her description of the intellectual “witch doctor” who valorizes physical power – that is, the power to inflict death and destruction – over the power of the mind, fits Kagan to a tee.

    Aside from this, however, Kagan fails to see the fatal pattern laid out so clearly in his own analysis. If an individual had suffered a number of prolonged crises – say, a series of strokes or heart attacks – over a relatively short period of time, one would say he or she has to either address the underlying causes, or else risk a rather sudden death. Now apply this analysis to our collective condition: the period from the end of the 19th century to the beginning of the 21st is but the blink of a historical eye, and yet in that time we have experienced not three (as Kagan would have it) but four major economic upheavals – surely a sign of some inner ailment, and a major one to boot.

    In Kagan’s world, however, none of this matters: only military and political power matters. And what of our vaunted power in this realm – is it really so overwhelming? True, we spend more than practically all the rest of the world combined on “defense,” and our network of military bases and client states rings the world several times over. Yet how many wars have we won lately? Iraq was a defeat no matter how you slice it: the country we “liberated” is today little more than an Iranian outpost, and very far from being the democratic republic envisioned by the neocons (and some “libertarians”). Afghanistan is an even clearer case of mission failure: our efforts to set up an American client state in that ungovernable corner of the world limn the Soviets’ futile crusade – and presage the kind of sudden collapse they suffered as a result.

    Of course it is not quite accurate to say the Afghan campaign brought down the Soviet empire, all by itself: other factors, such as the complete inability of the Soviet economic model to produce anything but junk and rampant social disintegration, defeated Lenin’s heirs. Yet the Afghan war was the precipitating political factor, an event that dealt a mortal blow to the Kremlin’s authority at home as well as its international reputation as a potent military power.

    Kagan and his fellow neocons are like those old Soviet hardliners who insisted, right up until the last minute, that the Red Army must not retreat from its “internationalist” duty in Afghanistan. They are like those “coup plotters” who tried – and failed – to rescue the old Soviet model even as it sunk beneath waves of its own making.

    America’s empire of debt is tottering and creaking and threatening to crash down on our heads even as I write. That Kagan is deaf to these ominous signs is neither surprising nor particularly relevant: it’s going to come crashing down anyway, while he and his deaf-and-dumb cohorts in the Beltway bubble continue to go about their business of building castles in the air as if nothing is happening.

    As Ron Paul continually points out, we’re broke, and the political class shows no signs of putting us on the road to solvency. Far from it: they seem determined to drive us over a cliff, spending and piling up debt to the point where the American dollar is losing value faster even than we are losing the war in Afghanistan.

    That this course is unsustainable is a fact of reality conveniently evaded by both Kagan and his admirer in the Oval Office. We are being defeated in world markets and in the wilds of Afghanistan: dragged down by the burden of empire, we have no chance to get back up off our knees.

    Of course, a militarist regime, one that cares only about its own power and the wealth and well-being of its sycophants, wants us on our knees, quaking in fear lest the “terrorists” get us – while the banksters, the crony-capitalists, the war profiteers, and the foreign lobbyists have their snouts firmly buried in the public trough. If economics doesn’t matter, and the elites can always grab their outsized share of the loot through political connections, then who cares about the increasing immiseration of the masses?

    Remember, it’s all about “national greatness,” beside which the fate of the ordinary individual pales. As far as our President is concerned, it’s all about his own greatness. After he beats the pants off of Romney, it will be all about his Legacy – and you can bet, given his enthusiasm for Kaganism, it will be a legacy well-lubricated with blood.

    Once Obama is unleashed, in his second term, we will see the true face of this President, whose tyrant’s temperament and imperious sense of mission will come to the fore, unabashed and militant. In which case, the rest of the world had better hope the economic collapse will come sooner rather than later – because the US army will be too busy keeping order on the home front to launch any new wars abroad.

    America’s 1989 – it can’t come soon enough. Out of the ruins of empire perhaps we can excavate some relics of our old republic. Out of the existential crisis of the nation, perhaps, the memory of the Founders’ dream will be recalled and reestablished. In any case, it is too late to avoid the crisis: the question now is how do we preserve the remnants of the old constitutional order and prevent the country from falling into Caesarism?



    "
    Published originally at EtherZone.com : republication allowed with this notice and hyperlink intact."

    Mail this article to a friend(s) inwo clicks!

     

    Justin Raimondo is Editorial Director of AntiWar.Com. He is a regular columnist for Ether Zone.

    Justin Raimondo may be contacted at egarris@antiwar.com

     

     

    A Nation Arms Itself — For What?

    Patrick J. Buchanan April 2nd, 2012

    http://www.theamericanconservative.com/blog/2012/04/02/a-nation-arms-itself-for-what/

     

    With the shooting death of Trayvon Martin by a neighborhood watch volunteer who was legally carrying a 9-millimeter handgun, the familiar wail has arisen from our cultural and media elite:

    America has too many guns!

    “Open carry” and “concealed carry” laws should be repealed.

    Florida’s “Stand-your-ground” law, replicated in two dozen states, threatens to turn America into the Tombstone of Doc Holiday and Wyatt Earp. This is insane!

    The United Nations agrees. This year, the world body takes up the global control of firearms, including small arms in the hands of citizens.

    According to Sen. Rand Paul, the U.N. “Small Arms Treaty” will almost surely mandate tougher licensing requirements to own a gun, require the confiscation and destruction of unauthorized civilian firearms, call for a ban on the trade, sale and private ownership of semi-automatic weapons, and create an international gun registry.

    No more Colt .45s in the top drawer or M-1 rifles in the closet.

    Memo to the U.N.: Lots of luck.

    Forty-five Republican and 12 Democratic senators have declared their opposition to any such U.N. treaty, which means it is dead in the water the moment it is launched from Turtle Bay.

    For when it comes to Second Amendment rights, Middle America has spoken — at the ballot box and the gun store. And Congress, most state legislatures and the federal courts have all come down on the side of the Silent Majority.

    In District of Columbia v. Heller (2008), the Supreme Court struck down one of the most restrictive gun laws in the nation, assuring district citizens of their right to keep a gun in the home.

    U.S. Judge Benson E. Legg just struck down the section of Maryland’s gun law that left it to local authorities to decide if a citizen could carry a gun outside his house.

    Virginia Gov. Bob McDonnell, mentioned as a running mate for Mitt Romney, just signed a law striking down a 20-year ban that kept residents from buying more than one pistol per month. In Virginia’s legislature in 1993, McDonnell had voted in favor of the one-gun-per-month rule.

    The new law ignited New York City Mayor Mike Bloomberg, who calls Virginia “the No. 1 out-of-state source of crime guns in New York and one of the top suppliers of crime guns nationally.”

    Two New York cops have been shot this year, one fatally, with guns from Virginia.

    But there is another side to the gun story, and University of Houston Professor Larry Bell relates it:

    “Law-abiding citizens in America used guns in self-defense 2.5 million times in 1993 (about 6,825 times per day), and actually shot and killed two and a half times as many criminals as police did (1,527 to 606). These self-defense shootings resulted in less than one-fifth as many incidents as police where an innocent person was mistakenly identified as a criminal (2 percent versus 11 percent).”

    The figures tell the story. Along with rising incarceration rates, the proliferation of guns in the hands of the law-abiding has been a factor in the nation’s falling crime rate.

    And that proliferation has accelerated under President Obama.

    According to ammo.net, tax revenues from the sale of firearms and ammunition have gone up 48 percent since 2008, with Iowa, North Carolina and Utah registering revenue gains of over 100 percent.

    On Black Friday, the day after Thanksgiving, there were 129,666 background checks of individuals seeking to buy a gun, the highest one-day search in history This exceeded by 32,000 the number of background checks by gun dealers on Black Friday 2010.

    Background searches in December broke the all-time monthly record set in November, as 1,534,414 inquiries were made to the National Instant Criminal Background Check System about prospective gun-buyers.
    Half a million inquiries came in the six days before Christmas.

    Why are Americans arming themselves?

    More and more citizens, says the National Rifle Association, fear that if or when they confront a threat to their family, lives or property, the police will not be there.

    Reports of home invasions and flash mobs have firmed up the market for firearms. After the 1992 Los Angeles riot, when Californians found themselves defenseless in homes and shops, gun sales soared.

    Others argue that a fear of new laws in an Obama second term, or even the possible confiscation of handguns, is driving sales.

    Gun-control organizations claim that gun ownership is actually declining, that fewer and fewer people are buying more and more of these guns.

    But the numbers seem to contradict the gun-controllers.

    A 2005 Gallup survey found that three in 10 Americans own a gun, that 40 percent had a gun in the house, that nearly half of all men own a gun, as do one in seven women. Two-thirds of all gun-owners gave as a reason they own a gun: protection against crime.

    America is an armed camp, with the South and Midwest the most heavily armed. Yet, still, Americans buy guns in the millions every year.

    Why? Whatever the answer, it is our business, not the U.N.’s.

    Patrick J. Buchanan is the author of “Suicide of a Superpower: Will America Survive to 2025?

    Copyright 2012 Creators.com

     

     




 
April 2,2012
Israel Apologists Always Working To Hide Truth About High Seas Massacre
http://americanfreepress.net/?p=3518

By Victor Thorn

Created over a century ago and boasting more than 140,000 members, the prestigious U.S. Naval Institute (USNI) describes itself as a non-profit professional military association, “with no government support, that does not lobby for special interests.” Located on the grounds of the Naval Academy just outside of Annapolis, Md., the organization has been in operation since 1873 when it was first established by a group of naval officers who sought to further a legacy of “the knowledge of sea power, and to preserve our naval and maritime heritage.”

  In its mission statement, the organization’s goals are “to provide an independent forum to those who dare read, think, speak and write in order to advance the professional, literary and scientific understanding of sea power and other issues critical to national defense.”

On the surface, such sentiments sound noble. But recently when the USNI was approached by Bart Van Ness, a lifetime member of AFP’s READERSHIP COUNCIL, to review the book What I Saw That Day: Israel’s June 8 1967 Holocaust of U.S. Servicemen Aboard the USS Liberty and Its Aftermath, the organization’s true allegiances were revealed.

What I Saw That Day by Phil Tourney is the provocative, no-holds-barred book that tells the truth about Israel’s bloody attack on the USS Liberty.

  What I Saw That Day by Phil Tourney is the provocative, no-holds-barred book that tells the truth about Israel’s bloody attack on the USS Liberty.

   

Once one begins examining USNI’s board of directors, an unsettling picture emerges. For instance, the honorary chairman of the board is none other than John Lehman, an infamous Project for the New American Century (PNAC) signatory and member of the trumped-up 9-11 Commission.

Lehman cut his teeth during the Nixon administration as a National Security Council senior staff aide to none other than Henry Kissinger. He also formed ties with another shady operator—Richard Perle—during his stint in the Navy. Lehman has also owned a company named Abington Corporation, and his partner was the so-called “Prince of Darkness” himself, Perle.

Dr. Michael Saba, an international relations consultant, wrote of this partnership in the Arab News on June 26, 2004. “In 1983, a mysterious package of materials in an unmarked envelope was allegedly delivered to New York Times investigative reporter Jeff Garth. The materials led to a major Times story about then-U.S. Secretary of the Navy John Lehman. The materials pointed out that Lehman had supposedly taken payments from an Israeli arms company while he was secretary of the Navy.”

Saba continued, “Perle, who was also a U.S. government official during this period in 1983, had also allegedly received money from the same Israeli arms company.”

British journalist Claudia Wright reiterated these charges. “Well known in Israeli military circles, [Lehman] sat on the board of a Philadelphia think tank run by American supporters of Israel, and operated a highly profitable defense consulting company with business ties to the Israeli arms industry,” wrote Mrs. Wright.

Lehman’s ties to Israel become even more sinister when we consider the infamous case of Jonathan Pollard, a civilian analyst who betrayed our country by stealing secrets and passing them along to our supposed ally. In his article, “9-11 and the Neo-Cons,” independent journalist Tom Wilson wrote: “When Pollard’s espionage was exposed, the following individuals were suspected by then-Secretary of Defense Caspar Weinberger’s office of being Pollard’s co-conspirators: Richard Perle, Paul Wolfowitz, Douglas Feith and John Lehman.”

None of these revelations should surprise anyone because Lehman and his neocon colleagues have had a long history of traitorous behavior against the U.S. in favor of Israel. They have also been doing the Zionists’ dirty work for decades by pushing a pro-military agenda in the Middle East that advances war against Israel’s enemies.

Lehman has been in the thick of this since the early 1970s, yet somehow he was considered “independent” enough to be on the 9-11 Commission.

   

In the early 1990s Lehman joined the Committee on U.S. Interests in the Middle East. This organization’s purpose was to lobby for U.S. tax dollars for the nation of Israel. Its organizers were notorious pro-Israeli U.S. officials Perle, Douglas Feith and Elliott Abrams.

Lehman was also deputy director of the U.S. Arms Control and Disarmament Agency, where he was closely associated with Paul Wolfowitz and Perle. He was also a member of PNAC, which has been described as the most influential warmongering group since the Committee on the Present Danger, another Lehman group.

PNAC, of course, achieved infamy by producing two particularly notorious letters: One was sent to President Bill Clinton, while the other went to President George W. Bush, 11 days after the 9-11 terror attacks. In each of these letters, the signatories—including Dick Cheney, Lewis Libby, Abrams, Donald Rumsfeld and Wolfowitz—urged the then-presidents to engage in one specific act—an acceleration of America’s plans to invade Iraq.

As we all know by now, the Bush neocon administration immediately embarked on these plans only hours after the 9-11 attacks.

Author of Book on 1967 Attack Fights Top-Level Censorship

By Victor Thorn

Despite receiving a cold shoulder from the Navy, State Department and Congress in regard to conducting an authentic investigation of Israel’s murderous 1967 attack on the USS Liberty, survivor Phil Tourney acknowledged a longtime ally.

“Ever since Willis Carto paid my way to speak at a conference in Washington sometime around 23 or 24 years ago, we’ve been friends,” said Tourney. “AFP and The Spotlight have been some of the only people to ever help us. They’ve always been—bar none—our strongest supporters.”

During a March 21 interview with this writer, Tourney described how he’s been brushed off for the past 30 years. Once, at a 2003 State Department conference that had cover-up artist Jay Cristol and three other Jewish individuals on its panel—as well as author James Bamford—Tourney rose to address the speakers during a question-and-answer session. But instead of hearing him out, the organizers cut off Tourney’s microphone. When other attendees objected, demanding, “Let him speak,” the conference abruptly ended.

“It was one of the biggest disappointments of my life,” Tourney confided. Fortunately, there did exist a silver lining, as Phil explained. “10 minutes before the conference began, Bamford received a faxed letter from Capt. Ward Boston, who said the naval investigation was a sham. In essence, Boston insisted that our crewmen were left out there to die in order to protect Israel.”

The 45-year news blackout extends all the way to Sen. John McCain (R-Ariz.).

Tourney told AFP, “His father, John McCain Sr., demanded that Boston could not speak to any of the IDF pilots or torpedo captains.”

At this same conference, Tourney told of how the State Department’s Marc Susser repeatedly pushed the Board of Inquiry’s “mistaken identity” angle by claiming that Israel thought Liberty was actually an out-of-service Egyptian horse carrier, the El Quseir.

Of course, legitimate researchers have debunked this smokescreen long ago. Or, as Boston wrote in his October 2003 affidavit: “The evidence was clear. Both Adm. Kidd and I believed with certainty that this attack, which killed 34 American sailors and injured 172 others, was a deliberate attack to sink an American ship and murder its entire crew.”

Despite the obstacles facing him, Tourney still refuses to quit. “I wrote to Colin Powell, but never heard back from him. This government right now is beholden to Israel, more than it’s ever been. The ADL and AIPAC are very demanding. They put a lot of pressure on Congress. Everyone is afraid to push back. At a USS Liberty Memorial Library ceremony, the Navy wouldn’t even send a color guard. A SWAT team had to protect the Liberty crewmen because they thought someone would kill them.”

Sadly, time is running out for these brave men.

“We’re getting older,” Tourney stressed, “and the government is just waiting for us to die off.”

The Man That Officially Codified the Lies

Following the 2003 release of his scurrilously deceptive book, The Liberty Incident, the U.S. Naval Institute (USNI) added insult to injury by seeming to solely promote Jay Cristol’s version of events to the exclusion of all others. In the June 2003 issue of USNI’s official magazine, Proceedings, David C. Walsh endorsed many of Cristol’s dubious claims, such as the “mistaken identity” theory and how Israel’s attack—which he claims only lasted for 22 minutes—resulted from a mere “communications gaffe.”

Cristol—formerly a federal judge and a Naval Reserve captain—cleared Israel of any intent. Rather, Cristol asserted, due to the “fog of war,” both sides—Israel and the U.S.—must share blame for the incident.

In the aforementioned June 2003 article entitled “Friendless Fire,” Walsh wrote, “The author [Cristol] surmises that most survivors—some of whom openly criticize Israel’s domestic policies and its formidable Washington lobby—have a political ax to grind.”

Piling on even more venom, Walsh says of Cristol, “The judge is dubious of naysayers [who] rely on ‘conjecture, hearsay and plain wishful thinking,’ flawed or traumatized memories, and ‘various conspiracy theories.’”

Even former Secretary of State Dean Rusk said, “There was every reason to believe that the USS Liberty was identified, or at least her nationality determined, one hour before the attack.”

Cristol, USNI and Proceedings should be ashamed of themselves for continuing this cover-up, and the blood of every murdered, wounded or disfigured Liberty crewmember will forever be on their hands until they correct this miscarriage of justice—and that is the truth.

Cover-Up a Slap in the Face of All U.S. Vets

By Victor Thorn

An 80-year-old Maryland resident and lifetime AFP READERSHIP COUNCIL member, Bart Van Ness is an American patriot who still believes everyday citizens can make a difference. He also feels that all of us as individuals should stand up for what we believe is right, especially if an egregious crime has been committed against our fellow countrymen.

During a March 21 interview with AFP, Van Ness told this writer, “As long as I can physically do it, I’m going to keep fighting for America.”

As a 52-year Golden Life member of the U.S. Naval Institute (USNI), Van Ness has recently taken a courageous stance to expose the truth about what happened on June 8, 1967, when Israeli jet fighters and torpedo boats assaulted the USS Liberty for nearly two hours, killing 34 and injuring 172. His efforts reveal that even when confronted with seemingly insurmountable odds, nothing can defeat persistence.

Van Ness described how, over the years, he had read possibly every book and watched every documentary produced on the Liberty attack. But after the Naval Institute published an article by arch-disinformation agent Jay Cristol in 2005, Bart wrote a letter to the editor asking USNI to consider covering Tito Howard’s film Attack on the Liberty. He never heard back from them.

Fast-forward to 2011, where Van Ness picks up the story.

“After I read Liberty survivor Phil Tourney’s book, What I Saw That Day, I sent a book review on July 13 to Proceedings, which is USNI’s official magazine,” said Van Ness.

Due to some purported miscommunication, Van Ness re-sent the review in September 2011, whereupon he spoke with Adm. Peter Daley, who is USNI’s CEO and a member of its board of directors.

At first, prospects seemed positive. Van Ness recalled: “Daley told me: ‘Let us answer John Adams’s call. Liberty cannot be preserved without general knowledge among the people. Let us dare to read, think, speak and write.’”

Encouraged, on Jan. 11 Van Ness wrote a letter to Daley in regard to the Tourney book review.

“I feel very strongly that this should be published so people will not only be made aware of what happened [to the USS Liberty], but in memory of the 34 crew members killed and 172 wounded that day,” Van Ness said.

Two weeks later, on Jan. 24, editor Liese Dougherty responded, informing Van Ness that USNI had chosen not to use his review.

Taking time to cool off and approach this matter with a level head, on Feb. 14 Van Ness sent a letter to Daley informing him that he was giving up his 52-year Golden Life membership.

Van Ness told AFP: “The reason I resigned was because I lost respect for the Naval Institute. They don’t have any guts. Their cover-up is a slap in the face of every Liberty crewmember.”

When learning of USNI’s decision, author Tourney told Van Ness, “They not only insulted the Liberty, they insulted you, too.”

Still upset about the Naval Institute betraying their brethren, Van Ness said with conviction: “What they’re saying to me in so many words is, to hell with you. This stance reflects the arrogance, intellectual dishonesty, lack of integrity and hypocrisy of this organization. Why don’t they look at the facts?”

Refusing to surrender, Van Ness is now taking his campaign to the media, specifically AFP.

“I’d like every reader to contact CEO Peter Daley at the USNI’s address below and express their displeasure over their decision not to run a review of Phil Tourney’s book,” said Van Ness.

AFP fully stands behind Van Ness and his efforts to expose the protection racket that our government is running for Israeli murderers that deliberately attacked a U.S. Navy ship floating in international waters. Together, maybe all our voices can be heard.

Daley can be contacted at U.S. Naval Institute, 291 Wood Road, Annapolis, Md. 21402.

——

Victor Thorn is a hard-hitting researcher, journalist and the author of over 30 books.

Mercenary Secrets Revealed

March 30, 2012 dave
http://americanfreepress.net/?p=3509

By Keith Johnson

  Did U.S.-based mercenaries in Libya assist in the assassination of Col. Muammar Qadaffi, the former leader of Libya? Recently hacked emails obtained by Internet whistleblower Wikileaks and the Lebanese newspaper Al-Akhbar not only suggest they did, but reveal that American hired guns may be operating in Syria as a covert arm of the U.S. government.

The emails in question were exchanged between James F. Smith, CEO of the private military contracting firm SCG International, and members of the global intelligence outfit known as Stratfor. In one exchange, Smith, who was formerly of Blackwater, claims he got “air cover” from North Carolina Republican Rep. Sue Myrick to engage Syrian opposition in Turkey on a fact-finding mission for Congress. Smith claims that the “true mission” for his team was to “help in regime change.”

According to Al-Akhbar, other emails reveal that “during his involvement with Stratfor, Smith. . .allegedly ‘took part’ in the killing of. . .Qadaffi.”

   

This AFP writer recently asked former National Security Agency consultant and investigative journalist Wayne Madsen if these emails could be relied upon as credible.

“Sounds very plausible from what I’ve heard from Syrian and Lebanese sources about covert U.S. support for Syrian opposition,” said Madsen. “Private military contractors [PMCs] are arranging covert support from assets in Libya, Turkey, Iraqi Kurdistan and [the] Arab [Persian] Gulf, working in tandem with the Saudis and Qataris.”

     

Concerning the hit in Libya, Madsen states: “PMCs were playing both sides. Veritas Worldwide Security was involved in trying to rescue Qadaffi, while SCG had a role in his assassination.” In November 2011, two members of the private security firm Veritas were arrested in Mexico for attempting to smuggle Qadaffi’s son into a resort near Puerto Vallarta.

Others dispute the claim that SCG was involved in the murder of Qadaffi. Franklin Lamb, a Palestinian civil rights activist and journalist, was on the ground in Libya throughout the NATO assault and remained there for some time after Qadaffi’s death. This AFP writer recently asked Lamb if he believed PMCs were directly involved in Qadaffi’s assassination. “No,” said Lamb. “I spoke with the young man who shot him at point-blank range in Sirte, and it all happened spontaneously in the frenzy of the moment.”

If PMCs are operating in Libya, Syria or other parts of the Mideast and North Africa region, they are doing it under the radar, say many experts.

——
Keith Johnson is an independent journalist and the editor of “
Revolt of theHYPERLINK "http://revoltoftheplebs.weebly.com/" \l "/" Plebs,” an alternative news website.

shareshare

 

Russia Draws Line in Sands of Syria

March 30, 2012 dave

By Richard Walker 

The presence of Russian Special Forces and military advisors in Syria is a further sign Moscow is drawing a line in the sand in the Middle East to let Israel, the United States and others in the West know it will not permit the overthrow of another government there.

Units of Russia’s special forces, Spetsnaz, left Sevastopol on Dec. 4, 2011, onboard the Black Sea fleet patrol ship Ladny, which linked up with the aircraft carrier Admiral Kuznetsov and other vessels weeks later in the Mediterranean. On Jan. 8, 2012, they sailed into the Syrian port of Tartus, where Russia has a large naval facility. It was there that a U.S. spy satellite reportedly caught Spetsnaz military advisors and weapons being unloaded into Syria.

The Russian move should not have come as a surprise to Tel Aviv or Washington. Sooner or later, Russia was going to put its foot down after it became apparent Israel was close to dragging the U.S. into a war with Iran and had Washington’s backing for covert strategies to overthrow the Syrian government led by Bashar al-Assad. For some time, Israel and its backers on Capitol Hill have failed to recognize Russia has a strategic interest in the region and is never going to permit a reshaping of the map of the Middle East to suit Israel and the United States.

There are big issues at stake that the hawks in Tel Aviv and Washington ignore at their peril. Beginning with Iran, Russia sees it as a major energy source and a doorway to the Caucasus and the Caspian Basin. The Iranians fear if that doorway were to be closed by the creation of a pro-Zionist regime in Iran, Russia and China’s energy pathways would be in jeopardy.

To reinforce that point, on Jan. 12, Dmitry Rogozin, Russia’s deputy prime minister, warned an attack on Iran would threaten Russia’s national security. A similar view was expressed in the past by Vladimir Putin, who was recently elected for the third time as Russian president and will take office on May 7, 2012.

The road from Teheran, in Russia’s view, also leads to Iraq, Syria and Lebanon. Russian leaders see a direct correlation between the determination of Israel and the West to change regimes in Iran and Syria as part of a plan to take control of the region and its energy resources, giving them power to redirect energy flows to the Mediterranean and Persian Gulf. That prospect scares China even more than Russia.

Often missing from an analysis of Russian support for Syria is the realization by Moscow that Syria can be a major energy hub. That view is supported by the building of pipelines into Syria from Iraq and Egypt.

The greatest fear among Western oil giants is the prospect of Russia, with the support of Turkey, Iran, Syria, Greece, Iran and Iraq, creating an energy network incorporating the Mediterranean Sea, Caspian Sea, Black Sea and Persian Gulf. That could be prevented by Washington and Tel Aviv overthrowing the regimes in Iran and Syria and replacing them with pro-Zion governments. That would allow the West to cut off China’s energy/oil supplies and recalibrate energy/oil flow away from the Caucasus, limiting Russia’s energy/oil supply.

——
Richard Walker is the pen name of a former N.Y. news producer.

http://americanfreepress.net/?p=3515   

 

Drones Coming To A Sky Near You As Interest Surges

By MARCUS WOHLSEN 04/ 1/12 03:55 PM ET AP

http://www.huffingtonpost.com/2012/04/01/drones-coming-to-a-sky-near-you_n_1395394.html 

BERKELEY, Calif. -- Sharp-eyed dog walkers along the San Francisco Bay waterfront may have spotted a strange-looking plane zipping overhead recently that that looked strikingly like the U.S. stealth drone captured by Iran in December.

A few key differences: The flying wing seen over Berkeley is a fraction of the size of the CIA's waylaid aircraft. And it's made of plastic foam. But in some ways it's just like a real spy plane.

The 4 1/2-foot-wide aircraft, built by software engineers Mark Harrison and Andreas Oesterer in their spare time, can fly itself to specified GPS coordinates and altitudes without any help from a pilot on the ground. A tiny video camera mounted on the front can send a live video feed to a set of goggles for the drone's view of the world below.

"It's just like flying without all the trouble of having to be up in the air," Harrison said.

Thousands of hobbyists are taking part in what has become a global do-it-yourself drone subculture, a pastime that's thriving as the Federal Aviation Administration seeks to make the skies friendlier to unmanned aircraft of all sizes.

The use of drones in the U.S. by law enforcement and other government agencies has privacy advocates on edge. At the same time, some DIY drone flyers believe the ease of sending cheap pilotless planes and choppers airborne gives citizens a powerful tool for keeping public servants on the ground honest.

Drones are the signature weapon of U.S. wars in the 21st century. Just as Humvees became a presence on U.S. highways in the 1990s after the first war with Iraq, interest in non-military uses of drones from policing to farming is rising.

Government agencies currently need FAA permission on a case-by-case basis to fly drones domestically. Commercial use is banned except for a small number of waivers for companies building experimental aircraft. But lawmakers have instructed the agency to allow civilian use of drones in U.S. airspace by September 2015. The FAA is expected to take the first step this year by proposing rules that would permit limited use of small commercial drones.

Whether a border patrol drone the size of a single-engine passenger plane or a four-rotor police "quadcopter" equipped with gear to intercept cell phone signals, the increasing ease of aerial surveillance seems destined to be put to a constitutional test over privacy.

T

"Our concern is with all of the drones," said Jennifer Lynch, a staff attorney with the Electronic Frontier Foundation. Small aircraft are hard to see, and large drones can fly high enough to stay out of sight, she said. "I think they all pose different levels of privacy risk."

Lynch has sued the FAA for a list of the 300 waivers it has issued to allow drone use in the U.S. At the same time, she said drones in the hands of average citizens could have important uses.

Among the groups seeking to take advantage of the steep drop in price of drone technology are journalists who want to attach cameras to aircraft the size of small pizzas and that cost as much to buy – about $400 – as a one-hour helicopter rental for a photographer.

In the San Francisco Bay area, Occupy Wall Street activists built the so-called Occucopter designed to monitor police action against protesters from the sky.

In Idaho, wildlife biologists started using a drone for counting fish nets after a helicopter crash killed two colleagues and a pilot.

And researchers are developing techniques to use drones equipped with infrared sensors to detect patches of dry ground in orchards.

Hobbyists say drone prices have been driven down sharply even in the past two or three years mainly by the surge in popularity of smartphones. The chips smartphones use to determine whether they're being held vertically or horizontally or to locate themselves on a map are the same ones drones use to keep themselves flying straight, level and in the right direction.

The supply of such chips has spiked along with the use of smartphones, sending prices lower.

"Today if you have an iPhone or an Android, you basically have an autopilot in your pocket. You're just running the wrong app," said Chris Anderson, editor-in-chief of Wired magazine and founder of DIY Drones, an online community and company that sells drone kits and parts.

Anderson started DIY Drones in 2007 after spending the weekend building an electronic Lego robot and trying to fly a radio-controlled plane with his kids. The robot didn't impress the kids on its own, and the plane was hard to fly, Anderson said. So the family used the Legos to build a primitive autopilot and attached it to the plane. The kids thought it was cool for a few weeks, but Anderson became obsessed.

Anderson said safety is a top consideration of his group, and he supports strict observance of the FAA regulations developed in the 1970s to cover the amateur use of radio-controlled planes, which also apply to today's DIY drones. Those rules include restricting their altitude to 400 feet, requiring them to always be in view of their controller on the ground and prohibiting them from being flown over built-up areas.

That last rule reportedly led to trouble for some Los Angeles real estate agents, who were warned by police to stop using drones to take photos and video of homes for sale, according to the Los Angeles Times.

In Berkeley, Harrison and Oesterer spent more time tweaking wires and software than their drones spent in the air. Part of the reason was battery power: Their drones rely on the latest in lightweight laptop batteries to stay aloft but suck significantly more power. Still, both say would-be pilots don't need degrees in computer science or electrical engineering to send drones skyward.

Said Oesterer: "It's getting really close to plug-and-fly."

 

Israeli Experts Mum on Iran Attack to Support Bibi’s Bluff

by Gareth Porter, April 03, 2012

http://original.antiwar.com/porter/2012/04/02/Israeli-experts-mum-on-iran-attack-to-support-bibis-bluff/

 

TEL AVIV — A striking feature of the Israeli political landscape in recent months has been the absence of a serious debate among national security figures on the issue of the threat of war with Iran.

It is well-known that many prominent former military and intelligence officials believe an attack on Iran would be disastrous for Israel. After an initial blast at the idea of striking Iran by two former high-ranking officials last year, however, very little has been heard from such national security figures.

The reason for this silence on the part of the national security sector, just as the Israeli threat of war was escalating sharply, appears to be a widespread view among Israeli national security analysts that Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s threat to attack is a highly successful bluff.

Some critics of Netanyahu’s threat to go war against Iran have expressed concern about the failure of national security figures to speak out publicly against the policy. Former Jerusalem Post columnist Larry Derfner, who now blogs for the independent 972mag.com, wrote last month that there are “crowds” of former military and intelligence officials who privately oppose an attack on Iran and could slow the“march to war” by speaking to the news media.

But he complained that “Israelis aren’t hearing their voices.”

Yossi Alpher, a former Mossad analyst and later head of the Jaffee Center for National Security Studies at Tel Aviv University, has noted the same problem. “Plenty of people are calling for public debate on the issue of striking Iran,” he told IPS in an interview. “But it isn’t happening.”

Former Mossad director Meir Dagan launched the first attack on Netanyahu’s policy by a former national security official last June, asserting that an attack on Iran would provoke a regional war and would ensure that Iran would acquire nuclear weapons.

Maj. Gen. Shlomo Gazit, who was chief of military intelligence in the 1970s, also dissociated himself with the policy, declaring, “An Israeli attack on Iran’s nuclear reactor will lead to the liquidation of Israel.”

Like Dagan, Gazit warned that it would cause Iran to immediately decide to become a nuclear power, and he added that it would increase international pressures for the abandonment of “the territories.”

Those shots across Netanyahu’s bow have not been followed, however, by similar criticisms by other former military and intelligence figures.

In fact, Gazit himself appeared to backtrack from his earlier harsh verdict on the option of attacking Iran in a recent television interview.

On Russia Today on March 12, Gazit did not voice any of his previous objections to the threatened Israeli strike against Iran. Instead he emphasized the readiness of Israel to carry out a strike, even without U.S. approval if necessary, played down the cost to Israel of an Iranian response, and said an Israeli strike would result in delaying the Iranian nuclear program by “two or three years at least.”

Gazit reaffirmed to IPS, however, that he has not changed his mind about the dangers to Israel attending a strike against Iran he had raised last June.

The publicly discussed reason for the absence of dissent from the national security sector is lack of information. Nathan Sharony, who heads the Council of Peace, with over 1,000 former high-ranking security officials with dovish views, told Derfner the reason ex–national security officials were not speaking up was that they lack the “solid information” necessary to do so.

Gazit gave IPS the same explanation for the failure of former officials to oppose a strike against Iran publicly.

But the main reasons for opposing war with Iran do not require access to inside information. The more compelling explanation for the silence of former military and intelligence officers is that they, like journalists and other policy analysts, think that Netanyahu is probably bluffing and they perceive the bluff as working.

Retired Brig. Gen. Uzi Rubin, the former head of Israel’s missile defense program, recalls being on a television program a few months ago with Ari Shavit, senior correspondent at Haaretz, on which Shavit declared, “Netanyahu is playing poker for all of us. We shouldn’t call out his cards.”

Shavit was suggesting that the success of the prime minister in the high-stakes poker game requires that influential Israelis not question his claims about Israel’s willingness and capability to attack Iran’s nuclear sites.

That struck a Rubin as a significant factor in the politics surrounding Netanyahu’s policy. “People who think we shouldn’t attack Iran believe Netanyahu is playing poker,” said Rubin in an interview with IPS. “So they think they shouldn’t speak up.”

“Netanyahu speaks like he’s very convinced Iran has to be stopped by force,” said the former missile defense chief. “Does he mean it?” Rubin said he doesn’t know the answer.

Alpher agrees. He told IPS the reason high-profile expressions of dissent by Dagan and a few others have not provoked more lively debate on Iran policy among national security figures is that “they don’t want to spoil Bibi’s successful bluster.”

Netanyahu’s bluffing on Iran has “kept the international community on edge,”Alpher suggested, and thus achieved the latest round of sanctions and heavier pressure on Iran.

Both the poker metaphor and the view that he has been successful at it have been central elements in media coverage of Netanyahu’s policy in recent weeks.

While the prime minister was in Washington last month, Aluf Benn, the editor-in-chief of Haaretz, wrote that Netanyahu had “managed to convince the world that Israel is on the verge of a preemptive war” and that he is “playing poker and hiding his most important card — the IDF’s true capabilities to destroy Iran’s nuclear installations.”

Just last week, Benn’s colleague, Shavit, referred to the threat to attack Iran’s nuclear facilities before the end of 2012 that he and a handful of other journalists had heard from senior officials. Shavit acknowledged, however, that “we cannot exclude the possibility that senior Israeli officials briefing us are bluffing,” noting that the officials had a “vested interest” in exploiting such a threat.

One factor that may have fed the reluctance of some former military and intelligence officials to go public with criticism of the option of war against Iran is that Netanyahu has a reputation for being far less aggressive on Iran in practice than his rhetoric would indicate.

Benn told IPS there is a perception of Netanyahu as a “hesitant politician who would not dare to attack without American permission.”

A former national security official who did not wish to be identified told IPS that some people who have worked with Netanyahu have said he is less decisive than former Prime Minister Ehud Olmert on Iran, although he personally disagrees with that assessment.

The widespread impression among the Israeli national security elite and press corps that Netanyahu’s threat of war against Iran is a bluff does not guarantee that Netanyahu will not attack Iran. But it does help explain why there has not been a much bigger outcry against a war option that is widely regarded as irrational for Israel.

(Inter Press Service)  ___   



A

ination of political dissidents in the United States, evidenced by FBI Director Robert Mueller’s recent congressional testimony where he implied that the FBI is now authorized to murder American citizens in the United States without trial if the president or another official in D.C. believes they pose a threat to national security.

At a speech at Northwestern University recently, Attorney General Eric Holder told the audience that the president of the United States has powers “sufficient under the Constitution for the United States to use lethal force against a U.S. citizen.” In other words, in Holder's interpretation of the Constitution, the president can murder Americans with impunity.

Following up that speech, Mueller told a shocked congressional panel on March 7 that he wasn’t sure why Holder had made those remarks, but that his understanding of them was that Holder believed the FBI was authorized to assassinate American political dissidents without judicial process.

A Justice Department spokesman then elaborated, stating that an American can be assassinated if the following conditions are met: A person poses a “threat” to national security, broadly defined to include most       forms of dissent against the social-democratic system; capture is not feasible, in the opinion of the killers; and the killing adheres to the “laws of war.” Of course, the laws of war prohibit the murder of innocent civilians who have not taken up arms against a government and have merely spoken against that government.

These claims of the power to murder Americans follow the recently passed legislation authorizing federal agents to kidnap and imprison Americans without due process of law under the so-called National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA).

As Russian news outlet RT reported, after the Obama administration refused to comment on the extent it would use these new powers to murder political dissidents, under the NDAA “Americans know for certain that government allegations can get them in jail without a trial. Obama just needs to confirm or disconfirm that he can shoot them down in their own homes as well.”

As AFP has reported repeatedly, the “terrorist threat” the government faces is largely imaginary. The U.S. government has fabricated these incidents in order to provide a distraction and cover the government's failure in most areas of domestic policy. A recent study by the University of California at Berkley showed that all but three of the so-called "terror plots” that had occurred in the United States since 2001 we remanufactured by the FBI.      

Will Supreme Court Declare War on Whistleblowers

Supreme Court may decide the issue for you some day soon

By Pete Papaherakles http://americanfreepress.net/?p=3365

Army Pvt. Bradley Manning, whose leaked video clipping 2010 exposed the murder of 11 innocent Iraqi civilians by a U.S. attack helicopter, is one of six whistle-blowers charged by the Obama administration for violating the Espionage Act of 1917. He is held in prison at Fort Leavenworth, Kansas awaiting trial, most likely in August. If his case or any of the others ends up in the Supreme Court, as some expect will happen, a ruling in favor of the government would instantly criminalize all disclosures of classified information to the public.

The act has been used against whistle-blowers only three times before Obama took office.

Manning is accused of giving 700,000 hacked documents and video clips to whistle-blower website WikiLeaks. In the now notorious video clip of the helicopter killings, a Reuters reporter and his driver were also shown getting killed by the U.S. soldiers in an Apache helicopter.

Manning faces 22 charges under the Espionage Act including aiding the enemy, theft of public property or records and wrongfully causing intelligence to be published on the Internet. If convicted, he could get life in jail without parole.

The other six leakers who are currently awaiting trial have also worked for various government agencies. They include: ShamaiL eibowitz, a translator for the FBI; Thomas Drake, a whistle-blower for the NSA; Stephen Kim, who was with the State Department, and Jeffrey Sterling and John Kyriakou, who worked for the CIA.

Julian Assange, the founder of WikiLeaks, which published the video clips allegedly provided by Manning, is expected to be the seventh person to be charged in a leak case under the Act

Daniel Ellsberg, who leaked the Pentagon Papers in1971, was charged under the Espionage Act and faced 12 felony charges and 115years in prison. The Pentagon Papers was the informal name of the U.S. government’s secret encyclopedic history of the Vietnam War and the lead-up to it. Ellsberg eventually had the charges dropped due to government misconduct against him that included illegal wiretaps and burglarizing his psychiatrist's office, for which President Richard Nixon faced impeachment hearings.

“Everything that Richard Nixon did to me, for which he faced impeachment and prosecution, which led to his resignation, is now legal under the Patriot Act, the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act and the National Defense Authorization Act,” said Ellsberg in a recent interview with Chris Hedges of truthdig.com.

Although Ellsberg’s case was dismissed, this is not likely to happen today as the U.S. government seems headed into a police-state era.

In the upcoming election, perhaps it would be better for the government to change the title of president to “pharaoh” or "emperor,” and we, his humble servants, should address him as “your majesty.”

——

Peter Papaherakles, a U.S. citizen since 1986, was born in Greece. He is AFP’s outreach director. If you would like to see AFP speakers at your rally, contact Pete at 202-544-5977.

It’s a Landslide: Americans for Peace; Against Israeli War Aims

March 25, 2012 dave

According to pollster it’s a landslide: Americans oppose war against Iran

By Michael Collins Piper http://americanfreepress.net/?p=3367

Contrary to what propagandists for Israel in the controlled media would have you believe, most Americans would not support Israel if it attacks Iran. The results of a recent poll by the Pew Research Center for the People and the Press left supporters of Israel a little bit uneasy.

While Israel’s supporters loudly claim “most Americans” are firmly in Israel’s corner, Pew found to the contrary that 51% of Americans believe the U.S. should stay neutral in a conflict between Israel and Iran and that an additional 5% said the U.S. should oppose Israel outright. Fully 56% of Americans effectively stand against Israel’s war fever. In an election, that would be called a landslide.

Another 4% polled didn’t know where they stood. Only 39% would support Israel—and that’s about the percentage of the vote Barry Goldwater won in his historic lopsided loss in the 1964 election.

The poll found 65% of those between the ages of18 to 29—those who end up fighting the wars—overwhelmingly supported U.S. neutrality. 7% of them said the U.S. should oppose Israel.

Fully 71% of Republicans said the United States should support Israel. In stark contrast, only 31% of liberal Democrats would side with Israel, with 54% of them saying the U.S. should remain neutral.

These poll results demonstrate the bankruptcy of the modern-day GOP, which once stood in favor of traditional American on-intervention in foreign conflicts, a philosophy first laid down by George Washington in his Farewell Address.

What is additionally interesting about the poll is the manner in which it was reported—or not reported—by the major press.

First of all, although most Pew polls—especially on controversial issues—are generally given a modicum of publicity throughout the mass media, this poll was largely ignored by big media.

To the extent the media did mention the poll, those reports focused on the aspect of the poll finding that most Americans opposed Iranian acquisition of nuclear weapons, often ignoring altogether the point that the poll found, as noted above, that Americans did not believe the U.S. should support Israel’s agenda for war.

Despite public opposition to war, The New York Times reported March 19 that “in the standoff with Iran, it is the hawkish groups supporting military action that wield more money, political clout and high-profile names than do the advocates of a diplomatic solution. In all, pro-Israeli political action committees and donors affiliated with them have given more than $47 million directly to federal candidates since 2000,[and] they rank among the top contributors to a number of prominent Democrats and Republicans.”

——

Michael Collins Piper is an author, journalist, lecturer and radio show host. He has spoken in Russia, Malaysia, Iran, Abu Dhabi, Japan, Canada and the U.S. He is the author of Final Judgment, The New Jerusalem, The High Priests of War, Dirty Secrets, My First Days in the White House, The New Babylon, Share the Wealth, The Judas Goats, Target: Traficant and The Golem. You can order any of these books with a credit card by calling AFP/FAB toll free at 1-888-699-6397.

Get Ready for the Crackdowns

Get ready for the "Jack-booted Thugs at these events-Lattigo Smith

by Kelley B. Vlahos, March 27, 2012

http://original.antiwar.com/vlahos/2012/03/26/get-ready-for-the-crackdowns/

The show of paramilitary force at the national party conventions held since the 9/11 attacks has been nothing less than shocking, though the vast majority of America doesn’t know it because they weren’t there, or they simply don't care.

Still, since the Occupy movement has brought on new and creative crackdowns on Constitutionally-protected protest activity in towns and cities all over the country, you can bet that when it comes to security at this summer’s Republican and Democratic Party confabs, you ain’t seen nothing yet.

Antiwar protesters nevertheless plan to join demonstrators of myriad stripes, many under the Occupy rubric, as they converge on three major events this spring and summer, beginning with the NATO summit in Chicago in May, the Republican National Convention in Tampain August, and the twin Democratic confab in early September.

Authorities are taking preemptive measures against planned demonstrations at these events on two fronts: one, mobilizing a massive militarized police and National Guard presence with the latest technology and weaponry, including street surveillance cameras, at least one fully armored SWAT vehicle with a turret, Tasers, tear gas and the like; and two, creating new municipal codes and laws to cordon-off public spaces from use, and establishing “security zones” that will limit the impact of Constitutionally-protected protests.

One actually had to be at the previous conventions to absorb the humiliation of American citizens lining up like cattle behind barbwire fences, the helicopters ever-circling overhead, the police —dressed in full-armor battle gear as if launching into urban operations in Ramadi —cordoning off and fully surrounding small city blocks in anticipation of a VIP’s arrival at a nearby hotel or restaurant (could it be Rep. John Boehner? Or Sen. Smiley Face? It didn’t matter). Urban soldiers stood at the ready as mothers with strollers and hapless tourists and conventioneers tried not to make eye contact just in case. No one wanted to be confused with a terrorist, or worse, a rabble-rouser.

And that was just the 2008 Republican convention in St. Paul, Minnesota. This was nothing compared to the party’s New York bash in2004. Still raw from the memory of 9/11, but narcissistic and cynical enough to hold what amounted to an enormously expensive private party, the Republicans made sure for one week the Big Apple was transformed into an armed camp,120,000protestersonone side of the checkpoints and the immense sweep of the local, state and federal security apparatus on the other. Some 1,800 were arrested over the course of the event, through most of the charges were eventually dropped.

Both the GOP convention and the Democratic event in Boston that year imposed so-called “free speech zones” on demonstrators. The Boston police actually put them in a pen, like capricious monkeys at the zoo, or prisoners in a camp. Activists took to calling it “Camp X-Ray,” an old moniker for the Guantanamo Bay prison facility.

Of course, then-President Bush loved to ensure his “fans "were safely ensconced in such spaces wherever he went during his reign tenure, his Secret Service and White House handlers poised to purge his audiences of any unwelcome dissidence. Everything in the name of “security” — from shutting down entire towns to tossing people out of presidential events because of their antiwar bumper stickers and T-shirts, no effort seemed too petty or too ludicrous.

It would be naive to think that Obama and his party are any different when it comes to public displays of dissent. In the latest and maybe the most underestimated move by Washington to insulate the establishment against upcoming protests, the Congress just passed and Obama signed an update to a federal law that makes it a crime to be in a United States Secret Service-imposed security zone. Critics calling it the “trespass law” say the new language penalizes individuals whether or not they are even aware they are acting illegally.

The old law(18USC § 1752) (emphasis mine):

(a) It shall be unlawful for any person or group of persons—

(1) willfully and knowingly to enter or remain in any posted, cordoned off, or otherwise restricted area of a building or grounds where the President or other person protected by the Secret Service is or will be temporarily visiting;

(2) willfully and knowingly to enter or remain in any posted, cordoned off, or otherwise restricted area of a building or grounds so restricted in conjunction with an event designated as a special event of national significance;

(3) willfully, knowingly, and with intent to impede or disrupt the orderly conduct of Government business or official functions, to engage in disorderly or disruptive conduct in, or within such proximity to, any building or grounds described in paragraph (1) or (2) when, or so that, such conduct, in fact, impedes or disrupts the orderly conduct of Government business or official functions;

(4) willfully and knowingly to obstruct or impede ingress or egress to or from any building, grounds, or area described in paragraph (1) or (2); or

(5) willfully and knowingly to engage in any act of physical violence against any person or property in any building, grounds, or area described in paragraph (1) or (2). …

The new law (H.R 347) (.pdf)(emphasis mine):

‘‘(a) Whoever— ‘‘(1)knowingly enters or remains in any restricted building

or grounds without lawful authority to do so;‘‘(2) knowingly, and with intent to impede or disrupt the

orderly conduct of Government business or official functions, engages in disorderly or disruptive conduct in, or within such proximity to, any restricted building or grounds when, or so that, such conduct, in fact, impedes or disrupts the orderly conduct of Government business or official functions;

‘‘(3) knowingly, and with the intent to impede or disrupt the orderly conduct of Government business or official functions, obstructs or impedes ingress or egress to or from any restricted building or grounds; or

‘‘(4)knowingly engages in any act of physical violence against any person or property in any restricted building or grounds;

or attempts or conspires to do so, shall be punished as provided in subsection (b).

We see here the word “willfully” is struck from the new law. Legal experts tell us that makes all the difference.

From Rep. Justin mash (R-MI), one of the only three members of the House and Senate who did not vote for the measure this month (Rep. Ron Paul and Rep. Paul Broun — all Republicans! —were the others):

Current law makes it illegal to enter or remain in an area where certain government officials (more particularly, those with Secret Service protection) will be visiting temporarily if and only if the person knows it’s illegal to enter the restricted area but does so anyway. The bill expands current law to make it a crime to enter or remain in an area where an official is visiting even if the person does not know it’s illegal to be in that area and has no reason to suspect it’s illegal. (It expands the law by changing "willfully and knowingly "to just “knowingly” with respect to the mental state required to be charged with a crime.)

Punishment for violating the law can carry upwards of one year in jail or 10years if the individual is caught with a gun or "dangerous weapon,” or if his other actions result in significant bodily injury.”

Occupy protest in New York City

Experts who insist the tweaking of the language is significant have cited U.S. v. Bursey, the case of Brett Bursey, an Iraq War protester who was arrested by Secret Service in 2002 when he refused to leave a restricted area during a demonstration. The U.S. Fourth Circuit Court of Appeals found that the prosecution did not prove that Bursey had “willfully” committed a crime under the statute:

…because, generally, “[m]ore is required "with respect to conduct performed willfully than conduct performed knowingly… (willfully) requires “more culpable” mens rea than knowing violation. As a general proposition, the statutory term "knowingly” requires the Government to prove only that the defendant had knowledge of the facts underlying the offense.

In other words, before H.R 347 was passed, in order to find an individual guilty of protesting in a restricted area, the government had to prove that the individual knew his or her activity in that space was illegal. Now, the government merely has to find that a person “knowingly” entered a restricted space, which does not address intent, just the individual’s mental state. All that matters is whether he or she “knew” they were there at the time and place in question, and were not impaired or unconscious of their actions in some way— a much lower standard for prosecution.

This could have serious consequences for demonstrators at the NATO Summit and the two conventions, as the usual labyrinth of security perimeters are thrown up not only around major venues (Chicago’s McCormick Place for the summit, Tampa Bay Times Forum and the Time Warner Arena in Charlotte), but around temporary spaces where protected individuals for these events are — like the numerous parties and fundraisers and other special events which typically accompany these things elsewhere in the host city. These protected individuals include, according to the law, “visiting heads of foreign states or foreign governments … other distinguished foreign visitors to the United States,” and “major Presidential and Vice Presidential candidates.”

Protests outside the RNC Convention in St. Paul in 2008

When this new federal law is applied, the line between whether a sidewalk in front of a hotel where Prime Minister So-and-So is being feted by the So-and-So-American Leaders of America Club is a public or restricted space is suddenly a thin one, leaving a swell of demonstrators and journalists vulnerable to the dragnet of a "knowing” violation.

Of course, as writer Naomi Wolf — and many, many others —have found out the hard way, police often arrest demonstrators on sidewalks whether they have the law on their side or not. But this updated statute gives government a new opportunity to make federal trespassing charges stick, and raises the stakes for individuals seeking to flex their First Amendment rights. It’s hard to believe the dropping of “willfully” wasn’t a preemptive strike at protesters ahead of these potentially volatile events.

Meanwhile, the host cities are doing their best to marginalize the protest element too. Charlotte plans to put into place rules designating parade routes and “protest zones.” That was after passing an ordinance banning camping on public property and producing a list of items either banned or subject to searches in the established “security zone.” Tampa is a few steps behind but is nonetheless considering similar ordinances, according to recent reports.

In Chicago, activists are crying foul at a decision by the city to reject their permit for a parade during the NATO Summit. Subsequently, the groups reportedly rejected counterproposal by the city which would have given them an alternate parade route away from the convention center with “virtually no public visibility.”

“Permitting people to express publicly their opinions to the president only at a time and in a place and manner such that he cannot hear them violates the First Amendment because it guarantees the right to useful speech; and unheard political speech is politically useless,” wrote Judge Andrew Napolitano, in a recent column about the new Secret Service law.

“The same may be said of the rights to associate and to petition. If peaceful public assembly and public expression of political demands on the government can be restricted to places where government officials cannot be confronted, then those rights, too, have been neutered.”

Of course the mainstream media is ever complicit in drawing a picture that makes these anti-free speech rules, not to mention the over-the-top security plans, appear justified. To hear the Cassandra's wailing about the safety of their cities from dirty hippie thugs, one would think there had been a pattern of riotous behavior at the last four national conventions —but there was not. In fact, violent instigation from the so-called "black bloc” types and other outbursts of physical destruction among demonstrators have always been a tiny percentage of the activity outside these events and largely denounced by activists overall.

Nonetheless, police have let loose flash bang grenades, tear gas, wielded batons and hauled off thousands to jail (only to let most go uncharged) in response to activity around the conventions that might have been annoying, loud and inconvenient, but largely non-violent, and in many cases, not prosecutable.

In St. Paul, they arrested 300antiwar protesters in one day, though a tiny fraction was ever convicted. Earlier that week, Democracy Now! Journalist Amy Goodman and her colleagues were “violently manhandled” and arrested for not dispersing from a demonstration they were covering for their Pacifica News program. The journals later sued the police department and won.

Before the September 2008 convention even began, SWAT teams arrested protesters staying in three homes on the outskirts of the St. Paul and Minneapolis, slapping them with terror-related charges linked to their alleged plans to protest the convention. Agents busted down doors and threw people down on the floor, terrifying housemates and neighbors. The terror charges were eventually dropped and the “RNC Eight "eventually pleaded guilty to a single “gross misdemeanor” and accepted probation, a far cry from the felonies they had been initially charged with.

Now, with $50 million in taxpayer money each, the cities of Tampa and Charlotte are ramping up big-time, tapping into their states’ National Guard and federal resources at the FBI, CIA, FEMA and the Department of Homeland Security to design and execute their elaborate security plans.

The Occupy movement has given them more excuse to hunker down, but according to Kevin Zeese, an organizer with the Occupy  DC movement, which has been dealing with the city’s own efforts to diminish the protests there, this will only embolden people to turn out and test the system.

“The only way to respond to the destruction of our rights is to exercise them; to show those in power that the people will not be intimidated by a lawless government that ignores the clear mandates of the Constitution,” he tells Antiwar.com.

“We have shown in the last six months that when the people are educated, organized and mobilized we can change the direction of the government. We have the power, we need the courage and confidence to use it.”

Twitter Vlahos @KelleyBVlahos

War on Iran?

It is too soon to reminisce about Iraq, let alone have a repeat

The Class of 2002 are beating the drums on Iran, failing to learn from awar that's not yet history. Well, it shows chutzpah

· Marina Hyde guardian.co.uk, Friday23 March 2012 16.30 EDT Article history

· http://www.guardian.co.uk/commentisfree/2012/mar/23/war-iran-iraq-repeat-disaster

The thing about a supertanker is that at least you can turn it round. It takes a while, by all accounts, but you have to think any such vessel has the turning circle of a London taxi compared with the US war machine, which – like its erstwhile willing passenger Tony Blair – appears to relish its lack of  a reverse gear.

Are we moving inexorably towards a strike on Iran? There is "a smell of fresh chum in the waters" again, as the rip-roaring journalist Matt Taibbi put it recently. This week, not a decade after the Iraq invasion, several former officials of the International Atomic Energy Agency accused its head of mishandling the Iranian crisis. They leveled charges of western bias, relying on dodgy intelligence, and sidelining skeptics.

This may sound vaguely familiar. In fact, the situation has all the charmless nostalgia of those I Love1982-style shows, which saw "expert" talking heads such as Vernon Kayand Kate Thornton reminisce about everything from deely-boppers to the Falklands with no modulation of tone.

As for the talking heads of the I Love Going to War in the Middle East series, they really are amazingly familiar. I say amazingly, as yet again I must implore you to marvel at the giddy pace of the internet age, where every hard-won bit of wisdom is almost instantly lost to amnesia. It used to take close to a generation for everyone to forget the learning of a bitter foreign policy lesson and to blunder into something that forced it to be learned again. It now takes about 10 minutes.

The near immediacy of it renders fusty the idea of history repeating itself as farce. It would be farce repeating itself as farce, were it not all so sensationally unfunny. The very idea that US hawks should seek to double down on their fiasco adventure in Iraq by aiming their sights on Iran should be deemed too far-fetched even for satire – instead, it gains daily traction in the most familiar of places. It's not just the same news outlets; it's the same faces.

With a handful of exceptions such as Dick Cheney, who is living off the fat of the last outing in the region, the Class of 2002 are back in business and beating the drums. All we're currently missing is Rupert Murdoch urging Tehran regime change on the basis the west could get its hands on Iran's oil, a rehash of his blithe 2003 assertion that war with Iraq was eminently desirables it would bring the price of oil down to $20 a barrel. That worked out well, you may recall. Crude prices soared, and are currently hovering around $105 barrel. But then what does it matter with people's goldfish-like memories?

Perhaps the closest analogy for these resurgent warmongers are the economists who failed to predict even the vaguest problems with the sub-prime mortgage market, let alone the global financial crisis. Yet somehow they still shamelessly populate the airwaves, spouting predictions and judgments, which unfathomably never end with the anchor saying: "Mmm. We're going to interrupt you to hear from a cauliflower, because you've got to think it knows more about this stuff than you." And so with the creatures of the US military-industrial complex, somehow able to pick themselves up from the what should have been career-ending humiliation and call for more of the same. They clearly possess some bizarre, Weeble-style self-righting mechanism, and at some level I suppose you have to admire the chutzpah.

But while the amnesia cycle contracts every time, the one thing that takes far longer than it used to isextricating ourselves from these wars. The Republican party seems to need themmore than ever, unified only when defining themselves against the so-called common enemy.

So here we go again. The airwaves and newswires teem with politicians and pundits shrieking and pointing atMahmoud Ahmadinejad's years-old exhortation to "wipe Israel off themap", even though this translation has been repeatedly debunked – a fact that conveniently never sticks with those seeking to make hay. And once again,their strident voices drown out the experts.

Consider the former Mossad chief Meir Dagan, a man who might reasonably be assumed to be among the knowledgeable on the Iranian regime, who earlier this month took the wildly unusual step ofspeaking out about the absolute folly of any such strike. "Bombing Iran now is the stupidest idea I have ever heard,"ran his Fox News-ready quote – which received the lack of airplay you'd expecton the channel.

Similarly disregarded by armchair hawks was his insistence that Ahmadinejad is not the madman of expedient discourse, but rational. "Not exactly our rationale," he qualified, "but I thinkthat he is rational".

"We are going to ignite, at least from my point of view, a regional war," was his grim warning."And wars, you know how they start. You never know how you are endingit."

You don't. On the form book, you'd have a fiver on us being mired in hellish mess and untold carnage of ourown making for the bare minimum of a decade. But of course, our results couldgo down as well as up.

Twitter: @marinahyde

 

Ron Paul Upsets Santorum in Missouri Caucuses Buoyed By Huge Youth Turnout

by Hamdan Azhar

http://lewrockwell.com/orig13/azhar1.1.1.html

The final outcome of Missouri’s lengthy caucus process may not be known for months. Early results, however, indicate that Ron Paul may well walk away from the state with the most delegates. Yesterday, his supporters overwhelmed the largest pooled caucus – Jackson county, responsible for sending 179delegates to the state and congressional district conventions – winning over two-thirds of the available delegate slots. Mr. Paul also swept St. Louis, winning all of the city’s 36 delegates.

Missouri’s second and third largest caucuses, which convened last Saturday, reported similar results. In Greene county (111 delegates), Paul backers won nearly 60% of the delegate slots. In St. Charles (147 delegates), they so thoroughly dominated that the county GOP chair, allegedly a Santorum supporter, adjourned the meeting and called in the police to prevent the election from taking place.

In each of these counties, Paul supporters were outnumbered by Santorum supporters by at least 4-to-1*. Against these daunting odds, the Ron Paulers emerged victorious due to their unmatched grassroots organization and their ability to turn out the youth vote. In Greene county, party insiders said they had “never seen so many young people at a Republican caucus.”

Missouri’s results – a shot in the arm for the Paul campaign – have led many observers to conclude that Mr. Paul’s caucus strategy is working better than they had anticipated. His strong performance follows several events in recent weeks that suggest that Ron Paul supporters – energized by the message of limited government and fiscal conservatism – are quickly taking over the leadership of the Republican party at the state and local levels across the country.

Earlier this month, in Las Vegas, Paul supporters were elected to two-thirds of the board positions in the Clark County Republican Party after winning more county convention delegates than any other candidate at the caucuses –including Mitt Romney. Meanwhile, in Iowa, the state co-chair of the Paul campaign was elected as the chairman of the Iowa Republican Party in February. Last week, Paul supporters swept all the delegate slots in two of Seattle’s largest legislative district conventions.

Such accomplishments belie the mainstream media’s efforts to marginalize Ron Paul's candidacy. The Associated Press’s projections, for example, report the Texas congressman as being last in the delegate count. Election analysts, however, insist that those projections are driven by a failure to understand the rules governing delegate allocation in caucus states. Josh Putnam, election expert and professor of political science, agrees. The AP delegate count, he admits, is based on “a fantasy proportional allocation of delegates in the non-binding caucus states.”

Heading into the Missouri caucuses, the New York Times reported that Rick Santorum was "frantically wooing voters" in an attempt to secure a "second victory." Since then, the Times' caucus blog has maintained complete silence about Ron Paul's unexpectedly strong performance in the state.

With his likely victory in Missouri, Mr. Paul has shown once again that his campaign – fueled by the passion and determination of millions of grassroots supporters across the country – should not be written off too quickly. He has more than doubled his voter base since 2008, intends to compete aggressively in Texas and California, and continues to upend the establishment narrative at every turn. Regardless of who wins the Republican nomination, all available evidence suggests that the Ron Paul movement will continue to be significant force in American politics for decades to come.

*In Missouri’s Feb. 7 primary – meaningless, since it awarded zero delegates- the ratio of Santorum votes to Paul votes was 3.8 in Jackson county, 4.3 in St. Charles county, and 4.5 in Greene county. Ron Paul won the majority of the county-level delegates in Jackson and Greene counties, and is expected to do the same in St. Charles when it holds its rescheduled caucus on April 10.

Reprinted from Policy Mic with the author's permission.

March 27, 2012

Hamdan Azhar is a New York-based writer and statistician. His commentary, which has been featured in the Huffington Post and the Christian Science Monitor, engages critical issues involving foreign policy, civil liberties, and international affairs. To read more of his work, visit his website.

Copyright © 2012 Policy Mic

 

Defusing the Middle East Would Lower Gas Prices

 

by Sheldon Richman, March23, 2012

http://www.fff.org/comment/com1203u.asp

Republicans see rising oil and gasoline prices as an opportunity to score political point son President Obama. To be sure, Obama is partly responsible for the rise in world prices and could do something about it. The irony is that Republicans would emphatically oppose the one measure that would be most effective in easing the pressure on prices right now: defusing tension in the Middle East betaking the war threat against Iran off the table.

Tension in the Middle East tends to push prices up, because the threat of war puts this major oil region under a a darkening cloud of uncertainty. With Iran the tension is even greater because it is located on the Strait of Hormuz, a narrow waterway between the Persian Gulf and the Gulf of Oman, 21 nautical miles at its narrowest point. Roughly 20percent of the world’s oil moves through the strait, which is key for getting oil from the gulf countries to the rest of the world.

Iran has threatened to mine or close the strait in retaliation for an attack by Israel or the United States. The danger to oil tankers traversing the strait would shoot insurance prices through the roof, and the price of oil would follow as the supply diminished.

Since American and Israeli war talk directed at Iran is undoubtedly responsible for much of the recent pricewise, it stands to reason that ceasing that talk convincingly would take the pressure off and would allow prices to fall again.

So why aren’t the Republicans calling on Obama to extend an olive branch to Iran? The answer is simple: Republicans (excepting Ron Paul) place American imperial bullying ahead of everything else. They may talk about the virtue of free markets and private property, but clearly their priority is American hegemony, no matter the cost in taxpayer money and freedom.

They would rather risk cripplingly high gasoline and oil prices — not to mention crippling American military personnel and Iranian children — than pass up an opportunity to rattle their sabers in defense of the American empire and to show how fierce these chicken hawks are. (Mitt Romney, Rick Santorum, and Newt Gingrich spent no time in the military, much less in a war zone. Such politicians are often the most eager to send men and women to war.)

To hear them tell it, the very existence of the United States and Israel is at stake in the confrontation with Iran over its alleged nuclear-weapons program. Nonsense. American and Israeli intelligence say that the Iranian government has not decided to build a nuclear weapon. Every pound of uranium in Iran’s possession is under an International Atomic Energy Agency seal. Iran’s supreme leader, Ayatollah Ali Khamenei, issued a fatwa against nuclear weapons years ago, and repeated this prohibitions as recently as February. Furthermore, no American or Israeli official seriously believes that Iran would use a nuclear warhead to attack, even if it did build one. Why not? A nuclear strike on Israel or the United States would summon devastating second strike that would destroy Iran and its government — and no one believes the Iranian regime is suicidal. Israel’s defense minister, Ehud Barak, himself says survival is the regime’s top priority.

So why the loose war talk? Whydoes Obama menace Iran without provocation by declaring that “all options areon the table,” including “all elements of American power” (emphasisadded)? Why has he imposed harsh economic sanctions, which inflict pain on theIranian people and which constitute an act of war under international law?

The reason is that America’s top politicians, Republican and Democrat, are locked into the imperial mindset. In their view, this country — more precisely, the man who presides over the national government — is the policeman of the world. They embrace President George H.W. Bush’s decree from 1990: “What we say goes.” If the president doesn't like something, he reserves the authority to do something about it —militarily if “necessary.”

So they are willing to go to war, or to risk it in a deadly game of chicken, regardless of the cost in human lifeor economic growth.

More expensive gasoline for the rest of us is a small price to pay for their imperial ambitions.

Sheldon Richman is senior fellow at The Future of Freedom Foundation in Fairfax, Va., author of Tethered Citizens: Time to Repeal the Welfare State, and editor of The Freeman magazine. Visit his blog Free Association at www.sheldonrichman.com.Send him email.

Israel Encircles Iran

http://www.theamericanconservative.com/blog/israel-encircles-iran/

By Philip Giraldi | March 27, 2012

Israel is tightening the noose around Iran. The Israeli government has signed a secret agreement with the government of Azerbaijan to lease two former Soviet military airfields located close to the Iranian border. One of the facilities is being used as an intelligence collection site, with advanced Sigint capabilities and preparations underway for drone operations. The other base is being designated a search-and-rescue facility. It will eventually have helicopters that will presumably be dispatched to aid downed Israeli fliers if there is a preemptive attack on Iran’s nuclear facilities. The base will also have limited refueling and recovery capabilities for planes too damaged to make the long flight back to Israel over Iraqi or Saudi airspace. The Azerbaijani bases are much closer to the prime Iranian nuclear targets at Natanz and Fordowthan are airfields in Israel itself. Recent Iranian government and media complaints about threatening Azerbaijani activities reflect official concern onthe part of Tehran over the new developments.

Tel Aviv is also increasing its presence in neighboring Georgia, which is serving as the conduit for equipment going to Azerbaijan, which is shipped through the Black Sea port of Poti. The Israelis control an airfield in Georgia that is being used for intelligence gathering and logistical support for the large Israeli private-contractor and military-adviser presence in the country. Israeli advisers are training the Georgian army in the use of largely U.S.-supplied military equipment and are effectively partners in the country's intelligence and security agencies. Drones operating over northwest Iran have been flying out of the Georgian base. John McCain’s 2008 claim when the country went to war with Russia that “we are all Georgians now” becomes a lot more comprehensible when one realizes that the drive to aid the country was largely about supporting Israel.

Israeli intelligence officers and military personnel in mufti are active in Iraqi Kurdistan as well, where they have been recruiting agents to collect information and carry out operations inside Iran. Many of the recruits are affiliated with Pajak, a U.S. State Department-listed terrorist organization. There are concerns within the U.S. intelligence community that the Israelis are playing fast and loose with their affiliation in what are known as false-flag operations, frequently representing themselves as American sin actions similar to those relating to Mossad’s efforts to recruit Jundallah militants in Western Europe. Israel also reportedly attempted to hide behind false flag in January when one of its drones that had been operating over Syria went down in Turkey. The Israeli Foreign Ministry initially denied any knowledge, suggesting that the device was American. But the Turks, who have U.S. drones flying from airbases in their own country, recognized that the drone was not of American manufacture, and the Israeli Embassy was forced to recant and eventually apologize. No apology was forthcoming to the United States. Back at home, the FBI is investigating persistent reports that Israeli intelligence officers operating in the U.S. are again pretending to be FBI or CIA to obtain the cooperation of Arab-Americans.

Philip Giraldi, a former CIA officer, is executive director of the Council for the National Interest.

Netanyahu's Machine

http://www.theamericanconservative.com/blog/netanyahus-machine/

The Crisis of Zionism, Peter Beinart, Times Books, 276 pages

By Scott McConnell | Marcy 26, 2012

The Crisis of Zionism opens with Peter Beinart watching a video on his computer sent by an Israeli friend. It depicts an incident on the occupied West Bank: Israeli military police arrest a Palestinian man for trying to siphon water from the pipes that feed an Israeli settlement, after he had made repeated efforts to secure permission. As he is taken away his five-year-old son, Khaled, cries plaintively after him, “Baba, Baba.”

For those familiar with the occupation, the context is clear. The settlers, with the legal rights of citizens of Israel, have privileged access to the aquifers in this arid land and use water at five times the rate of the Palestinians. This inequality is secured by Israeli military law, which governs the stateless inhabitants of this occupied territory.

Beinart describes the emotions the video set off in him:

As soon I began watching … I wished I had never turned it on. For most of my life, my reaction to accounts of Palestinian suffering has been rationalization, a search for reasons why the accounts are exaggerated or the suffering self-inflicted. … But in recent years, for reasons I can’t fully explain, I had been lowering my defenses, and Khaled’s cries left me staring in mute horror at my computer screen.

It is a powerful passage in a book filled with them, one that encapsulates and personalizes the inequity of the occupation, the apartheid-like legal distinctions between Jewish settlers and Palestinians, and the grotesque disparity between two people’s access to natural resources and civil and political rights. It captures with precision the rationalizing process of many American Jews, most of whom would decry such injustice were it to occur in America or elsewhere in the Western world. Finally it touches on the ineffable mystery of how sophisticated people change their minds—“I had been lowering my defenses”—a puzzle even for those at the top rungs of opinion journalism.

Peter Beinart is a young (early-40s) and precocious former editor of The New Republic and “liberal hawk” who had once been a prominent voice promoting the Iraq War. For several years now he has been recasting his views, first on American foreign policy and now on the questions of Israel and the Palestinians. He remains a liberal Zionist, committed to a Jewish state that practices the democratic values proclaimed at its founding: “complete equality of social and political rights for all its inhabitants, irrespective of religion.” He is aware that the plausible window for creating such an Israel—with a viable Palestinian state alongside it—is closing rapidly and maybe already shut.

The Crisis of Zionism is in part a meditation on the present "golden age of Jewish power,” a critique of the American Jewish establishment, and a less than optimistic view of the increasingly Orthodox religious attitudes that will replace it; in part a history and analysis of Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s tactical success in undermining the Oslo accords and his shocking humbling of President Obama. While most of Beinart’s arguments are not novel, they are presented with unerring precision. His book is full of keen insights into the contradictions and self-deceptions of his former side. It would not surprise me if this book became a lodestar for American Jews and non-Jews alike who are finding Israel’s policies increasingly difficult to defend.

Beinart throughout blends themes of Judaism and Zionism: Israel and the attitudes of American Jews toward it are each the product of Jewish ideas, often contradictory ones. While this is in many ways obvious, it violates a quite useful, usually unspoken liberal taboo: the idea that Israel is a foreign state, it does not speak for American Jews. One can see the utility of this formulation for almost everyone. When radical anti-Zionists like the ex-Israeli Gilad Atzmon emphasize the inseparability of Israel from Jewfishes, they make a lot of people uncomfortable. Beinart is neither anti-Zionist nor radical, but he is playing on the same field: for him the debate about Israel is not simply between competing political choices but about competing moral attitudes withinJudaism.

While Jews have experienced an astonishing ascent in America in the past 70or so years, this rise has not, he argues, changed attitudes at the top of major Jewish organizations. There Jews are still eternal victims, the targets of primordial anti-Semitism. Jewish strength might be reveled in privately, but it is never publicly acknowledged, much less discussed. Soul-searching over how power can be used responsibly is more or less non-existent. The leading organizations are beholden to a relatively small number of rich elderly donors, Palm Beach retirees who write checks based on appeals about “Iran, anti-Semitism, and something bad someone said about Israel.” Anyone who criticizes Israel can be smeared as an anti-Semite.

Interestingly, Beinart points out that many Jews know such charges are more often than not ridiculous but rationalize them anyway. “Jews assume that gentiles, because they are powerful, can take it, and that Jews, because of our history of persecution, can play fast and loose in the Israeli government's defense.”

The Palm Beach retirees will pass on. But Orthodox Jews will increasingly move to the forefront of Jewish organizational life, and Beinart provides ample grounds for pessimism here: modern Orthodoxy is diverse and many-layered, but leading Orthodox institutions promote attitudes that are insular or simply racist—“the soul of the Jew and the non-Jew are made of different material, "says Yeshiva University’s Hershel Schecter, an influential Orthodox rabbi. So there is every possibility that Jewish organizational life in America will move in lockstep with an increasingly right-wing Israel. Beinart notes with alarm that Israeli high-school students are far more intolerant than their elders. Occupation—the practice of it, the justification of it—breeds racism.

The principal political beneficiary of such trends is Netanyahu, Israel's most powerful figure. Netanyahu grew up in the shadow of Vladimir Jabotinsky; his father Benzion was a close associate of the charismatic founder of Revisionist(right-wing) Zionism. Jabotinsky believed that Zionism must purge Jews of their "childish humanism” and the justice-seeking Judaism of the prophets and toughen them for struggle against the Arabs. Compromise with the Palestinians was unthinkable. As late as 2009, Netanyahu’s father told an interviewer that the Arabs ought to be encouraged to flee their land by denying them food, electricity, and access to education. His son’s primary political goal has been the prevention of a Palestinian state.

While some right-wing Israelis pine openly for ethnic cleansing of the West Bank, Netanyahu’s more limited vision is to sequester the remaining Palestinians in four disconnected cantons bisected by Israeli roads and checkpoints and deprived of any agricultural areas, a bantustan plan for 40percent of the territory. The settlers would keep the rest. When he first came to office in 1996 he exploited a loophole for military bases in the Oslo Accords and declared the entire Jordan River Valley a “military zone.”

As a young man Barack Obama had been influenced by several of Chicago's leading liberal Zionists, but as a presidential candidate he began to defer to the Jewish establishment. Even so, he retained his commitment to a two-state solution. (As Beinart relates, after Obama’s election a worried Netanyahu tried to open a secret channel to White House chief of staff Rahm Emmanuel, an effortthat was rebuffed.) But Obama found he could not prod Tel Aviv into serious negotiations without facing massive political retaliation from the Israel lobby. In 2010 he asked Israel to stop building settlements on territory that would become part of a Palestinian state, if there were to be such a state, but he was forced to retreat.

A year later, when Obama stated that the 1967 borders should be the starting point for renewed two-state negotiations—an American position for more than a generation—Netanyahu delivered what Beinart describes as “one of the most extraordinary humiliations of a president by a foreign leader in American history.”Fresh from speaking at AIPAC’s annual conference, Netanyahu replied that there was no chance of Israel withdrawing to “indefensible lines.” Then Netanyahu went before a joint session of Congress. Each member of Congress had a single gallery pass to give out, and most gave theirs to their largest AIPAC donor. With the hall packed with supporters, Netanyahu received one thundering ovation after another. Congresswoman Debbie Wasserman Schultz, who as head of the Democratic National Committee plays a key role in party fundraising, used arm motions to signal to her colleagues when to stand and applaud, and they rose and clapped at Netanyahu’s most controversial statements.

Concluding from this that America was unlikely to help, the Palestinian Authority tried to secure United Nations backing for a state within the 1967borders. Palestinian leader Mahmoud Abbas claimed before the General Assembly that he wanted not to delegitimize Israel but to coexist with it. Though this vision of a two-state settlement was more or less identical to his own, Obama ordered the State Department into a full-court press to thwart the Palestinian initiative. One State Department official, after lobbying 150 foreign diplomats against the Palestinian effort, told Beinart, “sometimes I feel I work for the Israeli government.” The liberal Zionist American president had been brought to heel.

Beinart’s detailed history of these episodes is the best reported and most incisive one in print. It should put to rest any notion that Israel’s current government has the slightest interest in allowing the Palestinians a state or that Obama can be counted on to move Israel towards fruitful negotiations.

The author probably has sufficient establishment ties to ensure his book a fair hearing. For months now Likud-camp Zionists have worried that Beinart has aimed a Walt and Mearsheimer-sized bombshell in their direction. In contrast to the two professors, Beinart, who is Jewish, may avoid having his arguments falsely represented and being smeared as having authored an anti-Semitic book.

Formidable as it is, however, The Crisis of Zionism is not without flaws. It may not be clear exactly at what point the relentless settlement project that all Israeli governments have encouraged will render the two-state solution a political impossibility. But if that point has already been reached, or is about to be, a plea for a democratic Jewish state, no matter how persuasive, is simply no longer relevant. One can understand Beinart’s reluctance to address this question, which could only complicate his argument, while nonetheless wishing he had tried.

The Crisis of Zionism also has a problem of agency. Though few writers are more clear-eyed about the hurdles American Jews face in changing the way their community relates to Israel, Beinart nonetheless writes as if they are the sole audience that matters for a serious argument about Zionism. Perhaps that is simply realism: it can seem that, apart from the Christian Zionists shepherded to support Netanyahu’s agenda, the Mideast opinions of American gentiles simply do not count. But can such a circumstance endure? America's engagement with the Middle East once centered on the construction of schools and universities, an outgrowth of the Protestant missionary presence in the region. The first generation of Western-educated Arabs often studied in such schools, so the American presence in the region was associated with science, the education of girls and women, a modernity untainted by colonialism—in short, a genuine program of liberation. A century later, the centerpiece is Israel, and America is best known in the region through such events as its anti-Palestinian vetoes in the Security Council, the fracturing of Iraq by war, and an entire Congress standing to applaud oppressive Israeli policies. One can trace this transformation to many sources, perhaps none more decisive than the slow, silent abdication of the Protestant establishment from its positions of power and responsibility.

Yet this landscape too is beginning to shift, and it has the potential to change more rapidly than Beinart acknowledges. Just as “the question of Palestine” resonates far beyond the borders of the Palestine Mandate, so in American politics its significance has begun to be felt beyond the confines of American Jewish opinion. If American Jews are to help forge a democratic and non-racist Israel, they are unlikely to succeed without allies. It would not be without irony were such allies to be found, among other venues, among the politically active Muslim students in the American universities and those mainline Protestants who are now, finally, finding their voice to say “Enough!”to America’s unconditional support for Israel.

Scott McConnell is a founding editor of The American Conservative.




























March 27, 2012

Hamdan Azhar is a New York-based writer and statistician. His commentary,which has been featured in the Huffington Post and the ChristianScience Monitor, engages critical issues involving foreign policy, civilliberties, and international affairs. To read more of his work, visit his website.

Copyright © 2012 PolicyMic

Defusing theMiddle East Would Lower Gas Prices
bySheldon Richman, March23, 2012

http://www.fff.org/comment/com1203u.asp

Republicanssee rising oil and gasoline prices as an opportunity to score political pointson President Obama. To be sure, Obama is partly responsible for the rise inworld prices and could do something about it. The irony is that Republicanswould emphatically oppose the one measure that would be most effective ineasing the pressure on prices right now: defusing tension in the Middle East bytaking the war threat against Iran off the table.

Tension in the Middle East tendsto push prices up, because the threat of war puts this major oil region under adarkening cloud of uncertainty. With Iran the tension is even greater becauseit is located on the Strait of Hormuz, a narrow waterway between the PersianGulf and the Gulf of Oman, 21 nautical miles at its narrowest point. Roughly 20percent of the world’s oil moves through the strait, which is key for gettingoil from the gulf countries to the rest of the world.

Iran has threatened to mine orclose the strait in retaliation for an attack by Israel or the United States.The danger to oil tankers traversing the strait would shoot insurance pricesthrough the roof, and the price of oil would follow as the supply diminished.

Since American and Israeli wartalk directed at Iran is undoubtedly responsible for much of the recent pricerise, it stands to reason that ceasing that talk convincingly would take thepressure off and would allow prices to fall again.

So why aren’t the Republicanscalling on Obama to extend an olive branch to Iran? The answer is simple:Republicans (excepting Ron Paul) place American imperial bullying ahead ofeverything else. They may talk about the virtue of free markets and private property,but clearly their priority is American hegemony, no matter the cost in taxpayermoney and freedom.

They would rather risk cripplinglyhigh gasoline and oil prices — not to mention crippling American militarypersonnel and Iranian children — than pass up an opportunity to rattle theirsabers in defense of the American empire and to show how fierce these chickenhawks are. (Mitt Romney, Rick Santorum, and Newt Gingrich spent no time in themilitary, much less in a war zone. Such politicians are often the most eager tosend men and women to war.)

To hear them tell it, the veryexistence of the United States and Israel is at stake in the confrontation withIran over its alleged nuclear-weapons program. Nonsense. American and Israeliintelligence say that the Iranian government has not decided to build a nuclearweapon. Every pound of uranium in Iran’s possession is under an InternationalAtomic Energy Agency seal. Iran’s supreme leader, Ayatollah Ali Khamenei,issued a fatwa against nuclear weapons years ago, and repeated this prohibitionas recently as February. Furthermore, no American or Israeli official seriouslybelieves that Iran would use a nuclear warhead to attack, even if it did buildone. Why not? A nuclear strike on Israel or the United States would summon adevastating second strike that would destroy Iran and its government — and noone believes the Iranian regime is suicidal. Israel’s defense minister, EhudBarak, himself says survival is the regime’s top priority.

So why the loose war talk? Whydoes Obama menace Iran without provocation by declaring that “all options areon the table,” including “all elements of American power” (emphasisadded)? Why has he imposed harsh economic sanctions, which inflict pain on theIranian people and which constitute an act of war under international law?

The reason is that America’s toppoliticians, Republican and Democrat, are locked into the imperial mindset. Intheir view, this country — more precisely, the man who presides over thenational government — is the policeman of the world. They embrace PresidentGeorge H.W. Bush’s decree from 1990: “What we say goes.” If the presidentdoesn’t like something, he reserves the authority to do something about it —militarily if “necessary.”

So they are willing to go to war,or to risk it in a deadly game of chicken, regardless of the cost in human lifeor economic growth.

More expensive gasoline for therest of us is a small price to pay for their imperial ambitions.

Sheldon Richman is seniorfellow at The Future of Freedom Foundation in Fairfax, Va., author of TetheredCitizens: Time to Repeal the Welfare State, and editor of The Freemanmagazine. Visit his blog Free Association at www.sheldonrichman.com.Send him email.




IsraelEncircles Iran

http://www.theamericanconservative.com/blog/israel-encircles-iran/



By Philip Giraldi | March 27, 2012

Israel is tightening the noose around Iran. The Israeli government hassigned a secret agreement with the government of Azerbaijan to lease two formerSoviet military airfields located close to the Iranian border. One of thefacilities is being used as an intelligence collection site, with advancedSigint capabilities and preparations underway for drone operations. The otherbase is being designated a search-and-rescue facility. It will eventually havehelicopters that will presumably be dispatched to aid downed Israeli fliers ifthere is a preemptive attack on Iran’s nuclear facilities. The base will alsohave limited refueling and recovery capabilities for planes too damaged to makethe long flight back to Israel over Iraqi or Saudi airspace. The Azerbaijanibases are much closer to the prime Iranian nuclear targets at Natanz and Fordowthan are airfields in Israel itself. Recent Iranian government and mediacomplaints about threatening Azerbaijani activities reflect official concern onthe part of Tehran over the new developments.

Tel Aviv is also increasing its presence in neighboring Georgia, which isserving as the conduit for equipment going to Azerbaijan, which is shippedthrough the Black Sea port of Poti. The Israelis control an airfield in Georgiathat is being used for intelligence gathering and logistical support for thelarge Israeli private-contractor and military-adviser presence in the country.Israeli advisers are training the Georgian army in the use of largelyU.S.-supplied military equipment and are effectively partners in the country’sintelligence and security agencies. Drones operating over northwest Iran havebeen flying out of the Georgian base. John McCain’s 2008 claim when the countrywent to war with Russia that “we are all Georgians now” becomes a lot morecomprehensible when one realizes that the drive to aid the country was largelyabout supporting Israel.

Israeli intelligence officers and military personnel inmufti are active in Iraqi Kurdistan as well, where they have been recruitingagents to collect information and carry out operations inside Iran. Many of therecruits are affiliated with Pajak, a U.S. State Department-listed terroristorganization. There are concerns within the U.S. intelligence community thatthe Israelis are playing fast and loose with their affiliation in what areknown as false-flag operations, frequently representing themselves as Americansin actions similar to those relating to Mossad’s efforts to recruit Jundallahmilitants in Western Europe. Israel also reportedly attempted to hide behind afalse flag in January when one of its drones that had been operating over Syriawent down in Turkey. The Israeli Foreign Ministry initially denied any knowledge,suggesting that the device was American. But the Turks, who have U.S. dronesflying from airbases in their own country, recognized that the drone was not ofAmerican manufacture, and the Israeli Embassy was forced to recant andeventually apologize. No apology was forthcoming to the United States. Back athome, the FBI is investigating persistent reports that Israeli intelligenceofficers operating in the U.S. are again pretending to be FBI or CIA to obtainthe cooperation of Arab-Americans.

Philip Giraldi, a former CIA officer, is executive director of theCouncil for the National Interest.

Netanyahu’sMachine

http://www.theamericanconservative.com/blog/netanyahus-machine/



TheCrisis of Zionism, Peter Beinart, Times Books, 276 pages

By Scott McConnell | Marcy 26, 2012

The Crisis of Zionism opens with Peter Beinart watching a video onhis computer sent by an Israeli friend. It depicts an incident on the occupiedWest Bank: Israeli military police arrest a Palestinian man for trying tosiphon water from the pipes that feed an Israeli settlement, after he had maderepeated efforts to secure permission. As he is taken away his five-year-oldson, Khaled, cries plaintively after him, “Baba, Baba.”

For those familiar with the occupation, the context is clear. The settlers,with the legal rights of citizens of Israel, have privileged access to theaquifers in this arid land and use water at five times the rate of thePalestinians. This inequality is secured by Israeli military law, which governsthe stateless inhabitants of this occupied territory.

Beinart describes the emotions the video set off in him:

As soon I began watching … I wished I had never turned it on. For most of mylife, my reaction to accounts of Palestinian suffering has beenrationalization, a search for reasons why the accounts are exaggerated or thesuffering self-inflicted. … But in recent years, for reasons I can’t fullyexplain, I had been lowering my defenses, and Khaled’s cries left me staring inmute horror at my computer screen.

It is a powerful passage in a book filled with them, one that encapsulatesand personalizes the inequity of the occupation, the apartheid-like legaldistinctions between Jewish settlers and Palestinians, and the grotesquedisparity between two people’s access to natural resources and civil andpolitical rights. It captures with precision the rationalizing process of manyAmerican Jews, most of whom would decry such injustice were it to occur inAmerica or elsewhere in the Western world. Finally it touches on the ineffablemystery of how sophisticated people change their minds—“I had been lowering mydefenses”—a puzzle even for those at the top rungs of opinion journalism.

Peter Beinart is a young (early-40s) and precocious former editor of TheNew Republic and “liberal hawk” who had once been a prominent voicepromoting the Iraq War. For several years now he has been recasting his views,first on American foreign policy and now on the questions of Israel and thePalestinians. He remains a liberal Zionist, committed to a Jewish state thatpractices the democratic values proclaimed at its founding: “complete equalityof social and political rights for all its inhabitants, irrespective ofreligion.” He is aware that the plausible window for creating such anIsrael—with a viable Palestinian state alongside it—is closing rapidly and maybe already shut.

The Crisis of Zionism is in part a meditation on the present“golden age of Jewish power,” a critique of the American Jewish establishment,and a less than optimistic view of the increasingly Orthodox religiousattitudes that will replace it; in part a history and analysis of Israeli PrimeMinister Benjamin Netanyahu’s tactical success in undermining the Oslo accordsand his shocking humbling of President Obama. While most of Beinart’s argumentsare not novel, they are presented with unerring precision. His book is full ofkeen insights into the contradictions and self-deceptions of his former side.It would not surprise me if this book became a lodestar for American Jews andnon-Jews alike who are finding Israel’s policies increasingly difficult todefend.

Beinart throughout blends themes of Judaism and Zionism: Israel and theattitudes of American Jews toward it are each the product of Jewish ideas,often contradictory ones. While this is in many ways obvious, it violates aquite useful, usually unspoken liberal taboo: the idea that Israel is a foreignstate, it does not speak for American Jews. One can see the utility of thisformulation for almost everyone. When radical anti-Zionists like the ex-IsraeliGilad Atzmon emphasize the inseparability of Israel from Jewishness, they makea lot of people uncomfortable. Beinart is neither anti-Zionist nor radical, buthe is playing on the same field: for him the debate about Israel is not simplybetween competing political choices but about competing moral attitudes withinJudaism.

While Jews have experienced an astonishing ascent in America in the past 70or so years, this rise has not, he argues, changed attitudes at the top ofmajor Jewish organizations. There Jews are still eternal victims, the targetsof primordial anti-Semitism. Jewish strength might be reveled in privately, butit is never publicly acknowledged, much less discussed. Soul-searching over howpower can be used responsibly is more or less non-existent. The leadingorganizations are beholden to a relatively small number of rich elderly donors,Palm Beach retirees who write checks based on appeals about “Iran,anti-Semitism, and something bad someone said about Israel.” Anyone whocriticizes Israel can be smeared as an anti-Semite.

Interestingly, Beinart points out that many Jews know such charges are moreoften than not ridiculous but rationalize them anyway. “Jews assume thatgentiles, because they are powerful, can take it, and that Jews, because of ourhistory of persecution, can play fast and loose in the Israeli government’sdefense.”

The Palm Beach retirees will pass on. But Orthodox Jews will increasinglymove to the forefront of Jewish organizational life, and Beinart provides amplegrounds for pessimism here: modern Orthodoxy is diverse and many-layered, butleading Orthodox institutions promote attitudes that are insular or simplyracist—“the soul of the Jew and the non-Jew are made of different material,”says Yeshiva University’s Hershel Schecter, an influential Orthodox rabbi. Sothere is every possibility that Jewish organizational life in America will movein lockstep with an increasingly right-wing Israel. Beinart notes with alarmthat Israeli high-school students are far more intolerant than their elders.Occupation—the practice of it, the justification of it—breeds racism.

The principal political beneficiary of such trends is Netanyahu, Israel’smost powerful figure. Netanyahu grew up in the shadow of Vladimir Jabotinsky;his father Benzion was a close associate of the charismatic founder of Revisionist(right-wing) Zionism. Jabotinsky believed that Zionism must purge Jews of their“childish humanism” and the justice-seeking Judaism of the prophets and toughenthem for struggle against the Arabs. Compromise with the Palestinians wasunthinkable. As late as 2009, Netanyahu’s father told an interviewer that theArabs ought to be encouraged to flee their land by denying them food,electricity, and access to education. His son’s primary political goal has beenthe prevention of a Palestinian state.

While some right-wing Israelis pine openly for ethnic cleansing of the WestBank, Netanyahu’s more limited vision is to sequester the remainingPalestinians in four disconnected cantons bisected by Israeli roads andcheckpoints and deprived of any agricultural areas, a bantustan plan for 40percent of the territory. The settlers would keep the rest. When he first cameto office in 1996 he exploited a loophole for military bases in the OsloAccords and declared the entire Jordan River Valley a “military zone.”

As a young man Barack Obama had been influenced by several of Chicago’sleading liberal Zionists, but as a presidential candidate he began to defer tothe Jewish establishment. Even so, he retained his commitment to a two-statesolution. (As Beinart relates, after Obama’s election a worried Netanyahu triedto open a secret channel to White House chief of staff Rahm Emmanuel, an effortthat was rebuffed.) But Obama found he could not prod Tel Aviv into seriousnegotiations without facing massive political retaliation from the Israellobby. In 2010 he asked Israel to stop building settlements on territory thatwould become part of a Palestinian state, if there were to be such a state, buthe was forced to retreat.

A year later, when Obama stated that the 1967 borders should be the startingpoint for renewed two-state negotiations—an American position for more than ageneration—Netanyahu delivered what Beinart describes as “one of the mostextraordinary humiliations of a president by a foreign leader in American history.”Fresh from speaking at AIPAC’s annual conference, Netanyahu replied that therewas no chance of Israel withdrawing to “indefensible lines.” Then Netanyahuwent before a joint session of Congress. Each member of Congress had a singlegallery pass to give out, and most gave theirs to their largest AIPAC donor.With the hall packed with supporters, Netanyahu received one thundering ovationafter another. Congresswoman Debbie Wasserman Schultz, who as head of theDemocratic National Committee plays a key role in party fundraising, used armmotions to signal to her colleagues when to stand and applaud, and they roseand clapped at Netanyahu’s most controversial statements.

Concluding from this that America was unlikely to help, the PalestinianAuthority tried to secure United Nations backing for a state within the 1967borders. Palestinian leader Mahmoud Abbas claimed before the General Assemblythat he wanted not to delegitimize Israel but to coexist with it. Though thisvision of a two-state settlement was more or less identical to his own, Obamaordered the State Department into a full-court press to thwart the Palestinianinitiative. One State Department official, after lobbying 150 foreign diplomatsagainst the Palestinian effort, told Beinart, “sometimes I feel I work for theIsraeli government.” The liberal Zionist American president had been brought toheel.

Beinart’s detailed history of these episodes is the best reported and mostincisive one in print. It should put to rest any notion that Israel’s currentgovernment has the slightest interest in allowing the Palestinians a state orthat Obama can be counted on to move Israel towards fruitful negotiations.

The author probably has sufficient establishment ties to ensure his book afair hearing. For months now Likud-camp Zionists have worried that Beinart hasaimed a Walt and Mearsheimer-sized bombshell in their direction. In contrast tothe two professors, Beinart, who is Jewish, may avoid having his argumentsfalsely represented and being smeared as having authored an anti-Semitic book.

Formidable as it is, however, The Crisis of Zionism is not withoutflaws. It may not be clear exactly at what point the relentless settlementproject that all Israeli governments have encouraged will render the two-statesolution a political impossibility. But if that point has already been reached,or is about to be, a plea for a democratic Jewish state, no matter howpersuasive, is simply no longer relevant. One can understand Beinart’sreluctance to address this question, which could only complicate his argument,while nonetheless wishing he had tried.

The Crisis of Zionism also has a problem of agency. Though fewwriters are more clear-eyed about the hurdles American Jews face in changingthe way their community relates to Israel, Beinart nonetheless writes as ifthey are the sole audience that matters for a serious argument about Zionism.Perhaps that is simply realism: it can seem that, apart from the ChristianZionists shepherded to support Netanyahu’s agenda, the Mideast opinions ofAmerican gentiles simply do not count.But can such a circumstance endure?America’s engagement with the Middle East once centered on the construction ofschools and universities, an outgrowth of the Protestant missionary presence inthe region. The first generation of Western-educated Arabs often studied insuch schools, so the American presence in the region was associated withscience, the education of girls and women, a modernity untainted bycolonialism—in short, a genuine program of liberation. A century later, thecenterpiece is Israel, and America is best known in the region through suchevents as its anti-Palestinian vetoes in the Security Council, the fracturingof Iraq by war, and an entire Congress standing to applaud oppressive Israelipolicies. One can trace this transformation to many sources, perhaps none moredecisive than the slow, silent abdication of the Protestant establishment fromits positions of power and responsibility.

Yet this landscape too is beginning to shift, and it has the potential tochange more rapidly than Beinart acknowledges. Just as “the question ofPalestine” resonates far beyond the borders of the Palestine Mandate, so inAmerican politics its significance has begun to be felt beyond the confines ofAmerican Jewish opinion. If American Jews are to help forge a democratic andnon-racist Israel, they are unlikely to succeed without allies. It would not bewithout irony were such allies to be found, among other venues, among thepolitically active Muslim students in the American universities and thosemainline Protestants who are now, finally, finding their voice to say “Enough!”to America’s unconditional support for Israel.

Scott McConnell is a founding editor of The American Conservative.

Bill Gibbons

Inbox
Add star

Lattigo Smith

<lattigo26@yahoo.com>
Thu, Mar 15, 2012 at 4:12 PM
To: "gibb@azci.net" <gibb@azci.net>
March 15, 2012
For a few years I voted for the lesser of two evils. Then I discovered there was no such thing as lesser than two evils, because politicians of both political parties are evil and there is very little difference in the parties. I can say this, because both parties are supported and controlled by the same people; the SUPER RICH ZIONIST.
With that is mind, let us look at the Republican Party candidates for president. Romney, Gingrich and Santorum are receiving all the favorable publicity and the most money. That is because either candidate will be acceptable by our unelected rulers, once they are nominated by the Republican Party. That alone should be enough to let you know that neither one can be trusted to do anything good for the people. That is: they will represent the men and women that paid for their election and the rest of us can go and suck a hind tit.
Ron Paul is ignored by the media and does not receive any of the big money, because he is not accepted by the major media barons and the SUPER RICH ZIONIST, that is why Paul should be nominated and elected for president. He is the only one that can beat Obama, because he is the only one that is any different than Obama. The other three are Bush-Obama clones and will be a worse president than Obama - Bill Gibbons.
Ron Paul’s Hour of Decision
by Justin Raimondo, March 14, 2012
Is Ron Paul running for president in the wrong party?
The results of the GOP primaries, so far, would certainly seem to suggest that. Paul’s support draws heavily from two constituencies one doesn’t normally associate with the Republican party: young voters, who are overwhelmingly independents, and antiwar voters, who tend to be Democrats. He has carried the youth vote and garnered a significant proportion of independents in virtually every contest: more significantly, polls show him beating President Obama in the general election by winning a huge portion of the independent and youth votes. Combined with the anybody-but-Obama vote, Paul’s potential base of support in a two-way race defines the contours of a winning electoral coalition, one that could win him the White House, bring about a major political realignment – and upend the political Establishment in this country.
The problem, for Paul, is that the GOP leadership is implacably opposed to his candidacy: never mind all that nonsense about a Romney-Paul “alliance,” which was just an invention of the “mainstream” media pushed by the Santorum campaign. After all, the Romneyites stole the Maine caucuses right out from under the Paul campaign, and are doing their best to repeat the same fraud in the rest of the caucus states. Some “alliance”!
Three factors have kept Paul from being a real contender: not only the hostility of the leadership and the age demographics of the average Republican primary voter – which is well over 40 – but also the ideological factor. After a decade and more of neoconservative domination, not only of the party but of the conservative movement, the GOP is the War Party. For the Paul campaign, this is fatal. Ron has made his anti-interventionist views the linchpin of his campaign: he never fails to bring up the issue of war and peace, even when discussing some economic or social topic. That’s because he realizes – unlike some “libertarians” – the issue is central to the question of rolling back the power of government to rule our lives.
While Paul regularly invokes the “Old Right” and the legacy of Robert A. Taft and the Taft Republicans, this tradition has been long forgotten by Republican voters – and deliberately buried and disdained by the party’s intellectuals, such as they are, who regularly rail against “isolationism” and hail FDR and Winston Churchill as their chosen icons.
The result is that, after an initial spurt of success – starting out with a respectable showing in Iowa, and placing second in New Hampshire – the Paul campaign has fallen back to its 2008 levels, with Ron rarely breaking 10 percent.
The response of the Paul campaign has been to hunker down and reassure its enthusiastic supporters – and they haven’t lost their enthusiasm, not by a long shot – that they have a strategy. That strategy is to concentrate on getting delegates, rather than winning “beauty contests,” i.e. primaries in which the results don’t determine who gets the delegates. In many states, the process of delegate selection is long and involved, with county, regional, and state-wide conventions being held to determine who gets to go to Tampa. Given the dedication of the Paulians, and their superior organizational skills, the idea is that Ron will get many more delegates than his vote totals in the primaries would indicate, through sheer perseverance.
However, the process hasn’t always worked out that way. The Paulians, having devoted themselves to learning the arcane rules governing delegate selection, and playing by the book, often arrive at these conventions to find that the rule book has been thrown out by the party leadership. Huge fights have broken out at these shindigs, and the going has been pretty rough: when the party leaders arrive to find the hall packed with under-30 Paulians, all waving signs and wearing buttons, suddenly the rules are “revised,” and the Paulian playbook is no longer applicable.
The Paul campaign started out with the odds stacked against it: the GOP leadership and the “mainstream” media both did everything they could to smear, discredit, and discount him and his supporters. This effort failed: Ron emerged from the pack, and went on to create what is arguably the most vital and alive movement this country has seen since the 1960s.
However, the growth and development of the Paulian movement has now reached its limits within the confines of the GOP, like a potted plant whose roots can no longer be contained. Either the plant is put in the ground, or its roots will become so stunted that the plant will wither and die.
In short, the Paulians must make a decision: either break free of the bonds of the GOP, or else face a future of dwindling political fortunes.
Consider the two likeliest scenarios: 1) Romney gains the magic number of 1144 delegates before the Tampa convention, and is declared the winner: i.e. it’s a repeat of the McCain victory in 2008. And we all remember what happened in 2008: Ron was locked out of the convention, and the Paulians held their own well-attended convention down the street. Paul never endorsed McCain (perish the thought!), and the neocon-run McCain campaign managed to run their candidate – and the GOP – into the ground.
Now, however, we are confronted with a quite different prospect: a brokered convention. With no candidate winning the magic number of delegates, the usual nominating convention-as-coronation scenario is thrown out the window, and what the mainstream media and party officials refer to as “chaos” reigns in Tampa. Translation: the convention will revert back to the way these events normally played out in the Good Old Days, before Big Money and Big Media turned them into political Kabuki theater, with the players and the outcome predetermined from the start.
While this prospect is refreshing, and even exciting – as any disruption in our ritualized political process would be – it still doesn’t hold out much hope for the Paul campaign. The reason is because, short of Paul getting the nomination, there is nothing concrete to be gained from a brokered convention.
With Romney in the lead, delegate-wise, a brokered convention will center on efforts by the Not-Romneys to put together a coalition capable of grabbing the nomination away from Mitt. Yet the Paulians are highly unlikely to be a part of this Not-Romney coalition – unless, of course, they ditch their principles and their whole rationale for launching the campaign to begin with. For this would mean voting for an anti-libertarian schmuck, i.e. either Santorum or Gingrich. That, I believe, is never going to happen: if it did, the Paulian movement would immediately implode, given the enormity of the sell-out.
There is, on the other hand, another possibility, and that is allying with the Romneyites against the Santorum and Gingrich camps. Yet, again, we are faced with the question of what concrete rewards the Paulians could expect to gain from such a dark alliance. In my view, a realistic answer to that question is: exactly nothing.
In the view of some Paul campaign officials, however, the answer is not so clear, as this televised interview with campaign manager Jesse Benton demonstrates. Ignore the typically biased and obnoxious demeanor of the interviewer, and focus on Benton’s answers toward the end, when he says a brokered convention could yield all sorts of rewards for the Paul campaign, such as “a cabinet position,” changes in the party platform — and even “the vice-presidency”!
It’s hard to decide whether this kind of speculation is delusional or just a way of reassuring Paul’s supporters that there’s a good reason to keep sending in the campaign contributions and pinning their hopes on making a splash in Tampa. As we all know, however, a stone makes a splash before it sinks to the bottom of the pond….
The idea that Romney is going to offer the vice-presidential nomination to Ron – or his son, Rand, freshly elected to the Senate from Kentucky – is a pipe dream. The party leadership would never allow it, the convention might well rebel (as a way of expressing conservative discontent with the candidate), and – in my opinion – Romney would never offer it in the first place.
As for changes in the party platform [.pdf] – so what? No one pays attention to these documents, not even the candidates, who are not bound by them. A cabinet position would be a paltry prize indeed, and accepting such a deal – handing the nomination to Romney in exchange for, say, making Nick Gillespie the drug czar – or, more likely, making Rand Paul Transportation Secretary – would be a humiliating end to what started out as a noble crusade.
In each case, the price the Paul campaign would have to pay for such ill-gotten “gains” would be so high that the result would be the effective end of the Paulian movement: that’s because the price would be supporting the nominee, i.e. Mitt Romney, with a personal endorsement from Ron. I, for one, can’t imagine him doing that: whenever he’s asked if he would consider supporting the eventual nominee, Paul gives every indication that the answer is no. He explains why in this interview, in which he emphasizes the Republicans’ warmongering as a major reason not to endorse any of them.
Viewed objectively, and with the long-range goals of the Paulians in mind, there is only one road forward for the movement: the third party route.
Running on a third party ticket would give Paul access to the votes of his natural constituency: the young independents disgusted with both parties who yearn for real change – i.e. a revolution – in Washington. It would give the Old Right remnant in the GOP, which Paul has reawakened from its long sleep, a place to go in November, while also making room for independents, antiwar voters, civil libertarians, disillusioned Obamaites, and other constituencies unlikely to be caught dead voting in a Republican primary.
Polls indicate Paul would get anywhere from 18 percent to 21 percent running as a third party candidate, and the percentage seem to be climbing as the actual election draws nearer. These same polls indicate he would draw two-thirds of his votes from the Republican column, but I don’t think these “drill-down” analyses hold much water: what they leave out is non-voters, new voters, and – most important of all – future events. If the US starts bombing Iran before election day, or, say, we have another economic meltdown, as we did in the winter of 2008, then all bets are off – and the prospect of a Paul victory becomes more than mere wishful thinking.
A Paul third party candidacy would not only open up a prospect that, right now, seems highly unlikely if not impossible – i.e. Ron Paul sitting in the Oval Office – it would also place significant constraints on the other candidates, including President Obama. Faced only with a warmongering Republican, Obama can pretty much do whatever he likes when it comes to provoking, sanctioning, and threatening Iran: after all, antiwar voters have nowhere else to go. With Paul in the race, however, Obama is going to have to be very careful not to lose his left-ish antiwar constituency, which has so far stuck with him as the lesser to the two evils. If and when Obama makes his move against Iran, Paul’s third party campaign will be right there, scarfing up votes from the President’s disillusioned and angry former supporters.
Indeed, the ultimate effect of a Paulian third party ticket could well be preventing the outbreak of a major war in the Middle East. This, it seems to me, is a factor the Paul campaign is going to have to weigh in the balance as it considers its options. In terms of the Paulians’ own principles – especially their characteristic opposition to wars of aggression on moral grounds – this is a powerful argument for launching a third party campaign.
We don’t endorse candidates here at Antiwar.com, and for a very good reason: we’re a journalistic enterprise, not a political organization, and we don’t take orders from any party central committee or faction. Nor do we give a blank check to any politician – no, not even Ron Paul. There can be little doubt, however, that the Paul campaign has had a tremendous effect on the antiwar movement in this country, with several longtime peace campaigners taking up Paul’s cause. He has become a symbol of the anti-interventionist impulse in modern American politics, and his political fate is bound up to a large extent with the fate of the antiwar movement – and the prospects for peace in the 21st century.
He has moved the discourse forward, challenging the premises of the interventionists at every turn and upholding a consistent vision of a republic that respects the sovereignty of all and seeks to lead by example rather than by force. If his voice is stilled after the Tampa convention, American voters will be left with a “choice” of an outright warmonger in Republican clothing versus our somewhat less overtly belligerent albeit no less interventionist sitting President, whose foreign policy record is worse than his predecessor’s.
Ron Paul’s last hurrah cannot – must not — be a “deal” made in Tampa, and I’d be willing to bet the ranch no such deal will be forthcoming. Speaking as a political analyst, and not a partisan, I would venture to say the Paulian movement will peter out and come to nothing if it stays locked within a Republican straitjacket. Liberated from their partisan constraints, Paul’s supporters will be spared the Long March through the GOP apparatus, and instead of wasting their time running for county central committee they’ll be freed up to make the case for peace directly to the American people.
What course the Paul campaign takes in the next few weeks will determine the nature of his political legacy. If it ends in Tampa, then the fate of the Paulian movement will be reflected in this bit of verse from the poet Robinson Jeffers, whose fierce “isolationism” caused him to be exiled from polite “liberal” circles in the run up to World War II:
While this America settles in the mould of its vulgarity, heavily thickening to empire
And protest, only a bubble in the molten mass, pops and sighs out, and the mass hardens,
I sadly smiling remember that the flower fades to make fruit, the fruit rots to make earth.”
Paul has often been asked if he’d run as a third party candidate, and he always gives the same ambiguous answer – and that was necessary, at the time, and proper. However, the moment is fast approaching when ambiguity on this matter becomes increasingly counterproductive, as far as advancing the cause of peace and liberty is concerned.
In politics, timing is everything. Before the movement he created passes the apex of its influence in the GOP and begins to lose its relevance, the candidate and the campaign must stop at this crossroads and contemplate their ultimate direction. The hour of decision has arrived.
NOTES IN THE MARGIN
I would note, for my readers’ information, that this decision cannot wait until the Tampa convention this summer: the most likely vehicle for a Paul third party run, the Libertarian Party, holds its nominating convention at the beginning of May. While it seems likely the LP nomination is Paul’s if he seeks it, the reality is that Paul’s hour of decision will arrive a lot sooner than late August, when the Tampa convention is scheduled to take place. An alternative would be to run on the Constitution Party ticket, which has ballot status in many states: however, the baggage this particular political formation carries may well be a burden the Paulians will wind up wishing they didn’t have to carry. There’s always the course of launching an independent ticket from scratch, but that would be costly and prone to disruption by Republican operatives. Remember how the Democrats followed the Naderites from state to state, mounting harassing lawsuits and keeping Nader off the ballot in several instances? The GOP would no doubt launch a similar operation directed at Paul.
For more on this subject, including my take on how Sen. Rand Paul’s political future plays into all this, see my recent column in Chronicles magazine.

 

How To Win America for Ron Paul and the Cause of Freedom in 2012

Reviewed by Becky Akers
Recently by Becky Akers: The 'Show Me' States
By Allan Stevo. CreateSpace, 2012. [$3.99 Kindle, $12.68 paperback – but that’s negotiable: "At the author's request, in order to increase the distribution of this title, the price of this edition has been set lower than usual for a text of this nature." Likewise, Thomas Paine devoted his profits from Common Sense to General George Washington’s hungry, cash-strapped troops.
I didn’t want to read, let alone review, this book.
It’s about the nuts and bolts – in fact, one chapter even bears that title – of political campaigning. Specifically, campaigning for Ron Paul so that he wins the Republican primary.
But I’m an anarchist, with no faith in politics or the State and indeed, an intense hatred of both. Author Allan Stevo describes folks like me perfectly on page 38: we "generally dismiss the role of government as a circus and a waste of time and energy." We love liberty with every fiber of our being; some of us, including me, even find political theory and philosophy fascinating. But the down-and-dirty, how-to-win machinations? No thanks. They exemplify everything we loathe about the State, its lies and manipulations.
By page 13, Allan Stevo had transformed my reluctance to raving enthusiasm. Indeed, I’d go so far as to insist that this is one of the most important texts friends of freedom can read in the next few months. And it is incredibly empowering, too, because Mr. Stevo’s central idea is that our efforts, not those of the official Ron Paul Campaign or even of the good doctor himself, let alone the corporate media (or lack thereof), will crown him victor at the Republican Convention this August.
And that, in Mr. Stevo’s opinion, is more essential than Dr. Paul’s ultimately winning the presidential election. Why? Because "America is a place where neighbors rarely speak openly about politics, and when they do, it is usually only to repeat media sound bites. An Obama/Paul race will change that. Two differing ideologies will Clash [sic]. One for greater individual freedom. The other for more government. This competition of ideas will not occur with other Republican candidates, since they are ideologically aligned with President Obama when it comes to the power of the individual over the power of the state." [p. 2]
Mr. Stevo believes the echoes of Dr. Paul’s debate with Obummer will reverberate for decades: "These two men will face off and provide America with two different choices for what the future holds. America will have the opportunity to decisively choose which of those paths [to – sic] take. Never in my life have I been able to experience America the way America will look come autumn of 2012 as economic conditions worsen and Americans look to two very different philosophies to explain the cause and correction of the nation’s problems." [p. 2-3]
But given the mainstream’s studiously ignoring or venomously savaging Dr. Paul, how can he win the Republican nomination? Mr. Stevo provides the answer – a relatively obvious and simple but explosively brilliant one – from his experience as both a worker on campaigns and as a candidate himself (he ran for the US House of Representatives in Illinois’ tenth district during 2005). He advocates "reaching across the aisle" to Democratic friends via "social media" and asking them to register as Republicans – I know: ugh! But it’s only for the primary – then vote for the only guy in either party firmly and consistently working against the Amerikan Empire.
After all, he points out, "Ron Paul is the lone pro-peace vote for president and his party affiliation doesn’t change that fact." [p.13] (Besides, voting for Dr. P will infuriate the "real" Republicans, the Newts and Mitts and neocons and fascists, which is a fine goal in itself.) Ergo, he suggests "writ[ing your Democratic] … Facebook friends to try to open up dialogues of understanding, and ultimately asking them to register Republican in order to vote for Ron Paul. I hope you will write your friends through email or any other social network you use. These people are what I will refer to as your ‘social precinct’…"
Mr. Stevo theorizes that "social precincts" are far more valuable and viable than the geographic precincts they are superseding, especially for Ron Paul’s internet-savvy fans. He discusses the use of precincts in Chicago, whose politics he has studied and in which he’s participated for over 20 years, and shows how our "social," online ones trump them: "What Americans today are lacking in relationships with their neighbors, they are making up for in relationships online at a distance," he writes [p 40]. And you can very effectively "work" this precinct for liberty, following the three-part strategy he outlines in his book:
Step I. Communicate with your friend.
Step II. Get a promise from him to vote for Ron Paul.
Step III. Make sure he gets out to vote for Ron Paul.*
*The third step is twofold:
A. See to it that your friend is registered properly in his state to vote for Ron Paul.
B. See to it that your friend gets out to the polling place or caucusing location to vote for Ron Paul on election day.
Intriguingly, Mr. Stevo contrasts the influence each of us wields over friends and family with his efforts on phone-banks during various campaigns. Though he invested dozens of hours calling strangers and asking them to vote for Dr. P, he wonders if any of them actually did; he compares that with his proven success in requesting friends do so and urges us to follow suit. (This isn’t an either/or proposition; as he explains later, we should milk our "social precincts" fully and then volunteer our efforts on the larger campaign.)
It’s no wonder Mr. Stevo convinces so many of his friends to pull the lever for peace and liberty: he’s conciliatory and diplomatic. His attitude, even towards those with whom he disagrees, is collaborative: Both I and my socialist, Big-Government Democratic friends crave peace, and Ron Paul is the only candidate we can count on to give it to us. Therefore, I am presenting my buddy with something he very much wants – he just doesn’t realize it’s out there. Or if he does, no one has yet given him the opportunity to to vote for it. So I am not a pest, I am a chum explaining how together we can achieve what we want.
Effective spokesmen for liberty and its champion, Dr. P, don’t argue with friends who reject our message. We simply move on to those who agree and welcome it.
Mr. Stevo also recommends wisely using the limited hours until June 26 (the date of Utah’s primary, the last before the convention). He cautions against wasting time on the pursuits so many of us erroneously rate "important," such as participating in online polls or commenting on websites denouncing Dr. Paul. These don’t guarantee any votes, he points out: our efforts are better spent educating our "social precincts."
You’ve got to love an author so devoted to liberty’s ascension that he pleads on page 74 (out of 215), "…please stop reading this book now. Please put it down, and get to work." [Original emphasis.] I didn’t obey and lay the book aside because of its easy, friendly style and charm (despite the many typos plaguing such a hastily written and published manuscript). Still, I breezed through the whole thing in a few hours.
You can, too. I strongly echo one reviewer’s advice on Amazon: not only should you immediately read Mr. Stevo’s book, you should "Buy several copies, distribute them amongst your friends!"
March 14, 2012
Becky Akers [send her mail] writes primarily about the American Revolution.
Copyright © 2012 by LewRockwell.com. Permission to reprint in whole or in part is gladly granted, provided full credit is given.
The 0% Doctrine
Obama breaks new ground when it comes to war with Iran
by Tom Engelhardt, March 12, 2012
When I was young, the Philadelphia Bulletin ran cartoon ads that usually featured a man in trouble — dangling by his fingers, say, from an outdoor clock. There would always be people all around him, but far too engrossed in the daily paper to notice. The tagline was: “In Philadelphia, nearly everybody reads the Bulletin.”
Those ads came to mind recently when President Obama commented forcefully on war, American-style, in ways that were remarkably radical. Although he was trying to ward off a threatened Israeli preemptive air strike against Iran, his comments should have shocked Americans — but just about nobody noticed.
I don’t mean, of course, that nobody noticed the president’s statements. Quite the contrary: they were headlined, chewed over in the press and by pundits. Mitt Romney, Rick Santorum, and Newt Gingrich attacked them. Fox News highlighted their restraint. (“Obama calls for containing Iran, says ‘too much loose talk of war.’”) The Huffington Post highlighted the support for Israel they represented. (“Obama Defends Policies Toward Israel, Fends Off Partisan Critiques.”) Israeli Prime Minister Netanyahu pushed back against them in a potentially deadly U.S.-Israeli dance that might bring new chaos to the Middle East. But somehow, amid all the headlines, commentary, and analysis, few seemed to notice just what had really changed in our world.
The president had offered a new definition of “aggression”against this country and a new war doctrine to go with it. He would, he insisted, take the U.S. to war not to stop another nation from attacking us or even threatening to do so, but simply to stop it from building a nuclear weapon — and he would act even if that country were incapable of targeting the United States. That should have been news.
Consider the most startling of his statements: just before the arrival of Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu in Washington, the president gave a 45-minute Oval Office interview to The Atlantic’s Jeffrey Goldberg. A prominent pro-Israeli writer, Goldberg had produced an article in the September issue of that magazine headlined “The Point of No Return.” In it, based on interviews with “roughly 40 current and past Israeli decision makers about a military strike,” he had given an Israeli air attack on Iran a 50% chance of happening by this July. From the recent interview, here are Obama’s key lines:
I think that the Israeli government recognizes that, as president of the United States, I don’t bluff. I also don’t, as a matter of sound policy, go around advertising exactly what our intentions are. But I think both the Iranian and the Israeli governments recognize that when the United States says it is unacceptable for Iran to have a nuclear weapon, we mean what we say.
Later, he added this chilling note: “I think it’s fair to say that the last three years, I’ve shown myself pretty clearly willing, when I believe it is in the core national interest of the United States, to direct military actions, even when they entail enormous risks.”
The next day, in a speech meant to stop “loose talk about war” in front of a powerful pro-Israeli lobbying outfit, the American Israel Public Affairs Committee (AIPAC), the president offered an even stronger formula, worth quoting at length. Speaking of seeing the consequences of his decisions to use force “in the eyes of those I meet who’ve come back gravely wounded,” he said:
And for this reason, as part of my solemn obligation to the American people, I will only use force when the time and circumstances demand it…. We all prefer to resolve this issue diplomatically. Having said that, Iran’s leaders should have no doubt about the resolve of the United States — just as they should not doubt Israel’s sovereign right to make its own decisions about what is required to meet its security needs. I have said that when it comes to preventing Iran from obtaining a nuclear weapon, I will take no options off the table, and I mean what I say. That includes all elements of American power … and, yes, a military effort to be prepared for any contingency.
Iran’s leaders should understand that I do not have a policy of containment; I have a policy to prevent Iran from obtaining a nuclear weapon. And as I have made clear time and again during the course of my presidency, I will not hesitate to use force when it is necessary to defend the United States and its interests.
An American president couldn’t come closer to saying that, should American intelligence conclude the Iranians were building a nuclear weapon, we would attack. The next day, again addressing an AIPAC audience, Secretary of Defense Leon Panetta set the president’s commitment in stone: “No greater threat exists to Israel, to the entire region, and indeed to the United States, than a nuclear-armed Iran…. Military action is the last alternative if all else fails, but make no mistake: When all else fails, we will act.”
The Power of Precedents
To understand what’s truly new here, it’s necessary to back up a few years. After all, precedent is a powerful thing, and these statements do have a single precedent in the atomic age (though not one the president would profess to admire): the Bush administration’s 2003 invasion of Iraq. After all, one clearly stated reason for the invasion was Saddam Hussein’s supposed nuclear program as well as one to produce biological and chemical weapons of mass destruction (WMDs).
In a series of speeches starting in August 2002, President George W. Bush publicly accused the Iraqi dictator of having an active nuclear program. His vice president hit the news and public-affairs talk-show circuit with a set of similar accusations, and his secretary of state spoke of the danger of mushroom clouds rising over American cities. (“We do know that [Saddam] is actively pursuing a nuclear weapon…. [W]e don’t want the smoking gun to be a mushroom cloud.”)
At the same time, the Bush administration made an effort — now long forgotten — to convince Congress that the United States was in actual danger of an Iraqi WMD attack, possibly from anthrax, in the immediate future. President Bush suggested publicly that, with unmanned aerial vehicles (drones), Saddam might have the ability to spray East Coast cities with chemical or biological weapons. And Congress was given fear-inducing classified private briefings on this.
Democratic Sen. Bill Nelson of Florida, for example, claimed that he voted for the administration’s resolution authorizing force in Iraq because “I was told not only that [Saddam had weapons of mass destruction] and that he had the means to deliver them through unmanned aerial vehicles, but that he had the capability of transporting those UAVs outside of Iraq and threatening the homeland here in America, specifically by putting them on ships off the eastern seaboard.”
Driving the need to produce evidence, however fantastic or fabricated, of a possible threat to the U.S. was a radical new twist on war-making 101. In the days after 9/11, Vice President Dick Cheney proposed that even a 1% chance of an attack on the United States, especially involving weapons of mass destruction, must be dealt with as if it were a certainty. Journalist Ron Suskind dubbed it “the one percent doctrine.” It may have been the rashest formula for “preventive” or “aggressive”war offered in the modern era.
Of course, the fact that Saddam’s Iraq had no nuclear program, no biological or chemical weapons, no functioning drones, and no way of reaching the East Coast of the United States proved strike three for critics of the Bush administration. Missed was what was truly new in the invasion: not just the 1% doctrine itself, but the idea — a first on planet Earth — of going to war over the possibility that another country might be in possession of nuclear or other weapons of mass destruction.
Until then, such a concept hadn’t been in the strategic vocabulary. Quite the opposite: in the Cold War years, nuclear weapons were thought of as “deterrence” or, in the case of the two massively nuclear-armed superpowers of that era, “mutually assured destruction” (with its fabulously grim acronym, MAD). Those weapons, that is, were considered guarantors, however counterintuitively, against an outbreak of war. Their possession was a kind of grisly assurance that your opponent wouldn’t attack you, lest you both be destroyed.
In that spirit, between the dropping of atomic bombs on the Japanese cities of Hiroshima and Nagasaki in August 1945 and the Iraqi invasion of March 2003, seven countries — the Soviet Union, England, France, China, Israel (though its large nuclear arsenal remains unacknowledged), India, and Pakistan — all went nuclear without anybody suggesting that they be attacked simply for possessing such weapons. An eighth country — white-ruled South Africa — actually assembled six nuclear weapons, and later became the only country to de-nuclearize itself. South Korea, Taiwan, Argentina, and Brazil all had incipient nuclear programs, though none produced weapons. Japan is today considered to be at a point the Iranians have not yet reached: “breakout capacity,”or the ability to build a nuclear weapon relatively quickly if a decision to do so were made. In 2006, North Korea set off its first nuclear test and, within years, had become the ninth active nuclear power.
In other words, in 2003, the idea that the possession of nuclear weapons or simply of an “active” nuclear program that might one day produce such weapons was a casus belli represented something new. And when it became clear that Saddam had no nuclear program, no weapons of mass destruction at all, that explanation for American war-making, for what Jonathan Schell once dubbed “disarmament wars” — so visibly fraudulent — seemed to disappear into the dustbin of history.
War and the Presidential “I”
Until now, that is.
Whether he meant to or not, in his latest version of Iran war policy President Obama has built on the Bush precedent. His represents, however, an even more extreme version, which should perhaps be labeled the 0% Doctrine. In holding off an Israeli strike that may itself be nothing but a bluff, he has defined a future Iranian decision to build a nuclear weapon as a new form of aggression against the United States. We would, as the president explained to Jeffrey Goldberg, be committing our military power against Iran not to prevent an attack on the U.S. itself, but a nuclear arms race in the Middle East.
And by the way, note that he didn’t say, “We don’t bluff.” His formulation was: “I don’t bluff.” And that “I” should not be ignored. The Bush administration promoted a cult of presidential power, of (as they called it at the time) a “unitary executive.” No one in the White House uses such a term these days, any more than they use the term “Global War on Terror,” but if both terms have disappeared, the phenomena they named have only intensified.
The Global War on Terror, with its burgeoning secret military, the elite special operations forces, and its growing drone air force, controlled in part by the CIA, should be thought of as the president’s private war. In addition, as legal scholar Jonathan Turley wrote recently, when it comes to drone assassinations (or “targeted killings” as they are now more politely known), Attorney General Eric Holder has just claimed for the president the “authority to kill any American if he unilaterally determines them to be a threat to the nation.”In doing so, added Turley, “Obama has replaced the constitutional protections afforded to citizens with a ‘trust me’ pledge.” With terror in its crosshairs, war, in other words, is increasingly becoming the president’s private preserve and strikes on the enemy, however defined, a matter of his own private judgment.
It is no longer a matter of “we,” but of a presidential “I”when it comes to unleashing attacks in what has become a global free-fire zone for those drones and special-ops forces. War, in other words, is increasingly lodged in the Oval Office and a commander-in-chief executive. As the Libyan intervention suggested, like the American people, Congress is, at best, an afterthought — even though this Congress would rubber-stamp a presidential act of war against Iran without a second thought.
The irony is that the president has propounded a war-making policy of unprecedented extremity at a moment when there is no evidence that the Iranians are pursuing a bomb — not yet at least. The “supreme leader” of their theocratic state has termed the possession of nuclear weapons “a grave sin” and U.S. national intelligence estimates have repeatedly concluded that the Iranians are not, in fact, moving to build nuclear weapons. If, however — and it’s a giant if — Iran actually got the bomb, if a 10th country joined the nuclear club (with others to follow), it would be bad news, and the world would be a worse place for it, but not necessarily that greatly changed.
What could change the world in a radical way, however, is the 0% doctrine — and the trend more generally to make war the personal prerogative of an American president, while ceding to the U.S. military what was once the province and power of diplomacy.
Copyright 2012 Tom Engelhardt

The Resistance Rises: Restoring the 'Castle Doctrine'

As the lower house of the Indiana State Legislature approved Senate Bill 1 on March 1, Representative Linda Lawson lamented that if it were passed the measure would signal that it’s "open season on law enforcement."
"You have men and women in your community who are willing to die for you, willing to die for your family," insisted Lawson, who – as a former police officer herself – spoke on behalf of 15,000 members of the police union. The only suitable way to display proper gratitude to the heroic paladins of public order, according to Lawson, is to protect their purported authority to invade your home and kill you with impunity – a privilege that would be undermined by SB 1.
The text of SB 1 states that its legislative purpose "is to protect citizens from unlawful entry into their homes by law enforcement officers or persons pretending to be law enforcement officers. Both citizens and law enforcement officers benefit from clear guidance about the parameters of lawful home entry, which will reduce the potential for violence and respect the privacy and property of citizens."
To that end, the bill recognizes that an individual "may use force … to prevent or terminate a law enforcement officer’s unlawful entry."
Although Lawson’s hunting metaphor was probably used because it was a convenient cliché, it contains a deeper significance that should not be ignored: Like the rest of the State’s exalted brotherhood of coercion, she assumes that the privacy of the individual’s home falls within the police officer’s natural habitat.
SB1 is not an innovation; it simply restores an explicit understanding of Indiana’s "castle doctrine," which was subverted last year in the Indiana State Supreme Court’s Barnes v. State ruling. As a wire service report observed at the time, that ruling effectively nullified the core protections contained in the Fourth Amendment and the equivalent provision in the Indiana constitution, as well as protections and immunities recognized by "common law dating back to the English Magna Carta of 1215." The 3–2 decision last May 12 held that Indiana residents have no right to obstruct unlawful police incursions into their homes.
As summarized by a legislative report last November, the incident that gave rise to the Barnes ruling occurred four years earlier, when police were summoned to the home of Richard Barnes and his wife by a 911 call reporting a domestic disturbance.
Barnes was in the parking lot arguing with his girlfriend when the police arrived. She had already thrown a duffel bag of his belongings outside the apartment, and told him to "take the rest of his stuff." As Barnes re-entered the apartment to do so, the police attempted to follow him inside. Barnes quite properly told the police to stay out, and enforced that lawful order by shoving a police officer who disobeyed.
Barnes was charged with Battery on a Police Officer, Resisting Law Enforcement, Disorderly Conduct, and Interfering with the Reporting of a Crime. The judge rejected a proposed jury instruction that Barnes had the right to resist unlawful police entry, and he was convicted on the second and third charges. The Court of Appeals ruled that the trial court committed a reversible error by rejecting that jury instruction. The state, frantic appealed to the Supreme Court, which upheld Barnes’s conviction.
"We believe … a right to resist an unlawful police entry into a home is against public policy and is incompatible with modern Fourth Amendment jurisprudence," wrote Justice Steven David. "We also find that allowing resistance unnecessarily escalates the level of violence and therefore the risk of injuries to all parties involved without preventing the arrest."
Although the "risks" to a police officer in such an encounter are vanishingly small, we shouldn’t forget that at all times, and in all places, "officer safety" is the controlling priority. "It's not surprising that [the court] would say there's no right to beat the hell out of the officer," commented Professor Ivan Bodensteiner of Valparaiso University School of Law.
When a cop invades a home without legal authority, he is acting as a criminal, rather than a peace officer. SB 1 recognizes that principle by focusing on the act of illegal entry, rather than the identity of the aggressor.
The measure allows for forcible entry only when the officer has a valid warrant or legitimate probable cause; is in pursuit of a criminal suspect; or is acting with the consent or on the invitation of an adult resident. In other words: It would restore the status quo ante Barnes, which – in nullifying the Fourth Amendment – actually issued a hunting license to the police.
Last June, 71 members of the state legislature filed a petition with the Supreme Court protesting the Barnes decision and demanding that it be revisited. In September, the Court issued a ruling reiterating the claim that "the Castle Doctrine is not a defense to the crime of battery or other violent acts on a police officer," and recognizing that the state legislature had the authority to create statutory defenses against that supposed crime.
"Our laws, our statutes, our Constitution, and the value of our country [were built] on one premise, and that was to defend our citizens against the government –not defend our government against our citizens," noted State Senator Mike Young of Indianapolis, author of SB 1. "The [Barnes] ruling was a ruling that defended the government against the citizens."
Rep. Jud McMillin of Dearborn, who wrote the house version of the bill, added: "The distinction here is not between police officers and citizens. The distinction to be made here is between what is lawful and what is unlawful. In a society where we value our freedoms, we cannot have a bright-line test that tells people when they cannot exercise their freedoms."*
Such talk is intolerable to those employed by Indiana’s affiliate of the Homeland Security State, who insist that public policy must preserve the privileges of the powerful, rather that the rights of the individual.
"We believe people have the right to be secure in their homes," testified Hendricks County Sheriff Dave Galloway, uttering a sentence pregnant with the invalidating conjunction "but" – which, of course, followed immediately. "But the people who hear about this law are going to think it’s okay to kill a law enforcement officer. What you and I think is `reasonable’ isn’t the same as somebody high on meth. They’re going to shoot first, and ask questions later."
A far greater and more common danger is that posed by police officers who are high on the most lethal of all narcotics – power. The official position of the Indiana Fraternal Order of Police is that any use of coercive force by the State’s costumed enforcers is self-validating.
"Our position is there is never an opportunity to resist law enforcement," insisted Bill Owensby, president of the Indianapolis FOP. A great deal is revealed in Owensby’s choice of adverb: "Never" would apply to situations in which police officers commit unambiguous crimes against person and property.
Among the most prominent critics of SB 1 are rent-seeking activists and social engineers attached to the state’s domestic violence industry, who insist that the measure would impede the ability of police to respond to situations involving spousal abuse. Under the "no-resistance" doctrine, however, a police officer can commit domestic violence and then charge the victim with a crime if she resists. As was illustrated by the case of Jerry Cunningham, the former assistant chief of the Danville, Indiana Police Department, police and prosecutors are eager to extenuate crimes of domestic violence when perpetrated by a member of their hyper-violent sodality.
In October 2010, Cunningham – who was in the middle of a divorce – tracked his estranged wife to another man’s home. After tearing down the screen door, Cunningham began what was described as an "altercation" in which he slapped his wife and slugged her paramour. A neighbor called 911 to report the incident, but made the mistake of identifying Cunningham as a police officer.
As a result, rather than being "cuffed and stuffed" by a SWAT team, Cunningham received the personal attention of Chief Keith Gill, who displayed unaccustomed daintiness in bringing in his underling. Rather than booking him immediately into the jail, Gill took Cunningham to his home "to find out what’s going on – call for help, call for some counseling," the Chief later recounted.
After being placed on paid vacation (which was hastily redefined as "medical leave" in order to keep him on the payroll after the police merit board ruled that he be suspended without pay), Cunningham faced three charges, including a felonious unlawful home entry. He was eventually found guilty only of one count of misdemeanor battery. He was given a 363-day suspended jail sentence and slapped with a fine of $1. He was also permitted to keep his job, albeit with a reduction in rank to patrolman – a position in which, under the Barnes ruling, he would be permitted to invade homes at will and shoot anyone who resists his criminal aggression.
Cunningham was not the only domestic abuser on the payroll of the Danville PD, nor was he even the most violent offender; that distinction belongs to Officer Chris Gill, the Chief’s son. According to his ex-wife Teresa, Officer Gill repeatedly beat her, throwing her against the wall of their home and even threatening to murder her in the presence of their child.
An investigation of Officer Gill conducted by Policeabuse.com – a group composed of retired police officers, private investigators, and court-qualified expert witnesses on police practices -- revealed a long history of official misconduct and criminal behavior by the gypsy cop. Gill had been cashiered by police departments in Paris and Atwood, Illinois, before his father made room for him on the Danville PD. Sheltered behind the impregnable barricade of nepotism, Gill continues to prowl the streets of Danville despite protection orders granted to his ex-wife and ex-in-laws – and a pending criminal trial on domestic abuse charges.
As her marriage with the officer disintegrated, Teresa Gill placed their daughter with her mother and father, Joyce and Robert Abernathy. In March 2010, while Officer Gill was still on the payroll of the Paris, Illinois PD, he used his position to remove the child from the Abertnathys’ home: He filed a false police report claiming that Teresa had threatened to kill that child. As he collected the child from her grandparents, Gill lifted his coat to display his gun and badge in a vulgar display of murderous intent.
During an April 2010 child visitation, Gill assaulted both Teresa and their son, which resulted in Teresa filing felony domestic battery charges against him.
Gill, who stands to lose his job if he is convicted, has repeatedly barraged his soon-to-be-ex-wife and her parents with threats of lethal violence – while reveling in his sense of privilege as a member of the Brotherhood in Blue.
"I’m gonna do whatever it takes to f**k up your life," Gill promised in a June 22, 2010 text message to Teresa. "I am a cop, they won’t believe you. Have them drop [the charges] and I will stop… Nice try Whore."
During legislative hearings about the Barnes ruling, Leo Blackwell, President of Indiana’s Fraternal Order of Police insisted that "legal disputes about the right of entry should be decided by the courts, not on the doorstep." Under the supported by Blackwell’s police union, Gill could invade his estranged wife’s home without a warrant or probable cause – and then arrest and charge her with a crime if she proved to be insufficiently submissive. Sure, this would eventually get straightened out by the courts – assuming that Teresa and her children survive the initial encounter.
"The FOP will not compromise when it comes to officer safety," declared Blackwell in a recent legislative alert to union members. SB 1 "is terrible for law enforcement and could result in the loss of life (maybe yours) if passed." According to the union, it is "never" permissible to resist a police officer – even when the sacred cause of preserving "officer safety"means leaving a battered and terrorized woman entirely defenseless because the terrorist is carrying a badge.
* It should be acknowledged that Rep. McMillin's zeal for uniform application of the law has its limits: He withdrew a measure proposing drug tests for welfare recipients after it was amended to include legislators. For McMillin, apparently, some tax-consumers are more equal than others.
Reprinted with permission from Pro Libertate.
March 12, 2012William Norman Grigg [send him mail] publishes the Pro Libertate blog and hosts the Pro Libertate radio program.
Copyright © 2012 William Norman Grigg

No Paul = No Vote in November

Previously by Ron Holland: The Secret Media War of 2012
"I would also say of Ron Paul – he doesn't need to win. In his view he is winning already. This is an ideological point he is making. But here's why it's electorally significant – a lot of people, I mean 41 percent in Virginia, only two people on the ballot, still a lot of people voted for Ron Paul. A lot of those voters are portable. They're not Republican – they're not dedicated Republican voters." ~ Tucker Carlson, Editor, The Daily Caller
It is time for a groundswell of Ron Paul supporters to quietly, respectfully but firmly make their position clear to the mainstream media and the GOP establishment. Simply put, "No Paul on the ticket means no vote for the GOP in November".
The Ron Paul Campaign has the GOP establishment stuck between a rock and a hard place even though they have not won a single state in the primaries to date. Every Paul supporter knows the underhanded tactics used by the Republican leadership at the state and national level as well as the organized smear and news blackout campaign carried out by the mainstream media.
Making Nice For the November Election
As we move into the last months of the GOP presidential nomination campaign, most of the establishment media are now "making nice" with Ron Paul and his supporters. He actually gets questions during the debates, some press coverage and the other candidates seem friendly. The reason is simple. The Republican Party desperately needs the votes of Ron Paul supporters in order to win in November against Obama.
Obviously Virginia Heffernan didn’t get the memo in her typical anti-Paul elitists drivel titled Ron Paul’s Pointless Internet Presidency posted on Yahoo earlier in the week but now this is the exception rather than standard procedure for the press. The word has gone out to be nice and respectful to Ron Paul so they can get our votes in November.
Too Little To Late
The Republican establishment has obviously done its homework with focus groups, polling etc. and here is their situation. Although they have successfully held back the Ron Paul campaign to date from threatening to win the GOP presidential nomination, in the dirty tricks process they have ostracized the substantial Paul voting constituency even more from the GOP than before.
Paul supporters are far more than portable as suggested by Tucker Carlson, rather they are toxic toward the GOP elites and very few will now support any of the establishment candidates after the abusive treatment given to Ron Paul as well as the crude attacks against Paul supporters. I well understand these feelings of resentment, as I am a Ron Paul supporter. There is no way I will vote for either Romney, Santorum or Gingrich although I certainly prefer their fake rhetoric to the Obama propaganda. If Ron Paul isn’t the Republican nominee for president, then the establishment nominee desperately needs the votes of his supporters in order to beat Obama in the fall general election.
The establishment knows the Gingrich and Santorum voters in the GOP Presidential primary will eventually vote for Mitt Romney in November if he wins the Republican presidential nomination at the GOP convention beginning on August 27th, 2012. They also know and fear that most Ron Paul supporters will not vote for the nominee and will likely stay away from the polls in droves thus hurting the other Republican candidates for the House and Senate as well for state and local elections. Basically 15% of the GOP primary voters will sit out the 2012 November election and this almost guarantees the re-election of Barack Obama.
I Don’t Really Care If the Democrats or Republicans Win in November?
My answer is regardless of whether Romney or Obama wins the general election despite all the anti-Obama rhetoric by the Republican establishment, little will change on major issues. Romney’s campaign promises are identical to all other presidential campaign promises, much to do about nothing. Neither Bush nor Obama kept their campaign promises and neither will Romney.
Course of Action
First, we redouble our efforts in voting and funding the Ron Paul Campaign up through the final primary and caucus.
Second, in editorials, articles or discussions with the press or GOP leadership always stress and emphasize your plans to stay at home on election day, if a Ron or Rand Paul is not on the ticket.
Third, at the Republican National Convention when the presidential nomination is handed to Romney assuming he wins, we continue to stress "NO PAUL = NO VOTE IN NOVEMBER".
Finally, then we wait at the convention for the personal phone call from Mitt Romney following private preliminary discussions where Rand Paul is asked to be the Vice Presidential candidate on a Romney/Paul ticket after assurances Ron Paul will be nominated for an appropriate cabinet level appointment such as Secretary of the Treasury or Defense.
Ron Paul deserves some family time off following the years of campaigning and educating the American people about liberty. He has done more to advance the cause of limited government, liberty and free-markets than any American since the time of the American Revolution.
Mitt Romney has spent the last 7 years running for President of the United States so obviously he really wants to win. Romney and his advisors must know without the 15% plus of GOP voters supporting Ron Paul who unlike Gingrich and Santorum will sit the election out, that he cannot defeat Barack Obama without our support. His only option is to put a "Paul" on the ticket.
Although a Vice President Rand Paul is a great tactical victory, this is only a battle in a long war for the restoration of liberty and legitimate Constitutional government to the United States.
When I was a young man in the military during the 1970’s, I well remember the antiwar crowds shouting "Hell no, we won’t go" in opposition to the Vietnam War. Today, 40 plus years later, I’m a grandfather and maybe older and wiser but still willing to more respectfully tell the same power elites running this country and both political parties, "Hell no, I won’t go" again but this time it is to the polls in November unless there is a Paul on the ticket.
Will you join me?
March 12, 2012
Ron Holland [send him mail] is a contributor to the Mountain Vision Newsletter, the Daily Bell and CEO of Biologix Hair Inc. based in Toronto, Canada.
Copyright © 2012 Ron Holland

Surviving the Death of the Constitution (Ad)

It’s a terrible thing to fear your government. For the past 65 years, we’ve deluded ourselves into thinking that our government is a benign entity which only has the best interests of its citizens at heart. After all, our government is all about freedom, civil liberties, justice, and constitutional rights… right?
We’ve turned a blind eye to Washington’s increasing isolation from the rest of the governed. We’ve ignored Congresses that have enacted laws from which those very members were exempt. We’ve immersed ourselves in mindless games and Hollywood drivel while presidents have signed executive order after executive order, consolidating power within centralized bureaucracies in ways our forefathers never imagined.
And when our judicial branch issues verdicts and rulings so out of the mainstream of society and against the Constitution, we simply shrug our shoulders and cluck disapprovingly to ourselves. After all, what can we do?
That complacency has created a monster that has come back around, reared its ugly head, and has bitten us on our collective rear ends.
On December 31st, 2011, President Barack Obama “reluctantly” signed the 2012 National Defense Authorization Act into law. He said in the signing statement (that has no legal validity, but is just a statement of intent) that although the Act does give him the authority to detain American citizens indefinitely, without charge, his administration “will not authorize the indefinite military detention without trial of American citizens.”
In essence, the Bill of Rights died on December 31st, 2011, and no one mourned its passing. The American citizenry, as a whole, are acting like dumb sheep, not even so much as bleating as we’re led away to the slaughter.
Benjamin Franklin, responding to a woman who asked him what type government the Framers had devised, said, “A Republic, madam, if you are able to keep it.”
I guess we weren’t smart enough to hold onto the best civil government devised by man. The American people might as well get their Gitmo gear together because it’s going to be a long train ride to Guantanamo Bay, especially if you’re for limited government, limited taxation, believe in the Constitution, are an abortion opponent, a Christian, a Ron Paul supporter, or even a returning war veteran. After all, aren’t those the people that Homeland Security has identified as terrorist threats instead of the actual perpetrators of terrorism?
Suddenly those FEMA detention camps don’t seem like such an off-the-wall theory, do they? The events after Hurricane Katrina, where law enforcement confiscated legally held weapons from homeowners and instituted martial law, seems more of a roadmap of things to come than an aberration, doesn’t it?
For months now we’ve been being trained to respond obediently to any unconstitutional act by Big Brother through the auspices of the TSA as they expand their iron fist past airport security to actual traffic stops on state highways. Your state governments are inviting this federal thuggery in, and we the citizens sit with hands folded, unwilling to
...



Bill Gibbons

Inbox
Add star

Lattigo Smith

<lattigo26@yahoo.com>
Tue, Mar 13, 2012 at 2:52 PM
To: "gibb@azci.net" <gibb@azci.net>
March 13, 2012
Be sure and read the article WHY MISSOURI HAS NOE Illegal aliens
Dear Bill
I'm forwarding this email from my dad to you just in case you didn't have a chanceto read it.
He's committed to fighting for delegates and spreading the message of liberty all the way to the convention.
I promise to doing everything I can to help him. I hope you'll commit to supporting his effort to carry on.
Please take a few moments to read my dad's email and sign your Carry On Pledge. After you sign the pledge, please chip in our most generous contribution so he can have the resources to continue our movement.
For Liberty, Rand Paul
Dear Bill,
The mainstream media got the Super Tuesday story wrong. Very wrong. Again.
I'm sure you heard them gleefully talk about which establishment candidate "won" which primary or caucus Tuesday night, if you were even watching. Most Americans thankfully had more sense and switched on something else.
The fact is, just like in many of the earlier contests, very few delegates to the Republican National Convention were decided on Tuesday. Most will be decided several weeks, or even months, from now at District and State conventions - conventions where our local delegates will have a big say in who goes to Tampa.
In fact, while I didn't win any state's straw polls, my team expects me to win a plurality of delegates in at least three states, as well as outright majorities in two more of the states that have already started their process.
Of course, the media totally ignores this story - as they have consistently ignored our message, our passion, and our grassroots army.
Even more lost in the shuffle is that no candidate for President has even made it one-third of the way toward the number of delegates needed to win the nomination.
And for that reason I am determined to proudly battle on, picking up more delegates and skewering the pretensions and historical rewrites of ALL the establishment candidates – Mitt Romney, Rick Santorum, and Newt Gingrich.
And I will continue to proudly speak up for liberty, respecting the Constitution in domestic and foreign policy, and returning to a limited government that acts and spends within its means.
And I will continue to do so as long as you will stand with me.
So what does all of that mean?
It means this race is FAR from over. In fact, you could argue it is just getting started. With the decisive number of delegates still to be awarded between now and June, and with our activists swarming local and county delegate selections, you and I will surely end up with an army of delegates...
IF we don't give up now.
I know it can be tempting to hear and believe the reports of how we can't win. Even worse, you can listen to the professional political class tell you that ideas, the grassroots, and the future do not matter. They rarely say it directly, but their message to you and me from Day One has been - if you cannot win it all this year, you shouldn't even try. It can be tempting to question whether or not all the hard work is worth it.
Well, I know it is. That's why I'm flying thousands of hours and crisscrossing the country. That's why I am leaving my family and home for weeks on end - to fight for the future of our movement and our country.
I am vowing to you today that I will keep fighting. I will fight in every convention and every place where delegates will be selected. I will fight until there is a clear winner - not because the media says that’s the end, but because the nomination has been clinched.
And by my calculations, that may never actually happen. Even if one candidate starts to rack up a clear advantage, it is unlikely he will have all the delegates needed to win on the first ballot.
And if that is the case, then the hundreds of delegates who support our ideals and my campaign (many of whom may be bound to another candidate for the first ballot or two but then free to vote their conscience), will be unleashed.
And they will hold the key to deciding the nominees for President and Vice President, as well as what the platform and policies of the Republican Party will be.
These things – and, even more, the long-term standing of the liberty movement - are worth fighting for, even when we are tired and feel like quitting.
But I cannot do it alone.
Will you join me over these next few weeks and months in pressing our battle forward?
If so, I MUST have your continued support today, tomorrow, and in the coming weeks.
You can show your support by signing the CARRY ON Pledge HERE. I really urge you to take the pledge, as without your support my efforts won't make enough of a difference.
And then, frankly, there’s something else I must ask you to do. I ask you to again make a contribution, even if it is a smaller contribution of $25 or $50 to my campaign. As you know, we run a debt-free campaign, and we pushed our resources to do all we could on Super Tuesday.
Your pledge and your contribution are critical to keeping this campaign running for the upcoming fights in other states, as well as finishing our strong efforts in key caucus states that are already underway.
As I'm sure you know, this won't be the only time I’ll ask. There will be more emails. More money bombs. More state and local conventions and elections where we must – and will – fight for delegates.
I hope you'll come to my aid every time you possibly can.
Our message is too important. Think of the issues that are dominating the political debate right now.
*** How and when to BALANCE THE BUDGET. I am the only candidate with a plan to balance the federal budget and end our debt crisis in one term;
***Fighting for Individual Liberty, including restoring andprotecting the Bill of Rights by topping the Patriot Act and the Indefinite Detention of American citizens;
***Auditing the out-of-control Federal Reserve;
*** Stopping the continuing bleeding in our housing market by ending Fannie and Freddie;
***Ending all government bailouts.
These are OUR issues. And NONE of them were part of the discussion by the other Republican candidates in2008. Nearly ALL of the candidates now are trying to sound like us!
That tells you our message is breaking through. We are winning on many fronts.
And we must carry the message through the rest of this campaign.
So will you join me? Will you sign the CARRY ON Pledge and send your most generous contribution today to help me carry this fight forward?
I don't believe the media. YOU shouldn't either.
This fight goes on as long as you andI are in it together.
For Liberty, WHY MISSOURI HAS NO ILLEGAL ALIENS~! ! !
Interesting: Missouri 's approach to the problem of illegal immigration appears to be more advanced, sophisticated, strict and effective than anything to date.
So, why doesn't Missouri receive attention?
Answer: There are no Mexican illegals in Missouri to demonstrate.
The "Show Me" state has once again showed us how it should be done.
There needs to be more publicity and exposure regarding what Missouri has done.
Let's pass this article around.
In 2007, Missouri placed on the ballot a proposed state constitutional amendment designating English as the official language of Missouri .

In November, 2008, nearly 90% voting in favor! Thus English became the official language for ALL governmental activity in Missouri .
No individual has the right to demand government services in a language OTHER than English.
In 2008 a measure was passed that required the Missouri Highway Patrol and other law enforcement officials to verify the immigration status of any person arrested, and inform federal authorities if the person is found to be in Missouri illegally.

Missouri law enforcement offices receive specific training with respect to enforcement of federal immigration laws.
In Missouri illegal immigrants do NOT have access to taxpayers benefits such as food stamps and health care through Missouri HealthNET. In 2009 a measure was passed that ensures Missouri 's public institutions of higher education do NOT award financial aid to individuals who are illegally in the United States .
In Missouri all post-secondary institutions of higher education to annually certify to the Missouri Dept. of Higher Education that they have NOT knowingly awarded financial aid to students who are unlawfully present in the United States .
Missouri has been far more proactive in addressing this horrific problem.
Missouri has made it clear that illegal immigrants are NOT welcome in the state and they will certainly NOT receive public benefits at the expense of Missouri taxpayers!
------------------------------
See, article in "The Ozarks Sentinel" Editorial Opinion - Nita Jane Ayres, May 13, 2010
----------------------------------------------------------- Missouri Voters Enact English-Only Law
Posted on: 2008-11-11 00:07:43
WASHINGTON , Nov 05, 2008 (BUSINESS WIRE) -- Missouri voters overwhelmingly approved H.J. Res. 7 yesterday [a constitutional amendment], strengthening the state's official English law. The measure passed with more than 85 percent of the vote, as 2.4 million Missourians cast ballots in favor of the measure.
The approved measure makes English the official language of all official proceedings in Missouri , including the discussion of public business and roll call votes....
.
http://www.marketwatch.com/news/story/Missouri-Voters-Strengthen-States-Official/story.aspx?guid=%7BC064AA5A-118E-4EA5-879C-79B7028AED03} ;

INTERESTING IS IT NOT!!!
IF MISSOURIE CAN DO IT YOUR STATE CAN ALSO DO IT, GET ON THE STICK AND DO IT!!!!!


Thank youCarolyn Slimowicz
for submitting this article.
Tony Passaro
Who Are the ‘Terrorists’?
The pattern of American atrocities in wartime
by Justin Raimondo, March 12, 2012
In the early morning hours of March 11, a US soldier assigned to “special ops” in Afghanistan, stationed near Kandahar, went into a local village and gunned down 16 people – including nine women and three children. At least three others were wounded. He went from house to house, in the predawn darkness, systematically murdering people while they slept in their beds: he then doused them with a flammable liquid and set them ablaze.
What is it about American troops stationed in Iraq and Afghanistan? From Abu Ghraib [.pdf] to the Mahmudiyah killings to the Hamdania murder of a crippled old man to the horrors of the Haditha massacre, it’s been one atrocity after another (see here, here, and here). More recently it was the “rogue” team of killers that murdered Afghan civilians in the Maywand district for sport. Then it was US troops urinating on corpses, followed shortly afterward by the Koran-burning incident, the second such example of American contempt for the people they are supposed to be “liberating.” Now we have this, which – we’re told – is the result of a US soldier having a “breakdown.”
Was it a breakdown, or merely the logical extension of the soldier’s training and inclination, that caused him to go on a murderous rampage? That hardly a month goes by without some kind of atrocity being committed should tell us something.
What it tells me is that America is a depraved nation, a country where the very worst-of-the-worst flock to join the military, free to kill and maim and rape to their heart’s content.
And Rachel Maddow wants to give these guys a “welcome home” “victory” parade?
Of course she does: even the “liberals” in our country are corrupted by the ugliness that pervades the national consciousness and poisons everything we do. “Honor the troops” is a given on the left as well as the right, because the above-mentioned atrocities are just “isolated incidents,” examples of soldiers who had “breakdowns” and went “rogue.” Their actions have nothing to do with our mission [.pdf], our mentality, or our decadent culture, which glorifies violence and disdains foreigners – especially if they’re Muslims. Oh no: these are all anomalies, there’s nothing to see here so please move along …
I’m not buying it. There is something wrong – very wrong – here: a trend, a significant uptick in the savagery that is part and parcel of every war. During World War II, American atrocities were relatively few and far between, although no less reprehensible. As the American presence abroad grew more substantial, however, and the cold war heated up, such incidents increased in number, and took on a more horrific – and systematic – character.
In Korea, American troops massacred hundreds of Korean civilians at No Gun Ri, and stood aside while their South Korean allies did the same at Kwangju. During the Vietnam war, vast areas under Viet Cong control were deemed a “freefire zone,” and entire villages were wiped out by US troops. The My Lai massacre revealed how American policy had ended in an orgy of brutality, and support for the war plummeted to new lows.
Embarked once again on an international crusade to save the world, our demons are unleashed – and they are more bloodthirsty and sadistic than ever. Why is that?
To begin with, American culture is more violent and sadistic than ever. When it comes to mass entertainment and the level of acceptable violence, there appears to be no limit: how else could a movie like Kill Bill or Natural Born Killers even get made, let alone generate millions in profits? In a healthy society, such films would be marginal: in America, they are hailed as great “art” and go on to become box office hits. Rome had its gladiatorial contests; we have Hollywood to excite our bloodlust.
Secondly, the state of perpetual war in which we find ourselves, a decade after 9/11, has led to increased multiple deployments for our professional soldiers: from Iraq to Afghanistan to wherever our crazy foreign policy takes them, US military personnel are shipped from one trouble spot to another with dizzying speed and little regard for their mental equilibrium. This has resulted in a record number of suicides and dismissals from the armed services on mental health grounds. In addition, criminal activities in the ranks are on the upswing, with gang members actively seeking to be deployed to combat areas: they consider it on the job training.
It makes sense that, as publicity about US atrocities abroad is circulated, the most brutal and sadistic members of society will be attracted to the military: you know, like child molesters are drawn to the Boy Scouts or necrophiliacs consider working in a morgue a dream job. So you want to kill people and collect their bones as “trophies”? Well, then, son, the US Army is the place for you!
Thirdly, the craziness spreading through the ranks is a function of the policy, which – consciously or not – encourages and even rewards brutality. In spite of all the BS about “winning hearts and minds” which is part of the “new” counterinsurgency doctrine of the US military, the reality is that American troops are occupiers surrounded by a hostile populace which hates them and wants to see them gone. Soldiers returning from the front tell us how they feel surrounded by enemies on every side, and that’s because it’s true: they are surrounded on every side by people who hate them and want to see them dead. No wonder some go crazy and start killing people randomly.
This will go on as long as our crazed foreign policy continues to target nation after nation for “liberation,” occupation, and “democratization.” By the time we get around to attacking Iran, our homicidal maniacs in uniform will be so hopped up that we’ll be getting atrocity reports shortly after the first American soldier sets foot on Persian soil.
A major factor in the increasing level of criminality in our armed forces has got to be the apparent immunity of our political elites from the rule of law. In spite of the boasting of former Vice President Dick Cheney that he personally approved and authorized torture, the Obama administration has refused to indict him – even though he has violated US law. Others who participatedthe lawyers who justified it, the officers who covered it up – have been granted similar immunity. In short, these guys are getting away with it – so why shouldn’t the grunts? When the rule of law is relaxed so that the elites can literally get away with murder, why should anyone expect their underlings to be on their best behavior? A fish rots from the head down.
I have the sinking feeling we’ll be seeing a lot more of this American horror show, while – under the pretext of “fighting terrorism” – we act out our sadistic fantasies all over the world. As these outrages against human decency and morality provoke worldwide revulsion at the perpetrators, perhaps one day we’ll go looking for “terrorists” in the vicinity of a mirror – and see ourselves for what we’ve become.
NOTES IN THE MARGIN
I hope my readers will forgive me for this late “thank you” to all of you who contributed to our recent fundraising drive. I have to say this was, by far, the most harrowing fundraising experience we’ve ever had. I’m still in a state of shock, even though it’s over: I never want to have to go through that again, but I fear I will. They say the economy is improving, but let me tell you: the nonprofits are the first to see their economic health go south in a downturn, and if the recession is over – or about to end – it sure doesn’t look like it from my perspective.
In any case, one way to avoid these quarterly appeals is for Antiwar.com to build up a sizable group of monthly contributors, who stretch out their donations over a twelve-month period and give us a regular and reliable source of income for the year. This option is available online, and all you have to do is go here to exercise it.
The conspiracy that prompted Breitbart's pushback against America's enemies
By Wes Vernon http://www.renewamerica.com/columns/vernon/120312

You may have heard the late Andrew Breitbart was initially alerted to the Democrat/media complex when that collaboration smeared Clarence Thomas as it fought to block the latter's Supreme Court confirmation in 1991. There is, of course, more to Breitbart's venture into battle against those who would trash his country.

Though l'affaire Thomas was the spark that awakened Breitbart from the leftist environment in which he had been raised, his instinct then was to learn how the slash and burn alliance had gained so powerful an influence in our society. Some larger force — perhaps historical — was behind this. His "sixth sense" prompted him to start digging for the machine's roots or "back story." He just knew the Orwellian scenario (where dark is light and light is dark) could not have emerged overnight.

Breitbart's scholarly research on that very question emerges right in the middle of his memoirs. The inquiring mind from the Hollywood Hills discovered a gold mine of background as to how America's enemies had taken dead aim at his country and had worked for decades to destroy it.

The pivotal chapter

In his 2011 best-seller Righteous Indignation, Andrew Breitbart (who recently met his untimely death at age 43) traces the story of how communism came to America. Rivers of ink have been dispensed to document the many facets and subplots in the drama of the concerted 24/7 campaign to bring Western Civilization to its knees. Those essential investigations of the forces who intend to do us in continue even now in the early 21st century. Meanwhile, Breitbart has offered an abbreviated explanation that is about as concise as one can find with regard to the attack on America.

Beyond brute force

The conspiracy — in its metaphoric dimensions — represents nothing so much as a giant mowing machine, never deviating from its decades-old goal of smashing America's constitutional, cultural, economic, and political infrastructure.

The take-down of America from within has been sought through more than one avenue, but arguably none so pivotal as the Frankfurt School. Breitbart focuses on that phenomenon in his 21-page chapter Breakthrough.

The author/activist discovered the long-term Marxist crusade to tear-down the United States did not end (as many Americans assumed) when the Berlin Wall came down.

Aside from the Soviet empire and the 100 million people killed at the hands of Communist brutality, Marxism has always had its cultural warriors. Nothing impedes their advance so much as the United States of America.

Our enemies long ago concluded that bringing the U.S. to its knees would involve control of the culture — the everyday lives, and the everyday thoughts, of the citizens.

Breitbart saw those forces at work as a student at Tulane University — what he calls a cultural fascisti. What he saw was campus thought control: elites who decided "what was okay to think and what to write, what words meant, and who was allowed to say them. There were (and are) tribunals without oversight, as kids have been thrown out of college for uttering the wrong sentiments."

But Tulane was a mere microcosm. Cultural Marxism was (and is) pervasive in the mainstream media, Hollywood, education (K-higher ed), and straight on into the government.

America did not simply wake up in the mid-sixties and suddenly embrace the rebellious counter-culture that would define the era. No, those seeds had been planted decades earlier.

"Progressives"

Presidents Theodore Roosevelt and Woodrow Wilson, according to Breitbart, were early U.S. progenitors of the Hegelian theory that drove the early 20th century's so-called "progressive movement." George Wilhelm Fredrich Hegel was a German philosopher who provided the dialectic argumentation for Karl Marx's utopianism — i.e., that human nature could be changed only by destroying the surrounding society.

Of the people no more

As Breitbart informs us, Wilson "frowned on democracy," and "rejected the idea of government by the people," which he believed should be "replaced by elites who knew better than the masses." Or, as he intoned, "Men as communities are supreme over men as individuals."

The Frankfurt school

Fortunately for America at the time, Wilson and progressivism in general were exceedingly unpopular by the time the former Princeton professor mercifully ended his White House tenure.

But for the Marxists — not to worry. Some European Marxist imports would ultimately make their way into our society. The Brown socialists (Nazis) and the Red socialists (Communists) had battled each other on the streets of Germany during the twenties. When one of these two strains of socialism gained power, the other would have to flee. But that gets us ahead of our story:

Changing society

Prior to the Nazi takeover, Felix Weil, a young radical Marxist from Frankfurt, Germany, organized the Institute for Social Research, quickly dubbed the Frankfurt School. (Breitbart defines the group as "really a precursor to [Obama ally] John Podesta's Center for American Progress.")

The central theme of the "school" was that tearing down society was a pre-condition for the eventual victory of global Marxism; that capitalism had rendered man "weak," which in turn explained why socialism had not come into existence already. (Remember, this was late twenties Europe and North America).

Further the Frankfurt School taught that Judeo-Christian morality must be rejected; that "a worldwide overturning of values cannot take place without annihilation of the solid values and the creation of new ones by the revolutionaries"; and that "critical theory" reflected the school's curriculum.

Breitbart says Frankfurt School philosopher Max Horkheimer coined the term "critical theory." Its meaning would "embody the whole corrupt philosophy whose mission was to destroy society and culture...."

In fact, Breitbart says "critical theory," as he was taught at Tulane, was "quite literally, a theory of criticizing everyone and everything everywhere."

We might add here that "critical theory" was also taught at Mercer Island High School in Washington State when President Obama's mother, Stanley Ann Dunham attended it. Instapundit informs us the curriculum included 1 — "rejection of societal norms; 2 — attacks on Christianity, the traditional family; and 3 — [assigning the] readings of Karl Marx." That Washington State high school also was "a hotbed of pro-Marxist radical teachers," and had been cited in testimony before the House Committee on Un-American Activities.

Frankfurt school moves to U.S.

After the Brown socialists took over Germany, the Red socialists at the Frankfurt School had to get out of there. And they had nowhere to go except the United States.

Breitbart goes on:

"We welcomed the Frankfurt School. We accepted them with open arms. They took full advantage. They walked right into our cultural institutions, and as they started to put in place their leadership, their language and their lexicon, too many chose to ignore them. And the most dangerous thing you can do with a driven leftist clique is to ignore it."

The tentacles spread

Upon arriving on our shores, Horkheimer, Theodor Adorno, and other Frankfurt School icons initially took up new quarters in Southern California, where they "were disturbed by consumer culture and the Gospel of relentless cheeriness."

As Breitbart opines, "These Marxists were here trying to destroy the best lifestyle man has ever created. If I could go back in a time machine...I would kick these malcontents in their shins."

Ultimately in New York, Columbia University's Sociology Department was dying and only too willing to take in new blood. "They liked what they saw in the Frankfurt School." In fact, "It was a marriage made in hell" (also BTW, a marriage arranged in part by commentator Edward R. Murrow).

Again, quoting Breitbart: "With their tentacles affixed to the institutions of American higher education, the Frankfurt School philosophy began eking its way into every crevice of American culture. Horkheimer's 'critical theory' became a staple of Philosophy, History, and English courses across the country."

Herbert Marcuse

Andrew Breitbart identifies Herbert Marcuse as the most significant of what he defined as these "deranged soul[s]" striving to deconstruct the good life."

Marcuse, a "major contributor to the Frankfurt School," was the founder of what came to be known in the sixties as the "New Left."

Herbert Marcuse, a former student of future Nazi philosopher Martin Heidegger, "longed for the moment 'when the spiritual strength of the West fails and its joints crack, when the moribund semblance of culture caves in and drags all forces into confusion and lets them suffocate in madness."

After becoming a U.S. citizen, Marcuse's employment record included a stint for FDR in the Office of War Information (OWI) — a government-backed effort that also included Owen Lattimore, a key figure in steering U.S. policy toward aiding the Communists' takeover of China, a regime whose leaders today threaten us with military might, steal our weapons secrets through industrial and government espionage, and hold a massive debt over our heads in case we get any bright ideas about sassing them back.

Marcuse served in the pre-CIA OSS (a hotbed of communist infiltrators), and in the State Department where he worked to prevent the U.S. from pushing post-war Germany away from socialism. He taught at Columbia, Harvard, Brandeis, and finally the University of California, San Diego.

Today's buzzwords no accident

Much of the intellectual poison in our society is traceable to Herbert Marcuse's mission to dismantle American society by using "diversity," and "multiculturalism," as "crowbars to pry the structure apart piece by piece." He saw a part of his mission as to encourage black opposition to whites (way beyond the civil rights agenda, with its theme equality for all).

In fact, Marcuse whipped up all "victim groups" in opposition to society in general. If you were a happy American who loved his country, you were part of the problem. One of his rallying cries was "Marx, Mao, and Marcuse."

In his Breakthrough chapter, Breitbart goes on to trace the Frankfurt School influence to Saul Alinsky, the "community organizer so influential with Barack Obama." We will deal with that next.

This column has in the past cited the literal hotbed of subversion that is the Frankfurt School. See "
The plot against America exposed" (Nov. 27, 2006), where we discuss the book Cry Havoc written (practically on his death bed) by the late Ralph de Toledano, a true giant in the annals of Washington journalism.

© Wes Vernon http://www.renewamerica.com/columns/vernon/120312

WND EXCLUSIVE

onstitutional analyst: Detention now legal

Controversial federal provision gives president undefined authority

A retired attorney who has taught constitutional law and now is an author and radio host says America is duplicating with the new National Defense Authorization Act mistakes that landed hundreds of thousands of Japanese-Americans in Wyoming and Colorado internment camps during World War II.
The issue has been making headlines for several weeks because of the interpretation held by many critics that the law allows Barack Obama as the president to determine when someone, even an American citizen, would be taken into custody and held under the law of war – that is, without trial, hearing, charges or due process.
The issue became a focal point in just the last few days when lawmakers in Virginia approved by 96-4 and 37-1 votes a state plan that simply would not allow the federal provision to be used within state borders.
The analysis is from Michael Connelly, who did the evaluation for the United States Justice Foundation, which advocates for civil and religious rights and liberties.
“The problem is that when the language is carefully read, it becomes clear that this does not exempt U.S. citizens from being detained without due process, but only says that it is not required,” Connelly notes. “The decision of whether an American citizen can be detained indefinitely, without being formally charged, or tried, is, therefore, left in the hands of one person, the president of the United States.
“Giving the president of the United States, or anyone else, this kind of authority over American citizens was something that the framers of the U. S. Constitution, and, specifically, the Bill of Rights, were trying to prohibit. Yet it appears that this law is doing what the founders of our country feared,” he continued.
“One of the problems is that it has been done before. U.S. citizens of Japanese descent were interred by the U.S. government after the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor. The detention was the result of executive orders issued by then President Franklin D. Roosevelt.”
The point raised by Connelly was one that the Virginia lawmakers considered when deliberating the issue of the NDAA for 2012, which was signed by Obama Dec. 31, 2011.
Among its sections is 1021, “which purports to authorize the president of the United States to use the armed forces of the United States to detain American citizens who the president suspects are or have been substantial supports of al-Qaida, the Taliban, or associated forces, and to hold such citizens indefinitely,” according to an analysis of the federal law.
“In short, Section 1021 authorizes the president to dispose of American citizens suspected of supporting ‘terrorism’ according to the laws of war, as if the United States soil was a battlefield and her citizens enemy combatants, not entitled to the protections of the Bill of Rights, including the rights to trial by jury, representation by counsel, confrontation of witnesses, and due process of law administered by impartial judges,” the analysis said.
The state law specifically aims to prevent “any agency, political subdivision, employee, or member of the military of Virginia from assisting an agency of the armed forces of the United States in the conduct of the investigation, prosecution, or detention of a United States citizen in violation of the United States Constitution, Constitution of Virginia, or any Virginia law or regulation.”
The bill advanced after a large contingent of Japanese-Americans weighed in. Critics say the plan allows the president to detain American citizens without charges or court hearings.
Floyd Mori, chief of the Japanese American Citizens League, sent a letter to legislators.
“As many of you know, during World War II the Japanese American community was targeted as ‘suspected enemy aliens’ and by authority of Presidential Executive Order 9066, over 110,000 people were rounded up and put into concentration camps at 10 desolate locations under the notion that they could be suspect,” he told the lawmakers in Virginia.
“This period of indefinite detention lasted until the war ended, and there was no due process as guaranteed by the Constitution. A congressional commission later, through a number of public hearings, found that this was an unjustified act of the government due to war hysteria, racism, and poor government leadership at the time. The government was ordered by an act of Congress to apologize and provide redress in order to learn a lesson that this should never again happen. If there were more who stood up to this injustice, much heartache and economic loss could have been avoided and this apology would not have been needed,” he said.
“Today we face a similar situation. The so-called ‘War on Terror’ has led to the same kind of hysteria and racist actions by government. I can also say that we have lacked the political leadership to identify that this kind of forced indefinite detention is a repeat of what happened during WWII,” he said.
“The state of Virginia has the opportunity to stand up to an unjust application of congressional authority. The American people need somebody to stand up against this injustice. HB 1160 is a tool that does just that; it stands up for the American people by respecting the basic principles of the Constitution.”
Connelly, a U.S. Army veteran who has authored “Riders in the Sky: The Ghosts and Legends of Philmont Scout Ranch”, “The Mortarmen,” “Amayehli: A Story of America” and the newly released “America’s Livliest Ghosts,” also is founder of the Constitutional Law Alliance.
Not only does the new law appear to contradict court opinions over the years that the detention of Japanese-Americans was not constitutional, “the new law also appears to repeal, or at least modify, the Posse Comitatus Act, that was passed in 1878 at the end of post Civil War reconstruction. That law is designated as 18 USC 1385, and it prohibits the states of the union, and local governments, from using members of the U.S. Army for law enforcement purposes. It was later amended to include the Air Force, and the Marines, and the Navy are under the same prohibitions, by order of the U. S. Department of Defense,” Connelly said..
“If the critics of NDAA are correct, and members of the United States military can make arrests of U.S. citizens in the United States, then it appears that the intent of the Posse Comitatus law is negated.”
He said, “The language in the bill appears to be deliberately vague and confusing, and many members of Congress seem to be unaware of what they were actually voting for. However, that does not lessen the impact of a law that gives the president extraordinary powers to violate the constitutional rights of American citizens.”
Another analysis of the issue, by Michael Hammond for the Gun Owners of America, said the impact on Americans is evident.
“Let’s assume you’re a member of the Michigan Militia. That’s all it would take,” Hammond wrote. “Because you once hobnobbed with Timothy McVeigh, an argument could be made that you could be arrested and held indefinitely, without due process, an attorney, or constitutional rights.”
He notes anyone who “knowingly or unknowingly aided or harbored a 9/11 culprit in any way” could be targeted.
He raised some awkward questions, including, “Is blowing up a federal building a ‘belligerent act’? If so, are militia members who associated with Timothy McVeigh all ‘covered persons’ – even if they didn’t understand his intentions? What about a gun dealer who sold him a gun?”
Another question, he wrote, would be, “Is Barack Obama ‘substantially support[ing] … the Taliban’ if he releases prisoners from Guantanamo in order to get them to the negotiating table?”
Virginia’s plan has been forwarded to the governor but already has been given a veto-proof support from lawmakers.
The Tenth Amendment Center, which is monitoring developments on the issue, reported, “Even President Obama had questions about the bill, when he promised the American people that he would not use the unrestrained powers it granted him – but why should we trust any president with such powers?”
Outside opinions on exactly what the law allows vary widely.
Commentator Chuck Baldwin, who himself has been the target of smears by the Department of Homeland Security-related apparatus, explained the law, “for all intents and purposes, completely nullifies a good portion of the Bill of Rights, turns the United States into a war zone, and places U.S. citizens under military rule.”
“When signing the NDAA into law, Obama issued a signing statement that in essence said, ‘I have the power to detain Americans … but I won’t,” Baldwin wrote.
Baldwin was vilified by an anti-terror campaign in Missouri several years ago when authorities there described suspicious characters as those who might have supported him or other third-party candidates during a presidential election.
A state agency, and later the Department of Homeland Security, offered warnings that returning veterans, those who oppose abortion and others who advocate conservative issues could pose a danger to the nation.
Others have pooh-poohed the concerns about the apprehension of Americans. Wayne Bowen, a professor at Southeast Missouri State University not far from where state officials had issued that warning about Baldwin, said, “The NDAA not only does not empower the U.S. military to detain American citizens indefinitely, it specifically prohibits this.
“The NDAA confirms as U.S. law the practice that foreign terrorists … will be held indefinitely by the U.S. military. Indeed, this is a far more generous policy than allowed under international law,” he wrote.
The Bill of Rights Defense Committee noted that during the first few weeks of 2012, at least six jurisdictions have enacted local resolutions opposing the military detention provisions of the NDAA.
The Bill of Rights Defense Committee is working with the Tenth Amendment Center as well as Demand Progress on a campaign to make people aware of the situation.
Among the states that have begun addressing the issue, along with Virginia, are Arizona, Rhode Island, Maryland, Oklahoma, Tennessee and Washington.
Local jurisdictions include Macomb, N.Y.; Fairfax, Calif.; New Shoreham, R.I.; and several locations in Colorado.

Related offer:

Should the US Go to War for Israel?

10Mar12
Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu spoke to the annual AIPAC conference earlier this week. He also held a private meeting with US President Barack Obama.
In his AIPAC speech, Netanyahu evoked the Holocaust as the source of Israel’s special privileged status that permits Netanyahu to do whatever he decides to do to “control Israel’s fate”.
That, of course, includes bombing Iran’s nuclear facilities.
Netanyahu drew a parallel between the exchange of letters between the US War department and the World Jewish Congress in 1944.
The Wall Street Journal described the scene at the AIPAC conference:
Netanyahu got out copies of two letters he said he keeps in his desk, between the World Jewish Congress and the War Department in 1944, when the WJC called on the United States to bomb the extermination camp at Auschwitz, and the War Department refused.
The refusal included the argument that attacking the camp might unleash even more “vindictive” behavior.
“Think about that,” Netanyahu said. “Even more vindictive than the Holocaust!”
During his meeting with Obama, Netanyahu elaborated further:
“Israel must reserve the right to defend itself. After all, that’s the very purpose of the Jewish state, to restore to the Jewish people control over our destiny.
That’s why my supreme responsibility as prime minister of Israel is to ensure that Israel remains master of its fate.”
In a blog, the British Economist responded:
News flash: Israel is not master of its fate. It’s not terribly surprising that a country with less than 8 million inhabitants is not master of its fate. Switzerland, Sweden, Serbia and Portugal are not masters of their fates.
These days, many countries with populations of 100 million or more can hardly be said to be masters of their fates. Britain and China aren’t masters of their fates, and even the world’s overwhelmingly largest economy, the United States, isn’t really master of its fate.
What gives this leader of a foreign nation the license to speak in Washington with such confidence that he expects the US to join him in an attack on Iran, a nation that poses absolutely no threat to the US or its citizens?
Indeed, US intelligence agencies report that they have found no reason to believe that Iran poses an immediate threat to Israel.
So why should the US go to war for Israel over an issue that poses no more immediate danger to Israel than Iraq’s non-existent WMDs threatened its neighbors? That non-existent threat led to a disastrous and costly war for the US, a war that was strongly encouraged by Israel and its US allies in Congress.
Why is there even any serious discussion with a foreign nation over what the US should do regarding an attack against yet another Muslim nation that has made no threats against us?
There are two reasons why; first, there is the US Congress, and second, there is AIPAC.
After Obama delivered his required speech to AIPAC, the Wall Street Journal reported:
Rep. Eric Cantor, the No. 2 Republican in the House of Representatives, said the speech was “a step in the right direction,” but ”we need to make sure that this president is also going to stand by Israel and not allow his administration to somehow speak contrary to what our ally thinks is in its best interest.”
No one in the US administration shall speak contrary to what our ally thinks is its best interest? Where would Rep. Cantor hear such a thing? Surely not in a Tea Party rally where loyalty to God and country are paramount.
We must look to AIPAC as the source of Rep. Cantor’s courage to denigrate the President of the United States.
President George Washington warned the new American nation in his 1796 farewell address that a “passionate attachment of one nation for another produces a variety of evils”. He explained why:
“Sympathy for the favorite nation, facilitating the illusion of an imaginary common interest in cases where no real common interest exists, and infusing into one the enmities of the other, betrays the former into a participation in the quarrels and wars of the latter without adequate inducement or justification.”
The US has usually managed to adhere to Washington’s advice, until, that is, AIPAC was established.
On the Anti-War website, Grant Smith described how, in 1948, AIPAC began to seize control of US foreign policy.
Recently declassified FBI files reveal how Israeli government officials first orchestrated public relations and policies through the US lobby. Counter-espionage investigations of proto-AIPAC’s first coordinating meetings with the Israeli Ministry of Foreign Affairs and the head of Mossad provide a timely and useful framework for understanding how AIPAC continues to localize and market Israeli government policies in America.
Although AIPAC claims it rose “from a small pro-Israel public affairs boutique in the 1950s,” its true origin can be traced to Oct. 16, 1948. This is the date AIPAC’s founder Isaiah L. Kenen and four others established the Israel Office of Information under Israel’s UN mission. It was later moved under the Israeli Ministry of Foreign Affairs.
AIPAC controls the US Congress through its network of Political Action Committees that follow AIPAC’s instructions on which candidates to politically and financially support, and which candidates to jettison.
The incumbent Israeli Prime Minister travels to Washington to personally lobby members of Congress. He also hosts visiting congressional delegations on their regular trips to Israel. An annual address to AIPAC is an essential part of that lobbying campaign.
This year, Prime Minister Netanyahu had Iran at the top of his agenda. He wants, and he fully expects, President Obama and the Congress to support Israel in its military assault against Iran’s nuclear installations.
There is no guarantee that Iran is even close to developing a nuclear capability, but in Netanyahu’s mind, even the possibility that Iran might one day develop an operational nuclear arms capability is sufficient cause for Israel, backed by the US, to destroy Iranian nuclear sites.
In short, the prime minister is ready for war against Iran, and he expects the US to fall in line behind him.
The irony of this arrogance is that Israel may well be at its lowest point of support from the world community.
David Remnick describes the extent to which Israel has become isolated from the world community. He writes in a Talk of the Town essay in the February issue of the New Yorker:
Israel has reached an impasse. An intensifying conflict of values has put its democratic nature under tremendous stress. When the government speaks daily about the existential threat from Iran, and urges an attack on Iran’s nuclear facilities, it ignores the existential threat that looms within. . . .
The political corrosion begins, of course, with the occupation of the Palestinian territories–the subjugation of Palestinian men, women and children–tht has lasted for forty years.
Peter Beinart, in a forthcoming and passionately urged polemic, The Crisis of Zionism, is just the latest critic to point out that a profoundly anti-democratic, even racist, political culture has become endemic among much of the Jewish population in the West Bank, and threatens Israel proper. . . .
In 1980, twelve thousand Jews lived in the West Bank, “east of democracy,” Beinart writes; now they number more than three hundred thouand, and inlude Avigdor Lieberman, Israel’s wildly zenophobic Foreign Minister. . . .
To [Prime Minister Benjamin] Netanyahu, the proper kind of ally is exemplified by AIPAC and Sheldon Adelson–the long-time casino tycoon and recent bankroller of Newt Gingrich–who owns a newspaper in Israel devoted to supporting him.
Remnick correctly takes note of the degree to which support for Israel affects the current US presidential campaign.
We know pretty much all we need to know about Netanyahu’s feelings toward Obama. The Prime Minister orders the President about like he might order a lowly member of his Israeli cabinet. He would be very happy to see the White House back in Republican hands.
No doubt, he is following the Republican presidential nomination fight as it unfolds state by state. He cannot be unhappy over the strong link between the Republican candidates and the Christian evangelical conservatives, a segment of the American population already safely ensconced within the Republican base.
The latest victory for the pro-Israel/Christian evangelical base came this weekend when Republican Candidate Rick Santorum won, as reported by The Wichita Eagle, an impressive caucus victory, two to one, over Mitt Romney.
Santorum won with the strong support of that state’s governor, Sam Brownback, a former two-two term member of the US Senate. Governor Brownback is both a conservative evangelical Christian, and a strong supporter of Israel.
Salon describes Kansas as “ground zero for the takeover of the GOP by Christian-infused movement conservatism and the extinction of middle-of-the-road Republicanism.”
Southern primaries Tuesday in Alabama and Mississippi should go to either Newt Gingrich or Rick Santorum, a political development that will force Romney to veer even deeper into the ”Christian-infused movement conservatism”pro-Israel zealotry of his Republican base.
Israel’s media campaign about Iran as a threat was examined by Sheera Frenkel of McClatchy Newspapers. Among her conclusions:
Israeli officials acknowledge that the widespread acceptance in the West that Iran is on the verge of building a nuclear weapon isn’t based just on the findings of Israeli intelligence operatives, but relies in no small part on a steady media campaign that the Israelis have undertaken to persuade the world that Iran is bent on building a nuclear warhead.
“The intelligence was half the battle in convincing the world,” an Israeli Foreign Ministry official told McClatchy, speaking anonymously because he was not authorized to discuss the inner workings of Israel’s outreach on the topic. “The other half was Israel’s persistent approach and attitude that this was not something the world could continue to ignore.”
The official had recently returned from a trip to Washington and marveled at how the topic has become a major one in the United States. “U.S. politicians were falling over each other to talk about Iran,” he said. “In some ways, that is a huge success for Israel.”
If the US is led by Israel to participate in another war in the Middle East, these McClatchy findings suggest that this war could be one of the biggest sales promotion successes in modern political history.
As Prime Minister Netanyahu has said, in another context, “Think about that.”
The picture at top is of Prime Minister Netanyahu holding letters exchanged between the World Jewish Congress and the US War Department in 1944. The picture is by Cliff Owen, of the Associated Press.

Pravda asks: What happened to American media? Accuses U.S. press of 'deliberately hiding evidence' of Obama's 'fraud'

http://www.wnd.com/2012/03/pravda-asks-what-happened-to-american-media/

It’s a twist of irony: The Russian news website Pravda has published an accusation that the American media is “tame,” afraid to publish news and is “deliberately hiding the evidence published on the internet about [President Obama's] defrauding of the American public and the deliberate evisceration of the Constitution of the United States.”
In a March 7 Pravda column, “Arizona sheriff finds Obama presidential qualifications forged,” Dianna Cotter, a senior at American Military University, blasts America’s mainstream media for their virtual silence about Maricopa County, Ariz., Sheriff Joe Arpaio’s six-month investigation into the controversy surrounding Obama’s birth certificate and his constitutional eligibility for office.
  • NOTE: In case you missed the news conference of Sheriff Joe Arpaio’s “Cold Case Posse,” you can view it here.
“A singularly remarkable event has taken place in the United States of America,” Cotter wrote. “This event occurred in Arizona on March 1st and was an earth shattering revelation. … Yet, in the five days since [Arpaio's] revelations there has been little in the way of serious reporting on the findings he presented in his presser. With 6 short videos, the Sheriff and his team presented a devastating case, one the tame US press is apparently unable to report.”
Cotter recalls Obama April 27, 2011, press conference in which he “walked into the White House Press room with a Cheshire cat like grin and a ‘Long Form Birth Certificate’ from the State of Hawaii in hand.”
Speaking from the podium, Obama declared, “We’re not going to be able to solve our problems if we get distracted by sideshows and carnival barkers.”
“Quite the barb from a man holding a forged document,” Cotter wrote. “That’s right, forged.
She notes that the investigation also uncovered an allegedly forged Selective Service Card for Obama.
“Forged documents are being used to qualify a President of the United States for the office he holds,” she contends. “Or is usurped the more accurate term?
“The silence from the main stream media in the US is deafening. It almost seems as if the press is terrified to even think the question, let alone ask it: Is the President a criminal? The press in Arpaio’s audience were certainly asking him to state precisely that, yet nowhere has the question been asked of the White House by the press. Instead the American Press is aggressively protecting the presumed President of the United States, pushing the fraud upon both America and the world, supporting a man who may well have usurped the office.”
She asks, “What has been the response from the Obama era press?
“Silence.
“Silence so loud it can be felt.”
Cotter lays out detailed evidence of a widespread cover-up and concludes:
The American Press is deliberately hiding the evidence published on the internet about this defrauding of the American public and the deliberate evisceration of the Constitution of the United States. It is hiding Barack Obama’s Fraud as it has been revealed by a Sheriff in Arizona. The silence of the American press would be unbelievable if it weren’t so blatantly obvious.
It is nearly as egregious as the audacity of Obama’s fraud itself.

NAPOLITANO: Can the president kill you?

Elimination of al-Awlaki was more Stalinesque than Jeffersonian

By Andrew P. Napolitano -
Thursday, March 8, 2012
Illustration by Alexander Hunter for The Washington Times
Can the president kill an American simply because that person is dangerous and his arrest would be impractical? Can the president be judge, jury and executioner of an American in a foreign ountry because he thinks that would keep America safe? Can Congress authorize the president to do that?
Earlier this week, Attorney General Eric H. Holder Jr. attempted to justify presidential killing in a speech at Northwestern University law school. In it, he recognized the requirement of the Fifth Amendment for due process. He argued that the president may substitute the traditionally understood due process - a public jury trial - with the president’s own novel version of it; that would be a secret deliberation about killing. Without mentioning the name of the American the president recently ordered killed, Mr. Holder suggested that the president’s careful consideration of the case of New Mexico-born Anwar al-Awlaki constituted a form of due process.
Mr. Holder argued that the act of reviewing al-Awlaki’s alleged crimes, what he was doing in Yemen and the imminent danger he posed provided al-Awlaki with a substituted form of due process. He did not mention how this substitution applied to al-Awlaki’s 16-year-old son and a family friend, who also were executed by CIA drones. He also did not address the absence of any support in the Constitution or Supreme Court case law for his novel theory.
The Fifth Amendment to the Constitution states that the government may not take the life, liberty or property of any person without due process. The components of due process are too numerous to address here, but the essence of due process i
...



Bill Gibbons

Inbox
Add star

Lattigo Smith

<lattigo26@yahoo.com>
Sat, Mar 10, 2012 at 5:25 PM
To: "gibb@azci.net" <gibb@azci.net>
 
Quick Reply
To: Lattigo Smith <latigo26@yahoo.com>




Nuclear Hypocrisy http://www.fff.org/comment/com1202p.asp
byLaurence M. Vance, February22, 2012



Republicanpresidential candidates and officials in the U.S. government from the presidenton down have turned up the rhetoric against Iran.



In his State of the Union address,Barack Obama stated, “America is determined to prevent Iran fromgetting a nuclear weapon, and I will take no options off the table to achievethat goal.”



Secretary of State Hillary Clinton reiterated that “it is the policy of thisadministration that Iran cannot be permitted to have a nuclear weapon and nooption has ever been taken off the table.”



U.S. State Department spokesman Mark Toner maintains that the Obama administration “isabsolutely committed to preventing Iran from getting nuclear weapons.”



During a recent campaign stop inCleveland, Newt Gingrich warned about the dangers to Cleveland, Columbus,Cincinnati, and New York from an Iranian nuclear strike. Said Gingrich,“Remember what it felt like on 9/11 when 3,100 Americans were killed. Nowimagine an attack where you add two zeros. And it’s 300,000 dead. Maybe a halfmillion wounded. This is a real danger. This is not science fiction. That’s whyI think it’s important that we have the strongest possible national security.”



Meanwhile, while campaigning inMissouri, Rick Santorum warned Missourians about Iran: “Once they have anuclear weapon, let me assure you, you will not be safe, even here in Missouri.These are folks who have been and are at war with us since 1979. This is acountry that has killed more troops in Afghanistan and Iraq than the Iraqis andAfghans.” (Funny that the Reagan administration facilitated the sale of arms toIran in 1985 and 1986 — when we were supposedly at war. And funny that Santorumsaid 1979 instead of 1953 — the year that the United States overthrew thedemocratically elected government of Iran and installed an authoritarian puppetin the shah.)



Mitt Romney has said that if you elect him, “Iran will not havea nuclear weapon” because “a nuclear-armed Iran is not only a threat to Israel,it is a threat to the entire world.” If sanctions fail to halt Iran’s nuclearambitions, “there’s nothing else we could do besides take military action.”



The charge has been made thatTehran’s UN-inspected nuclear power program is a front for the development ofnuclear weapons to target Israel and the United States.



There are several things thatnegate that charge that the Republican presidential candidates seem to havemissed.



U.S. intelligence reports in 2007and 2010 came up with no evidence that Iran is currently attemptingto build or acquire nuclear weapons. The International Atomic Energy Agency andUN inspectors have confirmed it. The chief of Israel’s Mossad, Tamir Pardo, “doesn’t think a nuclear Iran is an existentialthreat to Israel.” James Clapper, the U.S. director of National Intelligence,recently told the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence, “We assess Iran iskeeping open the option to develop nuclear weapons, in part by developingvarious nuclear capabilities that better position it to produce such weapons,should it choose to do so. We do not know, however, if Iran will eventuallydecide to build nuclear weapons.” According to Pentagon spokesman GeorgeLittle, “We have no indication that the Iranians have made a decision todevelop a nuclear weapon.”



But whether or not Iran isdeveloping nuclear weapons, and whether or not Iran develops nuclear weapons inthe future, there are seven ways in which the U.S. government is guilty ofnuclear hypocrisy.



First, it is the United Statesthat helped Iran to start its nuclear program. In 1967, under DwightEisenhower’s “Atoms for Peace” program, the United States sold the government of Iran a 5-megawatt, light-water-typeresearch reactor. In 1978, Jimmy Carter made a deal with the shah of Iran tosend up to eight U.S.-made light-water reactors to Iran, but the deal fellthrough after the Iranian revolution of 1979. A recently declassified 1974Defense Department memorandumnotes that should the shah fall from power, “domestic dissidents or foreignterrorists might easily be able to seize any special nuclear materials storedin Iran for use in bombs.” The memo concludes that “an aggressive successor tothe Shah might consider nuclear weapons the final item needed to establishIran’s complete military dominance of the region.”



Second, by a vote of 4 to 1, the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission recently approved licenses tobuild two new nuclear reactors in Georgia at an existing nuclear site. The applicationswere submitted seven years ago. That was the first time in more than 30 yearsthat the U.S. government has approved the construction of new nuclear reactors.The reactors that began operation in the last decades received their initiallicenses before 1978. With all the talk about clean energy, green energy,climate change, and the pollution from coal-fired power plants, it is strangethat the U.S. government has stifled the construction of new nuclear reactorsfor peaceful use.



Third, besides the United States,the countries of Russia, China, France, Israel, and Great Britain, and, to alesser extent, India, Pakistan, and North Korea, have nuclear weapons. Why arethese countries not considered to be more of a threat to the United States thanIran? Especially Pakistan, which is very unstable, seeing that it borders onAfghanistan. And what about Russia and China? Director of National IntelligenceJamesClapper just stated in his Worldwide Threat Assessment that “Russia andChina are aggressive and successful purveyors of economic espionage against theUnited States.” The controversy regarding Iran is less about nuclear weaponsand more about the “sea of oil” that Iran sits on and the struggle for hegemonyin the Middle East.



Fourth, of the 195 countries inthe world, 189 of them — including Iran — are signers of the NuclearNon-Proliferation Treaty. North Korea signed and then withdrew; India,Pakistan, and Israel never signed; and the new countries of Kosovo (2008) andSouth Sudan (2011) have not signed yet. Non-nuclear signatories of the treatyagree “not to receive the transfer from any transferor whatsoever of nuclearweapons or other nuclear explosive devices or of control over such weapons orexplosive devices directly, or indirectly; not to manufacture or otherwiseacquire nuclear weapons or other nuclear explosive devices; and not to seek orreceive any assistance in the manufacture of nuclear weapons or other nuclearexplosive devices.” Article IV of the treaty allows countries to developnuclear energy for peaceful purposes: “Nothing in this Treaty shall beinterpreted as affecting the inalienable right of all the Parties to the Treatyto develop research, production and use of nuclear energy for peaceful purposeswithout discrimination and in conformity with Articles I and II of thisTreaty.” Why doesn’t the United States pressure India, Pakistan, Israel, andNorth Korea to sign and abide by the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty insteadof condemning Iran — a signer that hasn’t manufactured, acquired, or receivedany nuclear weapons?



Fifth, Iran is surrounded by U.S. militarybases. There is a new U.S. specialoperations team known as Joint Special Operations Task Force–GulfCooperation Council at work near Iran, and the U.S. military has aircraft carrier battle groups near Iran’s shores. Yet theUnited States and Iran signed the AlgiersAccords in 1981 to end the hostage crisis. The first point,“Non-Intervention in Iranian Affairs,” reads, “The United States pledges thatit is and from now on will be the policy of the United States not to intervene,directly or indirectly, politically or militarily, in Iran’s internal affairs.”If words have any meaning, that would have to preclude investigating Iran’snuclear program.



Sixth, who is the United States tosay that a country should or shouldn’t have nuclear weapons? When did all theother countries of the world appoint the United States to be the world’spoliceman, inspector, and guardian? As much as officials in the U.S. governmentmay not like it, even if Iran had nuclear weapons that would still not give theUnited States the right to do anything about it beyond diplomacy. The UnitedStates has more than 5,000 nuclear warheads that are a threat to the entire planet.Every country in the world — not just Iran — would be justified in obtainingnuclear weapons to protect itself against the country that was the first todevelop nuclear weapons, the country that has the largest stockpile of nuclearweapons, and the only country to ever use nuclear weapons in battle — theUnited States.



That brings us to my last point.There is only one country in the world that had a secret program — the ManhattanProject — to develop nuclear weapons for offensive purposes and then usedthem. On August 6, 1945, “Little Boy” was dropped on Hiroshima. Three dayslater, “Fat Man” was dropped on Nagasaki. Perhaps 200,000 people died, most ofthem Japanese civilians, some of them Korean conscripts, and a few of themAllied POWs. But wasn’t dropping atomic bombs on Japan necessary to end WorldWar II? First of all, World War II was an unnecessarywar. Second, World War II needs to be rethought.Third, thanks to the recently published book bythe former president Herbert Hoover titled Freedom Betrayed: HerbertHoover’s History of the Second World War, it has now once again beenconfirmed that Franklin Roosevelt lied about keeping America out of war even ashe took one deliberate step after another to take it into war. And fourth, noit wasn’t, at least according to then-General DwightEisenhower, who said, “The Japanese were ready to surrender and it wasn’tnecessary to hit them with that awful thing.”



Is Iran “guilty” of secretlydeveloping a nuclear weapon? Perhaps. But one thing is certain — the UnitedStates is guilty of nuclear hypocrisy and there is nothing secret about it.



LaurenceM. Vance is a policy advisor for the Future of Freedom Foundation and theauthor of The Revolution That Wasn’t. Visit his website: www.vancepublications.com. Send himemail.




The'Show Me' States



by Becky Akers http://lewrockwell.com/akers/akers179.html



Recently by Becky Akers: Presenting PreCheck:Fascist and Furious














You might think the New York Police Department, with its notoriety forabusing civilians and alist of scandals so long it requires its own page in Wikipedia, would avoidfurnishing us with yet another reason to despise it.



But no. Like many such forces across the country, the NYPD has grownincreasingly fond of strip-searches – and not just of suspected criminals. Copswant to denude all of us, all the time, even when we’re merely walking down thestreet, minding our own business.



The NYPD’s Commissioner, Ray Kelly, recently confessed this stunningambition during a speech at the New York City Police Foundation. He "saidthe department was working with the Defense Department to develop gun-scantechnology ‘capable of detecting concealed firearms,’" theNew York Times reported.



The Defense Department? OK, New York City’s host of bureaucrats couldvery well collaborate with Al Qaeda, given how badly they gum up the works. Butotherwise, does the NYPD really need to sic the Pentagon on the taxpayers whofoot its bills?



Uniformed thugs who expect us to divulge everything suddenly turn shy whenwe demand the same regarding their mechanical Peeping Toms. We know virtuallynothing about Tom except his real name: Terahertz Imaging Detection. The photothe Times ran with its article shows something akin to thermal imaging i.e.,the subject’s waist glows green thanks to a pistol stuck in his belt.



But this isn’t the only gizmo the NYPD and other cops nationwide focus onus. They’ve also unleashed another, more invasive technology: "whole-bodyimaging," or, as the perverts at the Transportation SecurityAdministration (TSA) now prefer to call it, "advanced imagingtechnology."



You’re far too familiar with these scanners. They’re the ones at the airportthat expose us while also irradiating us – theones that the European Union banned out of "health and privacyconcerns" and that have spawned such groups here as wewon’tfly.com.



What you may not realize is that police nationwide have been wielding theseoffensive contraptions against the folks they supposedly "serve andprotect" for several years now. In September 2010, forbes.com revealed thedeployment of "morethan 500 backscatter X-ray scanners mounted in vans that can bedriven" around neighborhoods nationwide, "snoop[ing]" intowhatever rouses a cop’s curiosity. "…the company says law enforcementagencies have … been using them domestically... ‘This product is now the largest-sellingcargo and vehicle inspection system ever,’ says Joseph Reiss, AS&E's vicepresident of marketing. … The New York Police Department confirmed that it usesthe technology but wouldn't divulge specifics."



Enough to make you stay home except for those trips to the gym, isn’t it?



Not surprisingly, cops love these gadgets. And while the New York Timescheerily pretends they’ll only violate the Second Amendment with them, we allknow the boots on the ground will also aim their X-ray vision at the wannabe actresson her way to an audition. Expect AS&E to profit from hundreds of millionsof our taxes over the next few years.



But there’s an advantage to the ogling from Your City’s Finest, one we’veseen with the TSA: punish law-abiding folks as though they’re crooks, and theylearn to loathe you. TSAnow ranks with the IRS as the federal agency Americans most hate; there’sno reason that electronic strip-searches will be any more popular on theavenues than they are in airports. Americans’ inordinate and craven love forcops may finally end.



Cops’ excuse for virtually strip-searching us is the same as the TSA’s: wehave to thwart the bad guys. And the police-state’s apologists are fine withthat, claiming that if you’ve got nothing to hide, you’ve got nothing to fear.They seem oblivious to the fact that dragnets don’t punish only thieves andrapists but violate us, too.



And they chill all sorts of things we value highly, such as free discourse.Are you liable to mount your soapbox and declaim against Obamacare when youknow the van parked across the street is filming you au naturel?



What about travel and socializing? Some flyers figure voyeurism is the pricethey pay for a break on the Caribbean’s sunny beaches – but is a mere tripacross town for dinner with friends worth flashing your junk?



Meanwhile, virtually everything the TSA finds on passengers is innocuous,embarrassing, and of no relevance whatever to terrorism. Cops’ gawking willproduce similar results.



For example, searches have snagged passengers carrying more cash than OurRulers prefer. Stowing a generous wad in your pocket doesn’t break any laws.But the TSA "detains" such victims, forcing them to justify their stashand grossly inconveniencing them – or worse. In 2009, SteveBierfeldt of the Campaign for Liberty taped his interrogation and bullying atthe TSA’s hands when he tried to fly home with $4700 from a politicalfundraiser.



Imagine cops who are still leering over your scan accosting you in front offriends and family, ordering you to assume the position, and then quizzing youon where you got your $600 and what you intend to do with it before finally,grudgingly releasing you.



Often it’s not money that triggers a physical frisking but a medical deviceor a prosthetic limb. The TSA is infamous for tormenting invalids when its"whole-body imagers" pick up "anomalies." Cops willlikewise investigate anything unusual their contraptions reveal, despoticallyshaming tens of millions.



The TSA has annihilated freedom for a decade now; police departments havedone so for almost 150 years, since their introduction here in the 1850’s. It’spast time we rid ourselves of both enemies.



February 25, 2012



Becky Akers [send her mail] writes primarily about theAmerican Revolution.



Copyright © 2012 byLewRockwell.com. Permission to reprint in whole or in part is gladly granted,provided full credit is given.







Smear Machine Ready to Sling Mud Against All Who Won’t Bow to Israel



February 18, 2012 dave http://americanfreepress.net/?p=2858



By Michael Collins Piper



A leading critic of Rep. Ron Paul (R-Texas) ispurveying smears of “anti-Semitism” against some influential liberal groups byunfavorably comparing their stance to the nationalist, America-first point ofview expressed by The Spotlight, the predecessor of AMERICAN FREEPRESS.



The liberal groups—which are closely associatedwith the Obama administration—are perceived, like the president and Paul, to beinsufficiently supportive of Israel. Washington insiders see this as the latesteffort by the Israeli lobby to undermine Obama’s already shaky support amongJewish voters.



A key propagandist involved in the affair isJames Kirchik who won widespread media favor for authoring a hit piece on Paul,accusing him of purveying racism and anti-Semitism in Paul’s privatelypublished newsletter—and, yes, attempting to “link” Paul to The Spotlight,among other supposedly horrible things.





One of a select few in the media whose writingsappear in both the “liberal” New Republic and the “conservative” WeeklyStandard—which, despite differences on domestic issues are otherwisevigorous advocates for Israel (and both of which published Kirchick’s attackson Paul)—Kirchick used the forum of Israel’s daily Ha’aretz to slinghis latest mud.



Describing The Spotlight as “one of themost notorious newspapers ever published in America,” and “for many years thecountry’s premier hate rag,” Kirchick complained that The Spotlightcharged there were high-ranking political figures who, in The Spotlight’sestimation, placed “Israel first.” Now, to Kirchick’s dismay, he claims suchliberal groups as the Center for American Progress (CAP) and Media Matters forAmerica (MMA) are echoing such terminology, which, he says, “is an indicationof just how deep the rhetoric of the far right has seeped into the discourse ofthe mainstream left.”



In fact, what this means is that people on boththe traditional “right” and “left” are getting fed up with inordinate Israelilobby influence on American foreign policy.



The items in controversy were not even publishedor endorsed by CAP, but, instead, appeared on the private Internet accounts oftwo CAP staffers. Yet supporters of Israel cite these items in an effort tosmear CAP, and, by extension, the Obama White House.



One of the CAP staffers referred to “Israelfirsters”—and he has since left the CAP staff. The second “controversial” itemdescribed a member of the Senate as more loyal to the American Israel PublicAffairs Committee (AIPAC)—the lobby for Israel—than to his own constituents.Associates of CAP and MMA were also slammed for openly discussing the clout ofJewish campaign contributions in the American political process, as though suchdiscussion was beyond the pale.



The attacks on the liberal groups originated withJosh Block—a former AIPAC functionary—who packaged an assembly of CAP-connectedwritings, calling them an “outrageous vilification of pro-Israel Americans.”



The fact that CAP is—as The Washington Posthas noted—“closely aligned with the White House” and “an idea generator forObama’s Washington” is being repeatedly bandied about, to the point that it isnow “complicating the president’s reelection outreach to some Jewish voters,”reflecting what another influential Washington daily, Politico, hascalled “Obama’s Jewish problem.” That problem is that key Jewish groups andleaders view the president to be insufficiently supportive of Israel, and theirviews are reverberating in the American Jewish community at large.



While—responding to the attacks—CAP declared theprivate writings of its staffers to be “inappropriate” and rushed to assert itsown support for Israel, the Post noted that “the critics are notmollified.” The Post cited Rabbi Abraham Cooper of the SimonWiesenthal Center, who said “the language is corrosive and unacceptable” andAbraham Foxman of the Anti-Defamation League, who said the statements were“anti-Semitic and borderline anti-Semitic,” adding that the ADL was concerned“this . . . think tank . . . does influence the administration.”



The Post said the controversy “could addfriction to the already tense relationship between Obama and many pro-IsraelJews,” which, of course, was reflected in the recent call by a prominent figurein the Atlanta Jewish community for Israel’s intelligence service, Mossad, toassassinate the president.



On Dec. 7, 2011, The Washington Timesreported that Doris Wise Montrose—the president of the Children of JewishHolocaust Survivors—charged that there was an “ongoing campaign by the WhiteHouse to undermine Israel.” At the same time, Morton Klein, the president ofthe Zionist Organization of America, alleged evidence of “the hostility of theadministration to Jews in Israel and its misplaced sympathy for Muslims andradical Muslims.”



——
Michael Collins Piper is an author, journalist, lecturer and radio showhost. He has spoken in Russia, Malaysia, Iran, Abu Dhabi, Japan, Canada and theU.S. He is the author of Final Judgment, The New Jerusalem, The High Priests of War, Dirty Secrets, My First Days in the White House, The New Babylon, Share the Wealth, The Judas Goats, Target: Traficant and The Golem. You can order any of these bookswith a credit card by calling AFP/FAB toll free at 1-888-699-6397.







A Democrat Police State?




Posted by editor on Feb 11, 2012

|http://www.davidduke.com/?p=25661



By Jeff Davis. Ever wonder what the Democratswould do if they legalize 20 million illegal aliens, get them voting and areable to seize perpetual power? An article from Blueridgenow reports: “Charlottewill have new laws that give police more power to stop and search people whenthe Democratic National Convention comes to town later this year.



The new rules approved by the Charlotte CityCouncil in a 10-1 vote Monday night also outlaw camping on city property, achange forcing Occupy Charlotte protesters from the lawn at old City Hall.”



Of course. I mean, we can’t have “Occupy theDemocrat Convention” now, can we? Some of those spoiled brats in the OccupyMovement might not get the message. Some of them might suddenly have a littlelight bulb come on over their heads and remember who actually has had the powerfor the past three years.



The Blueridgenow article goes on: “The vote wasmet with shouts of ‘Shame!’ from a packed council chamber. No arrests werereported.”



“Charlotte-Mecklenburg police say they aretrying to ensure they have enough power to keep people and property safe asthey expect large protests that have become common at political conventions.People won’t be allowed to carry backpacks, satchels or coolers if police thinkthey are being used to carry weapons.”



It amuses me that the lefties claim to stand forfreedom of speech and conscience. One might ask the people of Cuba, China andNorth Korea if that’s the case or the Stalinist police state that went beyondwhat even George Orwell could predict. Does anyone remember the police riotingand cracking heads in Chicago back in 1968 at the Republican convention. Oops!It was the Democrat convention, wasn’t it? And Mayor Daley was a Democrat.These lefties have short memories.



We need to remember what happens when the Leftgets absolute power. We need to make sure that those 20 million illegal aliensNEVER get citizenship or you can kiss your property, bank account and freedomgood bye.







Against McCain’s InterventionistPolicy



by Michael S. Rozeff



http://lewrockwell.com/rozeff/rozeff381.html



Recently by Michael S. Rozeff: Obama Leading Americato War














John McCain (R-AZ) is still a senator and still ready, on principle, tocommit U.S. forces and American wealth to any conflict. In this case, it's inSyria. McCain's reason is not national security. It's to help victims andthwart genocide. He made this crystal clear in hisremarks of March 19, 2003 on the eve of the U.S. attack on Iraq:



"The United States of America has involved itself in the effort todisarm Saddam Hussein, and now freedom for the Iraqi people, with the sameprinciples that motivated the United States of America in most of the conflictswe have been involved in, most recently Kosovo and Bosnia, and in which, inboth of those cases, the United States national security was not at risk, butwhat was at risk was our advocacy and willingness to serve and sacrifice onbehalf of people who are the victims of oppression and genocide."



The U.S. should not work on the "principles" that McCainadvocates. It should not introduce its own force into civil conflictsthroughout the world. This has numerous bad effects. It directly heightens theviolence of the resistance forces in the affected country. It induces the elitethat runs that country into ratcheting up its own violence in order to repressthe rebellion and maintain its own control. It immediately makes the U.S. intoa political player in the politics of this foreign land. This has its own setof negatives that include upsetting the neighboring states in the region,creating long-lasting enmities, risking failure, causing more civilian deaths,tying down U.S. resources for extended periods of time, loss of flexibility,delaying the reconciliation of the domestic parties or the resolution of theirdifferences, and possibly choosing the wrong side so that the new outcomes areworse than the old.



John McCain doesn't admit that the McCain policy in Iraq was a disaster forthe Iraqi people. He does not mention the 105,000 to 115,000 civilian Iraqideaths. He does not reveal that the U.S. supported the Kosovo Liberation Armyagainst the Serbian rule and that this led into the violent Serbian repression,so that the U.S. by injecting itself into a civil war exacerbated it andencouraged ethnic cleansing. McCain doesn’t see all the things that went wrongin Afghanistan. He doesn’t see all the things that can and do go wrong. His"principles" are not a sufficient basis for his policy ofintervention.



McCain’s assessment of war in Iraq recognized that American lives would belost. He didn’t acknowledge how many American lives would not be lost but ruinedor badly diminished. He completely failed to recognize the loss of Iraqi livesthat was about to occur:



"The mission our military is about to embark on is fraught with danger,and it means the loss of brave young American lives. But I also believe itoffers the opportunity for a new day for the Iraqi people."



Arming and aiding any group in Syria that is rebelling against the existinggovernment is likely to heighten the violence and heighten the government's useof force to maintain its power. McCain's suggestion will probably make thingsworse and lead to more death and destruction.



Constitution lovers will wonder where in the U.S. constitution there is amandate for the U.S. to choose a side in every civil conflict of every state inthe world because people are being killed. There isn’t any. No such mandateexists. The U.S. was not created for that purpose.



Pragmatically, the U.S. doesn’t go into every such conflict. It cannot bedone. The U.S. could not go into Chechnya or Sri Lanka or dozens of otherregions. In practice, the U.S. doesn’t follow McCain’s ideas. However, it stillintervenes for other reasons, and those interventions have the same bad effectsas interventions done for McCain’s principles.



McCain justified the U.S. invasion of Iraq by pointing to Saddam Hussein’skillings:



"...there is one thing I am sure of, that we will find the Iraqi peoplehave been the victims of an incredible level of brutalization, terror, murder,and every other kind of disgraceful and distasteful oppression on the part ofSaddam Hussein's regime."



Yes, those who run states quite often overtly murder, brutalize, andterrorize the people under their control. They also do so covertly in otherways. Most people who pay taxes are afraid of being punished if they don’t. Howare Americans to assess morally the state-led murders in other countries inorder to judge action by the U.S., that is, the government people of the U.S.?My view of this is that what each of us does is our own responsibility. Whatthe U.S. government people do is their responsibility. The leaders who run theU.S. should answer for what they do.



Thus, first, under this moral theory, if U.S. leaders decide to enforce therights of Iraqis, they have to be prepared to answer for any invasion of rightsthat they perpetrate in the course of their deeds. If they kill Iraqis, theyshould answer for it. If they destroy Iraqi property, they should answer forit. They also have to be prepared not to invade the rights of those whom theyaccuse of crimes. There should be trials and evidential procedures. To march inwith guns and kill is wholesale violation of rights. Second, even before U.S.leaders decide to enter another country to end the alleged oppression beingcaused by its leaders, the U.S. leaders have to answer for their own right toforce resources out of unwilling Americans in order to conduct this endeavor.This they disallow and cannot do, so that their supposed Good Samaritanism hasa foundation of sand at its root. The whole process is tainted. Third, what iseven worse is that those who run states quite often actively support regimessuch as Saddam Hussein’s. Between 1982 and 1990, the U.S.supported Saddam Hussein’s regime. For this reason too, the U.S. has nomoral ground to stand on at all attacking Iraq as it did, even though SaddamHussein killed his own citizens.



My conclusion is that McCain’s principle of state action to remedy perceivedevils within other states can’t be relied on as a moral principle thatrationalizes the use of a state’s armed intervention into another country.



The existing system of states, bad as it is, can be made worse. This systemcannot legally handle the unilateral injection by the U.S. or any power, majoror minor, into the internal workings of states that are experiencing civilconflicts. If the U.S. can do it, so can Russia, Brazil, China, France, Libyaand any other country. If this idea is followed out, the world will be engulfedin heightened conflicts and wars. The use of force to attack another nationwill become a "justifiable" thing under the pretext of coming to theaid of some rebellious element in that nation. One nation can always supplysupport to rebellious elements in another country and stir up civil conflict towhich it then responds by introducing its armed forces.



I conclude that McCain’s principle of introducing force in other lands inorder to counteract force cannot be relied upon as a universal legal principle.This principle of his can’t be generalized without introducing even more mayheminto the international order.



McCain’s idea relies on the unstated assumption that the U.S. is a"good guy". It assumes also that the U.S. knows the bad guys when itsees them overseas. It assumes that it can get rid of the bad guys withouthurting the good guys. It assumes that the end result will be better than notintervening at all. None of these assumptions are necessarily true. And, asnoted above, if the U.S. thinks of itself as the good guy that can justifiablyput down the bad guys, so can other countries.



The system of states has produced only one international body (the UN) withthe authority to intervene, and then only under legal guidelines that thestates have agreed upon. This arrangement is unsatisfactory, no doubt, butunilateral U.S. intervention is worse, because it implies that any state canintervene anywhere.



The unilateral U.S. attacks on Iraq, Afghanistan and Libya have been evenworse than intervening in foreign civil conflicts because in those cases therewas not even the excuse of an ongoing civil war. The U.S. (and other NATOstates) went in and created the subsequent civil violence. It opened the doorto strife and civil violence among the peoples in those countries. It openedthe door to terrorist bombings.



Even without consideration of international law, there are all the pragmaticnegatives noted earlier of attempting to discern justice from afar, introducingU.S. force into civil conflicts, and making the U.S. a party to ongoing violentconfrontations. There are very large negatives in cases like Iraq where McCainand the warmongers would attack because they discern oppression or genocide.



On genocide, McCain had this to say:



"We did not go into Bosnia because Mr. Milosevic had weapons of massdestruction. We did not go into Kosovo because ethnic Albanians or others weresomehow a threat to the security of the United States. We entered into thoseconflicts because we could not stand by and watch innocent men, women, andchildren being slaughtered, raped, and ‘ethnically cleansed.’ We found a newphrase for our lexicon: ‘ethnic cleansing.’ Ethnic cleansing is a phrase whichhas incredible implications."



Genocide bothers any right-thinking person. Genocide is simply horrible. Asbad as it is, that does not mean that we should reach for simple answers likeintervening with U.S. forces. That is because the unwise use of force or otherpolitical measures can make a genocide worse or even bring it about. The U.S. bombing campaign in Cambodiabetween 1969 and 1973 led to Pol Pot’s Khmer Rouge regime of 1975-1979 and theCambodian genocide. Plus the U.S. encouraged the Chinese to support Pol Pot.Western policies toward Germany and toward Jewishimmigration contributed to Hitler’s Final Solution.



We have to ask why there is a genocide in the first place. Before there is agenocide, certain conditions may tend to occur. Let us understand what they maybe. We need to understand genocides in order to prevent them.



On this score, RudolphJ. Rummel has done a great deal of good work. He has documented death bygovernment. He has written "power kills, absolute power killsabsolutely."



Government people kill their own citizens for reasons. There are alwaysrationales, such as racial extermination, ethnic extermination, removal ofpolitical resistance, removal of classes of people like landowners, removal ofgenetically inferior, removal of diseased, removal of corrupt elements, removalof religious groups, and on and on and on. Even when government people do notkill but imprison, the government people do so for reasons such as stoppingdrug use. There are, in fact, all too many motives for using power to oppressothers. As Rummel suggests, it’s the power of the government people that is thenecessary condition for its imposition – for whatever reasons the governmentpeople imagine to be "right" or "good".



What is sufficient to trigger the amplified use of power in genocide is lessclear. There is fruitful study that is being done to further our understandingof death by government. For example, there is "State-Sponsored MassMurder: The Onset and Severity of Genocides and Politicides" by MatthewKrain.



Krain emphasizes that genocides frequently occur where there is civilconflict or war. When civil resistance to the use of power by government peopleoccur, the elites in government can make concessions to defuse civil resistanceor they can use force. Where they use force, the result can be genocide of thepeople they govern if and when the conflict escalates. Unlike Rummel whoemphasizes the concentration of power, Krain points to the opening up of"political opportunities". For example, there is a shift in power, aswhen Lenin was disabled and Stalin’s rise to power began. Lenin’s persecutionswere amplified. The U.S. war in 1861-1865 provides a further example of the useof terror that is closer to home. Sherman’s march is hard to imagine withoutthat civil conflict having been in place.



If widespread resistance to the U.S. government were to occur today, itwould be met first by a combination of concessions and force. If theconcessions didn't quell active dissent and resistance, more force would beused. Under even worse circumstances, the government would resort to wholesalekilling, arrests, and genocide. It could happen here. It can happen anywherewhere there is an armed government force that loses the support or the grudgingacceptance of large segments of the population.



Oppression is what states do. It owes to the existence of states themselvesand to government people with power. Consequently, it is natural to findresistance in the population to the unjust uses of force by the governmentpeople. There are at least four situations that can lead to genocide. One isthat government people take hold of the power who have an agenda that calls forexterminating certain groups of people. Second is that resistance to a regimebecomes more widespread and the regime ramps up its use of power to stemresistance and maintain control. Third is that some states are so unstable orare so oppressive or contain such diffuse elements that their leaders employviolence against the people on a more or less continual basis. Fourth is thatgovernment people break down the controls that hem them in and augment theirpower.



Both LindseyGraham and John McCain have urged the U.S. to aid efforts to bring down thepresident of Syria, Bashar al-Assad. Both these senators want to arm theopposition. Both are interventionists.



It is highly doubtful that either one of them really knows what’s going onin Syria. Neither knows what arming various elements may lead to on the part ofthose now fighting one another. Neither one can assure anyone that armingrebels won’t backfire and lead Assad to respond with even greater force. Theycannot assure anyone that one U.S. step won’t lead to more and more such stepsor to counter-steps from Iran and Russia. They cannot assure anyone that whatthey recommend won’t mean more civilian deaths, injuries and refugees.



Neither of these two senators comprehends that the U.S. has no authority forsuch interventions, and that their supposed justifications are flimsy. They areopening the door to the interventions of other states all over the world.



Both men are mistaken. Graham is thinking of Iran and national security. Hesays



"Breaking Syria apart from Iran could be as important to containing anuclear Iran as sanctions. If the Syrian regime is replaced with another formof government that doesn’t tie its future to the Iranians, the world is abetter place."



Graham wants to remake Middle Eastern societies and politics, for no soundreason relating to Americans at large that I can ascertain.



McCain’s motive is humanitarian:



"People that are being massacred deserve to have the ability to defendthemselves."



McCain’s application of this thought is as mistaken as Graham’s applicationof national security. Yes, persons being massacred are worthy of having arms todefend themselves, if they choose to. But that does not mean that anyone else mustsupply them with arms, and it does not mean that the U.S. government has amoral obligation to do so, or that the U.S. government has any right on behalfof all Americans to do so.



I urge Senator McCain to create a voluntary organization to send arms tothose he wishes to, and to be prepared to answer for the killing that they dowith those arms.



People who rebel against government people have the moral high ground, butthe means by which they rebel are also important. Rebels who use arms have tobe prepared to face the retaliatory might of the government people’s power. Itis their responsibility to arrange their military and politicalcampaigns against their oppressors. They do not have a moral call option on anyand all Americans to join in their fights with weapons via the might of theU.S. government.















Our concentratedfocus on Paul-related news was initially disconcerting to my daughter, aColumbia College sophomore. Over Thanksgiving break she complained of feelingdisplaced by a new baby in the family and sought help from Yahoo! Answers:"My family is obsessed with politics! They're driving me nuts. What can Ido?" (Ironically, the best answer came from someone with the oppositeproblem who offered to trade parents.) When I forwarded her Walter Block’sarticle "I Hate Ron Paul," she replied that not only should I joinRon Paul Anonymous, but she would need to begin a co-dependency group for thosewhose loved ones suffered from the same addiction. By semester’s end, however,she was relating Ron Paul to her Contemporary Civilization course readings,especially John Locke on the government’s role to protect the natural rights ofliberty and property. When upon her return home after exams she started playingRon Paul songs on YouTube and phone banking, I knew she was a Ronvert! She evensucceeded in convincing her grandmother to vote for the first time since the1960s. In the space of one semester, Ron Paul had become our champion.



Over winter breakthe three of us spent many hours gathered around the laptop on the kitchencounter as we followed news gleaned from the Internet. We asked ourselves howPresident Obama could have so quietly signed the Anti-Counterfeiting TradeAgreement (global internet censorship treaty, known as the "eviltwin" of SOPA) and National Defense Authorization Act (indefinite militarydetention of American citizens without due process bill). In light of theseexecutive actions, Vico’s remarks on ancient Rome’s fall into dictatorship hada particularly eerie ring. "By pursuing their own private interests,"he wrote in the New Science, "free peoples let themselves be seduced bythe powerful into subjecting their own public freedom to the ambition ofothers." While "a few vainly discoursed on the benefits ofliberty," the rest went from "indifference" to "ignoranceof the state as of something foreign to them." Not surprisingly,Congressman Paul not only spoke out on behalf of our liberties, but tookaction. The first thing he did upon returning to the House in the New Year,apart from voting against yet another rise in the debt ceiling, was tointroduce an amendment repealing the unconstitutional section of the NDAA.



Yet looking at thepolls and grassroots support for Dr. Paul, there are decidedly more than just afew individuals determined to restore America now. During a rally speech in NewHampshire last month, Thomas E. Woods, Jr., noted how Ron Paul is galvanizingpeople to study political philosophy and learn about monetary policy becausethe movement is ultimately not about the man, but rather the message. The crowdknew what he was talking about and so did we! We had long since devoured Paul’sThe Revolution: A Manifesto, and were delving into Murray Rothbard’s monumentalMan, Economy, and State. Realizing that regardless of our profession we cannotafford to ignore the economic issues that affect us all, we are aiming to getup to speed on the Austrian School this semester thanks to daily on-linearticles and publications from the Ludwig Von Mises Institute. And although Icould never have predicted such a consequence five months ago when I joined myson to watch that fateful primary debate, this spring break the three of uswill be setting out on a fifteen-hour road trip to Auburn, Alabama for theMises Institute’s annual Austrian Scholars Conference. There is no turning backon this journey of discovery, and we are thrilled to be in such great company.



Our favorite FrankCapra classic, Mr. Smith Goes to Washington, had a happy ending, but it wasonly a film. Will Ron Paul garner enough support to disappoint the Republicanestablishment’s predetermined nominee despite systematic mediamisrepresentation? Will the good doctor be given a chance to cure our woes comeNovember? In my opinion, given the pro-war, pro-bankster, anti-libertydirection adopted by both parties, our collective future as a free nation may dependon it. As Ron Paul wrote in "We’ve Been Neo-Conned": "Let it notbe said that no one cared, that no one objected once it's realized that ourliberties and wealth are in jeopardy."



A shorter versionof this essay recently appeared in the Columbia Spectator.



February 24, 2012



Jo Ann Cavallo isan associate professor of Italian at Columbia University and the Italianliterature editor of The Literary Encyclopedia. Her latest book manuscript, The World Beyond Europe in the Romance Epicsof Boiardo and Ariosto, received the 2011 Aldo and Jeanne Scaglione PublicationAward for a Manuscript in Italian Literary Studies.



Copyright © 2012 byLewRockwell.com. Permission to reprint in whole or in part is gladly granted,provided full credit is given.







Taking the Republicans Seriously



It's not possible



by Justin Raimondo,



February 24, 2012 http://original.antiwar.com/justin/2012/02/23/the-santorum-threat/



I was hoping never to have to write about the Santorumsurge, yet I knew, in my hearts of hearts, it was meant to be. After all,the more Newt Gingrich talked–and talked,and talked–the more likely even Republican primary voters were to be repulsed by the vastnessof his self-regard.It was inevitable that the Gingrich bubble would burst, and the next logicalplace for the thoroughly neoconized – that is, lobotomized — conservative“mainstream” to go is certainlynot Ron Paul.



Santorum inherited those voters by default. For these people, theIraq war never happened, or, if it did, it occurred in an alternateuniverse where the Iraqis pelted us with rose petals upon our arrival,instead of a hail of bullets, just like RichardPerle and the gang said they would. They have learnednothing since the Bush era: frozen in time, they are the party’s zombies,cheering the slogans of a long discredited cause. Santorum and Romney arecompeting for theRepublican undead vote, with the latter doing his best to prove his pro-warcredentials. The military option in Iran, said Romney during what was billed asthe final debate, is not just “on the table – it’s in ourhand.” Well, not quite yet, Mitt: you haven’t got your finger on the triggerjust yet. And god willing you never will.



Yet Santorum manages to out-warmongereven this, boasting that he went up against George W. Bush in pushing“crippling sanctions” on Iran, and pointing to his campaign to fund Iranianexile groups – money he claims has been cut by the evil Obamaites, who are morethan glad to fund the MuslimBrotherhood in Egypt and Libya. Santorum scores extra points for implicitlypandering to the Obama-is-a-secret-Muslim meme: although we probably won’t seehim signing on to the theory that Obama is the lovechild of Malcolm X, that part of Santorum’s debate performance was a dogwhistle aimed in the direction of outright loons.



Like Michele Bachmann, whose penchant for making up “facts” may have hadsomething to do with her campaign’s early demise, Santorum just doesn’t knowwhat he’s talkingabout:



“When I was born, less than 10 percent of the federal budget wasentitlement spending. It’s now 60 percent of the budget.

”Some people have suggested that defense spending is the problem. When I wasborn, defense spending was 60 percent of the budget. It’s now 17 percent. Ifyou think defense spending is the problem, then you need a remedial math classto go back to.”



In 1958, when Santorum was born, defense spending was 38percent of the total budget: it’s now 58 percent if youcount the interest on the military spending portion of total federal outlaysand the costs of past wars, including veterans’ benefits and medical care. The“official” figure is 20 percent, so the Senator doesn’t even get that right. Iunderstand what launching a presidential campaign on a shoestring entails, butif he’s going to make this one of his talking points, couldn’t he at least do afew minutes of pre-debate Googling?



It was amateur hour on the debate stage in Arizona on Wednesday night, andSantorum was far from alone is playing loose with the facts. Both Romney andSantorum have taken up this Hezbollah-in-Latin-Americatheme, a campaign talking point that stands right up there with the most farout of LaurieMylroie’s fantasies and the Nigeruranium forgeries in terms of credibility. Yet that hasn’t stopped theneoconservatives from pushing this idea for years, with little or no realevidence to back it up: indeed, the lack of evidence provides plenty of spacefor pure speculation, which is what they’re best at. You can be sure that whensome right-wing “anti-terrorist” expert pontificates before a congressionalcommittee, they’re bound to bring up the alleged “Hezbollah training camp” thatsupposedly exists on MargaritaIsland, a small, balmy island off Venezuela’s north coast. With itslow-growing vegetation, small size, and paths well-worn by the inhabitants,Margarita Island is as unlikely a place for a terrorist training camp as, say,Fire Island. It would be discovered five minutes after being set up: the soundof shots would echo through the inlets and coves like thunderclaps. As MicheleSalcedo putit in the Florida Sun-Sentinel:



“Recently, Gen. James T. Hill, the commander of the U.S. SouthernCommand, told members of the Senate Armed Services Committee that ‘radicalIslamic groups associated with Hamas, Hezbollah, Al Gamaat and others’ are‘operating out of ….. locales, like Margarita Island off Venezuela.’



“Hill has never visited the island.



“The net fishermen, small-business owners, bank presidents and governmentofficials who call Margarita Island home say Hill is all wrong. They would likehim to take a drive around the island and through the peninsula to see whatthey already know.



“Strangers would have a hard time hiding here. The rough, low-growingvegetation offers no cover. Munitions explosions would echo off the mountainsand amplify off the water. The coves and inlets are as familiar to the peoplewho live here as the creases in their weather-worn faces. A dozen flights wingto and from Caracas each day, giving passengers on board a birds-eye view ofthe peninsula.”



The Romney-Santorum theme of a looming Latin American jihadist threat is anarrative that defies refutation for the simple reason that there is zeroevidence to support it. When one boils down these reports, such as one issuedby the AmericanEnterprise Institute, the most one can say is that Hezbollah’s fundraisingactivities are international in scope and include contributions from some sourcesin Latin America. This is a very far cry from setting up operational centersand “terrorist training camps,” but that doesn’t deter the authors of thisparticular narrative, who aren’t interested in evidence, only inscaremongering. In short, the whole thing is a complete fabrication, on thesame level as the Obama-is-a-secret-Muslim meme. All of which makes it hard totake the two leading Republican candidates seriously.



The complete lack of any thoughtfulness should be worrying to those fewRepublicans left who care about such things. “The world is more dangerous,”says Romney. “It is not safer.” Yes, after a decade of constant warfare, after invading and occupyingtwo Muslim countries and striking from Somalia to Pakistan,we are definitely much less safe – but whose fault is that? Romney wouldescalate the very policies responsible for increasing the danger to allAmericans.



On the question of regime change in Syria, Romneyand Santorumare in total agreement, declaring we ought to arm the rebels, along with Turkeyand the Saudis. Why this wouldn’t turn into anotherLibya, neither bothered to say, although I wouldn’t want to be the one whostarted the Santorum-is-a-secret-Muslim meme, now would I?



The foreign policy portion of this debate underscored the fundamentalunseriousness of the leading Republican candidates. Their fundamentaldishonesty – are we really going to abjure any cuts in the military even if itmeans bankruptcy?– imbues these debates with an air of childishness: one feels as if one hasbeen teleported back in time, to one’s high school election for classpresident. As the only adult onstage, RonPaul shone in comparison.

The problem is that we’ve become a nation of babies: total narcissists whobelieve the world not only revolves around us, but that the laws of economicsand of common sense itself are subject to our whims. In such a world, one canindeed have an empire and a welfare state and never have to worry when thebills come due – because, after all, babies don’t pay bills, do they?

This was Paul’slament Wednesday night, when he said, in a tired voice: well I’ve tried themoral argument, and all the other arguments, and I haven’t gotten anywhere, somaybe the economic argument will work. I’m paraphrasing Paul, but in essence hesaid: “We’re broke, and we can’t afford all these wars.”



I’m afraid not even the economic argument will work on these “free market”Republicans. The reason it won’t work is because the Republican party iscommitted to permanent warfare as a matter of high principle, one that trumpseconomics, and everything else, including the laws of morality. Paul invokesthe spirit of Robert A.Taft, but that strain of Republicanism is long since dissipated intopolitical insignificance – although the Paul campaign may be a harbinger of itsrevival, Paul’s showing in the primaries hasn’t yet demonstrated that.

Polls show a goodpart of Paul’s support – which we can translate, for our purposes, intosupport for anti-interventionism – comes from independents, young people, andswing voters leaning Democrat. In short, it comes from precisely those voterswho will be deciding the next election – not from Republican base voters, whoseforeign policy views are frozen in time and impervious to rational argument.

Speaking of being impervious to rational argument, I see the Santorum campis floatingthe rumor that Romney is offering Paul the vice presidential slot in returnfor an “alliance.” This is much like the Obama-is-a-secret-Muslim rumor in thatit cannot be refuted – because there’s nothing to refute. As I’ve pointedout before, Paul has attacked Romney often and hard: there’s nothing tothis “alliance” other than the overworked imaginationof one Washington Post reporter and, now, Team Santorum. We’re evenhearing it may be RandPaul, Ron’s son and the freshly-elected Senator from Kentucky, who’s up forthe vice presidency. Since this possibility is contingent on Ron and/or Randactually, you know, endorsing Romney, such a scenario seems highlyunlikely, to put it mildly.

What’s funny is that the Santorum camp – and the political reporters pushingthis non-story so strenuously – are utterly clueless about what drives the Paulcampaign. It’s been so long since they’ve seen an honest politician at the headof a principled movement that they can’t even understand the concept.Ideologically, the Paulians are light years removed from all the othercandidates, and no amount of cajoling – or bribes – will bring them into thefold. No, not even the prospect of Rand Paul a heartbeat away from thepresidency, which isn’t going to happen in any event.

NOTES IN THE MARGIN

Our fundraising drive has picked upsomewhat, but we’re still struggling. Thank the gods for those who have pledgedmatching funds – up to $28,000. But that’s only if we can match theirincredibly generous donation with lots of smaller contributions from you, ourfaithful readers. So please, help us keep the War Party at bay at this crucialtime, when war with Iran is in the headlines and the Usual Suspects are bayingfor blood. Your contribution is 100 percent tax-deductible, so if you’relooking for a way to deny the War Machine some of your cash, then this is theway to do it. It’s easy, it’s legal, andit’s fun!

Those matching funds are all that stand between Antiwar.com and extinction,and that’s no exaggeration. So please, consider the value you’re getting withthe best, most comprehensive, most timely web site devoted entirely to foreignaffairs and the folly of US intervention overseas – and make your contribution today.



 

There are five articles today

NO CONSTITUTION = NO UNION, NO FEDERAL GOVERNMENT
By J.B. Williams
February 21, 2012
NewsWithViews.com
Are Washington DC politicians absolutely sure that they want to make the US Constitution null and void? If the US Constitution is null and void, then so is the union of states that it created, as that fragile union of sovereign states was very carefully ratified via a very specific and carefully crafted balance of power between the federal government and the states.
If the federal government continues to breech that compact without remedy, the union of states expires with the Constitution itself and it is every man for himself at that point. Are DC elitists ready for what comes with the decimation of the US Constitution and the union of states it created?
“We the people of the United States, in order to form a more perfect union, establish justice, insure domestic tranquility, provide for the common defense, promote the general welfare, and secure the blessings of liberty to ourselves and our posterity, do ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of America.”
This is the sole purpose of the US Constitution. No constitution, no union…
“We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness.--That to secure these rights, Governments are instituted among Men, deriving their just powers from the consent of the governed, --That whenever any Form of Government becomes destructive of these ends, it is the Right of the People to alter or to abolish it, and to institute new Government, laying its foundation on such principles and organizing its powers in such form, as to them shall seem most likely to effect their Safety and Happiness.”
The United States of America is a union of fifty sovereign states. That union is established by, and conditioned upon, the Law of the Land, the terms and conditions of the US Constitution. Without the US Constitution, there is no union of fifty sovereign states – there can be no United States of America. The people and the states have the right and the duty to protect and preserve liberty at all cost, and to force the Federal Government if necessary, to live within Constitutional boundaries, or abolish this runaway government and start all over again.
Are corrupt DC elitists certain that they want to toy with the American people and the US Constitution, rendering the document nothing more than a relic from history and placing at risk, the union of states it establishes?
The Federal commitment to Global Governance and UN Agenda 21 taken under the Clinton Administration in September of 2000 and followed by every administration since, is a direct violation of everything the US Constitution and fifty state constitutions stand for… it cannot be allowed to continue.
The 9th Amendment gives the people the right to reject unconstitutional acts by the Federal Government and the 10th Amendment gives the states the same power.
The notion that the Federal Government can make up the Law of the Land at will via executive, judicial or legislative fiat, is insane on its face. The idea that the people are limited to the voting booth or a federal courtroom as their only remedy for a runaway federal government is equally insane.
If the 9th and 10th Amendments no longer stand, then the entire Constitution is null and void and the union of fifty sovereign states is also instantly voided. Before we dissolve this union and institute new government, laying its foundations upon that which will guarantee every citizen and state freedom and liberty, sovereignty and security, we must make every effort to save this union by re-establishing the balance of power at the foundation of the Constitution.
We shall not allow the US Constitution and the union it forms to perish without a fight.
Global Governance my eye! The United States of America is ONE NATION, Under God, Indivisible, with Liberty and Justice for ALL. It is so, because the Declaration of Independence, the US Constitution and the Bill of Rights say so. Destroy that at the expense of the union itself!
Who are Bill Clinton and Barack Hussein Obama to say otherwise? Temporary residents of the people’s White House come and go. Freedom and Liberty are forever, because the American people say so and the American people are the final word on the subject.
State governments can stop the next Civil War by standing up and keeping their oath to respect, protect and preserve the US Constitution and force the Federal Government to live within the confines of that compact. They can do this by simply passing the Balance of Powers Act in their state and rejecting all “unconstitutional acts” of the federal government at the state line.
Or, they can sit on their hands, remain part of the problem and wait for the next Civil War to begin.
“The Senators and Representatives before mentioned, and the members of the several state legislatures, and all executive and judicial officers, both of the United States and of the several states, shall be bound by oath or affirmation, to support this Constitution;” - Article VI
According to Article VI of the US Constitution, every elected lawmaker and law enforcement officer in this country has the power and the duty to support, protect and defend the US Constitution and the Representative Republic it forms. No excuse from federal or state lawmakers or employees is good enough. It is time for true patriots to stand and be counted.
The Constitution prohibits any form of global governance, national or international dictatorship, or socialist experiment, be it democratically elected or not. The states must act or the people will have no peaceful alternatives.
Either way, freedom and liberty will be protected and preserved. The States can do it peacefully or the people will do it by whatever means necessary. The Second Amendment exists for just such an occasion.
Over the last 237 years, more than a million brave American men and women have fought and died for the US Constitution, our Representative Republic, freedom, liberty and justice for all. They did not die in vain.
Subscribe to the NewsWithViews Daily News Alerts!
Enter Your E-Mail Address:
The States can reassert proper constitutional balance of powers or the people will. It’s not a threat; it’s a prediction. Americans are the most peaceful and tolerant people on earth, until push becomes shove.
The clock is ticking… The States must act swiftly and decisively. Every patriotic American citizen must act as well, calling upon their state officials to take immediate measures to stop the runway Fed before we reach the point of no return.
Use the information linked in this column to become part of the solution. JOIN the real revolution to reinstate the US Constitution as the only Law of this Land.
© 2012 JB Williams - All Rights Reserved
Common Fallacies About
Anti-Interventionism
Refuting the misconceptions
by Justin Raimondo, February 22, 2012 www.antiwar.com
The idea that the United States government should not intervene in the internal affairs of other nations is heresy. After World War II, both political parties and nearly all the nation’s elites agreed on one thing: we have an “obligation” to pursue and maintain a position of “world leadership.” Without the US to guide them, it was inferred, the nations of the globe would soon sink into a maelstrom of malevolence and violent conflict, the sea lanes would be threatened, and International Anarchy would be the inevitable result.
There were, to be sure, a few skeptical voices that continued to be heard, but they were either drowned out by the interventionist din, or eventually browbeaten into silence. In the Washington, D.C. of today, to even question the right and obligation of the US to meddle in the affairs of nations the world over is to be considered an Unserious Person, relegated to the fringes, and unceremoniously tuned out. The foreign policy Establishment’s success in policing the discourse has been astonishingly successful, given the First Amendment. This success is due to the sheer weight of years of propaganda emanating not only from the Washington think tanks, but from the organs of popular culture: novels, television, films, and the popular media in general, constantly reinforcing the message, which is that the Empire is a Good Thing.
That this message is contradicted by the other major theme of imperialist propaganda – which is that America isn’t an empire, after all, and never was – is but a bothersome minor detail. After all, this is the same country whose political and intellectual elites rhapsodize over its alleged benevolence whilst in the same breath justifying the nuking of Hiroshima and Nagasaki as a moral necessity, the same nation that boasts it’s “the land of the free” while imprisoning a greater percentage of its population than Communist China. Hubris-induced blindness not only allows such contradictions: it thrives on them.
Lately, however, those long-silenced voices of dissent have been revived. Two unwinnable wars and a third in the making have provoked a reaction, on the right as well as the left, and the Establishment is once again up in arms about the growing “danger” of “isolationism.” This is a longstanding complaint among our elites, who disdain the “provincialism” of ordinary Americans which causes them to hesitate when confronted by yet another US-induced“crisis” supposedly requiring our intervention. Don’t those rubes – who don’t even have passports, most of them! – realize we have a Moral Duty to Fulfill our Responsibilities – that we have a “responsibility to protect” which it would be morally irresponsible to protest?
Americans, they’ve decided, have to be protected from their own narrow-minded and selfish inclination to mind their own business, and so the campaign against “isolationism”has begun. This is the first common fallacy about anti-interventionism that calls out for refutation: the charge that anti-interventionism is “isolationism.”
The “isolationist” canard first arose in the run-up to World War II, when the War Party deployed it against those who saw no American interest in bolstering the Soviet Union against National Socialist Germany, and preferred to let Stalin and Hitler fight it out until both collapsed from sheer exhaustion. The “isolationists’” advice was ignored, however – and what followed was fifty years of a “cold war” as the world teetered on the brink of nuclear annihilation.
The charge that opponents of our policy of global intervention are “isolationists” is a non sequitur: that is, it does not follow from the anti-interventionist premise, which is that our interests are best served by steering clear of foreign wars of aggression. To rule out military aggression is not to abjure other, less intrusive relations: trade, for one. Indeed, a warlike policy would seem to rule out expansive trade relations with a great part of the world outside our system of alliances and protectorates. Besides that, however, there is no such ideology as “isolationism”: not even the North Koreans, who pursue a policy of engagement and even close cooperation with China, can be so labeled.
Another charge that comes up whenever anyone utters a protest, however mild, at our endless efforts to make the world safe for Goodness and Light, goes something like this: So, you’re defending the regime of (Saddam Hussein, Slobodan Milosevic, or whatever Hitler-of-the-month is in our sights at the moment)? Why, that guy is a moral monster! He has murdered and repressed his own people: he’s killing them in the streets at this very moment!
This is another non sequitur: to oppose intervention in, say, Syria, says nothing about one’s attitude toward the regime of Bashar al-Assad, the country’s hereditary dictator. Yet, in spite of its illogic, this is always the first charge hurled at the antiwar protester. As evidence that even the most specious fallacy will find some adherents, a few opponents of interventionism have embraced the “logic” of their ostensible opponents and become defenders of the indefensible. To blindly defend whatever tinpot dictator the regime-changers have targeted is to set oneself up for deserved marginalization: in the event alleged atrocities come to light and are verified, the anti-interventionist case is discredited – to say nothing of the moral opprobrium that comes with defending a tyrant.
In the case of Syria, it’s undeniable the regime has killed many in an effort to quash the rebellion, just as it’s pretty clear armed “protesters” are doing much of the killing themselves. What of it? People are killed all over the world by their own governments for no good reason other than the authorities can get away with it: to intervene in even just the worst cases would lead on an endless wild goose chase and soon exhaust our limited resources. Proponents of the “responsibility to protect” doctrine – a recent variation of the “humanitarian” interventionism favored during the Clinton years – protest that while we cannot intervene everywhere, we must intervene on occasion when it is practical and morally imperative that we do so.
However, this argument evades the essential issue at the core of the foreign policy debate, which is: what’s a foreign policy for, anyway? Is it to Do Good, or to defend the country? Which leads us to the next charge leveled against us anti-interventionists: Don’t we have to preemptively take action against our enemies before they take action against us – and wouldn’t a non-interventionist foreign policy preclude such a “defense”?
The answers are no and no. It is hard to imagine under what circumstances a threat could be so potentially devastating that it would justify preemptive military action. After all, the United States is in no danger of being conquered by a foreign power: and, in spite of Rick Santorum’s paranoid ravings about Iran’s plans to invade South America and march on the Alamo, it shares no border with its antagonists.
For the sake of argument, however, let’s assume that such a threat exists, and is discovered: a non-interventionist commander-in-chief would have no principled reason to hesitate, short of verifying the nature and extent of the threat – since attacking the enemy would be a defensive act. As I headlined an early editorial on the 9/11 attacks: “Kill ‘em – And Get Out!” (Emphasis added.) A decade later, however, we’re still there, “nation-building.” In allowing ourselves to be drawn into the ongoing Afghan civil war we succumbed to the dangerous slippery-slope logic of interventionism: if a little intervention is necessary, more would be better, the best defense is a good offense. Except it just isn’t so.
The fallacies about anti-interventionism are legion, and refuting them all in a single column is just not possible, try as I might. Among the more absurd: anti-interventionists are “pacifists” (refuted by the above), “unpatriotic” (supporters of the Founders’ foreign policy are the real patriots), and heartless realists (although the interventionists’ heedlessness when it comes to the casualties of war is left unmentioned). These are all canards that have been refuted many times over, and yet they keep popping up whenever the War Party is on the march.
Which means these accusations come up pretty often, these days, because the War Party has been on the march for over a decade. That’s why Antiwar.com is such an invaluable resource for those who believe peace in our lifetime is still possible. Our job is debunking the lies of the War Party, and we’ve been on it 24/7 for the past sixteen years. We can’t continue to do our job, however, without your financial support.
We are presently fighting an uphill battle against forces that very much want to drag us into attacking Iran. The war drums are sounding the same beat that created such an unholy din during the run-up to the invasion of Iraq: “weapons of mass destruction” are once again rearing their imaginary heads, and the “mainstream” media is in lockstep with government officials and politicians of both parties proclaiming the reality of the Iranian “threat.”
It’s all lies, of course, but a lie told repeatedly – and loudly – becomes the conventional wisdom if it’s allowed to go unrefuted. This is the reason for Antiwar.com: to provide a timely counterpoint to our sycophantic media and their elite paymasters and patrons, who feed us a diet of straight war propaganda and maintain uneasy control of the foreign policy discourse.
Yes, their control is uneasy and uncertain, because the American people are preoccupied more than ever with just surviving in an increasingly difficult economic and social environment. While our own institutions are rotting from within, rife with corruption, cronyism, and outright criminality, we’re charging around the world trying to right every wrong. It just doesn’t make sense – unless you live in the world of official Washington, D.C., in which case you undoubtedly believe there isn’t a problem in the world government – specifically, our government – can’t solve, or shouldn’t go bankrupt trying.
This split between the elites and ordinary Americans has never been greater than it is today: indeed, when it comes to the subject of foreign policy, the gulf between the two is a veritable chasm. This is an emerging reality that works to our advantage: the American people are waking up, after having had the wool pulled over their eyes so energetically and for so long. The development of the internet is one big factor in this equation, and Antiwar.com’s great success in building a substantial audience and actually getting the anti-interventionist case out there is truly something to celebrate. But let’s not lose sight of the fact that we still have a long road to travel before something approaching a sane foreign policy is on the agenda in Washington. The great divide between the elites and us commoners has yet to be bridged – so that the peasants with pitchforks can make their case before the castle gates.
Look, I hate – really hate – repeatedly dunning my readers for cash, but it can’t be helped: unlike the War Party, we don’t have a bottomless Treasury, and we can’t just create money out of thin air to keep going. We depend on you, our readers, to maintain a bare-bones operation – one that nevertheless manages to shine a constant and merciless spotlight on the overseas machinations of our rulers. If that light ever went out, it would be a disaster for the forces of reason and peace – and you know it.
So please, don’t make me carry on this way much longer: it’s important that we make our fundraising goal this time around, more important than it’s ever been. And you know that, too. Make your tax-deductible contribution today.
NOTES IN THE MARGIN
You can read my latest commentary on the future direction and significance of the Ron Paul campaign here, in the latest issue of Chroniclesmagazine, where my regular column, “Between the Lines,” appears each month.
I also have an article in the latest issue of The American Conservative: a review of Glenn Greenwald’s new book, With Liberty and Justice for Some, just out from Metropolitan Books.
Speaking of new books, whatever one may think of Pat Buchanan’s latest book – the ostensible reason he was fired from MSNBC – one has to raise a few questions about it before joining the chorus of politically correct idiots who celebrate his dismissal as a victory for the forces of liberalism and light. Pat raised the banner of opposition to America’s post-cold war drive to dominate the world back when no major political figure or commentator dared entertain such thoughts, let alone express them in public. He had everything to lose – a lucrative and influential position as television commentator and conservative leader – in speaking out against the first Gulf war, and warning that our foreign policy of global meddling would invite some pretty dire consequences. It’s a tribute to his integrity that he didn’t hesitate for a moment.
He was proved right, in time– but not before the same gang of would-be Grand Inquisitors that got him fired last week launched a smear campaign such as hadn’t been seen since the 1930s, when the Communists and their many fellow travelers tarred antiwar conservatives with the “Nazi” brush. The charges against Buchanan never stuck: the country hadn’t been fully corrupted by political correctness and partisan hysteria. The times, however, they are a changing – and not for the better.
Felled by an alliance of professional victimologists and what Buchanan unforgettably called “Israel’s amen corner,” they’d been gunning for him for years, and as “anti-racist” hysteria grips the Washington Beltway like fear of witches gripped the inhabitants of Salem, Massachusetts, they finally got their man.
One thing I find interesting, however, is this: in the space of less than two weeks, the two most prominent anti-interventionists on American television, Buchanan and Judge Andrew Napolitano, found themselves without a platform. Of course, it’s just a coincidence this occurred at precisely the moment when the war hysteria in Washington is reaching a fever pitch – or is this a case of clearing the decks before the shooting starts?
Global Gangster
by Andrew Bacevich and Tom Engelhardt, February 20, 2012 www.aniwar.com
If all goes as planned, it will be the happiest of wartimes in the U.S.A. Only the best of news, the killing of the baddest of the evildoers, will ever filter back to our world.
After all, American war is heading for the “shadows” in a big way. As news articles have recently made clear, the tip of the Obama administration’s global spear will increasingly be shaped from the ever-growingranks of U.S. special operations forces. They are so secretive that they don’t like their operatives to be named, so covert that they instruct their members, as Spencer Ackerman of Wired’s Danger Room blog notes,“not to write down important information, lest it be vulnerable to disclosure under the Freedom of Information Act.” By now, they are also a force that, in any meaningful sense, is unaccountable for its actions.
Although the special-ops crew (66,000 people in all) exist on our tax dollars, we’re really not supposed to know anything about what they’re doing — unless, of course, they choose the publicity venue themselves, whether in Pakistan knocking off Osama bin Laden or parachuting onto Hollywood’s Sunset Boulevard to promote Act of Valor. In case you somehow missed the ads, that’s the new film about “real terrorist threats based on true stories starring actual Navy SEALs.” (No names in the credits, please!)
Of course, those elite SEAL teams are Johnnies-come-lately when compared to their no less secretive “teammates” in places like Afghanistan, Pakistan, and Somalia — our ever-increasing armada of drones. Those robotic warriors of the air (or at least their fantasy doppelgangers) were, of course, pre-celebrated — after a fashion — in the Terminator movies. In Washington’s global battle zones, what’s calledour “traditional combat role” — think big invasions, occupations, counterinsurgency — is going, going, gone with the wind, even evidently in Afghanistan by 2013. War American-style is instead being inherited by secretive teams of men and machines, both hunter-killers who specialize in assassination operations, and both of whom, as presented to Americans, just couldn’t be sexier.
And we’ll all be just so happy — as a recent poll indicates we are — with our robotic warriors and their shadowy special ops teammates, if with nothing else in our fraying world. They present such an alluring image of the no-pain, all-gain battlefield and are undoubtedly a relief for many Americans, distinctly tired — so the polls also tell us — of wars that aren’t covert and don’t work. So who even notices that, as Andrew Bacevich, bestselling author and (most recently) editor of The Short American Century: A Postmortem, points out, we’re being plunged into a real-life war novel that has no plot and no end. How postmodern! How disastrous, if only we have the patience to wait! (To catch Timothy MacBain’s latest Tomcast audio interview in which Bacevich discusses the changing face of the Global War on Terror, click here, or download it to your iPod here.) Tom

Scoring the Global War on Terror

From liberation to assassination in three quick rounds
by Andrew Bacevich
With the United States now well into the second decade of what the Pentagon has styled an “era of persistent conflict,” the war formerly known as the global war on terrorism(unofficial acronym WFKATGWOT) appears increasingly fragmented and diffuse. Without achieving victory, yet unwilling to acknowledge failure, the United States military has withdrawn from Iraq. It is trying to leave Afghanistan, where events seem equally unlikely to yield a happy outcome.
Elsewhere — in Pakistan, Libya, Yemen, and Somalia, for example —U.S. forces are busily opening up new fronts. Published reports that the United States is establishing“a constellation of secret drone bases” in or near the Horn of Africa and the Arabian Peninsula suggest that the scope of operations will only widen further. In a front-page story, The New York Times described plansfor “thickening” the global presence of U.S. special operations forces. Rushed Navy plans to convert an aging amphibious landing ship into an “afloat forward staging base” — a mobile launch platform for either commando raids or minesweeping operationsin the Persian Gulf — only reinforces the point. Yet as some fronts close down and others open up, the war’s narrative has become increasingly difficult to discern. How much farther until we reach the WFKATGWOT’s equivalent of Berlin? What exactly is the WFKATGWOT’s equivalent of Berlin? In fact, is there a storyline here at all?
Viewed close-up, the “war” appears to have lost form and shape. Yet by taking a couple of steps back, important patterns begin to appear. What follows is a preliminary attempt to score the WFKATGWOT, dividing the conflict into a bout of three rounds. Although there may be several additional rounds still to come, here’s what we’ve suffered through thus far.
The Rumsfeld Era
Round 1: Liberation. More than any other figure — more than any general, even more than the president himself — Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld dominated the war’s early stages. Appearing for a time to be a larger-than-life figure — the “Secretary at War” in the eyes of an adoring (if fickle) neocon fan club — Rumsfeld dedicated himself to the proposition that, in battle, speed holds the key to victory. He threw his considerable weight behind a high-tech American version of blitzkrieg. U.S. forces, he regularly insisted, were smarter and more agile than any adversary. To employ them in ways that took advantage of those qualities was to guarantee victory. The journalistic term adopted to describe this concept was “shock and awe.”
No one believed more passionately in “shock and awe” than Rumsfeld himself. The design of Operation Enduring Freedom, launched in October 2001, and of Operation Iraqi Freedom, begun in March 2003, reflected this belief. In each instance, the campaign got off to a promising start, with U.S. troops landing some swift and impressive blows. In neither case, however, were they able to finish off their opponent or even, in reality, sort out just who their opponent might be. Unfortunately for Rumsfeld, the “terrorists” refused to play by his rulebook and U.S. forces proved to be less smart and agile than their technological edge — and their public relations machine — suggested would be the case. Indeed, when harassed by minor insurgencies and scattered bands of jihadis, they proved surprisingly slow to figure out what hit them.
In Afghanistan, Rumsfeld let victory slip through his grasp. In Iraq, his mismanagement of the campaign brought the United States face-to-face with outright defeat. Rumsfeld’s boss had hoped to liberate (and, of course, dominate) the Islamic world through a series of short, quick thrusts. What Bush got instead were two different versions of a long, hard slog. By the end of 2006, “shock and awe” was kaput. Trailing well behind the rest of the country and its armed forces, the president eventually lost confidence in his defense secretary’s approach. As a result, Rumsfeld lost his job. Round one came to an end, the Americans, rather embarrassingly, having lost it on points.
The Petraeus Era
Round 2: Pacification. Enter Gen. David Petraeus. More than any other figure, in or out of uniform, Petraeus dominated the WFKATGWOT’s second phase. Round two opened with lowered expectations. Gone was the heady talk of liberation. Gone, too, were predictions of lightning victories. The United States was now willing to settle for much less while still claiming success.
Petraeus offered a formula for restoring a semblance of order to countries reduced to chaos as a result of round one. Order might permit the United States to extricate itself while maintaining some semblance of having met its policy objectives. This became the operative definition of victory.
The formal name for the formula that Petraeus devised was counterinsurgency, or COIN. Rather than trying to defeat the enemy, COIN sought to facilitate the emergence of a viable and stable nation-state. This was the stated aim of the “surge” in Iraq ordered by President George W. Bush at the end of 2006.
With Petraeus presiding, violence in that country did decline precipitously. Whether the relationship was causal or coincidentalremains the subject of controversy. Still, Petraeus’s apparent success persuaded some observers that counterinsurgency on a global scale —GCOIN, they called it — should now form the basis for U.S. national security strategy. Here, they argued, was an approach that could definitively extract the United States from the WFKATGWOT, while offering victory of a sort. Rather than employing “shock and awe” to liberate the Islamic world, U.S. forces would apply counterinsurgency doctrine to pacify it.
The task of demonstrating the validity of COIN beyond Iraq fell to Gen. Stanley McChrystal, appointed with much fanfare in 2009 to command U.S. and NATO forces in Afghanistan. Press reports celebrated McChrystal as another Petraeus, the ideal candidate to replicate the achievements already credited to “King David.”
McChrystal’s ascendancy came at a moment when a cult of generalship gripped Washington. Rather than technology being the determinant of success as Rumsfeld had believed, the key was to put the right guy in charge and then let him run with things. Political figures on both sides of the aisle fell all over themselves declaring McChrystal the right guy for Afghanistan. Pundits of all stripes joined the chorus.
Once installed in Kabul, the general surveyed the situation and, to no one’s surprise, announcedthat “success demands a comprehensive counterinsurgency campaign.”Implementing that campaign would necessitate an Afghan “surge” mirroring the one that had seemingly turned Iraq around. In December 2009, albeit with little evident enthusiasm, President Barack Obama acceded to his commander’s request (or ultimatum). The U.S. troop commitment to Afghanistan rapidly increased.
Here things began to come undone. Progress toward reducing the insurgency or improving the capacity of Afghan security forces was — by even the most generous evaluation — negligible. McChrystal made promises — like meeting basic Afghan needs with “government in a box, ready to roll in” — that he proved utterly incapable of keeping. Relations with the government of President Hamid Karzai remained strained. Those with neighboring Pakistan, not good to begin with, only worsened. Both governments expressed deep resentment at what they viewed as high-handed American behavior that killed or maimed noncombatants with disturbing frequency.
To make matters worse, despite all the hype, McChrystal turned out to be miscast — manifestly the wrong guy for the job. Notably, he proved unable to grasp the need for projecting even some pretense of respect for the principle of civilian control back in Washington. By the summer of 2010, he was out — and Petraeus was back in.
In Washington (if not in Kabul), Petraeus’s oversized reputation quelled the sense that with McChrystal’s flame-out Afghanistan might be a lost cause. Surely, the most celebrated soldier of his generation would repeat his Iraq magic, affirming his own greatness and the continued viability of COIN.
Alas, this was not to be. Conditions in Afghanistan during Petraeus’s tenure in command improved — if that’s even the word — only modestly. The ongoing war met just about anyone’s definition of a quagmire. With considerable understatement, a 2011 National Intelligence Estimate called ita “stalemate.” Soon, talk of a “comprehensive counterinsurgency”faded. With the bar defining success slipping ever lower, passing off the fight to Afghan security forces and hightailing it for home became the publicly announced war aim.
That job remained unfinished when Petraeus himself headed for home, leaving the army to become CIA director. Although Petraeus was still held in high esteem, his departure from active duty left the cult of generalship looking more than a little the worse for wear. By the time Gen. John Allen succeeded Petraeus — thereby became the eighth U.S. officer appointed to preside over the ongoing Afghan War — no one believed that simply putting the right guy in charge was going to produce magic. On that inclusive note, round two of the WFKATGWOT ended.
The Vickers Era
Round 3: Assassination. Unlike Donald Rumsfeld or David Petraeus, Michael Vickershas not achieved celebrity status. Yet more than anyone else in or out of uniform, Vickers, who carries the title undersecretary of defense for intelligence, deserves recognition as the emblematic figure of the WFKATGWOT’s round three. His low-key, low-profile persona meshes perfectly with this latest evolution in the war’s character. Few people outside of Washington know who he is, which is fitting indeed since he presides over a war that few people outside of Washington are paying much attention to any longer.
With the retirement of Secretary of Defense Robert Gates, Vickers is the senior remaining holdover from George W. Bush’s Pentagon. His background is nothing if not eclectic. He previously served in U.S. Army Special Forces and as a CIA operative. In that guise, he played a leading role in supporting the Afghan mujahedeen in their war against Soviet occupiers in the 1980s. Subsequently, he worked in a Washington think tank and earned a Ph.D. in strategic studies at Johns Hopkins University (dissertation title: “The Structure of Military Revolutions”).
Even during the Bush era, Vickers never subscribed to expectations that the United States could liberate or pacify the Islamic world. His preferred approach to the WFKATGWOT has been simplicity itself. “I just want to kill those guys,” he says — “those guys” referring to members of al-Qaeda. Kill the people who want to kill Americans and don’t stop until they are all dead: this defines the Vickers strategy, which over the course of the Obama presidency has supplanted COIN as the latest variant of U.S. strategy.
The Vickers approach means acting aggressively to eliminate would-be killers wherever they might be found, employing whatever means are necessary. Vickers “tends to think like a gangster,” one admirer comments. “He can understand trends then change the rules of the game so they are advantageous for your side.”
Round three of the WFKATGWOT is all about bending, breaking, and reinventing rules in ways thought to be advantageous to the United States. Much as COIN supplanted “shock and awe,” a broad-gauged program of targeted assassination has now displaced COIN as the prevailing expression of the American way of war.
The United States is finished with the business of sending large land armies to invade and occupy countries on the Eurasian mainland. Robert Gates, when still secretary of defense, made the definitive statement on that subject. The United States is now in the business of using missile-armed drones and special operations forcesto eliminate anyone (not excluding U.S. citizens) the president of the United States decides has become an intolerable annoyance. Under President Obama, such attacks have proliferated.
This is America’s new MO. Paraphrasing a warning issued by Secretary of State Hillary Clinton, a Washington Post dispatch succinctly summarizedwhat it implied: “The United States reserved the right to attack anyone who it determined posed a direct threat to U.S. national security, anywhere in the world.”
Furthermore, acting on behalf of the United States, the president exercises this supposed right without warning, without regard to claims of national sovereignty, without congressional authorization, and without consulting anyone other than Michael Vickers and a few other members of the national security apparatus. The role allotted to the American people is to applaud, if and when notified that a successful assassination has occurred. And applaud we do, for example, when a daring raid by members in SEAL Team Six secretly enter Pakistan to dispatch Osama bin Laden with two neatly placed kill shots. Vengeance long deferred making it unnecessary to consider what second-order political complications might ensue.
How round three will end is difficult to forecast. The best we can say is that it’s unlikely to end anytime soon or particularly well. As Israel has discovered, once targeted assassination becomes your policy, the list of targets has a way of growing ever longer.
So what tentative judgments can we offer regarding the ongoing WFKATGWOT? Operationally, a war launched by the conventionally minded has progressively fallen under the purview of those who inhabit what Dick Cheney once called “the dark side,” with implications that few seem willing to explore. Strategically, a war informed at the outset by utopian expectations continues today with no concretely stated expectations whatsoever, the forward momentum of events displacing serious consideration of purpose. Politically, a war that once occupied center stage in national politics has now slipped to the periphery, the American people moving on to other concerns and entertainments, with legal and moral questions raised by the war left dangling in midair.
Is this progress?
Andrew J. Bacevich is professor of history and international relations at Boston University. A TomDispatch regular, he is the author most recently of Washington Rules: The American Path to Permanent War and the editor of the new book The Short American Century: A Postmortem, just out from Harvard University Press. To catch Timothy MacBain’s latest Tomcast audio interview in which Bacevich discusses the changing face of the Global War on Terror, click here, or download it to your iPod here.
Copyright 2012 Andrew Bacevich

Firsthand Account: Israeli Plot to Murder Former US Senator? Featured

·
The FBI had uncovered a "plot" on my life. Not a threat, but a plot. But, the agent said, it's OK now, as the guy who intended to murder me had now gone back to Israel...
James Abourezk represented South Dakota in the U.S. House of Representatives from 1971 to 1973 and in the U.S. Senate from 1973 to 1979. He is the author of numerous articles and books, including Advise & Dissent: Memoirs of South Dakota and the U.S. Senate. CNI asked Senator Abourezk about his experiences with the Israel Lobby while he served in Congress. In his response he told of an Israeli plot against him that has received perplexingly little coverage in the U.S. press. Below is his description of this and other incidents:
Q: Despite such books as Paul Findley's They Dare to Speak Out, Edward Tivnan's The Lobby, and Mearsheimer and Walt's The Israel Lobby, some people still tend to downplay the power of the Israel Lobby. Can you tell us about some of your experiences with it?
A: I'm an eyewitness to what the Lobby does to Members of Congress, including to me during the time I spent in D.C. I was threatened, marginalized, attacked, lied about, among other matters in an effort to silence my criticism of Israel's policies and of the Lobby.

At one time Bob Cordier, from the Washington FBI office, called me to tell me that, during the investigation into Alex Odeh's murder (Alex was one of my staff people) the FBI had uncovered a "plot" on my life. Not a threat, but a plot, but, he said it's OK now, as the guy who intended to murder me had now gone back to Israel. Alex Odeh's murder came not long after I had run four full page ads in the Washington Post asking for support against the Israel Lobby. My assumption was that, reading the ads had enraged the plotter, which led him to bomb the ADC office in Orange County, California.

I also assume that the plotter was Robert Manning, a hit man who was later convicted of the murder of the secretary of a Jewish businessman in California. Apparently Manning had been hired by another Jewish businessman who was a competitor. They found the fingerprints both of Manning and of his wife on remnants of the letter bomb that was sent to his target, but opened by his secretary, who died as a result of the explosion.

Manning and his wife were safe from extradition from Israel, due to Israeli policy of not extraditing Jews for any reason, until Peter Jennings on ABC nightly news did a story on how Manning was running free in his West Bank settlement. The news story so embarrassed the U.S. government as well as the Israeli government that he was allowed to be extradited to California, but on the condition that he not be tried for killing Alex Odeh, but only for the Secretary. That condition was tantamount to a confession that he had murdered Alex Odeh. Manning's wife died of a heart attack in an Israeli jail while awaiting extradition.

James Bamford, now a writer living in Washington, D.C., and who was Peter Jennings' producer then, has film clips of the news story that he shows at lectures he gives on the subject. He went to the West Bank and filmed a machine gun toting Manning for the news story.
Lobby-engineered mud-slinging
I was under continual attack by the Lobby while I was in politics. Because I kept myself clean during my time of service, someone in the Lobby dug up a story designed to embarrass me by exposing my oldest son to ridicule. He was, at the time, living on an Indian reservation in South Dakota on food stamps. The Lobby got Spencer Rich, who was a political reporter for the Washington Post, to do a story on him. Rich several times called both my wife and me trying to get us to comment, but we refused. So he ran the story, headlined, "Senator's Son Living on Food Stamps." That set off a fire storm of criticism against the Post, and against Ben Bradlee, who was then Editor in Chief. Larry Stern, who was one of my friends, and an editor of the Post, complained bitterly to Bradlee. Senators McGovern and Ribicoff both took to the Senate Floor denouncing the article, saying the Post was trying to destroy the food stamp program.

One of the Style section writers, Tom Zito, whom I had never met, called me one day and told me the story about his protest to Bradlee over the story. Bradlee finally said, "Alright, go find some other famous people whose kids are living on food stamps and we'll run it." Zito told me that he had found that Bradlee's daughter was living on Food Stamps out in Oregon, causing Bradlee to kill the story on the spot.

Years later I ran into Spencer Rich in a store in DC. He confessed to me that he still felt bad about doing the story on my son's food stamp adventure.
"We're going to get him"
Si Kenen, who was then Executive Director of AIPAC, used to tell anyone who knew me, to tell Abourezk "we're going get him." And when I returned from a trip through the Middle East, I spoke about the trip at the Federal Press Club (reserved for women and blacks) and talked about how every Middle East leader I met with said they would be willing to sign a peace treaty with Israel if Israel would go back to the 1967 borders. A young fellow named Wolf Blitzer, who was then writing for AIPAC, rose to ask me several hostile questions before he walked out. The next issue of the AIPAC newsletter headlined that "Abourezk Sells Out to the Arabs." That was the beginning of the war, as I failed to collapse after that broadside, and worked to make AIPAC regret their unfair attack on me.
I used to take the lead in human rights legislation in the Senate. I once offered an amendment to a bill that would cut off American money for any country violating the human rights of their people. Before anyone would vote, I was asked during debate "whether the amendment would apply to Israel." When I said "no" I would get that person's vote.

I also had all kinds of pressure put on me by rabbis who would come to visit me. Once an Iraqi Jew, a woman, came to visit me to tell me how bad it was for Jews in Iraq, I suppose trying to get me to change my mind on the Palestinian issue. She said she was constantly beat up and called a "dirty Jew" when she lived in Iraq. I told her I knew her feeling, because when I grew up in rural South Dakota, other kids would beat me up and call me a "dirty Jew."
I was invited to speak at Yeshiva University when I was in the Senate. Before the time came for me to travel to New York, I was visited by a Rabbi Miller, who was from Yeshiva, and who advised me that "the students were marching against me and my speech," and that, "It would calm things down if I would just make a public statement that I was for face to face negotiations between the Palestinaians and the Israelis."

I told Rabbi Miller that, while I was for such negotiations, I recognized that requested statement was part of Golda Meier's propaganda initiative, and that I had no interest in being a part of that. He kept coming on strong about the statement, so I finally asked him if it would be better if I cancelled my appearance at Yeshiva. He agreed, and that was the end of that. One of my friends from New York commented that, "They are in favor of face to face negotiations in the Middle East, but not in New York."
After I left the Senate, Art Meggido, a writer for the Baltimore Jewish newspaper asked me for an interview. When I asked him why I should give him an interview, he told me that the Jewish community would eventually have to deal with me when it came to making peace in the Middle East. So I agreed. When the article came out, he related a story that an unnamed Ted Kennedy staffer told him that I had approached Kennedy and asked for money to go to Iran and free some hostages to help him in his 1980 primary campaign against Jimmy Carter.

The truth of that libel was that Kennedy sent three of his supporters to me to ask if I would go to Iran to free some hostages in his name. One was Jan Kalicke, one was Sen. John Culver and the other was Ted Sorensen. I supported Ted for president, so I agreed. The only thing I asked for was that they buy my ticket to Tehran, which they agreed to do.

When I read Meggido's article I wrote to him telling him that unless they retracted the lie, I would sue him and the newspaper. They ran the retraction. Because we had agreed that we would not talk on the phone about this, we decided to talk only in person about the trip. No one knew about our deal except Kennedy and his staff, which included Tom Dine, who had been working for AIPAC earlier. It had to be Dine who talked to Meggido with the lie. And during the kerfuffle, I had a hard time getting Kalicke to call Meggido to verify my story, but it all came out in his retraction.
Although I was afraid that either my phone or Kennedy's phone was being tapped by the Carter people, we avoided speaking about the trip over the phone, except for one occasion when I called Kalicke to talk to him about it. Almost the next day, a Lebanese journalist who covered the State Department told me that he had overheard both Marvin Kalb and the Israeli TV journalist there talking about "Abourezk acting as a messenger for Ted Kennedy over in Iran."
There are other stories that I could tell you at the risk of boring you to death, but the Lobby had every Senator, except me, scared shitless.
Since CNI does not feel that anyone will be bored by these other stories, we have asked Senator Abourezk, who is a member of our board of directors, to provide additional ones, which he has agreed to do on occasion. He is a columnist for the Washington Report on Middle East Affairs, which has long published such commentaries and reminiscences. For an earlier article by Senator Abourezk on this topic, see "Yes, It's the Lobby: 'Political Fear' Drives US Support for Israel."
Senators Forcing Obama to War With Iran
No one knows if President Obama intends to bomb Iran's nuclear facilities, give Israel the go-ahead to do it, continue to rely on sanctions, or turn to comprehensive negotiations to resolve the escalating conflict.
The decision to go to war is the most difficult one a president can make because no one can foresee a war's outcome. Even if it is Israel that attacks rather than the United States, the consequences for us are likely to be the same. That is because the entire world knows that the United States and Israel are linked by means of strategic cooperation agreements which prevent Israel from acting without, at least, tacit U.S. approval. If Israel is "in," so are we.
It is safe to assume that Obama wants to avoid war. Having just come out of the disastrous Iraq experience which cost 4,500 American lives and severely damaged our interests in the Middle East (and beyond), the president wants to keep his options open. If he can prevent war (i.e., Americans dying and other vital U.S. interests being attacked), he will.
But while the president needs his options open, the United States Congress, under intense pressure from pro-war lobbyists, is determined to shut them down.
That is the meaning of the legislation introduced this month by senators Bob Casey (D-PA), Lindsey Graham (R-SC), Joseph Lieberman (I-CT) and Richard Blumenthal (D-CT).
rejects any United States policy that would rely on efforts to contain a nuclear weapons-capable Iran; and urges the President to reaffirm the unacceptability of an Iran with nuclear weapons-capability and oppose any policy that would rely on containment as an option in response to the Iranian nuclear threat.
The senators' intent was made clear by Lieberman: "All options must be on the table when it comes to Iran -- except for one, and that is containment." He added that "the consequences of a nuclear-armed Iran cannot be 'contained' like the threat of the Soviet Union" -- or China, or North Korea, or Pakistan.
The senators are telling the president that if Iran goes nuclear, he must go to war.
Imagine if President Kennedy had been told by the Congress back in 1962 that if the Soviet Union placed missiles in Cuba, he would have no choice but to go to war. If it had, I wouldn't be here writing this column today and you wouldn't be reading it.
Presidents need latitude to make decisions affecting matters of national security (another name for matters of life and death) and, until now, all presidents have been afforded it, as provided for in the United States Constitution. But, in the case of Iran, the rules are changing.
Here is more evidence.
On Sunday, General Martin Dempsey, head of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, told interviewer Fareed Zakaria that he does not think the U.S. should rush to war. He was speaking after a visit to Israel and long consultations with its leaders.
Dempsey said that it was not "prudent at this point to decide to attack Iran... A strike at this time would be destabilizing and wouldn't achieve their [Israel's] long-term objectives." He also said that he did not believe that the Iranian regime was insane but was rather a "rational actor" not prone to national suicide
General Dempsey's remarks outraged Prime Minister Netanyahu, whose office put out a statement saying that Dempsey, and other U.S. officials who questioned the rationale for war, were "serving Iran's interests."
Had another foreign leader implied that the head of the joint chiefs was some kind of Iranian agent, he would have been smacked down. But that is not how it works with Netanyahu.
It turns out that Senators John McCain (R-AZ) and Lindsey Graham (R-SC) were in Israel at the time Netanyahu attacked Dempsey. Rather than defend the American general as these uber-nationalists would do in any other similar situation, they joined the Israeli government in bashing the general -- and war hero. (The old adage about government officials not criticizing U.S. policies when in a foreign country has not applied to Israel for years).
Check out this Jerusalem Post story on McCain's reaction which the Post correctly characterized as "siding with Jerusalem in the debate" over how to deal with Iran. As for Graham, he said, "I admire General Dempsey." But, he added, "People are giving Israel a lot of advice here lately from America. I just want to tell our Israeli friends that my advice to you is never lose control of your destiny. Never allow a situation to develop that would destroy the Jewish state."
In other words, American advice to think long and hard about the consequences of war with Iran is tantamount to allowing "a situation to develop that would destroy the Jewish state."
The most appalling aspect of the senators' remarks is that their zeal to please Netanyahu and his backers in America has overridden their constitutional responsibility to put the security of the United States above all other considerations. An Israeli decision to attack Iran affects Americans, including their constituents in uniform and, perhaps, just walking down the streets of New York, Washington, or anywhere else here at home.
As noble as their professed concern for Israel is, America is supposed to come first for United States senators. McCain and Graham ought to be ashamed for standing in a foreign country and blatantly putting the interests of that government before their own. Rest assured, they aren't. They are thinking about the next election and that is what always comes first.
Follow MJ Rosenberg on Twitter: www.twitter.com/mjayrosenberg


You can post to us this information
techteam@huffingtonpost.com
To reply to a Comment: Click "Reply" at the bottom of the comment; after being approved your comment will appear directly underneath the comment you replied to.

National Review Goes on a Crazed Attack of Ron Paul Monetary Economics

Ramesh Ponnuru, senior editor of National Review, is out with a vicious hit piece on the monetary views of Ron Paul (Apparently after studying Austrian economics for two weeks.) The attack can only be described as ignorant and absurd. Salvadore Dali would be proud.
Perhaps it should not come as a surprise that Ponnuru assigned this task to himself. He has a graduate degree in history from Princeton University, which seems to specialize in monetary quackery. The economics faculty includes (or has included) such economic cranks as Paul Krugman (who most recently missed the call on the turning economy that was right in front of him) and Ben Bernanke, who as Fed chairman crashed the economy (see here, here, here, here,
...

[Message clipped] View entire message
Quick Reply
To: Lattigo Smith <lattigo26@yahoo.com>

 

 

Bill Gibbons

Spam
Add star

Lattigo Smith

<lattigo26@yahoo.com>
Mon, Feb 20, 2012 at 4:09 PM
To: "gibb@azci.net" <gibb@azci.net>

There are four good articles today

Down With the Presidency

The modern institution of the presidency is the primary political evil Americans face, and the cause of nearly all our woes. It squanders the national wealth and starts unjust wars against foreign peoples that have never done us any harm. It wrecks our families, tramples on our rights, invades our communities, and spies on our bank accounts. It skews the culture toward decadence and trash. It tells lie after lie. Teachers used to tell school kids that anyone can be president. This is like saying anyone can go to Hell. It's not an inspiration; it's a threat.
The presidency – by which I mean the executive State – is the sum total of American tyranny. The other branches of government, including the presidentially appointed Supreme Court, are mere adjuncts. The presidency insists on complete devotion and humble submission to its dictates, even while it steals the products of our labor and drives us into economic ruin. It centralizes all power unto itself, and crowds out all competing centers of power in society, including the church, the family, business, charity, and the community. I'll go further. The US presidency is the world's leading evil. It is the chief mischief-maker in every part of the globe, the leading wrecker of nations, the usurer behind Third-World debt, the bailer-out of corrupt governments, the hand in many dictatorial gloves, the sponsor and sustainer of the New World Order, of wars, interstate and civil, of famine and disease. To see the evils caused by the presidency, look no further than Iraq or Serbia, where the lives of innocents were snuffed out in pointless wars, where bombing was designed to destroy civilian infrastructure and cause disease, and where women, children, and the aged have been denied essential food and medicine because of a cruel embargo. Look at the human toll taken by the presidency, from Dresden and Hiroshima to Waco and Ruby Ridge, and you see a prime practitioner of murder by government.
Today, the president is called the leader of the world's only superpower, the "world's indispensable nation," which is reason enough to have him deposed. A world with any superpower at all is a world where no freedoms are safe. But by invoking this title, the presidency attempts to keep our attention focused on foreign affairs. It is a diversionary tactic designed to keep us from noticing the oppressive rule it imposes right here in the United States.
As the presidency assumes ever more power unto itself, it becomes less and less accountable and more and more tyrannical. These days, when we say the federal government, what we really mean is the presidency. When we say, national priorities, we really mean what the presidency wants. When we say national culture, we mean what the presidency funds and imposes.
The presidency is presumed to be the embodiment of Rousseau's general will, with far more power than any monarch or head of state in pre-modern societies. The US presidency is the apex of the world's biggest and most powerful government and of the most expansive empire in world history. As such, the presidency represents the opposite of freedom. It is what stands between us and our goal of restoring our ancient rights.
And let me be clear: I'm not talking about any particular inhabitant of the White House. I'm talking about the institution itself, and the millions of unelected, unaccountable bureaucrats who are its acolytes. Look through the US government manual, which breaks down the federal establishment into its three branches. What you actually see is the presidential trunk, its Supreme Court stick, and its Congressional twig. Practically everything we think of as federal – save the Library of Congress – operates under the aegis of the executive.
This is why the governing elites – and especially the foreign policy elites – are so intent on maintaining public respect for the office, and why they seek to give it the aura of holiness. For example, after Watergate, they briefly panicked and worried that they had gone too far. They might have discredited the democratic autocracy. And to some extent they did. But the elites were not stupid; they were careful to insist that the Watergate controversy was not about the presidency as such, but only about Nixon the man. That's why it became necessary to separate the two. How? By keeping the focus on Nixon, making a devil out of him, and reveling in the details of his personal life, his difficulties with his mother, his supposed pathologies, etc.
Of course, this didn't entirely work. Americans took from Watergate the lesson that presidents will lie to you. This should be the first lesson of any civics course, of course, and the first rule of thumb in understanding the affairs of government. But notice that after Nixon died, he too was elevated to godlike status. None other than Bill Clinton served as high priest of the cult of president-worship on that occasion. He did everything but sacrifice a white bull at the temple of the White House.
The presidency recovered most of its sacramental character during the Reagan years. How wonderful, for the sake of our liberties, that Clinton has revived the great American tradition of scorning tyrants. In some ways, he is the best president a freedom lover can hope for. Of course, someday, Clinton too will ascend to the clouds, and enter the pantheon of the great leaders of the free world.
The libraries are filled with shelf after shelf of treatises on the American presidency. Save yourself some time, and don't bother with them. Virtually all tell the same hagiographic story. Whether written by liberals or conservatives, they serve up the identical Whiggish pap: the history of the presidency is the story of a great and glorious institution. It was opposed early on, and viciously so, by the anti-federalists, and later, even more viciously, by Southern Confederates. But it has been heroically championed by every respectable person since the beginning of the republic.
The office of the presidency, the conventional wisdom continues, has changed not at all in substance, but has grown in stature, responsibility, and importance, to fulfill its unique mission on earth. As the duties of the office have grown, so has the greatness of the men who inhabit it. Each stands on the shoulders of his forerunners, and, inspired by their vision and decisiveness, goes on to make his own contribution to the ever-expanding magisterium of presidential laws, executive orders, and national security findings.
When there is a low ebb in the accumulation of power, it is seen as the fault of the individual and not the office. Thus the so-called postage-stamp presidents between Lincoln and Wilson are to be faulted for not following the glorious example set by Abe. They had a vast reservoir of power, but were mysteriously reluctant to use it. Fortunately that situation was resolved, by Wilson especially, and we moved onward and upward into the light of the present day. And every one of these books ends with the same conclusion: the US presidency has served us well.
The hagiographers do admit one failing of the American presidency. It is almost too big an office for one man, and too much a burden to bear. The American people have come to expect too much from the president. We are unrealistic to think that one man can do it all. But that's all the more reason to respect and worship the man who agrees to take it on, and why all enlightened people must cut him some slack.
The analogy that comes to mind is the official history of the popes. In its infancy, the papacy was less formal, but its power and position were never in question. As the years went on and doctrine developed, so too did the burdens of office. Each pope inherited the wisdom of his forbears, and led the Church into fulfilling its mission more effectively.
But let's be clear about this. The church has never claimed that the papacy was the product of human effort; its spiritual character is a consequence of a divine, not human, act. And even the official history admits the struggles with anti-popes and Borgia popes. Catholics believe the institution was founded by Christ, and is guided by the Holy Spirit, but the pope can only invoke that guidance in the most narrow and rare circumstances. Otherwise, he is all too fallible. And that is why, although allegedly an absolute monarch, he is actually bound by the rule of law.
The presidency is seemingly bound by law, but in practice it can do just about anything it pleases. It can order up troops anywhere in the world, just as Clinton bragged in his acceptance speech at the Democratic convention. It can plow up a religious community in Texas and bury its members because they got on somebody's nerves at the Justice Department. It can tap our phones, read our mail, watch our bank accounts, and tell us what we can and cannot eat, drink, and smoke.
The presidency can break up businesses, shut down airlines, void drilling leases, bribe foreign heads of state or arrest them and try them in kangaroo courts, nationalize land, engage in germ warfare, firebomb crops in Colombia, overthrow any government anywhere, erect tariffs, round up and discredit any public or private assembly it chooses, grab our guns, tax our incomes and our inheritances, steal our land, centrally plan the national and world economy, and impose embargoes on anything anytime. No prince or pope ever had this ability.
But leave all that aside and consider this nightmare. The presidency has the power to bring about a nuclear holocaust with the push of a button. On his own initiative, the president can destroy the human race. One man can wipe out life on earth. Talk about playing God. This is a grotesque evil. And the White House claims it is not a tyranny? If the power to destroy the entire world isn't tyrannical, I don't know what is. Why do we put up with this? Why do we allow it? Why isn't this power immediately stripped from him?
What prevents fundamental challenge to this monstrous power is precisely the quasi-religious trappings of the presidency, which we again had to suffer through last January. One man who saw the religious significance of the presidency, and denounced it in 1973, was – surprisingly enough – Michael Novak. His study, Choosing Our King: Powerful Symbols in Presidential Politics, is one of the few dissenting books on the subject. It was reissued last year as – not surprisingly – Choosing Our Presidents: Symbols of Political Leadership, with a new introduction repudiating the best parts of the book.
Of course, none of the conventional bilge accords with reality. The US president is the worst outgrowth of a badly flawed Constitution, imposed in a sort of coup against the Articles of Confederation. Even from the beginning, the presidency was accorded too much power. Indeed, an honest history would have to admit that the presidency has always been an instrument of oppression, from the Whisky Rebellion to the War on Tobacco.
The presidency has systematically stolen the liberty won through the secession from Britain. From Jackson and Lincoln to McKinley and Roosevelt Junior, from Wilson and FDR to Truman and Kennedy, from Nixon and Reagan to Bush and Clinton, it has been the means by which our rights to liberty, property, and self-government have been suppressed.
I can count on one hand the actions of presidents that actually favored the true American cause, meaning liberty. The overwhelming history of the presidency is a tale of overthrown rights and liberties, and the erection of despotism in their stead.
Each president has tended to be worse than the last, especially in this century. Lately, in terms of the powers they assumed and the dictates they imposed, Kennedy was worse than Eisenhower, Johnson was worse than Kennedy, Nixon was worse than Johnson, Carter was worse than Nixon, and Reagan – who doubled the national budget and permanently entrenched the warfare State – was worse than Carter. The same is true of Bush and Clinton. Every budget is bigger and the powers exercised more egregious. Each new brutal action breaks another taboo and establishes a new precedent that gives the next occupant of the White House more leeway.
Looking back through American history, we can see the few exceptions to this rule. Washington wrote an eloquent farewell address, laying out the proper American trade and foreign policy. Jefferson's revolution of 1800 was a great thing. But was it really a freer country after his term than before? That's a tough case to make. Andrew Jackson abolished the central bank, but his real legacy was democratic centralism and weakened states' rights.
Andrew Johnson loosened the military dictatorship fastened on the South after it was conquered. But it is not hard to make the country freer when it had become totalitarian under the previous president's rule. Of course, Lincoln's bloody autocracy survives as the model of presidential leadership.
James Buchanan made a great statement on behalf of the right of revolution. Grant restored the gold standard. Harding denounced US imperialism in Haiti. But overall, my favorite president is William Henry Harrison. He keeled over shortly after his inauguration.
There have been four huge surveys taken of historians' views on the presidents: in 1948, in 1962, in 1970, and in 1983. Historians were asked to rank presidents as Great, Near Great, Average, Below Average, and Failure. In every case, number one is Lincoln, the mass murderer and military dictator who is the real father of the present nation. His term was a model of every despot's dream: spending money without Congressional approval, declaring martial law, arbitrarily arresting thousands and holding them without trial, suppressing free speech and the free press, handing out lucrative war contracts to his cronies, raising taxes, inflating the currency, and killing hundreds of thousands for the crime of desiring self-government. These are just the sort of actions historians love.
The number-two winner in these competitions is FDR. Moreover, Wilson and Jackson are always in the top five. The bottom two in every case are Grant and Harding. None bothered to rate William Henry Harrison.
What does greatness in the presidency mean? It means waging war, crushing liberties, imposing socialism, issuing dictates, browbeating and ignoring Congress, appointing despotic judges, expanding the domestic and global empire, and generally trying his best to be an all-round enemy of freedom. It means saying with Lincoln, "I have a right to take any measure which may best subdue the enemy."
The key to winning the respect of historians is to do these things. All aspirants to this vile office know this. It's what they seek. They long for crisis and power, to be bullies in the pulpit, to be the dictators they are in their hearts. They want, at all costs, to avoid the fate of being another "postage-stamp president." Madison said no man with power deserves to be trusted. Neither should we trust any man who seeks the power that the presidency offers.
Accordingly, it is all well and good that conservatives have worked to discredit the current occupant of the White House. Call him a cheat and a double-dealer if you want. Call him a tyrant too. But we must go further. The answer to restoring republican freedom has nothing to do with replacing Clinton with Lott or Kemp or Forbes or Buchanan. The structure of the presidency, and the religious aura that surrounds it, must be destroyed. The man is merely a passing occupant of the Holy Chair of St. Abraham. It is the chair itself that must be reduced to kindling.
It was never the intention of the majority of framers to create the mess we have, of course. After the war for independence, the Articles of Confederation had no chief executive. Its decisions were made by a five-member Confederation. The Confederation had no power to tax. All its decisions required the agreement of 9 of the 13 states. That is the way it should be.
Most of the delegates to the unfortunate Philadelphia convention hated executive power. They had severely restricted the governors of their states after their bitter experience with the colonial governors. The new governors had no veto, and no power over the legislatures. Forrest McDonald reports that one-quarter of the delegates to the convention wanted a plural executive, based loosely on the Articles model. But those who planned the convention – including Morris, Washington, and Hamilton – wanted a single, strong executive, and they out-maneuvered the various strains of anti-federalists.
But listen to how they did it. The people of the several states and their representatives were suspicious that Hamilton wanted to create a monarchy. Now, there's much mythology surrounding this point. It's not that the anti-federalists and the popular will opposed some guy strutting around in a crown. It was not monarchy as such they opposed, but the power the king exercised.
When they said they didn't want a monarch, they meant they didn't want a King George, they didn't want a tyrant, a despot, an autocrat, an executive. It was the despotic end they feared, and not the royal means.
Indeed, formally, the Constitution gives few powers to the president, and few duties, most of them subject to approval by the legislature. The most important provision regarding the presidency is that the holder of the office can be impeached. It was to be a threat constantly hanging over his head. It was, most framers thought, to be threatened often and used against any president who dared gather more power unto himself than the Constitution prescribed.
In one famous outburst, Hamilton was forced to defend himself against the charge that the new office of the presidency was a monarchy in disguise. He explained the difference between a monarch and a president. But as you listen to this, think about the present executive. Ask yourself whether he resembles the thing Hamilton claimed to have created in the office of the presidency, or whether we have the tyrant he claimed to be repudiating.
Among other points, Hamilton said in "Federalist 69":
The President of the United States would be liable to be impeached, tried, and, upon conviction . . . removed from office; and would afterwards be liable to prosecution and punishment in the ordinary course of law. The person of the king of Great Britain is sacred and inviolable; there is no constitutional tribunal to which he is amenable; no punishment to which he can be subjected. . . .
The President will have only the occasional command of such part of the militia of the nation as by legislative provision may be called into the actual service of the Union. . . .
[The power] of the British king extends to the declaring of war and to the raising and regulating of fleets and armies – all which, by the Constitution under consideration, would appertain to the legislature. . . .
The President is to have power, with the advice and consent of the Senate, to make treaties, provided two thirds of the senators present concur. The king of Great Britain is the sole and absolute representative of the nation in all foreign transactions. He can of his own accord make treaties of peace, commerce, alliance, and of every other description. . . .
The President is to nominate and, with the advice and consent of the Senate, to appoint ambassadors and other public ministers. . . . The king of Great Britain is emphatically and truly styled the fountain of honor. He not only appoints to all offices, but can create offices. He can confer titles of nobility at pleasure . . . and . . . [even] make denizens of aliens. . . .
[The President] can prescribe no rules concerning the commerce or currency of the nation; [the king] is in several respects the arbiter of commerce, and in this capacity can establish markets and fairs, can regulate weights and measures, can lay embargoes for a limited time, can coin money. . . .
What answer shall we give to those who would persuade us that things so unlike resemble each other?
Well, we can debate all day whether Hamilton was naïve about the imperial office he was in fact creating, or whether he was a despicable liar. But the fact remains that in his writings, despite his reputation as a backer of the exalted presidency, he is by today's standards a Congressional supremacist.
For that matter, and in comparison with today's presidency, so was the British king.
Most historians agree that there would have been no presidency apart from George Washington, who was trusted by the people as a true gentleman, and was presumed to understand what the American revolution was all about. But he got off track by attempting to suppress the Whisky Rebellion, although he at least acknowledged that his actions went beyond the strict letter of the Constitution. But though the presidency quickly spun out of control, at its antebellum worst it had nothing in common with today's executive State.
In those days, you could live your life and never even notice that the presidency existed. You had no contact with it. Most people couldn't vote anyway, thank goodness, and you didn't have to, but certain rights and freedoms were guaranteed regardless of whoever took hold of this – by today's standards – largely ceremonial position. The presidency couldn't tax you, draft you, or regulate your trade. It couldn't inflate your money, steal your kids, or impose itself on your community. From the standpoint of the average American, the presidency was almost invisible.
Listen to what de Tocqueville observed in 1831:
The President is . . . the executor of the laws; but he does not really cooperate in making them, since the refusal of his assent does not prevent their passage. He is not, therefore, a part of the sovereign power, but only its agent. . . . The president is placed beside the legislature like an inferior and dependent power. . . .
The office of president of the United States is temporary, limited, and subordinate. . . . [W]hen he is at the head of government, he has but little power, little wealth, and little glory to share among his friends; and his influence in the state is too small for the success or the ruin of a faction to depend upon his elevation to power. . . . The influence which the President exercises on public business is no doubt feeble and indirect.
Thirty years later, all this would be destroyed by Lincoln, who fundamentally changed the nature of the government, as even his apologists admit. He became a Caesar, in complete contradiction to most of the framers' intentions. As Acton said, he abolished the primary contribution that America had made to the world, the principle of federalism. But that is an old story.
Less well known is how Wilson revived Lincoln's dictatorial predilections, and added to them an even more millennial cast. Moreover, this was his intention before he was elected. In 1908, while still president of Princeton, he wrote a small book entitled the President of the United States. It was a paean to the imperial presidency, and might as well have been the bible of every president who followed him. He went beyond Lincoln, who praised the exercise of power. Wilson longed for a Presidential Messiah to deliver the human race.
There can be no successful government, without leadership or without the intimate, almost instinctive, coordination of the organs of life and action. . . . We have grown more and more from generation to generation to look to the President as the unifying force in our complex system. . . . To do so is not inconsistent with the actual provisions of the Constitution; it is only inconsistent with a very mechanical theory of its meaning and intention.
The president must be a man who understands his own day and the needs of the country, and who has the personality and the initiative to enforce his views both upon the people and upon Congress.
. . . He is not so much part of its organization as its vital link of connection with the thinking nation . . . he is also the political leader of the nation. . . . The nation as a whole has chosen him. . . . Let him once win the admiration and confidence of the country, and no other single force can withstand him, no combination of forces will easily overpower him. His position takes the imagination of the country. He is the representative of no constituency, but of the whole people . . . the country never feels the zest of action so much as when its President is of such insight and caliber. Its instinct is for unified action, and it craves a single leader. . . .
The President is at liberty, both in law and conscience, to be as big a man as he can. His capacity will set the limit . . . he is the only spokesman of the whole people. [Finally, Presidents should regard] themselves as less and less executive officers and more and more directors of affairs and leaders of the nation – men of counsel and of the sort of action that makes for enlightenment.
This is not a theory of the presidency. It is the hope for a new messiah. That indeed is what the presidency has come to. But any man who accepts this view is not a free man. He is not a man who understands what constitutes civilized life. The man who accepts what Wilson calls for is an apostle of the total State and a defender of collectivism and despotism.
Conservatives used to understand this. In the last century, all the great political philosophers – men like John Randolph and John Taylor and John C. Calhoun – did. In this century, the right was born in reaction to the imperial presidency. Men like Albert Jay Nock, Garet Garrett, John T. Flynn, and Felix Morley called the FDR presidency what it was: a US version of the dictatorships that arose in Russia and Germany, and a profound evil draining away the very life of the nation. They understood that FDR had brought both the Congress and the Supreme Court under his control, for purposes of power, national socialism, and war. He shredded what was left of the Constitution, and set the stage for all the consolidation that followed. Later presidents were free to nationalize the public schools, administer the economy according to the dictates of crackpot Keynesian economists, tell us who we must and who we must not associate with, nationalize the police function, and run an egalitarian regime that extols nondiscrimination as the sole moral tenet, when it is clearly not a moral tenet at all. Later conservatives like James Burnham, Wilmoore Kendall, and Robert Nisbet, understood this point too.
Yet who do modern conservatives extol? Lincoln, Wilson, and FDR. Reagan spoke of them as gods and models, and so did Bush and Gingrich. In the 1980s, we were told that Congress was the imperial branch of government because Tip O'Neill had a few questions about Reagan's tax-and-spend military buildup, and his strategy for fostering global warfare while managing world affairs through the CIA. All this was bolstered by books by Harvey Mansfield, Terry Eastland, and dozens of other neoconservatives who pretended to provide some justification for presidential supremacy and its exercise of global rule. More recently even Pat Buchanan repeated the "Ask not . . . " admonition of John F. Kennedy, that we should live to serve the central government and its organizing principle, the presidency.
What the neocon logic comes down to is this: The US has a moral responsibility to run the world. But the citizens are too stupid to understand this. That's why we can't use democratic institutions like Congress in this ambition. We must use the executive power of the presidency. It must have total control over foreign affairs, and never bow to Congressional carping. Once this point is conceded, the game is over. The demands of a centralized and all-powerful presidency and its interventionist foreign policy are ideologically reinforcing. One needs the other. If the presidency is supreme in global affairs, it will be supreme in domestic affairs. If it is supreme at home, there will be no states' rights, no absolute property rights, no true liberty from government oppression. The continued centralization of government in the presidency represents the end of America and its civilization.
A key part of the theory of presidential supremacy in foreign affairs is the idea that politics stops at the water's edge. If you believe that, you have given up everything. It means that foreign affairs will continue to be the last refuge of an omnipotent scoundrel. If a president can count on the fact that he won't be criticized so long as he is running a war, he will run more of them. So long as he is running wars, government at home cannot be cut. As Felix Morley said, "Politics can stop at the water's edge only when policies stop at the water's edge."
Sadly, the Congress for the most part cares nothing about foreign policy. In that, it reflects the attitude of the American voter. The exception is the handful of Congressmen who do speak about foreign issues, usually at the behest of the State Department, the CIA, the Pentagon, and the increasingly global FBI. Such men are mere adjuncts of presidential power.
In fact, it is the obligation of every patriot not only to denounce a president's actions at home, but to question, harass, and seek to rein in the presidency when it has sent troops abroad. That is when the watchful eye of the citizenry is most important. If we hold our tongues under some mistaken notion of patriotism, we surrender what remains of our freedoms. Yet during the Gulf War, even those who had courageously opposed this intervention in advance mouthed the old clichés about politics and the water's edge and "supporting the troops" when the presidency started massacring Iraqis. Will the same happen when the troops are sent to China, a country without a single aircraft carrier, in retaliation for some trumped-up incident in the tradition of the Maine, the Lusitania, Pearl Harbor, and the Gulf of Tonkin?
If there is ever a time to get behind a president, it is when he withdraws from the world, stops wars, and brings the troops home. If there is ever a time to trip him up, question his leadership, and denounce his usurpations, it is when he does the opposite. A bipartisan foreign policy is a Napoleonic foreign policy, and the opposite of that prescribed by Washington in his farewell address.
In the midst of America's war against Britain in 1812, John Randolph wrote an open letter to his Virginia constituents, pleading with them not to support the war, and promising them he would not, for he knew where war led: to presidential dictatorship: "If you and your posterity are to become hewers of wood and drawers of water to the modern Pharaoh, it shall not be for the want of my best exertions to rescue you from cruel and abject bondage."
Sixty years ago all conservatives would have agreed with him. But the neoconservative onslaught has purged conservatives of their instinctive suspicions of presidential power.
By the time 1994 had come around, conservatives had been thoroughly indoctrinated in the theory that Congress was out of control, and that the executive branch needed more power. The leadership of the 104th Congress – dominated to a man by neocons and presidential supremacists – bamboozled the freshmen into pushing for three executive-enhancing measures.
In one of the Congress's first actions, it made itself subject to the oppressive civil rights and labor laws that the Executive enforced against the rest of the nation. This was incredibly stupid. The Congress was exempted from these for a reason. It prevented the Executive from using its own regulatory agencies to lord it over Congress. By making itself subject to these laws, Congress willingly submitted itself to implicit and explicit domination by the Department of Labor, the Department of Justice, and the EEOC. It imposed quotas and political correctness on itself, while any dissenters from the presidential line suddenly faced the threat of investigation and prosecution by those they were attempting to rein in. The imposition of these laws against Congress is a clear violation of the separation of powers. But it would not be the last time that this Congress made this mistake. It also passed the line-item veto, another violation of the separation of powers. The theory was that the president would strike out pork, pork being defined as property taken by taxation and redistributed to special interests. But since pork is the entirety of the federal government's $1.7 trillion budget, this has given the president wide latitude over Congress. It takes away from Congress the right to control the purse strings.
Also part of the Contract with America was term limits for Congress. This would represent a severe diminution of Congressional power with respect to the presidency. After all, it would not mean term limits for the permanent bureaucracy or for federal judges, but only for the one branch the people can actually control. Thank goodness the self-interest of the politicians themselves prevented it from coming into being. After that initial burst of energy, this Congress surrendered everything to the Clinton White House: control of the budget, control of foreign affairs, and control of the Federal Reserve, and the FBI. The Justice Department operates practically without oversight, as does the Treasury, HUD, Transportation, Commerce, EPA, the SEC, the FTC, and the FDA.
Congress has given in on point after point, eventually even granting the presidency most of what it demanded in health-care reform, including mandated equal coverage of the mentally ill. Chalk it up to long-term planning. They came into office pledging to curb government, but are as infatuated with the presidency as Clinton himself. After all, they hope their party will regain the office.
Then the Republicans had the audacity to ask in bewilderment: why did the president beat Dole? What did we do wrong? The real question is what have they done right? James Burnham said that the legislature is useless unless it is curbing the presidency. By that measure, this Congress has been worthless. It deserves to lose its majority. And its party deserves to lose the presidency, whose powers they are so anxious to grab for themselves.
The best moments in the 104th Congress were when a few freshmen talked quietly of impeachment. Indeed it is their responsibility to talk loudly, openly, and constantly of impeachment. Today's presidency is by definition in violation of the Constitution. Talk of impeachment ought to become routine. So should ridicule and humiliation. For if we care about liberty, the plebiscitary dictatorship must be reined in or tossed out.
John Randolph had only been a Senator for a few days when he gave an extraordinary speech denouncing John Quincy Adams. "It is my duty," said Randolph, "to leave nothing undone that I may lawfully do, to pull down this administration. . . . They who, from indifference, or with their eyes open, persist in hugging the traitor to their bosom, deserve to be insulted . . . deserve to be slaves, with no other music to soothe them but the clank of the chains which they have put on themselves and given to their offspring." John Randolph said this in 1826. This was a time, writes de Tocqueville, when the presidency was almost invisible. If we cannot say this and more today, when the presidency is dictator to the world, we are not authentic conservatives and libertarians. Indeed, we are not free men.
This speech was delivered near the imperial capital on October 6, 1996, at the John Randolph Club.
Llewellyn H. Rockwell, Jr. [send him mail], former editorial assistant to Ludwig von Mises and congressional chief of staff to Ron Paul, is founder and chairman of the Mises Institute, executor for the estate of Murray N. Rothbard, and editor of LewRockwell.com. See his books.
Copyright © 2004 by LewRockwell.com. Permission to reprint in whole or in part is gladly granted, provided full credit is given.
U.S. hostages abroad and high gas prices at home -- it's Jimmy Carter redux
By Alan Caruba www.renewamerica.com

A lot of things that a President cannot control can gravely affect his chances of being reelected. In 1979, the combination of an oil embargo and the Iranians taking U.S. diplomats hostage ended any hope of a second term for Jimmy Carter.

As this is written, there are 19 U.S. citizens being held hostage in Egypt, but you are hearing little to nothing about that in the mainstream media.

The economy is going to affect President Obama's odds of being reelected this year and Americans who are notorious for gaging the impact of inflation by watching the cost of gasoline at the pump rise are going to blame Obama. An attack on Iran's nuclear facilities and a possible conflict will drive prices through the roof.

When Obama took office, the average price of a gallon of gasoline was $1.61.Averaging $3.50 at present, the price of a gallon of gas is predicted to rise to $4 and even $5 by summertime.

If the U.S. was not dependent on imported oil, we could control our own fate, but for decades every effort possible has been made to drive up the cost of automobiles and gasoline, led by environmental organizations like Friends of the Earth and the Sierra Club, two notorious anti-energy foes, in combination with the Environmental Protection Agency.

Little wonder they are in a full war against the Keystone XL oil pipeline from Canada or that the Obama administration has been trying to convince Americans it favors opening access to existing and new oil reserves.

Dan Kish, vice president of the American Energy Alliance, recently took note of the political maneuverings over the American Energy and Infrastructure Act of 2012, saying "At the end of the day, the American people don't care whether federal lands are opened in one large piece of legislation or in separate smaller pieces."

"The bottom line is that the Federal government currently leases approximately 2.4 percent of the land owned by U.S. citizens, while lands equaling ten times the State of Texas are kept off limits by Federal regulators. With reports coming out that gasoline could approach five dollars a gallon by this summer, we cannot wait any longer to begin tapping these resources."

If the Obama administration really wanted to create jobs and improve the economy, it would "lift the embargo on American energy," said Kish, "and open our onshore and offshore resources for robust exploration and development."

"The U.S. Geological Survey estimates that the nation has six times the proven oil reserves of Saudi Arabia"

In 2010, while oil, natural gas and coal accounted for 78 percent of U.S. energy production, its producers received 11 percent of all federal energy subsidies. By contrast, subsidies to the wind industry increased 10-fold, from $467 million in 2007 to $4.9 billion in 2010.

Closer to the pump for Americans was the deal the Obama administration struck with thirteen auto manufacturers in July 2011 to boost new car fuel economy standards from 35.5 miles per gallon (mpg) in 2016 to 54.5 mpg in 2025.

The claim made was that it would save Americans $1.7 trillion over the lifetime of vehicles and $8,000 per vehicle by 2025. Higher gas prices as the result of increased costs of imported oil and higher automobile prices that will result from this deal will cancel out any alleged savings.

Who wants to be fooled again by this administration?

And what business is it of the federal government how much mileage an auto gets?

The U.S. government has been messing around with the fuel economy program — believe it or not — for forty years. The result was the rise in sales of Japanese auto companies and European imports while Detroit saw General Motors and Chrysler come so close to collapse they had to be bailed out with billions of taxpayer dollars.

The culprit has been the Corporate Average Fuel Economy program and Marlo Lewis of the Competitive Enterprise Institute calls it "a case study of unintended consequences. If the fuel-saving technologies requisite to meet the new standards are such a great bargain, why do we need a law forcing automakers to adopt them?" Good question!

Both the Environmental Protection Agency and the Department of Transportation crowed that "Today's announcement is the latest in a series of executive actions the Obama administration is taking to strengthen the economy and move the country forward because we can't wait for Congressional Republicans to act." That's right, they blamed by-passing Congress and the deal on Republicans!

Meanwhile, the only thing CAFE standards accomplish is an increase in the cost of automobiles and a decrease in the safety of their occupants as cars are forced to be lighter and more vulnerable in a crash.

In a February 2nd opinion published in The Wall Street Journal, Alaska Governor Sean Parnell welcomed news that Congress might finally be moving in the direction to permit Americans benefit from access to their own oil.

Opening the Artic National Wildlife Reserve (ANWR) to oil exploration and production would have obvious benefits. "This legislation opens 400,000 acres of the ANWR coastal plain's 1.5 million acres" that represent "less than three percent of ANWR's 19 million total acres."

The other way Americans have been forced to pay more at the pump have been the mandates for the mix of ethanol in every gallon of gasoline. Why? Because its advocates claimed that this would reduce carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions, but in fact ethanol increases CO2 emissions while at the same time reducing the mileage of every gallon of gasoline. And there is absolutely no scientific justification for reducing CO2 emissions because the mandate is based on the totally debunked global warming hoax.

The cost of building new oil refineries in America was increased exponentially by the Clean Air Act of 1970. There have been no new refineries since 1976. There are currently 149 refineries in the U.S. Requiring them to make different blends for different regions of the nation has done little more than to drive up the cost at the pump. The taxes on gasoline have been a bonanza for the federal government and the states.

The good news is that two new refineries are being developed, one in Yuma, Arizona, and one in Union County, South Dakota. The bad news is that Sunoco Inc has just announced it will continue to exit the refining business due to the lack of profitability. In business for 117 years, Sunoco has been gradually shifting out of refining, reducing its capacity 43 percent since 2009.

Come November, if drivers of cars are shelling out $5 a gallon at the pump, a lot of voters are going to be very unhappy. If our citizens are still being held hostage in Egypt they will be even less happy.

© Alan Caruba

Why Assad Has Survived

by Taki Theodoracopulos
Taki's Magazine
As I watched last week's Western posturing after the Russo-Chinese veto of the UN Security Council's resolution against Syria, Captain Renault of Casablanca fame kept coming to mind. Like the good captain, who was shocked to discover gambling was taking place at Rick's Café (while pocketing his winnings), I was shocked that Uncle Sam's Secretary of State and her British equivalent were so upset that the big bad Russkis and the tricky Fu Manchus could veto a resolution against the world's worst man ever, Bashar al-Assad. Following the veto, ominous warnings were issued against the Syrian strongman by the fierce-looking William Hague-a Mister Clean lookalike who is reputed to have worn diapers until he was 16-and echoed by Hillary the Great, the only woman to have ever been cuckolded by Monica Lewinsky.
The reason for my shock was simple. Uncle Sam has been vetoing UN Security Council resolutions against Israel since the latter's inception. And Israel has been bombing, strafing, and killing unarmed Palestinian protesters regularly and efficiently since then, too. So why is a Russian veto suddenly so objectionable? According to anti-Assad informants and the media which is excluded from Syria, more than 5,000 Syrian protesters have died in the last eleven months. I don't have any figures in front of me, but I'd hate to list the hundreds of thousands of Palestinians that Israel has sent to Kingdom Come these last 64 years. Why does the US refer to Palestinians in Gaza and the occupied West Bank as "terrorists," whereas they call the Syrians who oppose Assad "freedom fighters" or "protesters"? Can someone out there explain the difference to me? Don't bother. I know it. Anyone who is against Likud and the illegal settlements is a terrorist or a terror apologist (and if they happen to be Jewish, they are self-hating Jews).
If the good Captain Renault was around last week he would have been doubly shocked that such beacons of democracy as Saudi Arabia and Qatar are screaming for Assad's head. The so-called Saudi Foreign Minister Saud al-Faisal-I do not accept phony Saudi titles except those of Camel Driver in Chief, etc.-said, "It is not a quality of Arab leaders to kill their people." Since when? Only eleven months ago the Saudis poured their tanks and half-tracks into Bahrain to protect another phony king, one who rules in favor of a rich Sunni minority and enjoys lording it over the impoverished Shiite majority.
February 20, 2012
Copyright © 2012 Taki's Magazine
Global Gangster
by Andrew Bacevich and Tom Engelhardt, February 20, 2012 www.antiwar.com
If all goes as planned, it will be the happiest of wartimes in the U.S.A. Only the best of news, the killing of the baddest of the evildoers, will ever filter back to our world.
After all, American war is heading for the “shadows” in a big way. As news articles have recently made clear, the tip of the Obama administration’s global spear will increasingly be shaped from the ever-growingranks of U.S. special operations forces. They are so secretive that they don’t like their operatives to be named, so covert that they instruct their members, as Spencer Ackerman of Wired’s Danger Room blog notes,“not to write down important information, lest it be vulnerable to disclosure under the Freedom of Information Act.” By now, they are also a force that, in any meaningful sense, is unaccountable for its actions.
Although the special-ops crew (66,000 people in all) exist on our tax dollars, we’re really not supposed to know anything about what they’re doing — unless, of course, they choose the publicity venue themselves, whether in Pakistan knocking off Osama bin Laden or parachuting onto Hollywood’s Sunset Boulevard to promote Act of Valor. In case you somehow missed the ads, that’s the new film about “real terrorist threats based on true stories starring actual Navy SEALs.” (No names in the credits, please!)
Of course, those elite SEAL teams are Johnnies-come-lately when compared to their no less secretive “teammates” in places like Afghanistan, Pakistan, and Somalia — our ever-increasing armada of drones. Those robotic warriors of the air (or at least their fantasy doppelgangers) were, of course, pre-celebrated — after a fashion — in the Terminator movies. In Washington’s global battle zones, what’s calledour “traditional combat role” — think big invasions, occupations, counterinsurgency — is going, going, gone with the wind, even evidently in Afghanistan by 2013. War American-style is instead being inherited by secretive teams of men and machines, both hunter-killers who specialize in assassination operations, and both of whom, as presented to Americans, just couldn’t be sexier.
And we’ll all be just so happy — as a recent poll indicates we are — with our robotic warriors and their shadowy special ops teammates, if with nothing else in our fraying world. They present such an alluring image of the no-pain, all-gain battlefield and are undoubtedly a relief for many Americans, distinctly tired — so the polls also tell us — of wars that aren’t covert and don’t work. So who even notices that, as Andrew Bacevich, bestselling author and (most recently) editor of The Short American Century: A Postmortem, points out, we’re being plunged into a real-life war novel that has no plot and no end. How postmodern! How disastrous, if only we have the patience to wait! (To catch Timothy MacBain’s latest Tomcast audio interview in which Bacevich discusses the changing face of the Global War on Terror, click here, or download it to your iPod here.) Tom

Scoring the Global War on Terror

From liberation to assassination in three quick rounds
by Andrew Bacevich
With the United States now well into the second decade of what the Pentagon has styled an “era of persistent conflict,” the war formerly known as the global war on terrorism(unofficial acronym WFKATGWOT) appears increasingly fragmented and diffuse. Without achieving victory, yet unwilling to acknowledge failure, the United States military has withdrawn from Iraq. It is trying to leave Afghanistan, where events seem equally unlikely to yield a happy outcome.
Elsewhere — in Pakistan, Libya, Yemen, and Somalia, for example —U.S. forces are busily opening up new fronts. Published reports that the United States is establishing“a constellation of secret drone bases” in or near the Horn of Africa and the Arabian Peninsula suggest that the scope of operations will only widen further. In a front-page story, The New York Times described plansfor “thickening” the global presence of U.S. special operations forces. Rushed Navy plans to convert an aging amphibious landing ship into an “afloat forward staging base” — a mobile launch platform for either commando raids or minesweeping operationsin the Persian Gulf — only reinforces the point. Yet as some fronts close down and others open up, the war’s narrative has become increasingly difficult to discern. How much farther until we reach the WFKATGWOT’s equivalent of Berlin? What exactly is the WFKATGWOT’s equivalent of Berlin? In fact, is there a storyline here at all?
Viewed close-up, the “war” appears to have lost form and shape. Yet by taking a couple of steps back, important patterns begin to appear. What follows is a preliminary attempt to score the WFKATGWOT, dividing the conflict into a bout of three rounds. Although there may be several additional rounds still to come, here’s what we’ve suffered through thus far.
The Rumsfeld Era
Round 1: Liberation. More than any other figure — more than any general, even more than the president himself — Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld dominated the war’s early stages. Appearing for a time to be a larger-than-life figure — the “Secretary at War” in the eyes of an adoring (if fickle) neocon fan club — Rumsfeld dedicated himself to the proposition that, in battle, speed holds the key to victory. He threw his considerable weight behind a high-tech American version of blitzkrieg. U.S. forces, he regularly insisted, were smarter and more agile than any adversary. To employ them in ways that took advantage of those qualities was to guarantee victory. The journalistic term adopted to describe this concept was “shock and awe.”
No one believed more passionately in “shock and awe” than Rumsfeld himself. The design of Operation Enduring Freedom, launched in October 2001, and of Operation Iraqi Freedom, begun in March 2003, reflected this belief. In each instance, the campaign got off to a promising start, with U.S. troops landing some swift and impressive blows. In neither case, however, were they able to finish off their opponent or even, in reality, sort out just who their opponent might be. Unfortunately for Rumsfeld, the “terrorists” refused to play by his rulebook and U.S. forces proved to be less smart and agile than their technological edge — and their public relations machine — suggested would be the case. Indeed, when harassed by minor insurgencies and scattered bands of jihadis, they proved surprisingly slow to figure out what hit them.
In Afghanistan, Rumsfeld let victory slip through his grasp. In Iraq, his mismanagement of the campaign brought the United States face-to-face with outright defeat. Rumsfeld’s boss had hoped to liberate (and, of course, dominate) the Islamic world through a series of short, quick thrusts. What Bush got instead were two different versions of a long, hard slog. By the end of 2006, “shock and awe” was kaput. Trailing well behind the rest of the country and its armed forces, the president eventually lost confidence in his defense secretary’s approach. As a result, Rumsfeld lost his job. Round one came to an end, the Americans, rather embarrassingly, having lost it on points.
The Petraeus Era
Round 2: Pacification. Enter Gen. David Petraeus. More than any other figure, in or out of uniform, Petraeus dominated the WFKATGWOT’s second phase. Round two opened with lowered expectations. Gone was the heady talk of liberation. Gone, too, were predictions of lightning victories. The United States was now willing to settle for much less while still claiming success.
Petraeus offered a formula for restoring a semblance of order to countries reduced to chaos as a result of round one. Order might permit the United States to extricate itself while maintaining some semblance of having met its policy objectives. This became the operative definition of victory.
The formal name for the formula that Petraeus devised was counterinsurgency, or COIN. Rather than trying to defeat the enemy, COIN sought to facilitate the emergence of a viable and stable nation-state. This was the stated aim of the “surge” in Iraq ordered by President George W. Bush at the end of 2006.
With Petraeus presiding, violence in that country did decline precipitously. Whether the relationship was causal or coincidentalremains the subject of controversy. Still, Petraeus’s apparent success persuaded some observers that counterinsurgency on a global scale —GCOIN, they called it — should now form the basis for U.S. national security strategy. Here, they argued, was an approach that could definitively extract the United States from the WFKATGWOT, while offering victory of a sort. Rather than employing “shock and awe” to liberate the Islamic world, U.S. forces would apply counterinsurgency doctrine to pacify it.
The task of demonstrating the validity of COIN beyond Iraq fell to Gen. Stanley McChrystal, appointed with much fanfare in 2009 to command U.S. and NATO forces in Afghanistan. Press reports celebrated McChrystal as another Petraeus, the ideal candidate to replicate the achievements already credited to “King David.”
McChrystal’s ascendancy came at a moment when a cult of generalship gripped Washington. Rather than technology being the determinant of success as Rumsfeld had believed, the key was to put the right guy in charge and then let him run with things. Political figures on both sides of the aisle fell all over themselves declaring McChrystal the right guy for Afghanistan. Pundits of all stripes joined the chorus.
Once installed in Kabul, the general surveyed the situation and, to no one’s surprise, announcedthat “success demands a comprehensive counterinsurgency campaign.”Implementing that campaign would necessitate an Afghan “surge” mirroring the one that had seemingly turned Iraq around. In December 2009, albeit with little evident enthusiasm, President Barack Obama acceded to his commander’s request (or ultimatum). The U.S. troop commitment to Afghanistan rapidly increased.
Here things began to come undone. Progress toward reducing the insurgency or improving the capacity of Afghan security forces was — by even the most generous evaluation — negligible. McChrystal made promises — like meeting basic Afghan needs with “government in a box, ready to roll in” — that he proved utterly incapable of keeping. Relations with the government of President Hamid Karzai remained strained. Those with neighboring Pakistan, not good to begin with, only worsened. Both governments expressed deep resentment at what they viewed as high-handed American behavior that killed or maimed noncombatants with disturbing frequency.
To make matters worse, despite all the hype, McChrystal turned out to be miscast — manifestly the wrong guy for the job. Notably, he proved unable to grasp the need for projecting even some pretense of respect for the principle of civilian control back in Washington. By the summer of 2010, he was out — and Petraeus was back in.
In Washington (if not in Kabul), Petraeus’s oversized reputation quelled the sense that with McChrystal’s flame-out Afghanistan might be a lost cause. Surely, the most celebrated soldier of his generation would repeat his Iraq magic, affirming his own greatness and the continued viability of COIN.
Alas, this was not to be. Conditions in Afghanistan during Petraeus’s tenure in command improved — if that’s even the word — only modestly. The ongoing war met just about anyone’s definition of a quagmire. With considerable understatement, a 2011 National Intelligence Estimate called ita “stalemate.” Soon, talk of a “comprehensive counterinsurgency”faded. With the bar defining success slipping ever lower, passing off the fight to Afghan security forces and hightailing it for home became the publicly announced war aim.
That job remained unfinished when Petraeus himself headed for home, leaving the army to become CIA director. Although Petraeus was still held in high esteem, his departure from active duty left the cult of generalship looking more than a little the worse for wear. By the time Gen. John Allen succeeded Petraeus — thereby became the eighth U.S. officer appointed to preside over the ongoing Afghan War — no one believed that simply putting the right guy in charge was going to produce magic. On that inclusive note, round two of the WFKATGWOT ended.
The Vickers Era
Round 3: Assassination. Unlike Donald Rumsfeld or David Petraeus, Michael Vickershas not achieved celebrity status. Yet more than anyone else in or out of uniform, Vickers, who carries the title undersecretary of defense for intelligence, deserves recognition as the emblematic figure of the WFKATGWOT’s round three. His low-key, low-profile persona meshes perfectly with this latest evolution in the war’s character. Few people outside of Washington know who he is, which is fitting indeed since he presides over a war that few people outside of Washington are paying much attention to any longer.
With the retirement of Secretary of Defense Robert Gates, Vickers is the senior remaining holdover from George W. Bush’s Pentagon. His background is nothing if not eclectic. He previously served in U.S. Army Special Forces and as a CIA operative. In that guise, he played a leading role in supporting the Afghan mujahedeen in their war against Soviet occupiers in the 1980s. Subsequently, he worked in a Washington think tank and earned a Ph.D. in strategic studies at Johns Hopkins University (dissertation title: “The Structure of Military Revolutions”).
Even during the Bush era, Vickers never subscribed to expectations that the United States could liberate or pacify the Islamic world. His preferred approach to the WFKATGWOT has been simplicity itself. “I just want to kill those guys,” he says — “those guys” referring to members of al-Qaeda. Kill the people who want to kill Americans and don’t stop until they are all dead: this defines the Vickers strategy, which over the course of the Obama presidency has supplanted COIN as the latest variant of U.S. strategy.
The Vickers approach means acting aggressively to eliminate would-be killers wherever they might be found, employing whatever means are necessary. Vickers “tends to think like a gangster,” one admirer comments. “He can understand trends then change the rules of the game so they are advantageous for your side.”
Round three of the WFKATGWOT is all about bending, breaking, and reinventing rules in ways thought to be advantageous to the United States. Much as COIN supplanted “shock and awe,” a broad-gauged program of targeted assassination has now displaced COIN as the prevailing expression of the American way of war.
The United States is finished with the business of sending large land armies to invade and occupy countries on the Eurasian mainland. Robert Gates, when still secretary of defense, made the definitive statement on that subject. The United States is now in the business of using missile-armed drones and special operations forcesto eliminate anyone (not excluding U.S. citizens) the president of the United States decides has become an intolerable annoyance. Under President Obama, such attacks have proliferated.
This is America’s new MO. Paraphrasing a warning issued by Secretary of State Hillary Clinton, a Washington Post dispatch succinctly summarizedwhat it implied: “The United States reserved the right to attack anyone who it determined posed a direct threat to U.S. national security, anywhere in the world.”
Furthermore, acting on behalf of the United States, the president exercises this supposed right without warning, without regard to claims of national sovereignty, without congressional authorization, and without consulting anyone other than Michael Vickers and a few other members of the national security apparatus. The role allotted to the American people is to applaud, if and when notified that a successful assassination has occurred. And applaud we do, for example, when a daring raid by members in SEAL Team Six secretly enter Pakistan to dispatch Osama bin Laden with two neatly placed kill shots. Vengeance long deferred making it unnecessary to consider what second-order political complications might ensue.
How round three will end is difficult to forecast. The best we can say is that it’s unlikely to end anytime soon or particularly well. As Israel has discovered, once targeted assassination becomes your policy, the list of targets has a way of growing ever longer.
So what tentative judgments can we offer regarding the ongoing WFKATGWOT? Operationally, a war launched by the conventionally minded has progressively fallen under the purview of those who inhabit what Dick Cheney once called “the dark side,” with implications that few seem willing to explore. Strategically, a war informed at the outset by utopian expectations continues today with no concretely stated expectations whatsoever, the forward momentum of events displacing serious consideration of purpose. Politically, a war that once occupied center stage in national politics has now slipped to the periphery, the American people moving on to other concerns and entertainments, with legal and moral questions raised by the war left dangling in midair.
Is this progress?
Andrew J. Bacevich is professor of history and international relations at Boston University. A TomDispatch regular, he is the author most recently of Washington Rules: The American Path to Permanent War and the editor of the new book The Short American Century: A Postmortem, just out from Harvard University Press. To catch Timothy MacBain’s latest Tomcast audio interview in which Bacevich discusses the changing face of the Global War on Terror, click here, or download it to your iPod here.
Copyright 2012 Andrew Bacevich


Quick Reply
To: Lattigo Smith <lattigo26@yahoo.com>


 

Dear Bill,



Tonight you saw duelingexamples of how much the establishment is scared of Ron Paul and his message ofliberty.



Ron Paul will win the mostdelegates out of Maine tonight.



In fact, he will probably evenwin the “beauty contest” Straw Poll the media has already called for MittRomney – even before all the votes have been tallied.



“HOW CAN THAT BE?” you mightbe asking yourself. Simple. The national political establishment andtheir pals in the national media will do ANYTHING to silence our message ofliberty.to stop them. So if you haven’tyet done so, please pledge to give as much as you can to Ron Paul's February 14Money Bomb.



You see, in Maine today,you and I saw a perfect example of just how much the establishment fears RonPaul.



In Washington County –where Ron Paul was incredibly strong – the caucus was delayed until next weekjust so the votes wouldn’t be reported by the national media today.



Of course, their excusefor the delay was “snow.”



That’s right. A prediction of 3-4 inches – that turned intonothing more than a dusting - was enough for a local GOP official to postponethe caucuses just so the results wouldn’t be reported tonight.



Bill, this is MAINE we’retalking about.



The GIRL SCOUTS had an eventtoday in Washington County that wasn’t cancelled!



And just the votes ofWashington County would have been enough to put us over the top.



This is an outrage. Perhaps you heard about it on the mainstreamnews tonight?



Probably not. In fact, if you were watching one majornetwork, they cut off their telecast of Ron Paul’s speech right when he beganmentioning this fact.



The truth is, there is nolength to which the GOP establishment won’t go. There is nothing the mainstream media won’t do.



But they can’t stifle ourmessage. And with your help, they willhave to listen to it all the way tothe GOP nominating convention inAugust.



Ron Paul told me thisweekend -- he is in it to stay and to WIN.



And we are bringingdelegates with us to the fight. Lots ofthem.



In fact, while the national mediacontinues to focus on Straw Polls, we’re racking up delegate after delegate . ..



. . . the folks who willultimately decide who goes to Tampa, Florida to select our Republican nomineefor President.



Are you with us?



If you are truly willingto keep standing and fighting beside Ron Paul until victory is ours, it willrequire a renewed commitment from every single supporter.



It will require attendingyour local caucus, convention and primary.



It will require doublingdown on phone from home and volunteer efforts.



And it will require amassive Money Bomb this week of at least 5million dollars.



Going into Super Tuesday,Ron Paul has several tremendous opportunities to keep our momentum going.



But we must be able tocount on you.



If you haven’t done so,please pledge to contribute to Ron Paul’s February 14 Money Bomb IMMEDIATELY.



For Liberty,



John Tate



Campaign Manager



P.S. The national media and their pals in thepolitical establishment will do anything they can to silence Ron Paul’s messageof liberty.



The truth is, Ron Paul willwin the most delegates out of Maine tonight.



In fact, he will probably even win the“beauty contest” Straw Poll the media has already called for Mitt Romney – evenbefore all the votes have been tallied.



The truth is, the momentumis ours. So please, if you haven’t yetdone so, pledge to contribute as generously as you can to theFebruary 14 MoneyBomb.







The Pentagon’sLie Machine



Militarywhistleblower exposes a campaign of deception



by Justin Raimondo, February 15, 2012



The publication of Lt. Col.Daniel L. Davis’s piecein the Armed Forces Journal, followed up by an interviewin the New York Times and the posting of a longer piece[.pdf] by Rolling Stone, is a remarkable event in the sense that rarelyhas a more comprehensive debunking of official lies been written by an insider.Col. Davis has served in both the Iraq and Afghan campaigns, and recently wason a tour that took him to a number of Afghan outposts. His reports relate, innumbing detail, the complete disparity between the officialpronouncements of our militaryspokespersons and the grim truth of what he saw on the ground inAfghanistan.



As our generals testifybeforeCongress [.pdf] that our efforts in Afghanistan are bearing fruit, that the“surge” worked both in Iraq and Afghanistan, that our training the Afghansecurity forces is succeeding, and that we are on the road to “victory,” Col.Davis turns this Panglossian scenario on its head. The reality, he says, isthat the “surge,” in both cases, failed – in Iraq, because the additionaltroops had nothingto do with the internalsplit in the insurgency that caused it to temporarily abate, and inAfghanistan because casualtieswent up in direct proportion to the increase in troops – without anycorresponding gain on the battlefield. As for the vauntedAfghan security forces, which are being hailed as reliable guarantors andlegatees of a hard-won US “victory,” Col. Davis draws a portrait of them asinvariably having their backs to the enemy – that is, when they aren’tcollaborating with them, calling “mini-truces” via radio while US soldiers takethe brunt of the fighting.



Davis’s charge: that themilitary high command, in conjunction with our political leaders, engaged in acampaign of systematic deception designed to depict our failed attempts toconquer and colonize Iraq and Afghanistan as glorious victories, when, inreality, the exact opposite is the case. He gives a series of stunningexamples, debunking lie after lie, finally asking:



“One of the key questionsmost readers must be asking about this point in the report, is how could suchan extensive, pervasive, and long-running series of deceptive statements havegone unnoticed by virtually the entire country?”



Glad you asked. The reason issimple: the media has become an adjunct to the military’s “informationoperations,” i.e. psychological and propaganda operations, which are notjust directed at the foreign “enemy,” but also at the enemy on the home front,i.e. the American people, who, if they knew the truth, would pull the plug onthe whole operation. Col. Davis puts it more politely:



“There are a number ofreasons, but perhaps none bigger than the role played by the major media inthis country. This is not an issue where“the liberal media” of the majornetworks failed, or‘the right-wing conservatives’ of Fox News, nor any otherspecific network. Rather, it was a cumulative failure of our nation’s majormedia in every category: network news, cable news, magazines and majornewspapers.”



Davis reports thatjournalists who fail to follow the Pentagon line are simply excluded fromhaving any access. In order to report what is actually occurring on thebattlefield – and compete in the news business – reporters must interact withmilitary leaders, but that interaction, relates Col. Davis, comes at a price –the integration of the media into the Pentagon’s lie machine. He illustrateshis point with the reportissued by the Department of Defense Inspector General on Donald Rumsfeld’sclearly illegalproject to use retired officers as propagandists to build support for theIraq war. The Pentagon coordinated the effort with the “mainstream” news media,planting their agents on allthe major news outlets. The media portrayed these infiltrators as“experts,” treated them like real journalists, and gave them a platform fromwhich to pontificate as if they were objective observers. As Davis puts it:



“A Pentagon media outreachprogram – ostensibly to ‘educate’ the public– only uses spokesmen who arewilling to speak the bullet points provided by the Secretary of Defense, and ifthose spokesmen don’t act as‘team players’ and say what the Pentagon wants,they are dropped. For their part, the networks only want men and women to speakas experts if they have that top-level access. All of this begs the question:what sort of objectivity and honest analysis did the American public get fromwatching the major media outlets during this period?”



The answer is that theAmerican public got what they will continue to get: a completely false pictureof our various wars of conquest[.pdf]. In spite of the Inspector General’s detailed narrative of a consistentattempt by the Pentagon to commandeer the American media and wield it as aweapon of war, the Inspector General nonetheless concluded these activities“complied with regulations and directives” and were therefore okay. Move along,nothing to see here….



How could our media havemissed what is arguably the most important story of the decade – the utterfailure of our best efforts to subjugate the Iraqi and Afghan peoples? Col.Davis indicts the American news media for its passive complicity in a campaignof systematic deception:



“So long as our country’stop TV and print media continue to avoid challenging power for fear of losingaccess, there is every reason to expect many senior Defense Department leaderswill continue to play this game of denial of access in order to effectcompliant reports. As I’ve shown throughout this report, there is ample opensource information and reports all over the internet that would allow anyindividual– or reporter – to find the truth and report it. But heretofore fewhave.”



It’s significant that hecounterposes the internet to the “mainstream” media: there can be little doubtwe’ve been doing a far better job of reporting the Iraq and Afghan wars thanour corporate competitors in the world of Dead Tree Journalism and televised talking bobble-heads. That aside, however, the questionarises: is the military deliberately lying to us, or are the generals just soclose to the battlefield – and so self-interested – that they can’t beobjective and somehow saw a glorious victory where there was only historicdefeat?



As a libertarian, I assumethe former, but I can see why the rest of you might need a bit more empiricalevidence, which Col. Davis helpfully provides.



In the modern parlance ofwar, “information operations” are on the same level as strictly militaryoperations, and this brings into focus the ominous implications of theprecedent set by Rumsfeld’s media blitz. Davis cites an Army manual [.pdf] oninformation operations (IO):



“’IO becomes a corecompetency. The importance of dominating the information spectrum explains theobjective of transforming IO into a core military competency on a par with air,ground, maritime and special operations.’ It is a remarkable development tosuggest that using information in combat is on par with ground and air forces.Three years later the Department of Defense published an unclassified doctrinalmanual that provided further clarity on Secretary Rumsfeld’s informationfocus.”



That unclassified documentemphasizes the “integrated employment of electronic warfare (EW), computernetwork operations (CNO), psychological operations (PSYOP), military deception(MILDEC), and operations security (OPSEC), in concert with specified supportingand related capabilities, to influence, disrupt, corrupt or usurp adversarialhuman and automated decision making while protecting our own.”



The new counterinsurgencydoctrine of the Pentagon dictates that “Information Operations” must be a partof every military campaign, as essential as having a supply of ammunition. Theyaim to win “hearts and minds” – but whose hearts and whose minds?



“Since it is so crucial forthe Joint Force to ‘fully integrate” IO into every aspect of militaryoperations,” Davis continues, “it is important to understand what some of theseinputs specifically require. Two are of particular import: military deceptionand psychological operations:



“Military Deception isdefined as ‘(JP 3-14.3) being those actions executed to deliberately mislead adversarydecision makers as to friendly military capabilities, intentions, andoperations, thereby causing the adversary to take specific actions (orinactions) that will contribute to the accomplishment of the friendly mission’and PSYOP as‘(JP3-53) planned operations to convey selected information andindicators to foreign audiences to influence the emotions, motives, objectivereasoning, and ultimately the behavior of foreign governments, organizations,groups, and individuals.”



The clear implication ofRumsfeld’s media infiltration program is that these “adversary decision makers”aren’t necessarily foreign enemy combatants, either Iraqi insurgents or Talibanfighters. Davis quotes from an article[.pdf] by Col. Richard B. Leap in a compendium of essays by Public Affairs (PA)officers that points to the real identity of these unnamed “adversaries”:



“Many PA practitionersbelieve their only role is to inform the domestic and international publicswith accurate, truthful information and provide access to government andmilitary officials and operations to confirm what is reported. All should agreethat PA must always present truthful, credible information, however, if PublicDiplomacy and open PSYOP only target foreign audiences, then who besides PA cancounter the enemy’s or the media’s shaping of US domestic opinion?”



It is strictly illegal for the USmilitary to aim its propaganda arm at the American public, but in this age of atruly globalized media the line between foreign and domestic is easily blurred.Technology has rendered that prohibition irrelevant and entirely nonfunctional.The Smith-MundtAct is apparently just as much a dead letter as our Constitution.



Col. Leap bemoans thedramatic drop in US support for the Iraq war, noting that Pew polled support at61 percent in 2003 “compared with only 13 percent” three years later. Hissolution:



“Public Affairsorganizations must devise new means and methods to better‘frame’ issues fordomestic and international audiences on policy successes while countering enemydisinformation in order to reverse these trends.



“Further, the USGovernment must clarify the roles, responsibilities, authorities andrelationships between Public Affairs, Public Diplomacy and Information Operationsto not only influence foreign target audiences, but to safeguard US nationalwill. A failure to do so may result in strategic defeats in the future.”



In Col. Leap’s opinion, thegoal of the Public Affairs officer in the service of the US military is not todefend the country – it’s to safeguard the NationalWill. The will to do what? Why, whatever the Pentagon and the politicalleadership desires. These are the movers and shapers of the National Will: therest of us, including the media, are mere instruments in their capable hands.



As for those of us who arenot, we’re presumably disseminators of “enemydisinformation,” different from the Taliban only in that we operate on thedomestic scene and not in the mountains of Afghanistan. No wonder Antiwar.comhas the FBI breathingdown our necks.



Reading Col. Davis’s paper, Iwas struck with the enormity of what we here at Antiwar.com are up against: aUS government-financed and coordinated propaganda campaign with effectively limitlessresources. I knew this in theory, but seeing it right there on the printedpage, especially Col. Leap’s definition of his job description, is sobering.How can we possibly succeed, I thought, when we have to fight this?



The answer was apparent assoon as I had formulated the question: they need all their resourcesjust to keep the truth from the American people. We, on the other hand, onlyneed our voice– and the means to make itheard.



There’s just one way to makesure that voice is never stilled, and that’s by becoming a financial contributor: the War Party hasthe US Treasury at its disposal, but we only have you. They have your taxdollars, but we only have our readers and supporters who voluntarily donate tomake sure there’s a counterpoint to the war propaganda spouted by governmentofficials and their media shills. Sure, we’re outgunned and out-manned, but wedon’t need to equal or even approach their level of expenditure. We just need abare-bones operation that “lives off the land,” so to speak, like a classicguerrilla operation – because we have the truth on our side.



This is the biggest weapon inour arsenal, but we need some kind of platform on which to launch it: andthat’s what Antiwar.com is all about. For sixteen years, we’ve presented avital counterpoint to the Pentagon’s media sock-puppets on a daily basis,debunking the lies of the War Party as soon as they’re uttered. We can’tcontinue to do it, however, unless we start seeing some better results from our current fundraising campaign. We don’tneed a lot: we have a very small staff, and they do the work of twice theirnumber. Yet we do need a bare minimum in order to survive as a viable,frequently-updated (at least daily) alternative to the badly-compromised“mainstream” media in the increasingly important realm of internationalaffairs.



So please, I’m asking my regularreaders – and those who may have dropped in just now – to contribute to thefundraiser. As the US gets ready to do to Iran what it did to Iraq, and theCol. Leaps of this world ramp up the Pentagon’s propaganda machine, we needyour support more than ever. Make yourtax-deductible donation today.







New DHS Report: If You Love"Individual Liberty" Or If You "Believe In ConspiracyTheories" You Are A Potential Terrorist



http://endoftheamericandream.com/



Do you love America? Are you against a one world economy and a one worldgovernment? Do you deeply love individual liberty? Do you believe in conspiracytheories? If you answered any of those questions affirmatively, then you are apotential terrorist according to a brand new Department of Homeland Securityreport that was just released in January 2012. The report is entitled "HotSpots of Terrorism and Other Crimes in the United States, 1970 to 2008",and it was produced by the "National Consortium for the Study of Terrorismand Responses to Terrorism" for the Department of Homeland Security. Asyou will see detailed later on in this article, the most shocking part of thisreport is when it discusses the "ideological motivations" ofpotential terrorists. The report shamelessly attempts to portray red-bloodedAmericans that love liberty and that love their country as the enemy. Once upona time, deeply patriotic Americans were considered to be the backbone ofAmerica, but today they are considered to be potential terrorists.



And this report is yet another example of how the definition of"terrorism" has changed. A decade ago, the entire focus of the"war on terror" was on radical Muslims and we were told that we hadto send our boys and girls to the other side of the world to defeat them.



Well, in this new report there is barely any mention of Islam atall. Instead, the report identifies patriots, conspiracy theorists, evangelicalChristians, anti-abortion activists, survivalists and those that are againstglobalism as the real threats.



The focus of the "war on terror" has fundamentallyshifted. The "enemy" is now those that love freedom and those thatlove America.



According to the new DHS report, the followingare some of the beliefs and ideologies of American terrorists....



-"fiercely nationalistic (as opposed to universal andinternational in orientation)"



-"anti-global"



-"suspicious of centralized federal authority"



-"reverent of individual liberty"



-"believe in conspiracy theories"



-"a belief that one’s personal and/or national “way of life”is under attack"



-"a belief in the need to be prepared for an attack either byparticipating in paramilitary preparations and training or survivalism"



-"impose strict religious tenets or laws on society(fundamentalists)"



-"insert religion into the political sphere"



-"those who seek to politicize religion"



-"supported political movements for autonomy"



-"anti-abortion"



-"anti-Catholic"



-"anti-nuclear"



All of the above are direct quotes from the report.



Do any of those beliefs apply to you?



Does your own government now believe that you are a potentialterrorist?



There seems to be a concerted effort to demonize certain groups ofpeople in this country. In the past, those that loved America, those that lovedGod, and those that loved freedom were considered to be role models. Now theyare considered to be dangers.



The funny thing is that according to the report, terrorism in theUnited States has actually been declining over the past several decades. Onpage 13 of the new DHS report, you will find a chart that shows that the numberof "terrorist attacks" in the United States has decreased steadily since1970.



And on page 18 of the report, we find that"extreme left-wing" groups such as radical communists wereresponsible for 5 timesmore terror attacks in the U.S. between 1970 and 2008 than all"extreme right-wing" groups and religious groups combined.



The truth is that the vast majority of Americans that arepatriotic, religious or that believe in conspiracy theories are very peacefuland only want the best for this country.



But the mainstream media is making it seem like there is anepidemic of "anti-government extremists" that needs to be dealt with.



For example, the following comes from a recent USA Today articleentitled "FBI: Morelocals seek help with anti-government extremists"....



The FBI is beinginundated with calls from local government officials asking for assistance indealing with anti-government extremists, officials said.



And as I wrote about the other day, the FBI has broadened the definitionof "suspicious activity" so much that literally anyone could fallunder it.



In 2012, the following activities are considered to be"suspicious" by the FBI....



-shielding your computer screen from others



-paying with cash



-acting "nervous"



-using multiple cell phones



-requesting a specific room at a hotel



-traveling with a large amount of luggage



-refusing maid service at a hotel



-staying in your room for too long



-changing your appearance



In fact, if you see any of these things you are supposed tocontact the feds right away.



Was the federal government ever this paranoid during the days ofMcCarthyism?



If America is going to have any kind of a future, we are going toneed people who deeply love liberty and who deeply love this country.



Unfortunately, there are many in the federal government that hatethe beliefs that this nation was founded upon.



Our founding fathers were fiercely nationalistic, suspicious ofcentralized authority and were reverent of individual liberty. So according tothe Department of Homeland Security, they would very clearly fit the definitionof potential terrorists.



How did America ever get so far off track?



If nobody challenges this kind of propaganda, we will go down thedark road of totalitarianism that so many other societies have gone down in thepast.



It is a good thing to love your country.



It is a good thing to love individual liberty.



It is a good thing to question the government.



Unfortunately, what the federal government wants today is blindfaith and blind obedience. If the federal government tells us that patriotism,religion and nationalism are bad, we are just supposed to go along with it.



According to the Department of Homeland Security, the idealAmerican would be someone that embraces centralized authority, someone that is"universal and international in orientation", someone that believesin the idea of a one world government, someone that is anti-religion, someonethat is pro-genocide, someone that believes that nobody should ever questionleadership, and someone that has disdain for individual liberty.



Where could we ever find someone like that?



Wait, I've got it!



obra Commander, the ideal American for the 21st century....



THE PHONY RIGHTWING



ByKelleigh Nelson
February 12, 2012
NewsWithViews.com



Rick Santorum, Part 2



"I believe there aremore instances of abridgement of freedom of the people by gradual and silentencroachments of those in power than by violent and sudden usurpations..." -JamesMadison



Many of you who read myarticles and write me wonderful letters and even take the time to send me giftshave actually become wonderful cyber friends. Because so many of you haverequested these articles on the GOP candidates, I've had to dredge throughtheir backgrounds and their voting records for documentation. It has not been aneasy task, and I'm always relieved when I'm finished with writing about anotherone of these traitorous leaders. In the previous article on Santorum, theresearch was on his somewhat hypocritical pro-life stance. In this articlewe'll be looking at his voting record and fiscal policies. The articles on RickSantorum will be three parts.



Rick Santorum has the dubiousdistinction of being one of the most corrupt politicians in America, and one of the mostcorrupt senators in his brief so-called ‘representation’ of Pennsylvania–when he didn’t even live there. His rhetoric may be that ofa conservative, but research shows he's closer to the communist Santorum clan in Italy than they or we know.Perhaps the acorn hasn't fallen far from the tree.



No Child Left Behind



January, 2012 marks the10-year anniversary of the day Bush signed NCLB into law in Hamilton, Ohio. Byhis side were the leaders of the education committees in Congress, Rep. John Boehner, R-Ohio, and Sen. Ted Kennedy, D-Mass, the bipartisanship duo that made thishorrible Act possible. Rick Santorum voted for and strongly supportedlegislation that doubled the size of the Department of Education and he was abig supporter of NCLB who joined with Kennedy to push passage of this Act.



This legislation, whichpassed 381-41 in the House and 87-10 in the Senate in January 2002, isaccompanied by the largest dollar increase ever in federal education aid.Education Week, 1/9/02, describes the No Child Left Behind Act as follows:"The mega-measure is accompanied by the largest dollar increase ever infederal education aid. The Department of Education's overall budget will riseby $6.7 billion in fiscal 2002, to nearly $49 billion." The legislation,although pretending to terminate the highly controversial Goals 2000 and theSchool-To-Work (STW) legislation passed in the nineties under President Clintonand initiated in the eighties under Presidents Reagan and Bush, Sr., actuallycontinues the totalitarian agenda because all states have implemented therequirements of Goals 2000 and STW.



On her websiteCharlotte Thompson Iserbyt , the brilliant education researcher and formerSenior Policy Advisor in the U.S. Department of Education, has a wonderful article exposing the truth about this horrid legislation. Aquote from it states:



Although Pres. Bush,according to a Washington Times article by Bill Sammon, 1/9/02, said in regardto the education bill he signed that "Parents will have more informationabout the schools and more say in how their children are educated . . . fromthis day forward, all students will have a better chance to learn, to excel andto live out their dreams." Pardon me, but this is a plain lie, and a lieembraced by Mass. Senator Ted Kennedy and others (like Rick Santorum JohnBoehner) supporting this legislation as well. How can parents have a say in howtheir children are educated when the federal government is mandatingtesting of children's attitudes and values? (Sixty percent of the test items onNational Assessment of Educational Progress - NAEP are attitudinal.) Bush's mandate for testing will ofcourse call for a mandated federal curriculum since one can't test what onehasn't taught. What tiny bit of local control remained prior to thislegislation will be swept away. School superintendents and good teachers arealready complaining about having lost control. Even the New York Times hasproblems with Leave No Child Behind. It bragged that the more than 1000-pagegiant education bill will "dramatically extend the federal role in publiceducation" and, indeed, is "a breathtaking intrusion of the federalgovernment on states' control of education."



Rick didn't stop there, he voted to increase Federal funding for teacher testing,and to increase spending for the Department of Education by $3.1billion.



Second Amendment



Senator Santorum has a mixedrecord on the second amendment. He claims he's staunchly pro-second amendment.However, in the 90s, he voted to support the Lautenberg Gun Ban, which strippedfor life, law-abiding gun owners of their Second Amendment rights, simplybecause they spanked their children or did nothing more than grab a spouseswrist.



He voted for a bill in 1999disguised as an attempt to increase penalties on drug traffickers with guns…but it also included a provision to require federal background checks at gunshows. And then he voted with gun-controlling Democrats Dianne Feinstein,Barbara Boxer, and Frank Lautenberg to mandate locks on handguns in 2005. (SAmdt 3230 Gun Lock Requirement Amendment)



Worst of all, RickSantorum has a storied history of bailing out anti-gun Republicans facingreelection. Santorumcame to anti-gun Arlen Specter’s defense in 2004 when he was down in the pollsagainst pro-gun Republican Pat Toomey. Specter won and continued to push forgun control during his years in the Senate.



Santorum also flip-floppedhere by voting FOR Title: Firearms Manufacturers Protection Bill and then he votedagainst S1805 – Firearms Manufacturers Protection Bill. In 2004, SenatorSantorum voted for legislation to require child locks on all weapons. That samelegislation contained the Gun Free School Zone Act. That legislation made itillegal to be in possession of a firearm on school grounds.



Senator Santorum hasrepeatedly supported Project Exile. Project Exile was a federal program startedin Richmond, Virginia in 1997. Theproject was designed to shift the prosecution of illegal technical gunpossession offenses from state courts to federal court,where they carried a mandatory minimum sentence of five years in federal prisonunder the federal Gun Control Act of 1968.



Santorum Voted to require pawn shops to do background checks onpeople who pawn a gun. Voted twice to make it illegal to sell a gun without a securestorage or safety device. Voted for a Federal ban on possession of “assault weapons”by those under 18. Voted for Federal funding for anti-gun education programsin schools. Voted for anti-gun juvenile justice bill. Sounds to me likeRick Santorum made a lot of unconstitutional deals.




Advertisement



Fiscal Responsibility



Rick Santorum voted fivetimes to raise the debt ceiling adding trillions to the debt and stated,"I am no longer a deficit hawk, I had to spend the surpluses." (TheHill, 2/5/03). While in office, Santorum voted to spend taxpayer money to fightAIDS globally, to help underprivileged children in third world countries, topay off debts owed to the US by other nations and to combat politicalinstability in Sudan. Where is any of this allowed in our constitution?



On Welfare alone he voted to allow welfare to a minor who had a child out ofwedlock and who resided with an adult who was on welfare within the previoustwo year. Santorum voted against both food stamp and Medicaid Reform, and voted for $2 billion for low income heating assistance.



He voted to increase welfareprograms such as Healthy Start. Such social-welfare spending projects are nottypically associated with the concept of Republican conservatism, or at leastthey didn't used to be. He also strongly supported the largest hike in welfareentitlement spending in history (prior to Obamacare) – Medicaid Part D and Voted to increase tobacco taxes to pay for Medicareprescription drugs. This was the largest expansion of entitlement spendingsince President Lyndon B. Johnson, creating $16 TRILLION in unfundedliabilities. This was George W. Bush’s free prescription medicine program,virtually socializing the pharmaceutical industry which is now being funded byever increasing prescription drug prices to consumers. Santorum was quite happyto vote to enrich the industry from which he had received so many campaigncontributions. In fact, Santorum was such a favorite of GlaxoSmithKline that, followingthe loss of his senate seat, executives wrote, “The defeat of [Santorum] creates a big hole we need to fill.” The leaked memo isevidence that unprincipled politicians, like Santorum, can still be bought andsold in the USA.



Santorum cosponsored the Workplace Religious Freedom Act with John Kerry. Other backersincluded Hillary Clinton and Ted Kennedy. This Act would have forced allbusiness owners to accommodate the religious practices of all their employees.Rick believes if companies don't cater to the different faiths of theiremployees, then they should be compelled by law to do so.

From Wikipedia, "This legislation has garnered the diverse support ofvarious religious groups including, the Union of Orthodox Jewish Congregations, the SouthernBaptist Convention, the NationalCouncil of Churches, the North American Council for Muslim Women, the Sikh American Legal Defense and Education Fund, the Seventh-dayAdventist Church, the Council on American Islamic Relations, B'nai B'rith International, the AmericanJewish Committee, AgudathIsrael of America, the U.S. Conference of Catholic Bishops and other groups."Can you imagine the cost to small businesses? No true fiscal conservative wouldsanction this type of law with the variety of so-called religions today.



His Tax Increases alone would disqualify him as afiscal conservative, but truly across the board he is a big government spender.He voted to increase tobacco taxes (a sin tax) four times. Hevoted to increase taxes by $9.4 billion to pay for this same amount in anincrease to student loans. He voted twice for internet taxes. Santorum voted against the repealing of the Clinton 4.3 centgasoline tax increase.



The Senator voted to make Medicare part B premium subsidies a newentitlement. He voted to raid Social Security instead of using surpluses topay down the debt, and then he voted for giving $18 billion to the IMF! Of course paying off the debt (at $5.6 trillion at the time) within30 years didn't appeal to him either. He actually voted to raise the debtceiling five times!



On Immigration, the Senator voted against hiring an additional 1,000 border patrolagents, paid for by reductions in some state grants. Subsequently, the borderpatrol was cut even further and when I wrote to my Senators, Lamar Alexanderwrote back to me that he would send my letter to Homeland Security and theywould answer me. (Was that a threat Senator?) I have yet to hear a word and Icomment about it in every letter I write to Alexander, but back to SenatorSantorum. He voted against increasing the number of immigrationinvestigators and voted to allow illegal immigrants to receive the "earnedincome" tax credit before becoming citizens! Excuse me, but this is blatantredistribution of wealth and to illegal aliens who have not contributed tosociety.



The NationalEndowment for the Arts(NEA) benefited from Santorum's vote for taxpayer funding of same. He also made sure he voted against a 10% cut in the budget for the NEA. Whywould Santorum, as a Catholic, vote for funding the NEA when they feel acrucifix in a jar of urine is art? This is a social conservative?



On Free Trade, Rick made the right choice and votedagainst NAFTA in 1993, but in subsequent votes he voted yes for the Oman,Morocco, Singapore, Chile, and Australia FTA as well as CAFTA. He voted yes tothe Trade Authority as well as to normal trade relations with China.







HOW SANTORUM VIEWSGOVERNMENT



Rick Santorum made thisstatement, "One of the criticisms I make is to what I refer to as more ofa Libertarianish right. They have this idea that people should be left alone,be able to do whatever they want to, government should keep our taxes down andkeep our regulations low, that we shouldn't get involved in the bedroom, weshouldn't get involved in the cultural issues. That is not how traditionalconservatives view the world. There is no such society that I'm aware of wherewe've had radical individualism and that it succeeds as a culture."







 

 

hat would Romney say about a hundred year old family-owned company whose outside management had destroyed 96 percent of the value of the company’s product?
Because that’s exactly what the Fed has done to the value of the dollar.
Would any self-respecting equity manager say, as Romney has said of the Fed, that such malfeasance doesn’t deserve his effort or focus? What if a closer look revealed just how much the company’s directors had prospered by their destruction of the family wealth? Would that be worth Romney’s attention?
It might be said that Mitt is altogether pleased that the nation’s monetary affairs are arranged to benefit investment bankers at the expense of the people. But if that is too cynical, it could be more charitably said that he just hasn’t had time to master the arcane world of central banking.
That’s fine.
But then Romney simply shouldn’t offer himself up as president.
Especially now.
Of course the very busy Mitt Romney seems to have given no more thought to American foreign policy than to the bailouts and the Fed. His glib call for a new American century of global military dominance has the anachronistic ring of someone who missed all the unintended consequences of our propping up sheiks and shahs and dictators around the world. And of someone who slept right through Bush’s elective war in Iraq. It sounds like someone who is completely clueless about the way the $1.2 trillion a year we spend on the national security state has bankrupted this country.
Romney says that if he knew then what we know now about Iraq, he wouldn’t have gone in.
That’s not good enough.
Because plenty of people knew then what we know now.
Ron Paul was clear that Iraq posed no threat to the security of this country. He knew that the war was being undertaken without constitutional authorization and that rather than an affair of days or weeks that we were told, he said that Bush’s splendid little war would be the biggest since World War II. He foresaw that the war would be accompanied by the growth of military and police powers along with the erosion of our civil liberties.
Having studied central banking and applied the insights of great economist like Mises, Ron Paul has described both in advance and in detail the cycle of bubbles and busts the Federal Reserve has plagued us with.
His 2003 description in Congress of the way the housing bubble would develop and the long-term damage it would do the U.S. economy was stunningly exact, a precise step-by-step preview of the calamity just as it unfolded.
The Federal Reserve may not merit Mitt Romney’s attention, but if the Fed had not been worthy of Ron Paul’s attention, we would not have learned the shocking truth about how the Fed had been acting as central bank to the world, secretly loaning trillions of dollars to the most politically powerful banks and companies. Not to mention foreign banks including Barclays, Royal Bank of Scotland, Deutsche Bank, UBS, Credit Suisse, and even one owned in substantial part by the Central Bank of Libya.
At this point it is not reasonable to expect that Mitt Romney has any idea what the economic consequences of these Federal Reserve policies will be. Since the mortgage meltdown the Federal Reserve has blown up its balance sheet, the adjusted monetary base, from $800 billion to more than $2.6 trillion. The cost of this policy is yet to be seen, but for one who understands money and credit like Ron Paul, that cost is entirely foreseeable. The consequences will be severe. It is America’s next big economic calamity.
Mitt Romney doesn’t know what the consequences of that will be. He hasn’t applied himself to understanding central banking and monetary theory. He hasn’t studied Mises and Hayek and Rothbard. He’s an equity raiser and corporate turnaround guy.
It’s a different skill set.
Mitt Romney might be a capable venture capitalist, but it would really be a serious mistake to hire him to be president. And that’s putting it charitably.
Ron Paul hasn’t spent his time structuring debt/equity ratios, thinking about mezzanine financing, or doing venture capital deals. But after a succession of shallow Romneys, following generations of failed Keynesian spend-our way-to-prosperity economics, and facing now the bankruptcy of the welfare/warfare state, for what ails this country Ron Paul is the doctor.
Let’s hire the right man this time.
January 19, 2012
Charles Goyette [send him mail] is the author of the New York Times bestseller The Dollar Meltdown: Surviving the Impending Currency Crisis with Gold, Oil, and Other Unconventional Investments, now available in paperback. And coming in February 2012, Charles Goyette's Freedom & Prosperity Letter. His new book Red and Blue and Broke All Over: Restoring America’s Free Economy will be released March 15.
Copyright © 2012 Charles Goyette



 




They don't care about their country or their family. Harsh words you say. Yes and we fully believe what we say. We can say this, because their descendants will have to live under the system that they have created and the rulers of the future will not care what happens to the descendants of those that created the system, therefore their descendants will suffer along with everyone else and this does not seem to bother them. This makes such people a threat to society and they should all be run out of office.

We know what Romney, Gingrich, Huntsman, Santorum and Perry would do once they get to the White House, because we know what they did while they were in office. They were all internationalist in what they did. They trashed the Constitution and supported the growth of big oppressive government. We could say that they are nothing more than a Bush-Obama clone and it will be business as usual once they are elected. They will be nothing but puppets; the same as Bush and Obama are. They will be controlled by the same people that control Obama. The Controllers stay the same, no matter who occupies the White House or congress.

Ron Paul could be a different story. We don't know what kind of president Paul would make, but we do know what kind of congressman he has been and we believe that he will be the same kind of president.

We are for Paul for the simple reason that the media, including the so-called right-wing commentators and most politicians of both political parties are against him. The men with money to spend are against him, because they are afraid that he could be a problem if he was elected president. These people are doing all they can to persuade the public to reject Ron Paul and that alone should be enough for anyone to seek to see Paul elected. If Paul would be bad for these people, he could be very good for the rest of us.

President John F. Kennedy was the only president in my lifetime of 85 years that really tried to do something good for the country and they murdered him. These people don't want anyone in the White House that wants to see the people treated fairly. These people are not for the American people, but only for themselves. THINK ABOUT THAT.

Romney Tied to Terrorism

January 13, 2012 dave
Links to radical group operating inside Iran a cause for concern
By Ralph Forbes in American Free Press www.americanfreepress.net
GOP presidential hopeful Mitt Romney looked like a deer caught in the headlights when he was asked if he supported an international, anti-American terrorist organization with a bloody record for killing innocent civilians thousands of times worse than al Qaeda. This “expert on international affairs” claimed he never had heard of them. Then, like a lying politician, he promised: “I’ll take a look at the issue.” Video taken at a town hall meeting in New Hampshire shows Romney quickly waving the issue aside and hurrying on to another question.
Romney’s campaign counts on the fact that the public never hears of this group or his campaign’s covert connections to them. Few Americans—besides AFP readers who read about this in the Dec. 16, 2011, edition—have even heard of the fanatical, terrorist group, the Mujahedin-e Khalq (People’s Mujahedin of Iran; MEK or MKO). This is thanks to the big media’s general cover-up, and largely because it is an Israeli asset.
For months independent investigative journalists have asked Romney about his campaign’s ties to the MEK—but he never responds. No wonder, because if the American people ever found out about MEK, and the Romney campaign’s ties to it, they would demand he be tried for treason.
One of Romney’s chief advisers is neocon Mitchell Reiss. Reiss not only heads the 50-plus top neocons that lied America into the Iraq war—but he is also a leader in the stealth campaign for quietly removing MEK from the “Foreign Terrorist Organizations” (FTOs) list.
MEK was one of the first to be put on the FTO list because of its boasting of assassinations of U.S. servicemen, attacks on U.S. diplomats, murders of American citizens and suicide bombings. MEK was the only faction of Iranians who wanted to kill the American hostages in 1979. After the release of the Americans, the MEK went on a rampage and murdered possibly tens of thousands of Iranians in a decade-long terror campaign.
When George H.W. Bush, Donald Rumsfeld, Dick Cheney and other neocons gave germ warfare technology, poison gas and other chemical weapons to former Iraqi leader Saddam Hussein so he would invade Iran, MEK joined Saddam in slaughtering its fellow Iranians.
After Saddam fell, Washington ordered U.S. troops to protect MEK from the wrath of the Iraqis. George W. Bush gave MEK hundreds of millions of taxpayers’ dollars to commit terrorism in Iraq. Much of that money was spent on luxuries by MEK leaders in London and Paris.
MEK has bribed congressmen and other high officials with hundreds of thousands of dollars in speaker’s fees. Aiding and abetting MEK is still illegal. They get around this by using front groups and shells, laundering the money through speaker bureaus, high-dollar public relations outfits and law firms.
Another reason they want off the FTO list is they have thousands of followers in camps in Iraq and are no longer protected by U.S. troops, so they want to bring these trained killers and terrorists here.
Posted in: National News

What would you say if this had been Egypt that attacked an American ship in international waters? It was not Egypt, but israel that ried to sink this ship, reaqd on and see what happened.

EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW: Survivor of Israeli Attack Reveals Secrets of 1967 High Seas Massacre

January 13, 2012 dave
By Victor Thorn
AMERICAN FREE PRESS and its predecessor, The Spotlight, are the only national newspapers that have regularly given coverage over the past quarter-century to the Israeli naval and air attack on the USS Liberty on June 8, 1967. During a Dec. 30, 2011 interview with Phil Tourney, a Liberty survivor and co-author of the book What I Saw That Day, the Navy veteran revealed to AFP one more bombshell that few have ever been willing to discuss about the duplicitous attack.
“Forty-four years after the fact, I can only come to one conclusion about what happened on June 8, 1967,” said Tourney. “The USS Liberty was set up by the U.S. government to be sunk by the Israeli military so that they could blame it on Egypt. After this attack, two American aircrafts were launched carrying nuclear-tipped missiles in order to bomb Cairo. That city was within three minutes of being obliterated. Without a doubt, it would have started WWIII.”
Tourney lived through what has become the greatest military cover-up and conspiracy in this nation’s history. Thirty-four crewmembers were killed during this Israeli assault, and 174 were wounded, most of them critically.
One of the subjects discussed during this interview was, what would happen if the American public finally had their eyes opened about this unmitigated act of war perpetrated by the nation of Israel.
“If the truth ever came out,” Tourney began, “it would change history and how people felt about the Israeli state. If the mainstream media devoted an entire week of stories to the USS Liberty and exactly what happened, the American people would be up in arms, begging for blood. Even though I’ve been accused of being an anti-Semite for trying to tell the truth, everyone should remember one important point—USS Liberty crewmembers didn’t murder anyone. The state of Israel did. The truth will change history.”
When asked to elaborate, Tourney said: “Things would change drastically in regard to Zionism. There would no longer be any money, aid or weaponry being sent to Israel. If people were interested enough to study this subject, they’d find out further that Adm. [Thomas] Moorer and Capt. Ward Boston wrote scathing articles to the Navy Board of Inquiry saying its report [on the Liberty] was a complete lie and sham.”
Tourney added that “Israel ruined many lives that day—not only survivors, but families that lost loved ones, too. Many of the wounded have long since died, taken their own lives, been thrown in prison or are messed up in the head.”
Today, Tourney’s feelings on how government officials turned their backs on him and his shipmates are heartfelt, sincere and poignant.
“It’s like parents hiring a hit man to kill you,” he added. “Then they go to the prison and spring your killer. That’s exactly what the U.S. government did to us. When they put a gun to our heads, they put a gun to everyone’s head.”
LEAD-UP TO THE ATTACK
As one of the self-described “walking wounded,” Tourney explained what transpired in the hours leading up to this pivotal event:
“On June 7, one day before the attack, I was aboard the Liberty, which was the world’s most sophisticated spy ship,” said Tourney. “We were heading toward the Mediterranean to monitor the Six-Day War so that we could communicate our findings directly back to the National Security Agency in Fort Meade. They received our communications immediately because we bounced microwave signals off the Moon.”
Only 20 years old at the time, Tourney took immense pride in his ship and its mission. He also felt safe in the supposed notion that Israel was our ally.
“I’d heard all through life how badly the Israelis had been treated,” he said. “I never knew any better. I never did any research. So, I believed it. But later I found out that historians were either wrong or they lied. Even on the morning of June 8 while on sound and security watch, I felt safe because our good friend Israel was protecting us. In the distance, I could see black smoke rising from bombs being dropped, yet gave little thought to being attacked, especially since large U.S. flags flying from the Liberty gave us cover.”
At 2 p.m. on June 8, Tourney’s life would be forever changed. His words are fueled by the sheer horror of what he endured that day:
“Jet aircrafts came in firing and strafing our ship,” he said. “Within minutes they took out hundreds of antennae and all of our .450-caliber machine guns. We were defenseless.”
But all those aboard were not without hope. Utilizing true American ingenuity and never giving up their fighting spirit, Tourney described a miraculous effort.
“About half-an-hour into the attack,” he said, “one of our men stretched a long wire so that we could transmit a message to the Sixth Fleet: ‘Under Attack by Unmarked Fighters. Send Help.’ A number of ships received this SOS, and soon Capt. Joseph Tully of the USS Saratoga ordered planes to rescue us.”
However, in an act that goes well beyond betrayal into the realm of full-fledged treason, Tourney laid out how Liberty became a ship without a country.
“Defense Secretary Robert McNamara contacted the Saratoga and recalled the fighters, telling them not to aid our ship,” he said. “But, showing true courage, Tully re-launched the jets, without authorization . . . After the second set of fighter jets were dispatched, the president of the United States—Lyndon Johnson—personally recalled them,” said Tourney.
Tourney says Johnson told Tully: “I don’t give a [expletive] if that ship goes to the bottom and every sailor is lost. We will not embarrass our ally, Israel.”
If the audacity of this heartless command wasn’t bad enough, Tourney interjected with his own appraisal of the situation.
“The only message we’d sent from the makeshift wire that had been strung was: ‘Attacked by unmarked aircraft’,” he added. “We never initially identified the attackers. So how did LBJ know Israel was behind the assault?”
Following a hellish two-hour attack where Israeli jets dropped napalm on Liberty, pierced its sides with 850 cannon holes and blasted open a gaping 40-foot-by-40-foot hole with torpedoes, a “prepare to abandon ship” order had been given. But Tourney tells what ensued: “The [Israelis] immediately shot our life rafts in the water. They sunk two of them and took a third aboard their boat as a trophy.”
When asked what he did in the aftermath, Tourney replied: “We kept looking for American help because we knew they got our message. But none ever arrived. So that night, I held a lantern as a doctor operated on my good friend Gary Blanchard. I could tell he wasn’t long for this world.. . . [T]he doctor cut Gary open from his chest to groin. . . . [H]is kidneys were shot up. He died a few moments later.”
AFP inquired as to Tourney’s state of mind at that moment, surrounded by death and chaos.
“You have to remember,” he began. “our ship had been on fire with napalm, and Liberty’s fuel tanks were burning. I was filled with rage and anger. We’re the greatest nation on Earth, and no one came to help. . . At that point I realized: We’re going to have to do this on our own. My biggest fear, though, was that the Israelis would return and finish us off. Plus, let’s be clear, every crewmember knew Israel was responsible, because we saw their flag on the torpedo boats.”
A day or two later as Liberty limped toward a port in Malta, Adm. Isaac Kidd assembled the survivors in small groups and, after removing his stars, demanded to know what occurred.
After learning the truth, a red-faced Kidd pinned his stars back on his uniform and said, “If any of you ever repeat a word, I’ll make sure you end up in the penitentiary, or worse,” Tourney said.
Stunned by these remarks, Tourney told AFP: “I thought he was going to say that America would make sure that Israel paid for what it did to us. But instead, I think the government hoped that our ship would sink before it ever reached Malta.”
Get Your Copy of What I Saw That Day: (softcover, 282 pages, #WIS, $30 plus $5 S&H) available from AFP’s FIRST AMENDMENT BOOKS. Call (888) 699-NEWS to charge. Send cash, check or money order to FAB, 645 Pennsylvania Avenue SE, #100, Washington, D.C. 20003.
——————————————————————————-

McCain, Bachmann Confronted Over ‘Incident’

By Victor Thorn
Sen. John McCain (R-Ariz.) knows the truth about what happened to the USS Liberty, because his father was directly involved in the cover-up. During a Jan. 4 interview with AFP, James Morris, the editor of a news and commentary website entitled “America Hijacked,” referenced a monumentally historical event when Liberty survivor Capt. Ward Boston approached McCain at a political fundraiser and told him he’d worked with his father.
According to Morris, McCain’s face abruptly turned white before he ushered Boston away and moved on to the next person in line.
“McCain and his admiral father covered up the USS Liberty attack on orders that came down from the highest corridors of the U.S. government,” Morris said. Liberty survivor Tourney agrees. “McCain has been part of the cover-up and knew exactly what happened to us,” Tourney said. “This fact has been documented since at least 1981. But his reaction leaves a lot to be desired. He claims: ‘It was a tragic mistake. Forget it. Get over it. Israel paid reparations.’ . . . McCain won’t tell people that most of the crewmen only received $200 or $250 in compensation.”
On Dec. 29, 2011, during a national radio broadcast from DesMoines, Iowa that was simulcast on C-SPAN, host Jan Mickelson had as his guest Rep. Michele Bachmann (R-Minn.), who at the time was still vying for the Republican presidential nomination. After a brief introduction and a few pleasantries, Mickelson took calls from his listeners.
The first to dial in was Morris, who addressed the guest with a taboo subject.
“I suggest Michele Bachmann do a Google search for Cindy McCain and the USS Liberty,” Morris told listeners to the radio show. “Israel is not an ally of America. They deliberately murdered American sailors and Marines on the USS Liberty on June 8, 1967. Michele Bachmann is willing to overlook that. She’s also spreading lies about Ron Paul, who is not going to put our country at risk militarily. Michele Bachmann is a neocon Israel firster. She’s willing to get us into World War III by initiating a war with Iran. [Iran’s president Mahmoud] Ahmadinejad never threatened to wipe Israel off the map.”
At this point, Mickelson abruptly cut off Morris and snidely remarked, “He’s on a Ron Paul rant there.” He then asked Mrs. Bachmann if she had any comments.
Completely ignoring all references to the Liberty, Mrs. Bachmann instead repeated a mantra indicative of her slavish devotion to Israel.
“I do believe Israel is our ally, and we need to stand for Israel,” she said.

Yet again, the unprovoked attack by a foreign power on an American ship remained the 800-pound gorilla in the room—ignored by the media and politicians that are supposed to stand with our servicemen against such hostil Media Accounts of Syrian Unrest Crafted to Twist Public Opinion

January 13, 2012 dave
By Richard Walker
Since the middle of 2011 the Western mainstream media has been parroting allegations of genocide in Syria at the hands of the country’s security forces. So far, the media has unquestioningly reported these claims, knowing full well that the sworn enemies of Syria’s current leader, Bashar al-Assad, have been the ones promulgating the stories. Guess who these enemies are? They include neocon war hawks in Israel and Washington, who have supported regime change in Syria since 2003, and their allies in Britain, France, Saudi Arabia and Qatar.
One prominent body, which has been the source for many of the headline-grabbing stories about Syria, is the Syrian Observatory for Human Rights in London, whose leaders have chosen to hide their identities. When the observatory fed a story to the Western media that the Syrian military had murdered one of its generals because he defected to run protests against the regime, no one checked with his family. Eventually, the general’s son had to show journalists a medical certificate confirming his father had died of kidney failure years ago, before anyone believed him.
A story that captured the most attention at the close of 2011 was one claiming massacres were taking place daily in the city of Homs, about 100 miles north of the capital, Damascus. The Observatory provided Western news outlets with regular updates, alleging Syrian troops were bombarding the city and were dug in all around it. It was claimed as many as 30 civilians had been shot dead in one day alone.
On Dec. 28, however, monitors from the Arab League visited Syria and traveled to Homs to check out the claims of massacres. Contrary to the stories, the monitors reported they found the atmosphere in Homs “reassuring” and announced that the Syrian government appeared to be in compliance with an agreed-upon peace plan between it and protesters throughout the country.
In many of the reports condemning the regime, there was no mention of the rebel outfits operating like lawless gangs across the country. Those gangs have been engaged in a deliberate campaign to destabilize Syria, and there is evidence they have been backed by Israeli and Western intelligence agencies.
In another report, the Syrian National Council, which is opposed to Assad, told media outlets that Arab League monitors who visited Homs had been duped. Council representatives made the ridiculous claim that the Syrian army had somehow swapped thousands of residents with regime supporters, who were then paraded in front of Arab monitors. This story was published in the mainstream without ever being fact-checked.
Americans should not forget that, in 2003, Congress gave the White House authority to attack Syria under the Syrian Accountability Act of 2003. It remains in force to this day, providing Barack Obama with the authority to wage a clandestine campaign to bring down Assad.
——
Richard Walker is the pen name of a former N.Y. news producer.
Posted in: National News
lities.
——
Victor Thorn is a hard-hitting researcher, journalist and the author of many books on 9-11 and the New World Order. These include 9-11 Evil: The Israeli Role in 9-11 and Phantom Flight 93 and Other Sept. 11 Mysteries Explored.
Posted in: National News


THERE ARE TWO ARTICLES TODAY

RonPaul Should Be Proud to Be ‘Outside the Mainstream’
The Texas congressman is the only Republican presidential candidate who breaks decisively with the status quo.

Jacob Sullum| January 4, 2012 Writing in www.reason.com

"I don't think Ron Paul represents the mainstream," says Mitt Romney. Newt Gingrich, another of the Texas congressman's opponents in the contest for the Republican presidential nomination, uses stronger terms, declaring, "Ron Paul's views are totally outside the mainstream of virtually every decent American."

As last night's resulting Iowa suggest, the "mainstream" to which Romney and Gingrich refers not defined by voters; it is the range of opinion deemed acceptable by leaders of the two major political parties. The mainstream has brought us a national debt the size of the national economy, a bloated yet over extended military that has strayed far from its mission of defending the country, and a lawless executive branch that usurps legislative powers and violates civil liberties.
If that is what the mainstream represents, it is no place for decent Americans who support smaller government. Romney and Gingrich may think they are discrediting Paul, but they are actually recommending him as the only candidate who breaks decisively with the status quo.
Although all of the Republican candidates pay lip service to fiscal restraint, Paul is the only one to proposes actual spending cuts, as opposed to smaller increases. His plan would balance the federal budget by 2015. By contrast, Romney aims to "put us on a path to a balanced budget," while Gingrich vaguely promises to "balance the budget by growing the economy, controlling spending, implementing moneysaving reforms, and replacing destructive policies and regulatory agencies with new approaches."
The fiscal incontinence of the Republicans not named Paul is vividly illustrated by their attitude toward defense spending: More is always better, and any cuts, even if they are only reductions in projected increases, recklessly endanger national security. Romney assails "the Obama administration's irresponsible defense cuts," which would leave the Pentagon's budget bigger in a decade than it is today. The idea of going any further—say, reducing military spending to the amount appropriated in 2007, when the country was hardly helpless against its adversaries—is anathe mato Romney and Gingrich.

In this atmosphere, Paul's insistence that "there's a difference between military spending and defense spending" is a breath of fresh air, and so are his warnings about the consequences of failing to make that distinction. Although his opponents try to isolate him by calling him an "isolationist," his views are more in tune with public opinion than theirs.

Paul supported military action against Al Qaeda and its Taliban allies following the 9/11 attacks, but he opposed the occupation of Afghanistan, the invasion of Iraq, and the air war against Libya, saying the reoperations were not grounded in national defense. Recent polls indicate that two-thirds of Americans agree with his judgment about Afghanistan and Iraq, while up to three-fifths questioned the intervention in Libya. Are all of these people "outside the mainstream" as well?

In addition to its role in military adventures, an elastic definition of national security is the main justification for the steady expansion of presidential power, which has accelerated in response to Islamicterrorism. The New York Times recently asked the presidential candidates, "Which executive powers, if any, claimed and exercised by the Bush and/or Obama administrations were unconstitutional?"Paul cited unauthorized wars, warrantless wiretaps, torture, indefinite detention of terrorism suspects, and the assassination of people the president    unilaterally identifies as enemies. He said the excesses of George W. Bush's counterterrorism policies were "among the worst abuses of executive authority in the nation's history," adding that Bush's successor has been worse in some respects.

None of the other candidates could think of a single instance in     which Bush or Obama exceeded his authority in the name of fighting terrorism or protecting national security. Romney's chief example of unconstitutional executive action was the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, which is actually an example of unconstitutional legislative action. Gingrich said the problem is too little executive power, thanks to interference by the Supreme Court. If this is the mainstream, I want out.

Jacob Sullum is a senior editor at Reason and                              a nationally syndicated columnist. Follow him on Twitter.

© Copyright 2012 by Creators Syndicate Inc.

t’s Tight in Iowa

January 06, 2012dave


• The long, strange road to the Iowa caucuses detailed • Top three candidates separated by small percentage

By Victor Thorn

With more plot twists than a daytime soap opera, the long, strange road leading to Iowa’s Jan. 3 caucuses has seen scandals, embarrassments, surprises and a jockeying for position among frontrunners that has been ever changing on a weekly basis. The big question that must be asked is: Have American voters been duped by the manipulative use of polls to prepare them to accept a candidate that has already been selected for them?

Following John McCain’s disastrous 2008 presidential run, Mitt Romney immediately emerged as the 2012 frontrunner. With money, organization and name recognition, Romney has devoted the last decade of his life vying for the Republican nomination. With steadiness and an unflappable demeanor, pundits agree that it was his race to lose.

However, an array of wild cards soon emerged to confound the situation. Namely, McCain’s vice presidential running mate Sarah Palin, New York City real estate mogul Donald Trump and New Jersey’s bombastic Gov. Chris Christie all considered throwing their hats in the ring to challenge Romney, whose “made for TV appearance” seemed a bit too certain.

First out of the gates was Gov. Palin, who embarked on a glitzy bus tour that had media hounds considering the possibility of what would happen if this charismatic, extremely polarizing figure jumped in with guns a-blazing. But with high negative ratings, Mrs. Palin opted out.

And who can forget last spring when Trump created headlines by none-too-subtly questioning Barack Obama’s legitimacy as president due to speculation concerning his alleged Kenyan birth? But with the release of a laughably-forged birth certificate on April 27, 2011, that many computer experts contend had been manipulated, Trump mysteriously dropped this hot-button issue. Par for the course, a compliant lapdog media demanded that this controversy had now been settled and was no longer news. Shortly thereafter, with his mission accomplished to set aside the “birther” debate, Trump assumed the role of a boorish commentator that repeated the same tired mantra on show after show.

Finally, the hard-charging Chris Christie had to convince supporters, “Short of suicide, I don’t really know what I’d have to do to convince you people that I’m not running.”

With these three political superstars now out of the picture, the field crystallized to prepare for a series of hotly contested debates that soon became characterized as a “reality TV show.” These showdowns coincided with an ongoing game of musical chairs that eventually allowed nearly every GOP candidate to assume the lead in various polls.

Former Minn. Gov. Tim Pawlenty began the process by posing a short-lived challenge to Romney. But when Rep. Michele Bachmann (Minn.) won the Aug. 13 Ames, Iowa straw poll, she soon emerged as a media darling to the right, while members of the liberal press portrayed her as a flaky religious zealot. Bachmann’s slavish devotion to Israel didn’t endear her to those who are suspicious of Zionist control over the American media and political system.

As if following a script, Texas Gov. Rick Perry’s entry into the race bumped Bachmann into a nosediving spiral from which she never recovered. Yet, Perry’s ineptitude soon became apparent as he made gaffe after gaffe. At one point during a debate he couldn’t name the three government agencies that he wanted to eliminate, while another “oops” moment led many to deduce that his intelligence level was even below that of George W. Bush’s—a scary notion, indeed.

Adding to the furor was Perry’s bizarre executive order to have all 12-year-old girls in the state vaccinated with Gardasil, a cervical cancer vaccine. Perhaps the final nail in Perry’s coffin came when he enraged conservatives after declaring them “heartless” for not defending his policy of giving in-state tuition to illegal aliens.

Perry’s crash-and-burn self-destruction facilitated the rise of black businessman and former Federal Reserve honcho Herman Cain, who championed a much-ballyhooed tax plan called 9-9-9. Although his tax plan was full of holes, Cain’s real problems arose when a string of women stepped forward to accuse the candidate of either sexually harassing them or engaging in extramarital affairs. Unable to withstand the heat, Cain bowed out and faded into obscurity.

Along the way, GOP gatekeepers allowed former New Mexico Gov. Gary Johnson to participate in a handful of debates. Largely ignored, Johnson did land one memorable line when asked about the economy. He quipped, “My next-door neighbor’s two dogs have created more shovel-ready jobs than this current administration.” Regrettably, Republican bigwigs blackballed Johnson and refused to grant him a place on the debate stage, as they similarly did to former Louisiana Gov. Buddy Roemer.

Johnson recently switched party affiliations and is now seeking the Libertarian nomination.

With a new vacuum opened after Cain’s departure, Newt Gingrich surged to lead the pack. An arrogant elitist and ultimate Beltway insider—epitomized by a commercial where he sat beside Nancy Pelosi to promote global warming—Gingrich relished his role as the “smartest man in the room.”

Soon, however, Gingrich went under the microscope for his close affiliation with Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, the U.S. government-sponsored mortgage giants. Romney also confronted Gingrich on his bizarre idea that America should establish lunar colonies to mine minerals. Gingrich also advocated using a complex arrangement of space mirrors to light U.S. highways.

Fortunately, conservative infatuation with Gingrich waned in the following weeks, only to be filled—lo and behold—by another Israel-firster, former U.S. Sen. Rick Santorum (Pa.). As is Romney, Santorum is rabidly pro-military expansionist, pro-AIPAC and pro-Zionist. Santorum unabashedly advocates the launching of an unconstitutional American military attack on Iran and its nuclear capabilities that would undoubtedly begin World War III.

Amid all this choreographed shuffling and razzle dazzle, Rep. Ron Paul (Texas) has remained an unwavering force to be reckoned with. The devotion among his core base was evident in Iowa, where only days prior to the caucuses he was cited as the odds-on favorite to achieve victory. An ardent constitutionalist, Federal Reserve foe and proponent of state’s rights, Paul is the only candidate that hasn’t been accused by his colleagues of being a flip-flopper. Or, as Paul has stated in numerous interviews: “I’ve been delivering the same message for 30 years. America is now finally catching up with me.”

Last but not least, as AFP’s Michael Collins Piper has dutifully noted over the past few months, former Utah Gov. John Huntsman is being groomed to play a potential Ross Perot-style spoiler after coming under the tutelage of Lady Lynn Forester de Rothschild. If Huntsman decides to pursue this endeavor, it could mean the creation of a new internationalist party—something the world’s elites have been salivating over for many years now.

GOD IS ANGRY And He has good reasons
By Bill Gibbons
"These six things doth the Lord hate: yea, seven are an abomination unto Him: A proud look, a lying tongue, and hands that shed innocent blood, An heart that deviseth wicked imaginations, feet that be swift in running to mischief, A false witness that speaketh lies, and he that soweth discord among brethren" (PS. 6: 16-19. --- "God judgeth the righteous, and God is angry with the wicked every day. PS. 7:11.
YES! God is getting angry with the citizens of the world and He is punishing them for their evil deeds, which are many in the sight of God. We wonder if the world's citizens will ever get wise to the fact, that it is a BAD IDEA to have God angry with them. Will they ever learn, that God has rules and He expects His rules to be obeyed.
God says, the world is His and He alone has the power to do as He pleases with the world. God got so fed up with the Old World: that, in the days of Noah, He destroyed the entire world's population, with the exception of eight people. God destroyed the twin cities of Sodom and Gomorrah, because they had almost completely turned the cities in to the worst cities in existence at that time. The cities were overrun by perverts, that is homosexuals. Today, the United States is being turned into a state where perversion is fast becoming respectable as it must have been in Sodom and Gomorrah. God says this sin is an ABOMONITION to Him and He is getting angry with us for allowing this to happen.
Along about 33 A.D. the Romans, at the urging of the Jewish leaders, crucified God's Son, the Lord Jesus Christ. God got angry, but he was merciful to the nation and gave them another 40 years to repent of this worst of all sins. The nation did not repent, but instead persecuted His followers by jailing some and murdering others. GOD GOT ANGRY! He poured out His wrath against that nation and turned the Roman legions against the people. First century historians say, that every tree in Israel that would hold a Jew had a Jew hanging on the tree. Thousands of Jews were slaughtered and many thousands more were crucified. Many were sold into slavery and taken from the land of Israel.
Where does Israel stand with God today? To show you the answer to this question, we must go to the only one who has the answer to that question. That person is Almighty God Himself. To do this we turn to the Book of Romans and quote most of chapter eleven:
"I say then, Hath God castaway His people? God forbid. For I also am an Israelite, of the seed of Abraham, of the tribe of Benjamin.
2. God hath not cast away His people which He foreknew. Wot ye not what the Scripture saith of Elijah? how he maketh intercession to God against Israel, saying,
3. Lord, they have killed thy prophets, and digged down thine altars ; and I am left alone, and they seek my life.
4. But what sayeth the answer of God to Him? I have reserved to Myself seven thousand men, who have not bowed the knee to the images of Baal.
5. Even so then at this present time also there is a remnant according to the election of grace.
6. And if by grace, then is it no more works: otherwise grace is no more grace. But if it be of works, then it is no more grace: otherwise work is no more work.
7. What then? Israel hath not obtained that which he seeketh for; but the election hath obtained it, and the rest were blinded. (Here we see the beginning of problems for many modern Jews).
8. According as it is written, God hath given them the spirit of slumber, eyes that they should not see, and ears that they should not hear;) unto this day. (God did this, because they rejected His Son ,which He offered to them).
9. And Davis saith, Let their table be made a snare, and a trap, and a stumbling block, and a recompense unto them:
10. Let their eyes be darkened, that they may not see, and bow down their backs alway. (So David, a man they looked up to, says, they get what they deserve for what they have done).
11. I say then, Have they stumbled that they should fall? God forbid: but rather through their fall salvation is come unto the gentiles, for to provoke them to jealousy. (This is, as God knew it would work to provoke the Jews, but it did not lead them to Jesus Christ, it only hardened their hearts against God).
12. Now if the fall of them be the riches of the world, and the diminishing of them the riches of the Gentiles; how much more their fullness?
13: For I speak to you Gentiles, inasmuch as I am the apostle of the Gentiles, I magnify mine office:
14. If by any means I may provoke to emulation them which are my flesh, and might save some of them (Some Jews were indeed saved in Paul's day and a few may even be saved today, but very few).
15. For if the casting away of hem be the reconciling of the world, what shallthe receiving of them be, but life from the dead?
16. For if the firstfruit be holy, the lump is also holy: and if the root be holy, so are the branches.
17. And if some of the branches be broken off, and thou, being a wild olive tree wert grafted in among them and with them partake of the root and fatness of the olive tree:
18. Boast not against the branches. But if thou boast, thou bearest not the root, but the root thee.
19. Thou wilt say then, the branches were broken off, that I might be grafted in.
20. Well; because of unbelief they were broken off, and thou standest by faith. Be not high-minded, but fear: (Fear, because if you fall away from God as the Jews did, then you can be cut off from God the same as the Jew and that is exactly what is happening to the Gentile world today. We are turning our backs on the grace of God and that is a fatal mistake).
21. For if God spared not the natural branches (that is the Jews) take heed lest He also spare thee not. (God cut the Jew off from Him because of unbelief and they will remain cut off until the Lord returns and there is nothing anyone can do about it. To return to God, the Jew must repent, which most Jews refuse to do).
22. Behold therefore the goodness and severity of God: on them which fell, severity; but toward thee, goodness, if thou continue in hisgoodness: otherwise thou also shalt be cut off. (Most of the people of the world have already been cut off because of unbelief and that is why the world is on the brink of being placed under the New World Order, which will be a hell on earth. It will be hell on earth, because Satan will be in COMPLETE charge of the world).
23 And they also, if they abide not still in unbelief, shall be grafted in: for God is able to graff them in again. (We will remind you: That it is God that must graff them back in again. You cannot do that as long as they remain in unbelief. Many of you professing Christians treat the Jews as if he was something special, while God says the Jew is no longer His favorite. Today, the true believer, those redeemed by the Blood of Jesus Christ are Gods people and not the Jew.
(How can the Jew be a favorite of God, while he is teaching his children that Jesus Christ is not God, that Jesus Christ is not the Saviour; therefore leading his children to HELL FOREVER? Can God bless anyone that would lead his children to Hell? THE ANSWER IS A RESOUNDING NO!)
24. For if thou wert cut out of the olive tree which is wild by nature, and wert grafted contrary to nature into a good olive tree: how much more shall these, which be the natural branches, be grafted into their own olive tree? (Nothing is too hard for God, but to the natural mind He is saying it is much easier for Him to Graft the Jew back into the olive tree, then it was to graft the wild and evil gentile into the olive tree).
25. For I would not, brethren, that ye should be ignorant of his mystery, lest ye should be wise in your own conceits; that blindness in part is happened to Israel, UNTIL THE FULLNESS OF THE GENILES BE COME IN. (The Jew is still blind because he rejected the Saviour, Jesus Christ, and he will remain blind until the Saviour returns to lift that veil from his eyes).
26. And so all Israel shall be saved; as it is written, There shall come out of Sion the Deliverer, and shall turn away ungodliness from Jacob: For this is my covenant unto them, when I shall take away their sins" RO. 11:1-26.
Right now Israel is cut off from God and the Gentiles are in the are in the picture, but this will change when the Lord Jesus Christ returns to earth. The Jews will come back into favor with God and ALL Israel will be saved, but not until the Lord returns.
So then, we have seen that God destroyed the old world, Sodom and Gomorrah and Israel for one reason: Sin became so black in the eyes of God that He was forced to destroy them. It is easy to see, that the entire world is on the brink of suffering this same disaster. This coming calamity will be known as the Great Tribulation. The tribulation is the ultimate disaster the world is facing.
In the meantime, we see many smaller disasters and the disasters are becoming more common and more often as the people dive deeper into sin against God. If you have been watching disasters around the world, you will see that we have had more disasters in the last 10 years than we had in the 100 years before that. These so-called "natural disasters" are allowed by God to happen as His way of punishing a sinful people.
We have seen floods, earthquakes, tornadoes (one tornado practically wiped Joplin, MO off the map), hurricanes, like Katrina in New Orleans, tsunamis, like the one in the Pacific and the one in Japan, floods, and forest fires. These disasters have been happening all over the world, because the entire world has turned against God. To this humble writer, It is easy to see why God is getting angry and why He is allowing these disasters to occur.
It does not take a rocket scientist or a theological professor to see, that God is getting angry and when He gets angry disasters happen and this is His way of telling us we need to repent of our sins and turn to Jesus Christ as our Saviour. Unless we turn from our wicked ways, thing are not only going to continue as they have been for the last ten years, we can expect thing to get even worse in the next ten years.
What is the outlook for America in the coming years? DISMAL! Unless we change our way of living, God is going to allow us continue to slide into the GLOBAL PLANTATION, where there will only be lords and serfs and you know what most of us will be: That is those of us that are allowed to live.
Let us close with this bit of advice: Remember, there are very few politicians that can be fully trusted to look out for the best interest of the American people. Their loyalty is to the SUPER-RICH that pay for their elections and not to you, the voters.


The China Threat
It was during the 70's that we began to see China as the greatest threat to our nations security. That seems like a long time ago to many of you, but it became obvious to those of us in the know, that China was the nation to watch out for. Stay with us and you will see, that we know what we are talking about.
By this time we could no longer find electronic equipment that was made in the USA. RCA, General Electric, Motorola, Westinghouse, Zenith, etc. etc. etc., automobiles, appliances and you name it, all the plants had been moved offshore. Patriotic sources began to talk about the balance of payment with China, which made no sense to us, since China was a Communist nation and we were in the Cold War with Communist Russia, who was allied with China.
We lived in Anaheim, California, the home of Disney Land. This was considered by many across the country as the most conservative county in the nation. Our local paper, The Anaheim Bulletin, was owned by Howard Loudon, a staunch conservative and patriot extreme. The county paper was owned by Freedom Newspapers with a Libertarian viewpoint. We also had, in Washington, the nation's best Congressman, James B. Utt and many of us received his very informative news letter each month.
My wife and I belonged to a conservative club, that had some of the county's most conservative people as members. Our most distinguished member was Walter Knott, the founder of Knot's Berry Farm in Buena Park, CA., next to Anaheim and Mr. Knott attended our meetings most of the time. We had several doctors, a few lawyers and other distinguished people as members. Major Jim Townsend, publisher of the National Educator and president of Save Our Republic, an organization working to expose the Federal Reserve System was a faithful member. This was at a time, when most people, even many conservatives, thought the bank was indeed a Federal Bank. We were very well informed and knew what was going on, but many of us did not know who was behind the problems. It took several years for the truth to sink into our slow thinking minds. Since that time we have discovered, that conservatives and professing Christians are some of the most easily fooled people in the country
We began to hear about the balance of payment between the U.S. and China and it was in favor of China. This meant, that they were selling us a lot more stuff, then we were selling them. This made no sense to us, since Communism was the enemy; we wondered why we would be helping the Chinese.
Along about this time, we began to see, that the owners and directors of the national corporations were moving our factories to China, costing us thousands of good paying jobs and making ghost towns out of the northern cities, like Detroit and Flint Michigan. We also discovered that the Democrats, "the working man's friend," did nothing to stop this exodus of our jobs. We also discovered, that Congress, both political parties, was giving these giant corporations a tax break for moving these jobs out of the country. By now many of us began to smell a RAT!.
We fought back against what was happening with all this merchandise being sold in American stores. Some freedom loving people started going around to the stores that sold Chinese merchandise and putting little notes in the pockets and other places saying to buy this stuff was to support communism.
Here they ran into a buzz saw, because the same people that was importing this stuff from Communist China, belonged to the same small group that owned the major stores that was selling this stuff. Some of our people were arrested for placing these notes in among the merchandise. The major media was against people doing his and came down hard on the people caught placing these notes among the stuff. This caused a lot of people to question the goals of the media even more. Some of us thought back to the days when the media was fighting against Sen. McCarthy and his effort to get the communist out of the State Department.
Most of those involved did not see the full picture, because it takes time to study all the issues and to put all the pieces together. It took us many years of study to see that there was indeed a conspiracy to destroy our economy and turn this nation into a third world nation. We discovered this in the early 60's, before the Internet was introduced.
Next we had to learn that the conspirators belonged to a very, very small group; a group so small, that they were INVISIBLE to most people. We have been informed by people on the fringe area of this group, that, there are no more than 300 super-rich families causing all the problems for the rest of the entire world. Think about that, 300 families with enough money to buy enough politicians to make slaves of over 400 billion people of all nationalities, countries and religions.
These 300 families make up, what we know as the BILDERBERGS. Each year for the last 60 some years, 120-to-150 of the SUPER-RICH meat once a year in a secluded spot and plan how they are going to rule the world. One of their goals was to bring all the nations of Europe into one large government. They had planned to do this with the Soviet union, but a little fellow in German, with a funny looking mustache, stopped them.
That was when they decided on the present approach. First they would organize the European Union, then the American Union, and then the Asian Union and this is where China comes into the picture. The would be world rulers would rather deal with three different governments, then hundreds of nations states and providences. In order to accomplish this, the rulers must destroy the U.S. economy, while making billions of dollars for themselves and prepare the people to settle for anything just to survive.
On this web site we have showed you, that the super-rich in America and in Europe financed the Bolshevik Revolution in Russia. We showed you that the Rothschild family led the way and the rest of the super-rich followed, the Rockefellers, Schiff's, Loebs, Harriman's and others. Today, the descendants of these Communist supporters are carrying on the dream of their fathers and continue to march us into slavery on A GLOBAL PLANTATION, where there will only be lords and serfs and you know what most of us will be .Many of us will not be allowed to live on this PLANTATION, because the new rulers will kill us to make the world a safe place for them to rule. This is what the communist did in the old Soviet Union and in all communist countries. In Cambodia, under Pol Pot, it has been estimated that the communist killed one third of the people.
In the Soviet Union and in Communist China, millions of poor souls were murdered or allowed to die of starvation just to satisfy these evil bastards lust for blood. A human life means nothing to them, just as long as they win in the end. To these evil people, the entire world could perish and it would not bother them at all. Of course that would be no fun, they want to rule over the Gentile world and see them bow and scrape just to stay alive.
Of course our own government is not much better in some ways. At the end of WW II, we allowed over a million German POW's to die of diseases and starvation in an open field. More German POW's died in this prison camp, then were killed in combat. You can thank Eisenhower and Harry Truman for this blight on our nation. We hung Germans and Japanese for crimes such as this one, while we re-elected Truman as president and later elected Eisenhower president. Both were war criminals and should have been hung along with the Germans and Japanese.
Back to the subject at hand: Harry, the buck stops here, Truman sold out the Chinese Nationalists and allowed the communist to take over in China.
During WW II, the American officials that we sent to China to report on the war and to aid the Chinese Nationalists in their battle against Japan, reported back to Washington, that the Chinese Nationalist were not trying to defeat the Japanese, but rather favored the Japanese and the Chinese communist were doing all the fighting. Of course this was a lie and our government leaders knew it was a lie.
Sitting in the Treasury Dept. was a known communist, Harry Dexter White, who was supposed to be sending money to the Chinese to fight the Japanese, but he was with- holding this vital aid to China. When WW II ended, we soon cut off all aid to China and the communist, with aid from Russia, easily defeated the Chinese Nationalists Chinese, Retired general George Marshall, the Army Chief of Staff in Dec.,1941, was now the Secretary of State and he once said: "With the stroke of my pin, I disarmed Chaing Kai Shek." Chaing was the leader of China at that time. We allowed the Chinese communist to take possession of the war material that the Japanese left behind, to be used against the Nationalists Chinese. So you can see that our unelected rulers, the SUPER-RICH ZIONIST, have been for China all the time.
During the reign of Jimmy Carter, who by-the-way professes to be a Christian and that probably helped get him elected, gave away our own Panama Canal with the help of both political parties. And, who is in charge of the Panama Canal today? You guessed it, communist China our sworn enemy.
So, it is easy to see that we have supported the communist in China for many years and we are supporting them now, by building up their economy at the expense of our own economy. Politicians of both political parties are equally guilty in this treasonous action.
Most people will not agree with us, but we say: THAT WE ARE NO LONGER THE GOOD GUYS! Sure we have the best form of government, the world has ever seen, but that government has been taken over by criminals. Both political parties are involved in this criminal activity.
We could see the handwriting on the wall away back in the early 70's. At that time, we said, that China could easily land in Mexico and invade this country from there without having to land on our beaches, because Mexico is a communist country . Today, we believe they will not have to invade at all, but will be able to walk in and take over the country as part of the New World Order.
China is fast becoming the new powerhouse kid on the block. In 10-20 years they will be the most powerful nation in the world, both militarily and economically and it is all because of the 300 SUPER-RICH Zionist Jews that are virtually running the world already. 300 families that have been the movers and shakers behind communist ever since their forefathers sponsored the Bolshevik Revolution in Russia.
Wake up people and get to know the real enemy and quit listening to the judas goats that are pretending to be your friends. People like Rush Limbaugh, who profess to be pro-American, while he is actually a mouth piece for the Zionist bankers and their friends. You don't think so, then just try and get him to talk about the Bilderbergs, the Federal Reserve Banks or the Obama birth certificate. But, for that matter, just try and get anyone in Congress to talk about the Obama birth certificate. That is something that even Ron Paul will not discuss. Yes my friends, you do not have any friends in Congress, no matter how good they sound. When push comes to shove, Congress will do as their masters, the Zionist bankers and their friends want them to do.
A shameful year
POSTED BY JUDSON PHILLIPS | DECEMBER 19, 2011
Jim DeMint of South Carolina called it a shameful year. He was right.
As Congress wrapped up the spending bills for this year, Democrats decided early on they were going to hang tough and they would not agree to any spending cuts. They also knew the Republicans have no stomach for a fight.
Republicans in Congress, along with their enablers, the Democratic majority in the Senate, passed a $1 trillion budget bill -- and most Congressional Republicans did not even know what was in it.
Where was the Tea Party?
A year ago, the Tea Party swept liberals out of power in Congress. The Republicans came into power with the promise of making changes. They were going to defund Obamacare and were going to cut spending.
A funny thing happened on the way to power. Republicans did nothing.
Now, they have passed an omnibus spending bill. Despite the promise not to put together these massive bills, they did. Despite their promise to have bills available for 72 hours, this bill was rushed through.
Despite promises to cut spending, all of the liberal programs such as Obamacare, Dodd-Frank, the EPA and, well, the list goes on, got their money. Not only did the Republicans not cut spending, spending is actually up under the Republican Congress.
Can someone please tell me why the Tea Party supported the Republicans?
Perhaps the Republicans need to learn something.
In 2000, the American people gave the GOP control of the White House as well as Congress. By 2006, Americans were so disgusted with Republicans acting just like Democrats that they put the Democrats back in charge.
In 2008, the elections results for the Republicans were akin to Custer’s last stand except Custer might have fared a little better. In 2010, the Republicans roared back because the Tea Party came into existence and supported them.
The Republicans did what Republicans always do. They told us they would be conservatives and then went to Washington and acted like liberals.
There were a few who did not. Marco Rubio, the great Senator from Florida voted no. Ted Poe, the great Congressman from Texas did not support this monstrosity either.
The shameful year for the GOP is over. With the establishment doing its best to strangle the conservative movement and give us Mitt Romney as President, the GOP is not learning.
If the GOP is not willing to learn this lesson, perhaps it will learn another lesson. Political parties are not immortal. If they do not respond to the will of the people, they simply became historical footnotes.

The “GinGrinch” Steals Christmas
December 16, 2011 admin
By Ralph Forbes
Republican presidential hopeful Newt Gingrich is much nastier than the Grinch of children’s storybook fame, who only disguised himself as Santa to ruin Christmas. Gingrich is a moral leper who fleeced taxpayers for millions of dollars and wants to start World War III by attacking Iran.
Gingrich has been naughty not nice, so we’re making a list and checking it twice.
For helping Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac destroy the economy, costing millions of Americans their jobs and homes, “The GinGrinch” was paid $1.6 million to oppose those who wanted to stop these taxpayer-guaranteed loans. On April 24, 2007—just before the collapse—Gingrich said: “I think conservatives should embrace and want to extend (these sub-prime loans) as widely as possible.” In 2008, three-quarters of all home loans in the U.S. were guaranteed by taxpayers through Freddie Mac.
Gingrich also supported bailing out Wall Street, but later lied about it, saying: “I’m not for bailing them out. In fact, I’m for breaking them up.” Actually, Gingrich did support the $700 billion taxpayer “TARP” bailout—of which $150 billion went to Freddie Mac and friends.
Gingrich then lied about forcing you to buy from healthcare corporations that bribe Congress. He claimed he only supported the mandate in 1993, as an alternative to “Hillarycare.” Yet as recently as 2007, Gingrich wrote this: “Congress must do more, including passing legislation to . . . require anyone who earns more than $50,000 a year to purchase health insurance. . . .” Gingrich got big bucks from Big Pharma.
Gingrich denies he supported Obama’s skyrocketing energy cost cap-and-trade swindle. But Gingrich wrote: “I think if you have mandatory carbon caps combined with a trading system . . . and if you have a tax incentive program for investing in the solutions, that there’s a package there that’s very, very good. And frankly it’s something I would strongly support.”
Gingrich swears he is not a lobbyist. The mainstream media lets him get away with lying about it.
If Gingrich gets in the White House, he will turn the country into a coast-to-coast real-life nightmare a la Frank Capra’s vision of Pottersville, the fictional alternative reality in the movie It’s a Wonderful Life.
As for me, all I want for Christmas is for Gingrich and all the neocons to volunteer for the frontlines in Afghanistan and all the other countries they want America to attack. I want someone like Ron Paul to win the White House and bring America’s sons and daughters safely home. I want to solve our money problems by getting rid of the banksters’ privately owned Federal Reserve.
That’s not too much to ask, is
PHONY FBI TERROR PLOTS GARNER INCREASED INERNATIONAL SCRUTINY
By Bill White
On Nov. 18 Jose Pimentel, an American citizen from the Dominican Republic, was arrested in New York and charged with constructing a pipe bomb. A federal informant who had been monitoring him sat by, giving him directions, having already instructed Pimentel to attack an American target in revenge for the assassination of American Islamic cleric Anwar al-Awlaki. Reuters and other news agencies immediately met reports of the plot with skepticism, especially after they said Pimentel bought his bomb-making materials while accompanied by the informant, who eventually caused his arrest.
This incident was the latest in a series of bogus terror arrest hat has drawn the attention of international media sources, particularly Britain's Guardian Newspaper, which ran a Nov.16 expose on increasing governmental efforts to fabricate terror incidents in order to generate fear that can be used to control the American people.
The Guardian report followed a study by the University of California at Berkeley showing that only three of the hundreds of terror plots investigated by the United States may have an existence independent of the FBI. Federal informants have been scouring the country trying to create incidents in order to help the careers of U.S. attorneys and justify excessive American expenditure on anti-terror campaigns.
The FBI has 10,000 field agents on its payroll, and each of those agents is required to have at least four informants working for him full time, manufacturing crimes, in exchange for a paltry $400 a week, plus up to $2,0000 bonus if their lies lead to a conviction. On average, each FBI agent maintains approximately 10 such informants, meaning that 100,000 Americans on the FBI payroll do nothing with their day but manufacture criminal conspiracies. The U.S. marshals, DEA, Immigration and Customs Enforcement and BATF maintain similar programs, meaning that as many as half a million Americans are earning a full-time living attempting to lure other Americans into criminal acts, only to be prosecuted by the government.
"Legally, you have to use the word 'entrapment' very carefully. I it is a very strict term." said Karen Greenberg, a professor at Fordham University.
nder U.S. law, all FBI agents has to do in order to "sting" someone for a terror plot is show that he was "predisposed" to commit acts of terrorism. To qualify as predisposed, all one must do is express a strong opinion either opposing the U,S, government or supporting an ideology the government believes is opposed to it. Thus, if a person were to express a strong belief in Islam, that would be sufficient for U.S. domestic intelligence forces to suggest that that person commit a terrorists act, then provide him with items necessary o carry out the act.
Generally, the FBI tries to lure victims into conspiracies, in which several people with similar ideas are brought together and persuaded to commit a crime in unison--a maneuver that means that no actual ability to carry out the attack need be present. But, sometimes, the FBI is unable to bring a group of people together, in which case it manufactures the crime by providing explosives--or explosive materials and instructions--to its victim, and then arrest him.



Don't fail to read the second article by Bill White about the government sting operations and the phony terrorists plots.
NEW WORLD ORDER LOBBY PROMOTING GINGRICH
By Michael Collins Piper
Do you like Newt Gingrich? So do the Zionist Bankers and their friends ED.)
Even though there was no evidence of it, the elite media announced that the presidential campaign of former House Speaker Newt Gingrich was picking up steam and gave his ambitions a critical boost. This was no surprise to those who know Gingrich has a longstanding ties to powerful circles outside the realm of the grassroots voters.
In 1968, when conservatives were backing Richard Nixon or then-California Gov. Ronald Reagan for the GOP presidential nomination, Gingrich was a Southern campaign coordinator for the liberal internationalist Gov. Nelson Rockefeller of New York.
Although Gingrich now touts himself as a conservative, he remains a fervent New World Order globalists and a longtime advocate of U.S. military adventurism abroad and destructive so-called free trade policies. In fact, it was Gingrich who helped railroad the discredited North American free Trade Agreement through Congress.
A member of the Rockefeller-financed Council on Foreign Relations, the New York affiliate of the royal Institute of International Affairs, the policy apparatus of the Rothschild banking empire, Gingrich is particularly close to hard-line pro Israel forces on American soil.
One of his chief foreign policy advisors is Ilan Berman, editor of the journal of the Jewish Institute for National Security Affairs (JINSA), the U.S.-based operation said by Prof. Edward Hermann of the University of Pennsylvania to be a "virtual agency of the Israeli government."
Best known for its front-line role through asserts in the George W. Bush administration in misdirecting the United States into the debacle in Iraq and now continuing o clamor for war against Iran, JINSA has several of its key figures--including JINSA's founder, Stephen Byren, and his close associates Richard Perle and Paul Wolfowitz--investigated by the FBI on suspicion of conducting espionage for Israel.
Gingrich--who has overseen a network of political enterprises that have brought an estimated $100 million into his coffers since he left Congress--has been favored by one donor in particular: Las Vegas gambling tycoon Sheldon Adelson a devoted supporter of Israel, who once described himself as "the richest Jew in the world." This modern incarnation of crime boss Meyer Lansky bankrolled Gingrich to the tune of at least $6 million.
While in Congress, Gingrich benefited from the activities of his (second) wife, Marianne, then on the payroll of the Israel Export Development Company (IEDCO), promoting the importation of Israeli products into the United States--even as Gingrich used his influence in Congress o advance U.S.-Israel trade.
IEDCO was the brainchild of Larry Silverstein, the billionaire owner of the World Trade towers at the time 0f the 9-11tradgey, best known for urging, "pull it"--in reference to the trade center's Building 7, which was deliberately imploded--as 9-11 researchers have documented relentlessly.
Silverstein even admitted to The Wall Street Journal that Gingrich was one of a number in Congress who lobbied to support Silverstein's ventures. This happened at a time when Gingrich's wife was on Sliverstein's payroll.
Mrs. Gingrich's IDEACO deal was cut in 1994 after she and Newt traveled to Israel at the expense of the American Israel Public Affairs Committee, a lobby for Israel.
Although she took a monthly salary of $2,500, plus "commissions," Mrs. Gingrich refused to disclose he size of the commissions. the sums she received are of the level seen an many bribery scandals.
On Jan. 25, 1985, a front page story in The Spotlight unmasked Gingrich--then a little-known junior House member and the leader of a clique of Republicans, the Conservative Opportunity Society (CCOS)--as the driving force behind a scheme to scrap the GOP's historic nationalist stance on foreign policy.
The Spotlight revealed that Gingrich and several other CIS members--including then Rep. Vin Weber (R-Minn.)--had attended a secret meeting with Donald Graham, publisher of The Washington Post, at which Gingrich and the COS agreed to use their influence to push the GOP into the international camp. In return, the Post's power-wielders promised to give Gingrich and his collaborators wide and favorable publicity. Until then, the media had relegated Gingrich and company to back-bench status, painted as extremists.
Gingrich told the Post the COS would--and they did--call for sanctions against white-ruled South Africa, a reversal of the traditional conservative stand, a move that helped bring down that government and which resulted in South Africa turning its nuclear arsenal over to Israel--a little known secret hen and now.
Soon--as promised-- the Post published a laudatory profile of Gingrich, one of many future puff pieces.
Then, Gingrich's colleague, Weber, authored a Post column openly calling for the GOP to become "America's new international party."
The Spotlight was shouted down by conservatives hoodwinked by the big media into following Gingrich's brand of 'leadership." Ultimately, however, the secret Post-Gingrich meeting was confirmed by the Post--but only after Gingrich had reached a position of influence. The Spotlight's "conspiracy theory"--as some called it--proved to be a conspiracy fact.
On Sept.3, 1995 the Post pointed out that "for the ultra-right, Gingrich is just a tool of the world government plot." The Post said "anyone who glances at The Spotlight ... knows .... Gingrich is hardly the leader of their movement, in their eyes, he is [subverting]it."
According to the Post: "Those with a paranoid bent are convinced that the Georgian is in cahoots with President Clinton, the Rockefellers, the Freemasons, the Council on Foreign Relations and the entire eastern establishment to abrogate the Constitution and forge a New World Order under the thumb of the Jewish central bankers and the UN."..
More than a decade later, that sarcastic assessment of Gingrich stands perhaps more true than ever.
PHONY FBI TERROR PLOTS GARNER INCREASED INERNATIONAL SCRUTINY
By Bill White
On Nov. 18 Jose Pimentel, an American citizen from the Dominican Republic, was arrested in New York and charged with constructing a pipe bomb. A federal informant who had been monitoring him sat by, giving him directions, having already instructed Pimentel to attack an American target in revenge for the assassination of American Islamic cleric Anwar al-Awlaki. Reuters and other news agencies immediately met reports of the plot with skepticism, especially after they said Pimentel bought his bomb-making materials while accompanied by the informant, who eventually caused his arrest.
This incident was the latest in a series of bogus terror arrest hat has drawn the attention of international media sources, particularly Britain's Guardian Newspaper, which ran a Nov.16 expose on increasing governmental efforts to fabricate terror incidents in order to generate fear that can be used to control the American people.
The Guardian report followed a study by the University of California at Berkeley showing that only three of the hundreds of terror plots investigated by the United States may have an existence independent of the FBI. Federal informants have been scouring the country trying to create incidents in order to help the careers of U.S. attorneys and justify excessive American expenditure on anti-terror campaigns.
The FBI has 10,000 field agents on its payroll, and each of those agents is required to have at least four informants working for him full time, manufacturing crimes, in exchange for a paltry $400 a week, plus up to $2,0000 bonus if their lies lead to a conviction. On average, each FBI agent maintains approximately 10 such informants, meaning that 100,000 Americans on the FBI payroll do nothing with their day but manufacture criminal conspiracies. The U.S. marshals, DEA, Immigration and Customs Enforcement and BATF maintain similar programs, meaning that as many as half a million Americans are earning a full-time living attempting to lure other Americans into criminal acts, only to be prosecuted by the government.
"Legally, you have to use the word 'entrapment' very carefully. I it is a very strict term." said Karen Greenberg, a professor at Fordham University.
Under U.S. law, all FBI agents has to do in order to "sting" someone for a terror plot is show that he was "predisposed" to commit acts of terrorism. To qualify as predisposed, all one must do is express a strong opinion either opposing the U,S, government or supporting an ideology the government believes is opposed to it. Thus, if a person were to express a strong belief in Islam, that would be sufficient for U.S. domestic intelligence forces to suggest that that person commit a terrorists act, then provide him with items necessary o carry out the act.
Generally, the FBI tries to lure victims into conspiracies, in which several people with similar ideas are brought together and persuaded to commit a crime in unison--a maneuver that means that no actual ability to carry out the attack need be present. But, sometimes, the FBI is unable to bring a group of people together, in which case it manufactures the crime by providing explosives--or explosive materials and instructions--to its victim, and then arrest him.


CRITICS OF 9-11 TRUTH LAVK CRDENIALS
By Paul Craig Roberts
The critics of 9-11 truth: Do not have a case? Answer to the question is no. The 9-11 truth critics have nothing but ad hominem arguments. Let's examine the case against the truthers presented by Ted Rall, Ann Barnhardt and Alexander Cockburn. But first let's define who the truthers are.
The Internet has made it possible for anyone to have a web site and to rant and speculate to their heart's content. There are a large number of 9-11 conspiracy theorists. Many on both sides the issue are equally ignorant. Neither side has any shame about demonstrating ignorance. Both sides of the issue have conspiracy theories. Sept. 11 was a conspiracy whether a person believes that it was an inside job or that a handful of Arabs in a cave in Afghanistan outwitted the entire intelligence apparatus of the Western World and the operational response of NORAD and the Air Force.
For one side to call the other conspiracy theorists is the pot calling the kettle black. The question turns not on name calling but on evidence.
The 9-11 Truth movement was created in part by professional architects and engineers some of whom are known for having designed steel high-rise buildings. It was created in part by distinguished scientists, such as University of Copenhagen nano-scientists Niels Harriot, who has 60 scientific papers to his credit, and physicists Steven Jones. It was created in part by Air Force pilots and commercial airline pilots who are experts at flying airplanes. It was created in part by firefighters who were in the twin towers and who personally heard and experienced numerous explosions, including explosion in the sub-basements. It was created in part by members of 9-11 families who desire to know how such an improbable set of events as 9-11 could possible occur.
The professionals and the scientists are speaking from the basis of years of experience and expert knowledge. Moreover, the scientists are speaking from the basis of careful research into the evidence that exists. When an international research team of scientists spends 18 months studying the components in the dust from the towers and the fused pieces of concrete and steel, they know what they are doing. When they announce they have definite evidence on incendiaries and explosives, you can bet your life they have the evidence.
When a physicists proves that Building 7 fell at free fall speed and the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), which accepts the government version, has to acknowledge that he is correct, you can bet your life the Physicists is correct.
When fire dept. captains and clean up teams report molten steel and their testimony is backed up with photographs--in the debris of the ruins weeks and months after he buildings' destruction, you can bet your life the molten steel was there. When the same authorities report pumping fire suppressants and huge quantities of water with no effects on the molten steel, you can bet your life that the temperature long after the buildings' destruction remained extremely high, far higher than any building fire can reach.
When he architects, engineers and scientists speak, they offer no theory of who is responsible for 9-11. hey sate that the known evidence supports neither the NIST reports nor the 9-11 Commission Reports. They say that the explanations that the government has provided is demonstrably wrong and that an investigation is required if we are to discover the truth about the events.
It is not a conspiracy to examine the evidence and to state that the evidence does not support the official exploitation that has been given.
What is the position of the government's critics? Ted Rall says: "Everything I've read and watched on truther sites is easily dismissed by anyone with a basic knowledge of physics and architecture. (I spent three years in engineering school.)"
Ann Barnhardt writes: "I gotta tell you, I've just about had it with these 9-11 truthers. If there is one phenomenon in our sick culture that sums up how far gone and utterly damaged we are as a people, it is 9-11 trutherism. It pretty much covers everything: self loathing, anti-Semitism, zero knowledge of rudimentary physics and a general inability to think logically."
She  goes downhill from here.
Amazing, isn't she? Physic professors have "zero knowledge of rudimentary physics." Internationally recognized logicians have "a general inability to think logically." People trained in the scientific method who use it to seek truth are "self-loathing." If you doubt the government's account you are anti-Semitic. Mrs. Barnhardt then provides her readers with a lesson in physics, structural architecture and engineering, and the behavior of steel under heat and stress is the most absolute nonsense imaginable.
Obviously, Mrs. Barnhardt knows nothing at all about what she is talking about, but, overflowing with hubris, she dismissed real scientists and professionals with ad hominem arguments. She adds to her luster with a video of herself tearing out pages of the Koran, which she has marked with slices of bacon, and burning the pages.
Now we come to Alex Cockburn. He is certainly not stupid. I know him. He is pleasant company. He provides interesting intellectual conversation. I like Him. Yet, he also arrogantly dismisses highly qualified experts who provide evidence contrary to the official government story of 9-11.
Unlike Rall and Barnhardt, Cockburn does refer to evidence, but it is second-or-third-hand here say evidence that is nonsensical on its face.
For example, Cockburn writes that Chuck Spinney "tells me that 'there are pictures taken of the 757 plane hitting the Pentagon--they were taken by the surveillance cameras at Pentagon's heliport, which was right next to the impact point. I have seen them both--stills and moving pictures. I just missed seeing it personally, butt the driver of the van I just got out of in South Parking saw it so closely that he could see the terrified faces of passengers in windows."
If there were pictures or videos of an airliner hitting the Pentagon, they would have been released years ago. they would have been supplied to the 9-11 Commission. Why would the government refuse for 10 years to release pictures that proves its case? The FBI confiscated all film from all surveillance cameras. No one has seen them, much less a Pentagon critic such as Spinney.
I have to say the van driver must have better eyes than an eagle if he could see expressions on passengers faces through those small portholes in a plane traveling around 500 miles per hour.
How can Rall, Mrs. Barnhardt or Cockburn pass judgment on a nano-chemists with 40 years experience and 60 scientific publications to his credit? They cannot, but nevertheless do. They don't hesitate to pass judgment on issues about which they have no knowledge or understanding. This is an interesting psychological phenomenon, worthy of study and analysis.
Another interesting phenomenon is the strong emotional reaction that many have to 9-11, and events about which they have little actual information. Even the .lead members of the 9-11 Commission itself have said that information was withheld from them and the commission was set up to fail. People who rush to the defense of NIST do not even know what they are defending, as NIST refuses o release the details of the simulation upon which it bases its conclusion.
On the one hand there are credentialed experts who demonstrate problems in the official account, and on the other hand there are non-experts who denounce the experts as conspiracy kooks . The experts are cautious and careful about what they say, and heir detractors have thrown caution and care to the wind. That is a state of the debate.




"WE HAVE THE GREATEST SYSTEM OF GOVERNMENT EVER DEVISED BY MAN. UNFORTUNATLEY THE GOVERNMENT HAS BEEN TAKEN OVER AND IS BEING RUN BY CRIMINALS" - Latino Smith.
THREE VERY GOOD ARICLES POSTED TODAY
The American Free Press, 645 Pennsylvania Avenue SE, Suite 100, Washington, D.C. 20003 1-202-544-5977. www.americanfreepress.net
Monday, November 21. 2011
TWO ARTICLES
GLOBALISTS FEAR RISE IN NATIONALISM
By Mark Anderson
Washington D.C.--American Free Press has learned that the globally minded World Affairs Councils of America (WACA) and members of its 93 local World Affairs Council chapters across the nation are concerned that the economic downturn is giving way to a resurgence of nationalism--and a strong distaste among American voters for more never-ending wars.
WACA, comprised of or affiliated with highly influential policymakers who are financially well heeled and set the tone and direction of the nation, convened Nov. 2-4 at Washington's plus Mayflower Hotel and welcomed Sen. John McCain (R-ARIZ.) and longtime foreign policy figure Zbginiew Brzezinski, among several other notable speakers.
McCain was straightforward about what most WACA members see as a worrisome development--voters and presidential candidates de-emphasizing foreign policy issues--which is actually translating into a decline of the warfare state due to domestic economic distress.
Several WACA speakers, officers and chapter members were quick to use the touchy word "isolationism" throughout most of the three-day conference. McCain opined, "If we withdrew from fortress America, it doesn't make another attack [like 9-11] on the U.S. less likely," which drew considerable applause.
McCain's appearance and that of Brzezinski, both on Nov. 4 attracted area media that day, but only American free Press fully covered the WACA conference. there, AFP learned that NATO's first-ever major summit in Chicago would take place in May 2012.
Notably. NATO was a chief sponsor of the WACA conference, along with Goldman Sachs, Raytheon, EXXON-Mobile, Northrop Grumman, Chevron etc.
McCain, who was quick to sound the alarm about Iran's alleged nuclear ambitions, indicated that the West must continue fighting the ongoing terrorists threats posed by al Qaeda and the Taliban.
This writer caught up with McCain when he hurriedly departed the hotel to ask him whether heavily armed Mexican drug cartels constituted actual terrorism and whether U.S. troops being in their homeland to combat cartel activity at the border might be a worthy example of "fortress America" actually making America safer.
He declined to answer directly except to say that he liked the general concept of "sending in National Guard troops." he added, "Check out Sen. Jon Kyl's (R-AZ) 10-point border plan."
Before the end of his WACA remarks, McCain admitted things look rather bleak in terms of satisfying he WACA conference theme: "U.S. National Security: Six Top Issues for the 2012 Elections," wherein virtually all concerns are framed in a global context.
"Americans are worried about their jobs and staying in their homes," McCain said, :So I understand why lot of Americans have become isolationist." He's aware that perhaps 75 percent of Arizonians support a withdrawal of U.S. troops not only from Iraq and Afghanistan, but from South Korea and Germany as well.
McCain even admitted that the old GOP noninterventionist wing which consisted of "Henry Ford, Charles Lindberg [Jr.] and these people "--that is, the anti-war "Taft wing" versus the prop-war "Eisenhower wing"-- is an old conflict that still simmers many decades after the late Sen. Robert Taft and other like-minded people tried to keep the GOP from becoming the "me too" war party it has largely become today.
Although 263,000 Maricopa County, Az. homes are empty, McCain still agreed with WACA that "it's up to us to try"--in terms of himself and WACA prodding American citizens and political candidates to take foreign policy concerns much more seriously.
The irony is that internationalist free trade policies that WACA supports are the cause of much of the economic decline. WACA, its brethren in the Council on Foreign Relations and many other internationalists think tanks are loath to favor import tariffs, fair and balanced trade and other nationalist measures that might lift the nation's citizens enough economically to actually make WACA's internationalist worldview more appealing to everyday people. Thus, WACA's anti-protectionists, interventionists stance, which tends to foster economic decline, is the very thing stopping this globalist awakening.
Brzezinski, the Trilateral Commission co-founder and former national security advisor to President Carter, essentially said that while China is certainly a rival of the U.S., the U.S. military budget is still larger than that of all other nations combined, and China's naval buildup, while it bears watching, should not be seen as an overt threat against America. yet he worried about a rise in Chinese nationalism, calling it "a very emotionalizing force that can transform into something much more ominous."

he added that unless the European Union makes its "political union catch up with its economic union," the current disjunction at the EU will continue and the union could unravel. He called the EU "a non-existing political union ... theoretically, it's a loose confederation."

New Hampshire board decides Obama eligibility

Attorney planning appeal based on fraud suspicions
Posted: November 18, 2011
5:55 pm Eastern
By Bob Unruh
© 2011 WND

Barack Obama
 
 
A state board in New Hampshire has decided that Barack Obama's name is good to go on the state's 2012 presidential ballot because the application was filled out properly and the $1,000 fee was paid, according to an attorney who challenged his candidacy because of suspicions of fraud.
The determination came today from the state's Ballot Law Commission, which heard arguments from attorney Orly Taitz, who had filed a complaint about Obama's candidacy that was joined by several state lawmakers.
A spokesman at the commission's office today told WND that the members had "broken up" their meeting and left immediately, leaving no information about any decisions they made.
But Taitz told WND in a telephone interview that she was unable to get the board to remove Obama from the ballot, despite the evidence she submitted of alleged fraud regarding his birth certificate. The evidence, she charged, indicates he does not meet the Constitution's requirement that the president be a "natural born citizen."
She also presented allegations and evidence concerning Obama's use of a Social Security number from Connecticut, even though he has no links to the state while growing up. The use of such a number has been cited by critics as evidence of fraudulent activities.
(
Taitz said state officials concluded that the application for Obama to be on the ballot was correctly submitted and the fee was paid. That was the end of their concerns, she said.
The board's action:
"I cross-examined," Taitz told WND. "I said if I were to tell a lie and give you an application saying fraudulently I was born here and eligible and give you a thousand-dollar check, would you allow me on the presidential ballot?"
"If there is not a challenge," she said she was told.
She said she now will consider her options to appeal the board's decision.
"The people [attending the meeting] there were angry at how we have such corruption in government," Taitz told WND.
Her allegations of fraud are connected to Obama's Social Security number, which several experts and investigators have said needs to be explained.
 
She also claims fraud in the release of the following:
 
 
That's the image of a Hawaiian "Certificate of Live Birth" that Obama released in April as documentation of a Hawaiian birth. Many experts have stated on the record that they believe it is fraudulent for many reasons.
thers say Obama wouldn't qualify as a "natural born citizen" regardless of his birthplace because the Founders probably understood that term to mean a child born of citizen parents. Obama's father never was a citizen of the U.S.
 
 
Orly Taitz
 
 
New Hampshire is important, because the state holds the first presidential primary Jan. 10, 2012.
There also is documentation that the state board previously has removed candidates from ballots for a number of reasons.
Among the local officials who joined with Taitz in expressing concern about the Obama candidacy were Reps. Harry Accornero of Laconia, Lucien and Carol Vita of Middleton and Larry Rappaport of Colebrook.
"There is sufficient controversy that I want it investigated," Rappaport told the Concord Monitor. "We've never gotten an answer."
Taitz noted that the state's election code contains a statement that requires a candidate to swear to his qualification to be president pursuant to Article II, Section 1, Clause 4 of the United States Constitution, which states, "No person except a natural born citizen, or a citizen of the United States, at the time of the adoption of this Constitution, shall be eligible to the office of president."
Taitz has been involved in a number of high-profile cases over the past few years that have challenged Obama's eligibility under the Constitution
The complaint alleged that Obama is ineligible because "he never provided any documentary evidence of his natural-born status."
Further, "The most staggering evidence is Mr. Obama's lack of a valid Social Security number and his use of a fraudulently obtained Social Security number from the state of Connecticut, a state where he never resided, which was never assigned to Obama, according to E-Verify," the complaint stated.
It alleged not only is the Obama birth documentation a modern printout, there are numerous experts who attest it is fraudulent.
"Taitz received an affidavit from scanning machines expert Douglas Vogt. … It shows further evidence of forgery, such as different types of ink used. Some of the document shows as gray scale scanning, some as black and white scanning, some color. It shows different types of letters and kerning … numerous other parameters lead to the same conclusion, that the document in question is not a copy of a 1961 type written document, but a computer generated forgery, created by cutting and pasting bits and pieces from different documents and filling in the blanks with computer graphics," the document explained.
"Obama does not have an valid identification papers, which are necessary to be a candidate on the ballot, running for the U.S. presidency, based upon New Hampshire elections law 655-17 and on Article 1, section 2 of the U.S. Constitution," Taitz wrote.
"This case shows an unprecedented level of corruption and lawlessness in the federal government and in the government of Hawaii, which allowed Obama to get on the ballot in 2008. … Petitioner demands removal of Obama from the ballot in the state of New Hampshire in the Democrat party primary and demands immediate criminal prosecution of Obama and his accomplices for elections fraud, common law fraud and uttering of forged documents."
Meanwhile, Sheriff Joe Arpaio of Maricopa County in Arizona has assigned a special cold case team to investigate the possibility that Obama could use fraudulent documents to apply to be on the Arizona ballot next year.
He's said the investigators have accumulated thousands of pages of evidence and his report likely will come early in 2012.

Read more: New Hampshire board decides Obama eligibility http://www.wnd.com/?pageId=369241#ixzz1eNeftdSr
THREE VERY GOOD ARICLES POSTED TODAY
Thursday, November, 17,2011
The American Free Press, 645 Pennsylvania Avenue SE, Suite 100, Washington, D.C. 20003 1-202-544-5977. www.americanfreepress.net
WALL STREET 'MOB' BANKROLLS POWERFUL REP. ERIC CANTOR
By Michael Collins Piper
House Majority Leader Eric Cano (R-VA.) captured media attention with his vocal declaration that participation in the Occupy Wall Street movement were nothing more than "mobs." His word choice was interesting since the public record indicates that Cantor does indeed know much about mobs--the Wall Street mob, in particular. If there's any one single member of Congress who can be reckoned a voice for Wall Street, it is Cantor.
Even the most cursory review of Cantor's campaign financing demonstrates that a literal handful of billionaires in the global financial plutocracy--all intimately tied to the London-based Rothschild family--have been key forces underwriting Cantor's career, a point (especially in light of his immense power) that cannot be taken lightly.
The truth is that Cantor is one of the very few in Congress--535 members strong--who has some of the richest and most powerful people in the world bankrolling his political endeavors.
It is for good reason that wags say cantor is now "the cantor of the House"--a play on words. A cantor is the person in a synagogue who leads chants and prayers along with the rabbi, a major religious roles.
The fast-rising young congressman is unique among House members: While most rely on campaign contributions mainly from their own congressional district, Cantor has an unusual expansive array of contributions pouring in from across the
country.
During the last election cycle, Cantor's election filings as how he received 146 contributions from new York donors. Contrast that to only 36 donations from New York that went to Rep. John Boehner (Ohio), ostensibly Cantor's senior partner in the republican takeover of the House. Although Boehner had been a top-ranking GOP figure for years and was senior to Cantor in terms of congressional longevity no even Boehner could rival Cantor in the number of out-of-state contributions received.
A brief sampling of Cantor's New York state contributions demonstrates the real clout of these big Wall Street names--with wide-ranging ties to the international plutocratic elite--who are bankrolling this influential congressional power broker.
Kenneth Bilalkin, a longtime crime syndicate legal mouthpiece, former chairman of the Anti-Defnation League of B'nai B'rith, former chairman of the Conference of Presidents of Major American Jewish Organizations and now chairman of the American-Israel Friendship League. He is also a member of the Council on Foreign Relations CFR), the American offshoot of the London-based Royal Institute of International Affairs, the foreign policy of the Rothschild banking empire and its Wall Street satellites.
Gary Cohn, president and chief operating officer of Goldman Sachs, the infamous Wall Street investment bank whose financial schemes are well known to many American's who've seen their pensions plundered.
Steven Drucker of Charmer-Sunbelt, a massive liquor conglomerate that has grabbed control of various facets of the U.S. spirits industry.
Lewis M. Eisenberg who, as a former Goldman Sachs partner , is perhaps best known for serving as chairman of the Port Authority of New York and New Jersey from 1995 to the pivotal year of 2001. That was when the authority turned World Trade Center (WTC) ownership over to international wheeler-dealer Larry Silverstein, who had the WTC twin towers well insured and conveniently made billions from the 9-11 attacks.
Henry Kravis, a member of both the CFR and the Rothschild-controlled Bilderberg group, who was one of the famous junk bond kings of the 1980's through his Kohlberg-Kravis-Roberts partnership.
Ronald Perelman, as billionaire head of the Revlon cosmetics empire, he also heads a far-reaching network of radio and television stations. At one point he was said to have been the richest man in America.
James Tisch, who bought control of CBS in the 1980's, is another CFR member and a scion of the billionaire Tisch family.
These are just a few of the powerful New Yorkers who've been channeling funds to Cantor's political; enterprises. Three of Cantor's other notable national contributors are:
Jeffrey Epstein of California, chief financial officer and executive vice president of the Oracle Corporation, the fiefdom of Larry Ellison, who rose to fame in the 1970's working on a database for the CIA(named 'Oracle"). After 9-11, Ellison offered to donate software to the U.S. government to help establish an identification database from which national ID cards for American citizens would be issued.
Neil Livingstone of Washington, D.C., a shadowy figure from the world of intelligence, known for longtime close ties to Israel's Mossad.
Sheldon Adelson, a Las Vegas-based casino tycoon and self-described richest Jew in the world, who in many respects, is the modern-day incarnation of the late Meyer Lansky, longtime chief of the Jewish crime syndicate which cemented its influence with the rise of legalized casino gambling in Las Vegas.
It is likewise no coincidence that the American-based political action committee of the Union Bank of Switzerland--perhaps the biggest names in Swiss banking--has also been a munificent contributor to Cantor's political war chest.
Cantor's particular influence stems from his control-along with another pro-Israeli hardliner, former Sen. Norm Coleman (R-Minn.)--of a secret and well-funded political action committee, the American Action network (AAN), ran by Cantor's close advisor and former chief of staff, Rob Collins.
Cantor's AAN operation generated up to $25 million in 2010 and spent at least $16 million on behalf of Cantor and Wall Street-approved GOP candidates
Through AAN, Cantor played a central role in orchestrating the GOP takeover of the House of Representatives in 2010, bankrolled by well-heeled contributors whose names are not required to be revealed to the Federal Election Commission.
It is no coincidence that two other similar fundraising ventures, American Crossroads and Crossroads GPS--both run by former George W. Bush operative Karl Rove--share offices with Cantor's AAN.
In short, the Washington political arena--as perhaps it has never been before--is now a fiefdom of a certain brand of mob, and the rise to power of its most energetic voices, Cantor, makes it ever more so.
Sheriffs Rise Up Against Feds SEE TIOP COPS JAILED BELOW
November 11, 2011 admin
By Pat Shannan -
As more people became dissatisfied with federal government controls and land grabs, it was inevitable that local law enforcement would eventually see the bigger picture. At the northern California fairgrounds of Yreka last month, seven California sheriffs and another from Oregon gathered with a large group of citizens to say that they are finally going to do something about it.
“A giant has been awakened,” said Plumas County, Calif. Sheriff Greg Hagwood, “and they didn’t count on that,” speaking of the federal bureaucracy.
With exposure of the Emergency Management Center in San Luis Obispo a few decades ago, California began to offer the rest of the nation some evidence of the psychological conditioning aimed from the federal level at state, county and city law enforcement.
Dean Wilson, sheriff of Del Norte County (Sacramento), is a great example of this great awakening. He received the loudest and longest applause for his candor in confessing past faults after apologizing for not understanding the central government assault and land grab being committed against the people and what he should have been doing about it. Only in the past year has he done a turnaround and begun to behave as a county sheriff instead of an extension of federal law enforcement.
“I had spent a good part of my life enforcing the penal code, but not understanding my oath of office,” he told the audience. “I was ignorant and naïve, but now I know of the assault against our people by the federal government.”
Host sheriff John Lopey of Siskiyou County, speaking about the federal environmental intervention, said: “I have told federal and state officials over and over that, yes, we want to preserve the environment, but you care more about the fish, frogs, trees and birds than you do about the human race. When will you start to balance your decisions to the needs of the people?” Later he told the audience, “We are right now in a fight for our survival.”
Glenn Palmer, sheriff of Grant County, Oregon, said, “If an elected official has not taken an oath of office, he does not belong in office.”
AFP readers are familiar with the work of former Arizona Sheriff Richard Mack, who has spent the latter half of his life teaching sheriffs that they are the top law enforcement officers in their counties despite continuing federal intervention attempts. The ears that were deaf for so long may finally be starting to hear.
“It’s becoming a national movement now,” Mack told AFP, citing Immigration and Naturalization Service failure at the Mexican borders, the phony drug war, plus IRS and other unconstitutional intervention within these states.
His plans to take this movement national will be launched at a January meeting, where he anticipates 200 sheriffs will be in attendance.
“The county sheriff is the last line of defense guarding our people’s liberty,” he said.
Retired USAF Col. Richard Niemela of Reston, Va. has been exposing the federal monster for years.
He told AFP: “It’s the surreptitious domination by international globalists insidiously using unauthorized and illegal tactics to render null and void those historic and unique powers of the sheriff.”
Posted in: National News
Top Cop Jails Good Guys
November 04, 2011 admin
By Mark Anderson -
American Border Patrol agents face a surprising enemy intent on punishing those who combat the heavily armed drug traffickers and immigrant smugglers operating on the border with Mexico: U.S. Attorney General Eric Holder’s Justice Department.
Take the case of Border Patrol agent Jesus “Chito” Diaz, recently sentenced to two years in prison for allegedly “lifting the handcuffs” worn by an illegal alien he arrested for smuggling drugs. No shots were fired.
On Oct. 16, 2008, according to the account at FreeAgentDiaz.com, several agents had rounded up illegal aliens after midnight in Eagle Pass, Texas. The smuggler handcuffed by Diaz had become uncooperative and would not answer questions. So, using a common control tactic, Diaz lifted the cuffs to force the smuggler to the ground, which didn’t cause injury.
Diaz, who has a wife and several children, joins the ranks of other federal agents who have been imprisoned in recent years, including Ignacio Ramos and Jose Compean, each of whom served time for pursuing a known drug smuggler near El Paso, Texas.
Two oversight agencies deemed Diaz innocent. However, the Mexican government filed a complaint against Diaz, and the Justice Department complied. While awaiting sentencing, Diaz wasn’t even granted bail.
On duty last December in south Arizona, Border Patrol agent Brian Terry was fatally shot by a suspected drug mobster whose weapon evidently came from the federal government’s Fast and Furious operation. This undercover scheme involved the transfer of high-powered firearms, clandestinely purchased in the U.S., to drug cartels. It was supposedly designed to track the cartels. But it only succeeded in arming them.
It was just announced that Attorney General Holder is expected to testify before Congress on Fast and Furious in December, amid evidence he knew about it all along, but he’ll get softer treatment than
order Patrol agents trying to actually fight the transnational crime the federal government is either not stopping, or is enhancing through such gunrunning.
Amazingly, five other Border Patrol agents and two local police officers also are under federal prosecution for trying to protect the border, including the Border Patrol’s Gary Brugman and David Sipe.
In Diaz’s case, Johnny Sutton, the infamous U.S. attorney involved in the Ramos-Compean trial, initially directed the prosecution before his Obama-appointed chief deputy took over. Sutton’s office charged Diaz with excessive force and with lying to the Border Patrol Office of Internal Affairs. Although witnesses changed their stories, and some even admitted lying to the grand jury, Diaz was found guilty. Yet the drug-smuggling illegal alien named in the lawsuit was given a visa so he could travel back and forth across the border.
“Chito” Diaz has been in solitary confinement. Weekly visits from his wife, a Border Patrol agent herself, have been limited to 20 minutes. Meanwhile, Mexican cartels and illegal aliens continue crossing the border; thus, real terrorism is at our doorstep, with minimal resistance, thanks to Eric Holder.——
Mark Anderson is a longtime newsman now working as the roving editor for AFP. He and his wife Angie provide photographs and video of the events they cover for AFP. Listen to Mark’s radio show at republicbroadcasting.org, weekdays at 8 p.m. central. Email him at at truthhound2@yahoo.com.
Posted in: National News

 

A thought for the day

November 12, 2011

See the article by a retired sheriff following this one
The American Free Press, 645 Pennsylvania Avenue SE, Suite 100, Washington, D.C. 20003 1-202-544-5977. www.americanfreepress.net
HERE IS SOMETHING FOR YOU TO THINK ABOUT
Qadaffi Was a Nationalists Hero. No a Villain.By Peter Papaherakles
(Editor's note: we are always suspicious when the media gets on to anyone about anything. we have always felt that Qadaffi was not the man he was made out to be by the Controlled media. We say this, because we know that the media cannot be trusted to tell us the truth about anything, especially someone like Qadaffi, that the Zionist hate. they hated Qadaffi because he was sitting on all that oil, while Israel had none. Now we see that he did not use the Zionist banks, therefore they made no profit from Libya borrowing their money at interest. Now to our article.)
On Oct. 20, one of the last remaining populists world leaders, Muammar Qadaffi, allegedly was cut down by globalists thugs. (We don't believe that they killed Qadaffi as reported in the press - ED).The murderers pated themselves on the back for their achievement. What crimes did Qadaffi (and Saddam Hussein before him) commit except having been in charge of countries with an abundance of quality oil? Was it that they refused to succumb to the usury racket, or that they were outspoken about Israel's bullying of the Palestinians?
Hussein was accused of having weapons of mass destruction (WMDs), but the WMDs were non-existent. Qadaffi's alleged crimes were ambiguous. Some cite the bombing of a German discotheque and the bombing of Flight 103. Subsequent investigations showed the allegations were unfounded.
In the disco case, the trial revealed that at least two of the five suspects were CIA and Mossad (Israeli Secret Service) agents, and the other three were protected by U.S. intelligence agencies. In the Lockerbie bombing, a witness publicly recanted his testimony, admitting that he was paid $4 million to lie at the trial.
Qadaffi's home was bombed by the U.S. Air Force in 1986, killing 30 civilians, including his daughter. In more recent NATO attempts on his life, one of his sons and three granddaughters were killed.
Most Americans are not aware how good the Libyans had it under Qadaffi.
In his 42 years of serving Libya as "the brother leader of the revolution," he took it from being the poorest country in the world to having the highest standard of living in all of Africa--and ahead of Russia, Brazil and Saudi Arabia. Education was free; the government would even pay for students abroad.
Health care was free for all Libyans. Electricity was also free for everyone; the price of gasoline was 14 cents a gallon. A loaf of bread cost less than a half a cent.
If someone bought a new car, the state would pay half the cost. Newlyweds received $50,000 toward the purchase of a home, and those wishing to engage in farming got free land, a free home, free equipment, livestock and seeds. A portion of Libyan oil sales was credited directly to the bank accounts of all citizens. If a university graduate was unable to find employment after graduation, the state would pay the average salary of the profession until employment was found.
Even more amazing were Libya's banking policies, which might explain why it was targeted: All bank loans were interest free. The central bank was state owned and was not controlled by the Rothschild's. Money was interest free and as a result, Libya had zero national debt, not a penny owed to anyone. Not only did Libya have no national debt, but it had a $150 billion surplus. Literacy rates went from 20 to 83 percent.
Another reason Libya was attacked was that Qadaffi broke rule No. 1in the global power establishment: He was working to change payment for oil away from the U.S. dollar. That is the one thing the U.S. can never allow, because the dollar is the international reserve currency for the purchase of oil.
No, Qadaffi was not the dictator as we have been led to believe, nor was he a terrorists. The only terror he spread was in the banking headquarters of the global establishment. *
(So then, it all really comes down to MONEY and the Controllers want to have control over all money -ED).

EIGHT LONELY SOULS

By: Jim R. Schwiesow



Recently eight duly elected and active Oregon and California county sheriffs’ addressed, in a public forum, federal and state intrusions upon the unalienable rights of their citizens and the unconstitutional (illegal) incursions of warrantless state and federal endeavors in their jurisdictions. By their testimony these fine sheriffs’ verbally documented the assault on sovereignty and the abridgement of individual rights by the despotic strives that they have personally witnessed.

Most disturbing was the fact that federal encroachments were aided and abetted by state politicians who were willing to bargain away state sovereignty and the exclusive right to local control in exchange for federal dollars; a disturbing development given that states ought to employ a barrier against unconstitutional federal trespass upon the personal liberties of their people.

If you became aware of this event, via the mass media, friendly reader you were indeed a rare exception as the particulars of the forum had all of the earmarks of being a closely guarded secret by a media that totally eschews any moral obligation to apprise the public of other than sensationally motivated, politically correct, or politically actuated and patronage-directed substance. It is a bread and butter issue with the media why waste precious air-time and tabloid space on trivial matters such as constitutional devastation when there are so many millions of dollars to be garnered through sensationalistic enterprise and by political and corporate patronage.

ONE SWALLOW DOES NOT A SUMMER MAKE

And eight sheriffs do not a consensus make. Think not that these eight ethically inclined and morally sound sheriffs are indicative of the profession of which they are a part, or that they are suggestive of the majority of their counterparts that are spread across the length and breadth of this nation; because they are not.

God bless their selfless souls, I would like to be able to shake their hands and convey to each of them personally my words of thanks and to express my admiration and respect for the courage that enabled them to make a stand in the face of federal and state tyranny.

These eight lonely souls - and the few others of their caliber across the nation - who direct the powers of the office of sheriff to an unremitting and persevering preservation and enforcement of the unalienable and inherent protections of the Constitution are distressingly rare.

A CORRUPTION OF PUBLIC SERVICE

The power of the Office of Sheriff does not emanate from self-possessed privilege, nor is it established by political requisite or based upon legislative agency; the power of the sheriff is of and by the people.

Sheriffs’ are the only boots on the ground law enforcement agents that derive their authority from the people and not by political prerogative or by bureaucratic appointment. One would think that they would value and want to preserve such a unique circumstance, but in all too many instances such is not the case. Many sheriffs are more than willing to sell their souls to the establishment and to sample - as indentured handmaidens - what they believe to be a more rewarding circumstance as subordinate buddies of the bureaucratic agencies of an increasingly reprehensible political system. In short they are not interested in a preserving the Constitution or in the rights of the people, but rather in developing a misguided sense of their own importance. That they have become lackeys’ of a perverse political system rather than servants of the people seems to have escaped their consciousness.

CASE IN POINT

Since I am acutely aware of the drastic slippage of integrity on the part of sheriffs’ on the local level I will recount happenings in my own state of which I am enormously ashamed.

In Iowa sheriffs’ are presently charged with the responsibility of the issuing of concealed weapons permits. Until two years ago such issuance was done at the sole discretion of the sheriff. During the last couple of legislative sessions two measures were introduced; first to enable a “shall issue” controlled carry mandate that was passed in greatly abridged measure, and secondly to establish a “constitutional carry” (aka unrestricted carry) privilege pursuant to the second amendment of the Constitution.

The constitutional carry measure was torpedoed and destroyed by legislative Democrat progressives who hate guns and individual rights, by a media that loves Democrat progressives who hate guns, by Republicans who promised support and then cowardly reneged because they feared a media that loves Democrat progressives who hate guns, and by sheriffs’ who felt that to be required to recognize the second amendment rights of their constituents deprived them of power and authority.

By virtue of their position sheriffs’ are allowed concealed carry privileges, so why would they wish to deny the same constitutional right to Joe or Jill Citizen, other than assert a bullying authority over the citizens of their county. Certainly their actions in this regard are no less destructive of individual freedom than the actions of the progressive dimwits who do hate guns, and their intentions are a good deal less honest.

The Iowa Sheriffs’ and Deputies’ Association lobbied intensely to maintain the status quo in regard to a discretionary issue of weapons permits. The members of that organization believed that they should have the right to arbitrarily deny such permits. Except for a handful of sheriffs’, who were wise heads and who weren’t going to let the association do their thinking for them, the vast majority of the sheriffs’ in the state adamantly opposed having to recognize the second amendment rights of the citizens within their counties. And dear reader such is the state of the Office of Sheriff in a great majority of the counties in the various states across the nation today, quite possibly in your own county.

Sadly, this propensity of sheriffs’ to ignore the oath - which they are required to make - to uphold the constitutions on both the state of federal level has become the norm rather than the exception. The Bill of Rights sets forth law that cannot be repealed or abridged by any power. This being the case one wonders at the audacity of state and local authorities - including sheriffs’ - who think that they have the power to negate the immutable laws set forth in the Constitution. If even one of these amendments falls, all will fall.

Indeed it is abundantly evident that the blatant and illegal circumvention of the second amendment has contributed to a serious weakening of the integrity of the entirety of the Bill of Rights. Currently we are witness to an ever increasing disdain and disregard - by the federal judiciary and the bureaucratic agencies of Homeland Security - for not only the second amendment, but also for the first, fourth, and fifth amendments’ as well.

It is a slippery slope that we tread when we allow federal, state, and local authorities to sidestep the constitutional laws that have made this country unique among nations. Make no mistake about it the first ten amendments to the Constitution identified as the Bill of Rights are absolute and immutable laws; they are not optional, they are not conditional, and they are not negotiable. They are foundational in regard to the preservation of individual liberties and they are perpetual in nature.

SHERIFFS’ AS SLAVES TO A NON-CONSTITUTIONAL FEDERAL SYSTEM

Currently I am hearing that the sheriff is the last bastion between the people and the liberty-stealing machinations of a now corrupt and unconstitutional federal system, oh really! It is my firm and fast opinion that in their present state of being the sheriffs’ offices in the nation are not defenders of constitutional freedoms, but rather have joined with the enemies in federal and state governments that rain tyranny upon the heads of the people.

If the sheriffs’ offices of this nation were to be filled with individuals such as Sheriff Joe Arpaio of Maricopa County, Arizona and the eight stalwart sheriffs’ from California and Oregon heretofore referred, the citizens of this nation would be in constitutionally capable hands, but such is not the case. It seems that a reliable indication of the high caliber of a sheriff is directly proportional to the number of ignorant socialist progressive enemies that the sheriff has attracted. This being the case it must be conceded that Sheriff Joe Arpaio is indeed a giant among sheriffs’. He is a template of what a sheriff ought to be. Truly the integrity of a man can be determined by the character of his enemies.

WHAT HAS CAUSED THE EROSION AND HOW YOU CAN HELP WITH A RESTORATION

In 1976 the ninety-nine Iowa county sheriffs’ invited the state deputy sheriff’s association to amalgamate with that of the sheriffs’ under a new banner to be ever after referred to as the I.S.S.D.A. (Iowa State Sheriffs’ & Deputies’ Association) A short time later this marriage between the sheriffs’ and deputies’ helped to birth a new civil service law that was applicable to the totality of the deputy sheriffs’ throughout the state. Rather than draft an original approach to the new civil service law, statutes were copied and imported from the socialistic template of another state, and thus began the slide in regard to the autonomy of individual Iowa county sheriffs’ in regard to the affairs of their office.

In short order county sheriffs’ lost what little was left of their local identity when this new socialistic endeavor between sheriffs’ and deputies’ brought forth another dim-witted and stupidly thought out program of change. The legislature - at the behest of the I.S.S.D.A - put into place a law requiring that all enforcement personnel of the sheriffs’ offices throughout the state be required to wear the same uniform, mark their patrol vehicles in an identical manner, and procure all accoutrements of attire and car markings via a state contract.

Thus when you drive through the State of Iowa and pass from county to county you will note a bevy of good little sheriff clones all turned out like peas in a pod. Heaven forbid that there might be any display of individuality; a communistic bent militates against such individualistic deportment.

So much for the heretofore enviable independent status of the county sheriff; most municipal police agencies would give their eye teeth for such self-governing status, and sheriffs’ bartered it away for no good reason. It is difficult to discern such profound stupidity.

WHAT WAS LOST

The destruction of the agency of the sheriff was monumental. Civil Service, coupled with public employee unions, wrested from the individual sheriffs the authority to hire, fire, or discipline subordinate employees. Civil Service Commissions now have that authority. Applicants are screened, tested, interviewed, and selected by civilian service commission committees, which assemble the lists of candidates from which sheriffs’ must hire to fill vacancies or positions. Additionally it takes a near act of congress for a sheriff to be able to discipline or demote an uncontrollable or duty derelict subordinate. If after progressing successfully through a series of Civil Service hearings and maneuvers a sheriff is still not free to carry out his censor, dismissal, or demotion. He must then run the gauntlet of union grievance procedures that have the legislative blessings of the state. Such actions often take months and years and consume extraordinary amounts of taxpayer dollars.

Think not dear reader that the afore-described particulars are confined to any particular state; they are in fact a present pain in the behind in most of the states with provisions for the Office of Sheriff. One can almost understand why some sheriffs’ shirk their sworn responsibilities. Remember now, I said almost as there is never an excuse for a relinquishing of integrity or for a deliberate deviation from what is right and proper.

The sheriff’s office is too important to be handed over to a collection of nincompoops who in all probability would not make good dog catchers. And this is not to disparage dog catchers as many of these I believe would be a notch above quite a number of those who presently hold the Office of Sheriff.

MAKE A CHANGE

To the sheriffs’ who read this column: Those of you who are dedicated and conscientious constitutional sheriffs’ please ignore the forgoing in regard to worthless sheriffs’ and be aware of the pitfalls leading to destruction that I have heretofore enumerated; and for those of you who are coasting along as toadies of the system, get the hell out of the business and let a good sheriff take the reins.

And to you dear readers, hold your sheriff’s feet to the fire in regard to the enablement and protection of your liberties and constitutional perquisites. Throw out the bums and cronies and replace them with ethical God-fearing and constitutionally correct persons of unquestionable integrity.

Stand with honorable sheriffs’ against misguided and politically motivated legislative assaults upon their office. Do what is necessary to remove the office of sheriff from the political realm and the pernicious affliction of a forced inclusion in the unholy intrigues of the two national political parties. Remember that sheriffs’ represent the people and not the biased wishes and dictates of either of the national political parties. The office must be independent except as to the wishes of the people.

The sheriff is the principal peace officer in your county. Stand with the good and get rid of the bad. Make that a commitment and encourage your neighbors to do the same. You will never regret it.

God bless and God speed.

 

 

 

 

Thursday, November 3, 2011

VOTE SCAM
For lack of a better title, we are going to call this “Vote Scam”, because as you surely know, today’s elections are allowed just to keep people thinking that they really have a say in what their government does. We believe, based on ail that we know from years of experience, that the outcome of the next election has already been decided and no matter what we do, we cannot change that outcome. the Controllers already know who the next president will be, and who will be in congress.
Sure we will vote out a few congressmen and women, but there will still be a majority left to do the will of the Controllers. You remember, that in the last election, we voted in 100 new congressmen and most of them voted to renew the so-called Patriot Act, with all its bad features. Nothing really changed, the new Congress gave the government the authority to increase the national debt, the border is still open, and the illegal aliens are still here and taking advantage of all the so-called social programs to help the poor. We highly recommend this book by the Collier brothers, because they were the ones that brought this to the attention of many thousand patriots across the country. This book will open your eyes to how the Controllers are able to steal the elections
We also recommend the book THE NEW WORLD ORDER EXPOSED, by Victor Thorn. This 600 page book goes into detail about everything that you need to know to make sound decisions. You think you are well informed, then we challenge you get this book to see just how little you do know. Both book are available from amazon.com.
We will discuss the media and show you that the MEDIA IS THE ENEMY, the worst enemy we have and we will show you, who owns and controls the media.
The American free Press is an independent newspaper out of Washington D.C. that, week-after-week, brings you news that no one else will tackle. We know some of these investigators and have talked with others and we know they can be trusted to bring
you very important news. they are usually weeks, or even months ahead of the rest of the county in reporting vital news that you need to make sound decision. You can subscribe to the Free Press by calling 202-544-5977-website www.americanfreepress.
net
IF you read these two books and subscribe to the free press you will be one of the best informed people in the country. They are not politically correct, so you can expect some eye opening articles that will keep you informed of the important events taking place all over the country and the world.
In this section we are going to tell you who they are and show you the faces of our worst enemy. The people you see here are the heads of the major Controlled media. They are the ones that decide what news you are to get and what you are not allowed to hear. This way they control what goes on in the country. Congressmen fear, because the media can destroy the political career of any would be politician. A politicians that crosses the Controlled media can kiss his political career good bye. In our 60 years in the trenches, we have seen just about every dirty trick in the book pulled on politicians that
dared to buck the system. We know that no one is too big to fall. We have seen residents, governors, senators, congressmen, mayors and others that did not “play ball.” All politicians know this and that is why there are subjects that are off limits and you cannot get anyone that wants to stay in office to discuss these subjects. You could
not get Ron Paul to even mention the fact that Obama is not qualified to be president. Paul wants to audit the Fed, but he knows there is not enough support in Congress to ever do that. The list of taboo subjects is known by all politicians. We will have more on that subject a little later.
Let us ask you a simple question: You know that we know less about Barack Hussein Obama than we do about anyone to ever sit in the white House. But, has the media discusses any of these thing? NO! they have not and they will not, unless they decide to
dump him in the next election for another Judas goat. If the media was pro-American, do you think Obama would have ever been elected president? For that matter, I can’t think of any president in the last 100 years that would have been elected, if the media
was on their toes and told what they knew about them. Let someone like John F. Kennedy come along and try and do a decent job for his country and you see what happens to them. Look at Richard Nixon, after he was re-elected, he set out to change his Middle East policy to an even-handed police towards all nations in the region and he
was driven from office. Jimmy Carter was planning on changing his policies after he was reelected, but someone in his inner-circle got wind of what he planned and Carter became a one term president. the media can destroy the career of any politician that doesn’t toe the line and do as he is expected to do.
If the media was honest and reported the truth, they would not have kept the truth from the people about what happened to the federal building in Oklahoma City. We were in Oklahoma City on another when the federal building was bombed. We sat there in our hotel room and watched the TV as the incident was reported. The anchor men said that vital rescue work was stopped, because two more unexploded bombs were found. It showed a lady running from the building and she said, “Oh my God, not another bomb.” Randal terry an explosive expert said they were lucky to have these two unexploded bombs, because they could take them apart and tell where they were made. But that was the last we ever heard of Randal Terry, we suppose he never got a chance to see the two bombs.
After reporting these two bombs and the other news all day long, the following happened. After a commercial, the anchors came back and with a straight face, they said it had now been confirmed by BAFT, that the explosion was caused by a CAR BOMB. No more mention of the two unexploded bombs, it was now official that a car
bomb had done the damage and we had BAFT’s WORD ON IT! Someone got to thinking and decided that a CAR BOMB could not do that much damage, so they increased the bomb carrying vehicle to a pick-up truck. But, this was still too small, so here comes the Rider truck. Even the dumbest moron should get suspicious of this scenario. But there was no mention of this discrepancy by the Controlled media. This confirms that old saying, “You can fool some of the people ALL the time and ALL the people some of the time.” Well as soon as my partner and I heard that we jumped in our rented car and headed for the federal building, because we smelled a rat. When we arrived at the scene, there was no damaged car and there was debri scatters all the way across the street and damaged one of the buildings.
This was strange, because the derbi should have been blown INSIDE the building and not OUTSIDE. Now we knew there was a very serious problem with the story we had just heard on the TV.
We later learned, that there were no children belonging to the BAFT and FBI agents in the nursery that day. Several other children perished, but no BAFT or FBI children were among them. So who knew what and when did they know it? We, as investigative journalists, saw the problem right away, but the Controlled media never did see the
problem. To this day, they have never told the people the truth about the bombing of the federal building. You can see why we say, the Controller hide the truth from the American people. We remember what we used to say about the media in the old Soviet Union. We said the government owned the media. Today we say, here in the USA,
that the media owns the government and there is no difference between the two systems.
It is plain to see, that the media and the government is lying to the American propel every day. Watching network news is like watching a movie. The script has been prepared and the actors read their lines just as they are written. It is kind of like being in Fantasy Land. The nightly news is not the real thing and people need to know this
and watch out for these phony reporters. Here is where you need the American Free Press, because you can depend on this paper to tell you the truth.
On another page we tell you about the Controlled media and the fact, that ALL major media outlets are controlled by 20 Zionist Jewish families. Get that 20 families control ALL major media outlets and you wonder why you never get the truth from the media.
It is easy to see the problem: Patriots are all swimming in different directions, concerned with many different things. the Muslim terrorists, the democrats, Obama Care, illegal aliens, the bankers, etc., etc., etc., while the controllers are ALL swimming in one direction concerned with destroying the world as we know it and remaking it in their own image. Instead of a thousand different objects, they are concerned with only ONE and that is why they are winning.
You see, they are pitting us one against the other: Liberals vs. conservatives, Democrats against Republicans, war hawks against doves, whites against blacks, blacks against Mexicans and it goes on and on that way. We need to quit fighting against each other and educate ourselves to the real enemy and concentrate on defeating the enemy instead of letting the enemy lead us around like zombies.
Every now and then, the Controllers let the cat out of the bag and brag about what they are getting away with. We know this because we have read some of their statements. We have read the PROTOCOLS OF THE LEARNED ELDERS OF ZION, where they brag about what they have already done and what they expect to do and
how they have captured the media and most of the gold into their hands.
Here is some of them from The New World Order Exposed:
Richard Salent (former president pf CBS News): “Our job is to give
people not what they want, but what we decide they ought to have.”
Lyndon Johnson, (35th president: “Reporters are puppets. They
simply respond to the pull of the most powerful strings.”
Bill Moyers (television journalists): “Most of the news on television is,
ultimately, whatever the government says is news.”
Johnny Carson: “How much of the national news that you report to
he public each night consists of information you’ve actually gone
out and dug upon own?”
Connie Chung (responding to Johnny’s question): “In all honesty, we Connie Chung
are often at the mercy of the White House for the news we report.
Frequently, we simply report verbatim what the White House tells
us.”
The CIA and the Cult of Intelligence (Marchetti & Marks): “Only about
20% of the CIA’s career employees work on intelligence analysis and
information processing. About 2/3 of all CIA funds and manpower are
spent on “covert operations, “such as the manipulation of public opin-
ion and elections and its mass media manipulation activity.”
There should be a sign over the door of all political organizations: Congress, the White House, the FBI, the CIA, Homeland Security, all political parties, think tanks, and foundations: that says, “NO HONEST PEOPLE NEED APPLY. We can say this because an honest person scares the hell out of politicians and those who protect
them.
It can be a very dangerous thing to get to involved investigating what the Controllers don’t want investigated. In other words don’t get too close to the truth or it could be dangerous.
Dorothy Kilgallen was such a reported. Some of you old timers will remember how sharp she was on the TV show, “What’s my line.” She must have gotten a little too close in her investigation of the Kennedy assassination, because she was murdered at the tender age of 52, in 1965. The official cause of death “undetermined”, that was a new one on us. Her family was well aware of the circumstances, but no one would comment on any theories around at that time. This could happen to anyone that does not play the game according to the rules laid down by the Controllers.
Arthur Koestler, a Jewish historian wrote a book, “The Thirteenth Tribe,” Whereby, he told who the Zionist are and where they came from and the fact, that they are not Jews at all. That was the reason for the name of the book, for you know that there were only twelve tribes of Israel.
Shortly after the book was published, he and his wife, “committed suicide” in their home. Suicide, heart attacks and plane crashes is a favorite way to get rid of trouble makers or potential trouble makers.
John F. Kennedy Jr. was gaining in popularity in his own right. We thought, at the time, that he was grooming himself to be president. We don’t know where he planned to start his political career, but it is obvious, that the Controllers feared him and what he might be able to do if he was ever elected to any office. His death: A “plane crash,” taking with him his new wife and her sister. Something you must realize: these people are evil people and life means nothing to them and it don’t matter who you are, even the president of the United States, if he get in the way will have to die.
With the corrupt media, some sex scandal, some awful crime or so-called natural disaster is worth reporting, while anything that is really important to our freedom will never see the light of day. The media’s job and the jobs of the weasels that work for them, is to keep you in the dark about what is happening and they are doing a
masterful job and the public could care less, because they do not have a clue about the danger they are in. No matter how bad things get, the media is not going to tell you, if it will affect their plan for global conquest.
The following is taken from The New World Order Exposed: “In mid April, 2002, the Trilateral Commission met for four days at the Ritz Carlton Hotel in Washington, D.C. As is their custom, this highly influential group of world leaders from north America, Japan
and Europe plotted ways to promote heir Globalists agenda. Some of the items on their nefarious list this year were:
* America’s upcoming invasion of Iraq, and how to lure Europe and
other Asian nations into supporting our War Machine.
* The need to further create a multinational financial octopus, with the
U.N. as the head of a one-world government.
* A decision to keep pumping money, technology, and computers into
China. bolstering them as the next premier global superpower.
* A decision to funnel more American aid to “under-exploited” foreign
countries, leading the way for the implementation of a World Tax.
* Prevention of the Israeli/Palestinian war from turning into a complete powder
keg, thus endangering our Middle Eastern oil supplies.
How do you feel about these goals of the Controllers, do they fit in with what you would like to see happen? Of course not, but then what you want is never considered important by the Controllers or the people that they elect to office. YOU are not important in the scheme of things. Here are some of the Controllers present. You will see that these are names that you seldom ever hear about, because they do not want to be known to the people they are planning to destroy:
David Rockefeller: Overlord, Chase Manhattan Bank
Paul Volcker: Former Chairman, Federal Reserve
Charles Robb: Former republican Senator from Virginia
Robert McNamara: Former Sec. of Defense
Kenneth Lay: Former CEO, Enron
Henry Kissinger: Former Sec. of State, a name that is always popping up
Winston Lord: Former Ambassador to China
David Gergen: Editor, U.S. News and World Report
Zbginiew Brezezinski: Former Head of National Security, Trilateral Omission co-founder
Madeline Albright: Former Sec. of State
John Deutch: Former Director, CIA
Richard Holbrook: Former U.S. Ambassador to UN.
Harold Brown: Former Sec. Defense
Strobe Talbott: Former Under Sec. of State
tom Foley: former Speaker of the House, defeated for re-election
SPEAKERS
Dick Cheney: Vice President U.S.
Alan Greenspan: C
Former Chairman, Federal Reserve
Colin Powell: Former Sec. of State
Donald Rumsfeld: Former Sec. of Defense
Now get a load of this bunch in attendance:
Fuji Xerox - Germany: the U.S. Ambassador - Georgetown: professor - Washington Post: columnist - Archer-Daniels Midland: chairman - Club of Rome: percipient - International Monetary Fund: managing director - Canada - UK: former High Commissioner - British Parliament: member - AFL-CIO NITE branch: president emeritus - Federal Reserve: president - Levi-Strauss: chairman - Rothschild & Sons: director - Citicorp: vice chairman - Institution of Global Economics: Seoul CEO - Mexican government: Former President, and Minister of Trade - Irish continence of government: former senator - Xerox \: former CEO
There was a total of 251 Controllers, meeting in Washington D.C., but we never saw a single word about this in our local paper. the Controlled media was represented there, but there was not a peep out of them.
STOLEN VOTES
This is from the New World Order Exposed and the Collier brothers:
“Before delving into my overview of “Votescam,” I’d like to provide a few examples of how pervasive and appalling the electoral process is in this country. Following these case histories, we’ll take a very hard look at not only the problems confronting us, but also a way to correct this situation.
Example one: “In the 1970 Dade County, Florida election, Jim and Ken Collier, authors of Votescam, found that three minutes after the polls had closed, all of the major networks had already projected the winners in over 259 races! Only one minute after the polls had closed, Channel 7 projected that a certain candidate would not only win, but would receive 96, 499 total votes. Well, when the official results were returned, guess how many votes this candidate received? - -96,499. Channel 7 was 100% accurate only one minute after the voting had ended!
“The Collier brothers went one step further and tracked down all the projections versus the actual results for all the major Florida races in 1970. here is what they found:
Governor: Projected 141,387 actual count 141,866.
Senate 43: 45, 696 45,881
House 98: 97,031 96,499
House 10: 67,940 68,491
House 107: 81,802 81,539
“The question we have to ask is: How can the networks not only be so accurate, but arrive at these startling projections one to three minutes after the polls close? Think about it. After the voting stations close at 9:00 PM, what needs to be done? Tens of thousands of punch card ballots need to be collected: then they must be fed into a punch card reader. Now, I know what this process entails because I operated an entire room full of IBM Mainframe computers during the mid-1980’s (back when the punch cards were still in use).
“To read even a few drawers of cards was quite an ordeal, considering all the misdeeds, jams, etc. Anyway, after all the cards are read, he data needs to be compiled, organized, printed out, then transmitted to the television station where it’ll be prepared for broadcast. Do you think all of these steps can be taken i one-to-three minutes?
“The Collier Brothers found it very implausible, so they went to Channel 7 and tried to track down the “super computer” that made these projections only one-to-three minutes after the polls closed, all with 99-100% accuracy. The first thing they wanted to know was which reporter called in the raw totals to the television studio. They were told that it wasn’t a reporter, after all, but a member of the League of Women Voters.
“Since only a handful of reporters could be out in the field (considering that this was only an affiliate station), it would seem logical that only a few precincts could be sampled. But how, they wondered, could 99% of the precincts be reporting by 11:00 - only two hours after the polls closed? The League of Women Voters must be incredibly efficient.
So the Colliers visited Joyce Deiffenderfer, head of the local League of Women Voters, and asked for a list of the people who had counted votes on election night (since Channel 7 said that’s how they got their results). Realizing the cat was out of the bag, Ms. Deiffenderfer, in tears, admitted that here weren’t any LWV members in any of the precincts that night. They hadn’t counted a single vote, and she didn’t ‘want to get caught up in this thing.’” Besides that no one was able to find this super computer that counted all the votes.
Example TWO: “In a 1973 Florida election, Printomatic Voting Machines had been installed to make the entire process run smoother. All of the Printomatic devices have a locked in back that every election supervisor is supposed to check before the election to insure that all he wheels were set at zero. But all of the keys had been taken away from the supervisor, so none of the totals could be verified. Shortly after he polls opened, the
paper rolls began to jam in all the machines, making them impossible.
“Since no one could vote, the backs of each device were eventually opened, and when the paper rollers were pulled out, they all had the final vote totals already printed on them at seven o’clock in the morning! Needless o say, every election volunteer walked off the job.
“Example THREE If you think voter fraud only happened during AL Capone’s days (do you recall heir helpful hint - “vote early, and often”), you’re seriously mistaken. Here are a few other “tricks of the trade”:
* Shave the wheels in the back of a voting machine so they skip ahead.
*Before the polls open, unlock the back of the voting device and set the total counter ahead for a certain candidate.
* If a clear ballot box isn’t used, stuff it with pre-punched vote cards before the polls open.
*If a computerized machine is used, unplug it or turn it off so all the previous totals are erased.
*Finally, he league of Women Voters has been captured on video in Florida with pencils and tweezers punching out card for certain candidates; then shoving them into ballot boxes.
“Example Four Finally, during the 1996 Republican Party Primary, Pat Buchanan was beating every other candidate in the early stages of the race, especially Bob Dole and Steve Forbes. then when he rolled into Arizona with high hopes of another victory that would catapult him toward getting his party’s nomination, something strange happened. The computers broke down!
“Yes, VNS had actually declared Buchanan he winner. Karen Johnson, Buchanan’s Arizona State Coordinator, got a call from Governor Fife Symington congratulating her on what he called a “decisive” victory. Senator John McCain also drafted a congratulatory letter, while all three networks and CNN said that Dole would definitely finish third, while Forbes took second and Buchanan won.
“Then the computers mysteriously went down. When they came back up, guess what happened. Pat Buchanan ended up a distant third, while Dole won! When asked about this phenomenon, Buchanan joked about the computers (referring to the “fix” being in), “They seemed to work better after they brought ‘em back!”
VOTER NEWS SERVICE (VNS)
“As mentioned, VNS is the only American company that counts votes in every Federal election. Ponder this point for a moment. A faceless corporation that 99% of the people in this country have never heard of is responsible for tabulating our votes. This Service was created by the Big Six in 1964 - one year after JFK was assassinated, and is currently run by ABC, NBC, CBS, CNN, FOX, and AP. Over the years, VNS has gone through a variety of name changes and was originally called NES (News Elect Services).
When you consider the ramifications of every Presidential, Congressional, and Gubernatorial race, you’ll see that VNS is one of the most influential corporations in America. Yet, no one ever heard of them. How can such a fantastic responsibility be placed in the hands of a company that was developed by a consortium of corporate media conglomerates? The most glaring observation one could make from this situation is: if a faceless, unknown agency (VNS) is the sole vote counter rather than accountable local volunteers in each precinct, is it conceivable that a wealthy politician or political party could clandestinely pay them off to rig an election?
“The answer is obvious, especially when 99% of the American people don’t even know about the existence of VNS.
‘Robert H. Lande, Professor of Law at the University of Baltimore in a letter )dated October 22, 2000) to the United States Justice Dept. and the Federal Election Trade Commission on behalf of the American Antitrust Institute, said, “the Government should file suit to break up the VNS.” He continued (shortly after the 2000 fall election): “Why the uniformity of wrong results? This can be explained by a lack of competition. All of the “competing” major networks are actually colluding with one another, and they call their collusion the VNS.” Finally, Mr. Lande concludes, “If the six largest manufacturer of automobiles, canned food, or aluminum decided to close existing operations and pool resources to save money, the antitrust enforcement agencies would be after them immediately.”
“On Monday, November 2, 1988, the night BEFORE the off-year elections, ABC News posted hundreds of election results - one whole day before a single person ever placed a vote!
“Now that we know the networks, CNN, FOX, and AP all get heir election results from the same source - VNS - we need to ask ourselves, why is there such an emphasis on speed? Speed is the key, at least where the networks are concerned. Why? Because the illusion of reporting “speedy” results is the second piece of the puzzle needed to steal an election.....Here’s a typical scenario:
“Dan Rather appears on your TV screen at one minute after the hour .. one minute after the polls closed in a certain part of the country. Naturally, he’ll have some “projections,” and he’ll even announce some winners - one minute after the polls close.
“So, they’ll rack up heir totals, show who is ahead; and focus their attention on the last intangible ... those races that are “too closes to call.” Once you hear those words, you know you’re in trouble. That’s when there’s a huge gap in reporting - the lag time - when Dan rather talks to all his “boys” to get their expert opinion. Of course, not once is he mentioning that all their results are coming from VNS. that information isn’t important enough for the American people to know.”
As you all well know, a computer can be programmed to do whatever the programmer tells it to do. The programmer could say 2 + 2 + 5 and that is what the computer will tell you. The answers is all wrong, but the computer don’t know that, because it was programmed to give you the answer that it gave you.
We know of one instance, where the vote counting machine was programmed to switch ever 5th vote to the opposing candidate. The person the people elected “lost” the election with the aid of the programmer, that programmed the computer.
This writer just celebrated his 85th birthday and I have never been polled to see how I feel about any subject and I don’t know anyone who has ever been polled for their opinion or how they will vote on election day. So then, who do these people taking the poll talk to? Are the polls a fantasy dreamed up by the Controllers to help sway public opinion? I would answer that, YES!
In ever election for president, here is always a front-runner. My question has always, “Who nominated this person as the front runner?” Well the answer to that question is simple; the Controlled major media is the culprit. This year, the media would have us believe that Mitt Romney is the front -runner. Who are they trying to kid?
But, does it really matter who we vote for? We firmly believe that the candidate has already been selected and he or she will be elected just as the Controllers have already decided. How we vote means nothing in the long run. The Controller will elect the person that is willing to do as they are told.
It really doesn’t matter who is elected president, they will be surrounded by Bilderbergs, Trilateral Commission and Council on Foreign Relation members. here are some examples:
Nixon: 115 CFR members
Carter: 284 CFR members
Reagan: 257 CFR members and Reagan was the one that was going to get the government off our backs, but did nothing to keep his promises and now you can see why.
Bush: 382 CFR members
Clinton: 17 of his top 19 cabinet members were either CFR or TC members.
So, as they say in the Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion: “We take a person totally unqualified to lead, then we surround him with our own advisor and we actually run the government.” You can see by the number of CFR people surrounding the presidents who really runs the government. Besides the CFR members, there are many Trilateral Commission and Bilderberg members also around the presidents. Presidents and members of Congress are mere puppets and their strings are being pulled by the Controllers, who pay for their elections
We well remember the 1964 presidential election, because we supported and worked for Senator Barry Goldwater in Orange County, Calif. My wife was a volunteer working at the voting prescient where we voted. She had to get up early and report and had to stay late to count the votes and post them before sending them to the County office to be tabulated. Two of us followed the car that took the votes to the County office. We were suspicious that something might happen on the way.
Things have changed since that day in most parts of the country. People either vote on a voting machine or their votes are counted by a machine. Here in Arizona we still leave a paper trail, so that votes can be counted, if there is some question as to the accuracy of the votes. But with a voting machine, there is no paper trail and we must take the word of the County employees as to the accuracy. but we know that the Controllers have placed their own people in these office all across the country, so we have no way of knowing if the votes are counted right.
Let us return to victor Thorn and The New World Order Exposed, as he looks at
VOTESCAM and COMPUTERIXED VOTING:
“In an election totally free of fraud, citizens would hand-write their votes on paper ballots, place them in a clear box; hen watch as an impartial group of volunteers counted their votes in full view. The results would be posted at the polling place before being shipped to the county courthouse.
“With computerized voting, we simply send a ‘blip” through cyberspace. There is no paper trail (a physical ballot), nor are there any checks and balances. We’re simply told to trust those in charge of the election and everything will be okay. Considering the evidence I’ve provided thus far ,how much faith does that inspire in you?
“What if we found that it’s possible to manipulate these computerized unseen results to “correspond” to the projections (also doctored) that were given one minute after the polls closed so that everything would be OFFICIAL;? What if someone told you - “Hey, it’d be very easy to find a computer programmer who could write some software that would already determine the winner regardless of the vote totals? The procedure wouldn’t be much more difficult to pull off than placing a paper roller into the back of a Printomatic voting machine that already had the totals pre-printed on them.
“Now I’m sure someone will say this is preposterous! To prove the process isn’t corrupt, all the software designers have to do is show you the “source code” from their program. How complicated could it be to write a program that simply counts votes? Any tenth grade kid who has taken an introductory course in computer science could write it.
“But guess what? Numerous researchers have tried to inspect the computer software at VNS. But instead of gladly allowing them to do so (these are fair and open elections, aren’t they? VNS flatly denied their request, saying their programs were “trade secrets.” In other words, heir software is afforded the same protection as any other corporate trade secret. To me, the same rationale doesn’t apply for two reasons.
“First, a privately owned for-profit company is much different from one that is very influential in determining who will assume the Presidency and a large number of Congressional seats. My second argument is just as straightforward: What do these software designers have to hide?
“They haven’t created programs that prevent America from being bombed by incoming ballistic missiles like those used by NORAD. The only thing (supposedly) their software does is count votes. Why all the secrecy? Why don’t they want anyone inspecting their source codes?
“On the night before the 1988 Presidential election, the following conversation took place on the CBS Evening news:
Dan Rather: Realistically could the fix be put on in a national election?
Howard J. Straus (computer expert - Princeton University): Get me a job with a company that writes the software for this program. then I’d have access to one-third of the votes. is that enough to fix a general election?
Mr. Strauss has also said, “When it comes to computerized elections, here are no safeguards. It is not a door without locks; It’s a house without doors.”
Judge Richard Niehouse, in a 1985 ruling against the Cincinnati Board of Elections: “There is no adequate and proper safeguard against the computers being programmed to distort the election results.”
Eva Waskell, an election researcher for over ten years, weighed in with this observation: “One major problem is that computer codes that run the machines are protected as trade secrets, which makes it very hard to have an election independently audited.” She also added, “The election industry is virtually unregulated. There are no mandatory regulations or standards for accurately recording and counting votes.”
Craig C. Donsanto, deputy Attorney in the Justice Dept., warned us in a July 4, 1989 edition of the Los Angeles Times: “You have to have access and some degree of technical knowledge to penetrate an electronic tabulating system. Most of them have been or will be .... simply because voting is the way we determine who gets power in this country.”
“The following is a quote from the same Los Angeles Times article on vote fraud (7-4-89): “Some critics of computerized vote counting worry about the potential for ‘trapdoors,” ‘time bombs’ and ‘Trojan Horses.’ A computer operator with the correct password could place a trapdoor, or a series of hidden vote counting instructions inside the system, according to Election Watch Report. Once into the system, the operator could program the computer to count vote for one candidate as votes for another. After the votes have been changed to swing the election, the trapdoor could be closed.”
“In a letter, Attorney Ellis Rubin (3-24-92) described to Attorney general William Barr how to rig computerized voting: ‘Anyone with access codes could punch into elections and change the results; and nobody would be the wiser. That also foes for the software involved.’”
As we said at the beginning, we firmly believe that the Controllers have already decided who will be the next President and there is nothing we can do about it. If they want to keep Obama, which we don’t believe they will, they will run some republican hat does not have a chance to win. Someone like Ron Paul that would, possible, be a good president, or Michael Bachmann. Once these people are nominated, the media will go to work on them and convince the people that they should not be elected. the media can say anything they want to say and the candidate will have a very hard time responding to the obligation, because the media will not report what they have to say in their defense.
...

 

 



The 9-11 anniversary is upon us. We will be featuring articles from The American Free Press in coming days on our opening page, where you will hear facts that you may have missed. We urge you to make copies of these articles to pass a round to your friends you can get copies of the American Free Press, 645 Pennsylvania Avenue SE, Suite 100, Washington, D.C. 20003 1-202-544-5977. This is the only national newspaper with the GUTS to tell you the truth. Today's articles are by Victor Thorn W.A. Carto, and Dave Gahary There are three new articles today
Sunday, October, 23, 2011
JUST FOLLOW THE MONEY & YOU'LL FIGURE IT OUT
By W.A. Carto
The following is an excerpt from the first commentary on the Sept. 11 attacks published by AFP, in the edition mailed on Sept. 14, 201. In it, AFP advises Americans to follow the money to get the real culprits of 9-1. It was issue #6 for 2011.
There is no better method to find a criminal than cui bono, the ancient Roman legal principle, meaning "Who benefits?" This principle is as important to the problem of discovering the criminals behind the day of terrorism, Sept. 11, as it is in a simple murder case.
f the deed was the responsibility of any Arab or Muslim group, then the motive was pure hatred of the United States. And why do they hate us so? Any one should know the answer to that question; it is because of the totally one-sided policy of this nation in regard to the conflict between the artificial nation of Israel--an American creation--and its neighbors.
But if there is a more pragmatic motive for the horrible crime--for example, to induce even stronger support for Israel, even more money for that pampered nation, even more , military support--then the whole picture abruptly changes.
The pet culprit of the mass media is a little character hiding out in a cave somewhere in Afghanistan--Osama bin Laden. This man--according to the media--is so powerful, wealthy, well-connected and smart that he was able to bring together hundreds of skilled technicians and faultlessly execute one of the most devastating military strikes of all time, and to do it without being detected in advance by any of this nation's intelligence agencies or the Mossad--the Israeli intelligence and action arm that is known to have its spies infiltrated into every anti-Israeli group in the world.
Former FBI agent Ted Gunderson told AFP: "There is no way that our U.S. intelligence did not know about this strike in advance. To skyjack four or five planes at the same time and have each gang of skyjackers operating precisely on schedule and with coordinated instructions would take 70 to 100 people involved at the least. Our intelligence and the Mossad would have to know about this in advance."
[Editor's note added Auf. 2011: the strike against America 10 years ago has cost and is still costing American taxpayers multiple billions in our so-called
"war on terror," which is so profitable for industries, bankers and the military.--ED.]
HE JOHN O'NEILL LEGEND: IS 9-11 MARTYR STILL ALIVE?
By Dave Gahary
Who, other than the CIA, could have created the myth of Osama bin Laden? A primary candidate is former FBI special agent in charge of counterterrorism John O'Neill. Many researchers know O'Neill as an iconic hero who died on his first morning at work at the World Trade Center (WTC) towers, where he was employed as head of security. He took this position after being fired from the FBI for, presumably, getting too close to unraveling the trail of bin Laden and his future al Qaeda "skyjackers" who would carry out the 9-11 attacks.
But did O'Neill actually die on Sept. 11? According to Allan Weisbecker, an author of three books and founding writer for the Miami Vice television show, the G-man may still be alive.
In an exclusive Aug. 19 interview with AFP, Weisbecker voiced his suspicions: "The plotters needed somebody at the WTC in charge of security that they could trust."
Could O'Neill have been an insider who became part of the false -flag operation?
Weisbecker continued: "O'Neill acted as the right-hand man of Larry Silverstein and a top U.S. official, Jerome Hauer. In this capacity, O'Neill served as their man on the ground that ran the show and ensued that nobody could sabotage their well-laid plans."
The fable goes that O'Neill began his position at the WTC on the morning of Sept. 11. However, according o Weisbecker's extensive research, O'Neill actually began on Aug. 23. the significance of this, according to Weisbecker, is that they needed him in position to prevent others not involved in the plot from discovering the towers were scheduled for demolition.
Weisbecker told AFP: "Hauer and O'Neill were so close that they were drinking buddies. They even dined together the night before 9-11."
Hauer, accused by some of being a Zionist operative, was vital in this charade because he directed the Office of Emergency Management under Mayor Rudolph Giuliani from 1996 t0 2000. Hauer was also a managing director of Kroll Associates, which was instrumental in providing security for the WTC complex. More importantly to the 9-11 mythmakers, it was Hauer who, on the morning of the attacks, planted some of the most important disinformation during his appearance with Dan Rather and ABC's Peter Jennings. Hauer was one of the first to identify bin Laden as the mastermind. he also went on record early, saying he knew that each collapsed tower had fallen due to fire compromising their structure integrity.
After establishing the connection to Hauer, Weisbecker then shows how O'Neill was also familiar with government black-operations.
Weisbecker stated: "O'Neill actively participated in covering up the truth of a terrorism investigation involving hundreds of Americans on TWA Flight 800. That's where he cut his teeth. If he did it before, he could do it again."
So, what was the flamboyant O'Neill, who, it seems, had a number of longtime girlfriends (plus a wife he had never divorced), doing on 9-11 when the whole world was being turned on its head? Rather than evacuating the towers and saving as many lives as possible, O'Neill made six personal phone calls, including some to his purported lovers.
To finalize the myth of O'Neill, none other than Hauer ostensibly indentified O'Neill's remains a week after the attacks.
But is it plausible that O'Neill is actually alive? When Weisbecker spoke with FBI agent Mark Rossini in 2007, Rossini told him, "Yeah, John is a great guy." Immediately, Weisbecker reacted to his use of the present tense: "The hairs on my neck were on end, my mind racing, Rossini had lost his cool. He was fast-talking me and stuttering. It was clear he was trying to distract me."
Why would everyone want O'Neill to appear dead? The answer is simple: By killing off the FBI's s alleged premier bin Laden-hunter, O'Neill would never have to testify at congressional hearings of before the 9-11 commission. All his knowledge would confidently be taken to the grave.
DID RESEARCHER WILLIAM COOPER PAY WITH HIS LIFE?
By Victor Thorn
On Nov. 5, 2011--less than two months after the 9-11 attacks--deputies from Apache County Sheriff's Department shot William Cooper dead in the driveway of his Arizona home. Did these lawmen actually murder Cooper due to his ongoing exposure of the 9-11 deception?
In June 28, 2011 radio broadcast, Cooper warned: "Be prepared for a major attack. But it won't be Osama bin Laden. It will be those behind the New World Order."
At that time, most people had never even heard of bin Laden. Cooper pushed this angle further, saying that a CNN television crew had just interviewed bin Laden in an Afghan cave. Cooper said that within the next three weeks bin Laden would be blamed for a major attack.
Although Cooper missed the target date by six weeks, he still identified on June 28, 2001who the fall guy would be.
"Whatever is going to happen, they're going to blame it on Osama bin Laden; but don't you believe it," he said.
On the morning of 9-11, Cooper old his listeners, "Is there anybody out there who really believes that those airplanes crashed into the upper quarters of the two WTC towers caused both of those buildings to collapse?
He continued: "What happened in the WTC towers today is exactly what happened at Oklahoma City. It wasn't a truck parked out front on the street that brought down that building. You can't bring down a building like that by flying a plane into it or blowing up a truck full of fertilizer. You need charges placed upon the main structural members of the building."
Cooper was so far ahead of the game on 9-11 hat it's scary. "The CIA created Osama bin Laden, and the Bush family has been doing business with his family for many years," he said. "That's a fact. They have intertwining investments in their business dealings."
Returning to the controlled demolitions, Cooper explained on the morning of Sept. 11: "Talk to some architects who build skyscrapers. Part of their designs is the knowledge that airplanes sometimes crash into them, and they must be designed to withstand a crash."
Finally, on Sept. 15, Cooper penned an article entitled Who Benefits that began: "Who benefits from the World Trade Center and Pentagon terrorists attacks? I can tell you that no Arab nation benefits. I can tell you that no Muslim benefits. So why would any of them mount an attack that even the most stupid fanatic in the world would understand to be the instrument of the absolute condemnation and alienation of the cause by all humanity?"
Following this insightful analysis, Cooper then identified the true mastermind behind this tragedy.
"So, who benefits?" he asked. "he answer is obviously very disturbing. Everyone in the oil business will benefit, especially the Bush family and their business partners. Everyone in the military-industrial complex will benefit. The UN will benefit. the state of Israel will benefit and rule over the American people."
Unlike a certain megalomaniacal poseur radio talk show host who arrogantly bill himself as the "grandfather of the 9-11 movement" while trying to convince his listeners that the New World Order has been trying to murder him for the last 15 years, Cooper was the real deal; and he paid for speaking the truth with his life.
The 9-11 anniversary is upon us. We will be featuring articles from The American Free Press in coming days on our opening page, where you will hear facts that you may have missed. We urge you to make copies of these articles to pass a round to your friends you can get copies of the American Free Press, 645 Pennsylvania Avenue SE, Suite 100, Washington, D.C. 20003 1-202-544-5977. This is the only national newspaper with the GUTS to tell you the truth. Today's articles are by Victor Thorn and Keith Hansen There are three new articles today
Sunday, October 16, 2011
FIRST 9-11 CONSPIRACY THEORISTS AND the RAMIFICATIONS OF 9-11
By Victor Thorn
Twenty -four hours after the Sept. 11, 2001 attacks, while the rest of the United States was being goaded into accepting more wars in the Middle East and Asia, one popular author of several books on the U.S. media and the role it plays in molding public opinion argued that the attacks had to have been planned in advance-and not by Osama bin Laden. Ten years later, his prescient views look even more relevant.
Just one day after the mysterious attacks, Dave McGowan wrote the article: Welcome to the New and Improved Police State. In the second paragraph, he wrote: "A few weeks ago, I told [a friend] that our own fearless leaders are veering dangerously close to unleashing 'tactical' nuclear weapons upon the world." Al- though he may not have realized the prophetic nature of his words, a decade later there's a resounding amount of information pointing to the use of nuclear weapons beneath the WTC towers. ( We told you this in a previous article, scroll down until you find it).
During a July 17 interview with this writer, McGowan described how he was able to see through the massive ruse being played out on a grand scale.
"I immediately knew, because I entered in with a different mindset," he said. "Being predisposed and familiar with the concept of false flags, I was already over the hurdle of accepting that attacks such as these were scripted to provide a pretext for retaliation. Our leaders are capable of doing such things, so it wasn't entirely unexpected. I didn't have a learning curve to overcome."
When asked about the diabolical nature of the plotters behind 9-11, McGowan replied: "Without any conscience at all, these individuals repeat the same scenarios, because they've figured out what works, and they keep getting away with it."
McGowan marveled at their arrogance, especially in New York City. "The controlled demolition of each twin tower into its own footprint was so obvious that I initially felt they'd overstepped their bounds," he said. "It was too incredible."
From a Geopolitical perspective, the results were clear. McGowan continued: "This is the event they'd been waiting for to launch multiple wars. I was terrified that day for different reasons than everyone else. I knew that a more aggressive foreign policy stance was already on the drawing board, but without 9-11 there would have been too much resistance."
Daily life for everyday citizens also faced dramatic changes. McGowan realized early on what awaited us: "Police state measures, more militaristic domestic surveillance technology, and the Patriot Act were already present. Now they just needed a pretext whereby Americans would accept it."
The aftermath 10 years later is evident. McGowan spelled it out: Psychologically, as a people, 9-11 had a profound effect on the country. Today, what we tolerate as normal reality would have been unthinkable a decade ago. For example, people allow themselves to be strip-searched before boarding an airplane, and they accept these intrusions as normal and necessary."
McGowan found laughable the recent supposed "killing" of 9-11 patsy Osama bin Laden.
"just 150 years ago, after Abraham Lincoln's assassination, the government disposed of John Wilkes Booth's [supposed] body within 48 hours," "No personal effects, physical evidence, photos or anything else was ever shown to the public. They simply took their word for it. The same happened with bin Laden. It's like I said earlier: They keep using the same techniques over and over again, because they keep getting away with it." ( You can get The great Escape of John Wilkes Booth $15 plus $3 S&H 1-888-699-6397 toll free.
WTC 'JUMPERS' PHENOMENON
By Victor Thorn
One of the most gruesome aspects of 9-11 0ccurred when newscasters reported that dozens of people inside the twin towers leaped hundreds of feet down, landing on the streets of New York or rooftops. Such dramatic measures go against human nature because nearly all of us will cling to safety rather than plunge to certain death. At the time of the jumps, World Trade Center (WTC) 1 and WTC 2, despite being compromised. apparently, by the impact of airlines, still provided a safer haven than free falling through the air and splattering below. Did all these victims willingly choose to jump, or was there more involved? On July 22, 9-11 researcher Carl Aschmann spoke with this writer to provide some valuable insights.
What initially struck me is how many of the jumpers were removing articles of clothing before leaping," said Aschmann. "Think about that for a moment. Utter chaos is raging in New York, the building they're in had been struck by an aircraft, and in all this insanity they decide to do what--remove their clothing? It doesn't make sense."
He continued: "Emergency calls made that morning from inside the towers reflect how extremely hot these trapped people felt, yet they couldn't see any flames. Even stranger, those inside each tower were leaning against the walls of these buildings, so the physical structure itself wasn't very hot."
Aschmann then offered this reminder: "If you listen to transcripts of firemen inside the towers to their dispatchers, they refer to seeing no raging fires and how they could easily extinguish two isolated pockets of fire in WTC 2. Neither skyscraper was consumed by a raging inferno."
With this information in mind, Aschmann added, :There was no real fire anywhere, but an incredible amount of heat. People were actually disrobing, but tons of paper around them didn't burn. Why? It's almost like a microwave effect, where the food cooks, but the paper wrapper around it doesn't."
Aschmann wonders if the jumpers actually leaped of their own violation.
"It looked like these people were somehow thrown out of the towers--as if they hadn't really intended to jump, especially when they were flapping their arms widely rather than being resigned to a fate they had chosen," he said. "On top of that, these people were cast outward much further than they could have been able to physically jump, as if some type of internal, force ejected them. From all photos, it didn't look like they intended to jump out, but were instead caught unaware."
Upon impact, those unfortunate enough to view these tragedies provided some curious description. Firefighter Bertram Springstead, who witnessed 30-40 jumpers splayed out on the nearby Vista Hotel's roof, characterized the horrific sight in these terms: "As I was looking out the window, another jumper comes by and]kind of like clipped the edge of the roof and just vaporized."
WHY SO MANY WAR GAMES PLANNED FOR SEPT. 11?
By Keith Hansen
In the summer of 2003, a Canadian professor of mathematics released Operation Pearl, in which he offered a possible scenario for what really happened in the skies and on the ground on Sept. 11, 2001. Now a professor emeritus at the University of Western Ontario, A. K. Dewdney continued his research into the events of 9-11 and will soon be releasing an updated revision to Operation Pearl.
"It's gone through a few versions, "Dewdney told AFP. "Initially, it was called Ghost Riders in the Sky because I saw electronic hijackings as being a possibility. But when I realized that at the Pentagon--where no bodies or airline seats or luggage or anything else pertaining to a large commercial airliner were found--I figured that probably no plane ever hit. So there went the 'Ghost Riders' out the window.
"Later, I happened to be reading the PNAC [Project for a New American Century] document where they called for a new Pearl Harbor.
It was stated in PNAC's white paper Rebuilding America's Defenses that the process of transforming America would likely be a long one, absent a catastrophic and catalyzing event--like a new Pearl Harbor."
"That's when I decided to call it Operation Pearl as a way of finding a feasible alternative scenario," said Dewdney. "That doesn't mean it has to be correct, it's merely intended to show how it was possible for an alternative scenario to exist."
Dewdney offers the prospect that targeted airliners were isolated from communications with the ground or other aircraft. Then, onboard law enforcement, presumably sky marshals, could have discretely alerted the crew that a terrorists situation was likely to occur and that pilots were to follow a protocol requiring they change radio frequencies, shut off their transponders and follow instructions for an emergency landing at another airport, in this case, possibly Harrisburg International.
The frequency change would have kept crewmembers unaware of what was happening with other commercial aircraft that were following similar emergency takedown directions in response to their supposed skyjackings. Shutting off the transp0nder would have allowed another commercial-like aircraft, a remotely operated drone, to take its place on the radar screens.
In Operation Pearl, Dewdney also refers to Don Jacob's War Games: Bizarre Coincidence or Something Else in which the author chronicles how many military exercises were being conducted on Sept. 11.
"Jacobs mentioned that war games are expensive and rarely scheduled. It really is a remarkable coincidence that at least 17 of these games were being conducted on 9-11.
Dewdney also went to great lengths demonstrating that cell phone calls from the airplanes were impossible to make under those conditions. It should be noted that Elizabeth Glick, wife of Jeremy Glick, a supposed passenger on United Airlines Flight 93, was interviewed for a Sept. 12 story in The new York Times about cell phone conversations with her husband while the plane was at 35,000 feet.
However, in the Sept. 2004 issue of Readers Digest, in an article entitled "Flight 93: What We Never Knew," Mrs. Glick stated she talked to her husband not on a cell phone but a seatback "airfone."
Why the change in story three years later? Dewdney suggested that voice mimicry was a way in which conversations could have been conducted between passengers and crewmembers supposedly in the air and their friends and relatives on the ground.
Dewdney's continued research can be followed at http://pyhsics911.net.


The 9-11 anniversary is upon us. We will be featuring articles from The American Free Press in coming days on our opening page, where you will hear facts that you may have missed. We urge you to make copies of these articles to pass a round to your friends you can get copies of the American Free Press, 645 Pennsylvania Avenue SE, Suite 100, Washington, D.C. 20003 1-202-544-5977. This is the only national newspaper with the GUTS to tell you the truth. Today's articles are by Victor Thorn -wer
 

Monday October 10, 2011
ENGINEER'S NANO0THERMITE CHALLENGE
By Mark Hightower
On May 1, 2001 this researcher issued $1,000 nano-thermite challenge that sought to find and document any peer-review scientific research demonstrating that nano-thermite was used to demolish the World Trade Center towers.
ot even one entry for this contest was received by the due date of June 20. This is significant because among 9-11 researchers, including David Ray Griffin, nano-thermite is commonly believed to be a high explosive.
The explosive effects observed at the World Trade Center on Sept. 11,2001 were not only powerful, but devastating--turning concrete and other materials to dust--as well as separating and propelling steel members and other material in all directions.
While thermite is an incendiary (burning agent) and nano-thermite can be formulated to e a faster-reacting incendiary, or even a low explosive like black powder, it cannot be formulated to be a high explosive. Therefore, nano-thermite could have been used to sever or weaken the twin towers' steel columns, but this low-velocity melting process is a totally different mechanism for the cutting of steel, and alone could not have accounted for the explosive effects observed.
Low-explosive nano-thermite could be eliminated as the primary method of controlled demolition of the twin towers because of its ineffectiveness. Similarly , high-explosive nano-thermite could be eliminated because it doesn't exist. Even the term "explosive nano-thermite" used to describe the destruction of each tower is misleading.
Conventional explosives mixed with nano-thermite are far more plausible explanations for the explosive effects observed that day, and in the case of a blend, nano-thermite would have functioned in the role of an additive rather than being the main ingredient itself
HERE IS ANOTHER UNANSWERED QUESTION.
N.Y. REP. Has 2,700 Questions About Social Security Filings
By Pat Shannan
SSA Director Michael Astrue's failure to answer her letter so far may not be an oversight so much as a fear of looking as foolish as he did with his lame reply to Ohio private investigator Susan Daniel's report to him of her findings that Barack Obama was using a Social Security number issued to someone else.
So what does this new revelation indicate? To 9-11 truthers it raises all kinds of questions that may tie into older ones, such as why were there only 266 total passengers and crew recorded on the four "skyjacked" flights that could have seated over 1,300? Also, why did flight manifest not show the name of a single Middle Easterner being aboard any of the four flights, and how could six of the 19 (named by the FBI) terrorists that supposedly crashed these planes turn up the next week alive on Saudi television? Now they have to ask: How could over 2,700 people die in the WTC towers and not one of them make it onto the SSA Death Master File?
However, government apologists can always supply pacifying answers. Scripps-Howard News reporter Tom Hargrove uncovered the information, informed Maloney and--to his credit--broke the story that other news agencies ignored. However, Hargrove, as a guest on the AFP Radio Hour, told this writer that he is now convinced the whole thing was a "clerical error."
SSA officials informed him that these situations arise about once every 200 times--that a person dies and is not logged. Or, worse yet, one is declared dead but is still very much alive. This causes all kinds of problems with "identify theft" both real and imagined. Those of the latter group who are still alive but are "officially dead," according to SSA records, suddenly become suspects and are sometimes jailed and charged with stealing what was actually their own identity.
Of course, a clerk hitting the wrong button a half percent of the time is reasonable, but 2,700 times in one day is not--even in government work.
Then the excuse was offered that only those who had applied for SSA benefits would be listed anyway. However, with a single death benefit payment of $255 going to every widowed spouse, plus far greater monthly payments for those with children under the age of 18, it seems likely that at least 2,000 or more would have fallen into these categories.
So why aren't they there? Has Rep Maloney been asked to quietly back away?
The mystery about 9-11 baffles me." said Beth Givens, executive director of the San Diego-based Privacy Rights Clearinghouse that has received complaints about the accuracy of these death files. "The only things that come to mind are some of the conspiracy theories that we hear out--and I don't want to go there.
Neither does Hargrove.
WHERE DID THE PASSENGERS GO?
By Victor Thorne
Possibly the most asked question by 9-11 skeptics is, "If there was a government conspiracy, what happened to all the airline passengers? Dean Hartwell, author of Planes Without Passengers, may finally be able to provide an answer. During a July 18 interview with this writer, Hartwell began: "My no-hijacker theory contends that the planes and passengers were merely used as props. On Sept. 11, we were specifically told that four different hijackings supposedly took place. But flights 11 and 77 were not scheduled and didn't fly. I've confirmed this fact through the Bureau of Transportation Statistics (BTS)."
He continued: "9-11researcher Gerard Holmgren discovered that BTS records had been tampered with because they originally said that 11 and 77 were not scheduled to take off."
So what happened to the passengers? Hartwell explained: "Flights 175 and 93 did fly on the morning of Sept. 11, and there were people aboard these planes. But they weren't passengers in the usual sense of the term."
Providing more details for his argument, Hartwell stated: "Most of the people that boarded these two airliners were intel assets playing a role. The vast majority of the names were fictitious. Then, when 175 took off from Boston with a very low occupancy, it ended up landing i Cleveland after changing flight numbers."
Hartwell then broached the crux of this deception: "Those aboard the two usual flights were simply playing the role of passengers. They were props. After being deboarded, then, the intel agents went on their way. What the staged hijackings did was send a signal to future participants in these types of operations that they would be protected and not taken out and shot."
As a final thought, Hartwell addressed the purported two cell phone calls made from Flight 77 by political author Barbara Olson to her husband Ted, a government insider who defended President George W. Bush following the 2,000 election recount challenger Al Gore. As a reward, Bush made Olson his solicitor general.
Ted Olson changed his story several times in regard to the phone calls made to him on the morning of Sept. 11," Hartwell opined. "His wife Barbara may have been part of a simulation and merely pretended that hijackings were going on."
Indeed, during the trial of accused terrorists Zacharias Moussaoui in 2006, FBI officials examined a multitude of Olson's contradictions on television shows and in interviews, then concluded that he didn't receive a single cal from his wife via cell phone or onboard passenger seat "airfone."
In an April 1, 2008 Global Research article, Prof. David Ray Griffin weighed in with this analysis: "According to Olson, his wife said all passengers and flight personnel, including the pilots, were herded to the back of the plane by the hijackers. This is an inherently implausible scenario. We are suppose to believe that 60 people were held at bay by three men with box cutters. This scenario becomes even more absurd when we realize that the alleged hijackers were all small unathletic men."




Tuesday, October 3, 2011
MILITARY HERO CONFIRMS MOSSAD ROLE
By Victor Thorn
At the conclusion of the July 26 interview with this writer, Dr. Alan Sabrosky made a shocking revelation: "36 hours after I did an interview with Susan Modaress of Iran's Press TV where I verbally highlighted the work of Dutch demolitions expert Jowenko, he was killed in a one-car accident. Jowenko said in a video that demolition of WTC 7 was a professional job done by a team of experts."
Sabrosky's interview with Mark Glenn and Press TV have been historic contributions to the pursuit of proving Israeli involvement in the 9-11 terrorists attacks. AS someone who received the U.S. Army War College's Superior Civilian Service Award during his tenure as director of Strategic International Studies, Sabrosky brings an undeniable amount of authority to this subject.
During his July 13 appearance on Press TV, Sabrosky explained that the supposed Arab skyjackers didn't possess the piloting skills necessary to fly the aircrafts. Also, planes impacting the twin towers 800 feet to 1,000 feet above the ground could not have caused massive explosions near their bases.
Other evidence cited by Sabrosky included two vans that were pulled over by police on the morning of Sept. 11, which were filled with explosives as well as cameras that had been focused on the twin towers , which had been set up prior to planes impacting the towers. Photos taken of the passengers of the vans show them celebrating the destruction that ensued in New York City. All of those arrested inside these two vehicles were Israeli nationals. However, within days, reports chronicling these incidents had disappeared from mainstream media sources.
To demonstrate the extent of the cover-up, Sabrosky noted that most Americans are unaware of these vans driven by Israelis. He then asked Press TV: "What would it have taken for a special group to have done 9-11?
Nineteen Muslim cave dwellers were not capable of the level of planning required to carry out this operation. But, Sabrosky stressed, Israeli operatives had the access, motivation and expertise to not only execute these attacks, but also draw the United States into a broader Middle East war.
They needed a catalytic event," Sabrosky said, "another pearl Harbor. Today we know who [did it], and we even know why."
He continued: "The apprehension of Israeli-driven vans filled with explosives is not a fantasy. It's a fact that ties Israel irrevocably to 9-11."
He then referred to the neo-cons and dual U.S.-Israeli citizens involved. "To contrive these crises and to contrive these wars--all in the service of Israel--is committing high treason," he said.Sabrosky also claimed that an Israeli company, ICTS, not only had access to the WTC complex via their security duties, but they also were in charge of security at all three airports of departure on 9-11. It that's not enough, JCTS further provided security in Paris and Amsterdam when the shoe and underwire "bombers" made their feeble attempts to commit acts of terrorism.
It is Sabrosky's contention that, because Israeli operatives had direct access to the towers in order to facilitate the demolitions of WTC 1, WTC 2 and WTC 7, it's no coincidence that "dancing Israelis" on the rooftops and in the vans were all freed from jail within months, a move approved by dual U.S.-Israeli national Michael Chertoff.
There was no mention of their release in the mainstream media that is largely Zionist controlled. Instead, the only thing discussed on Sept. 11--and later accepted by the government-approved 9-11 Commission--were 19 Arab hijackers. It was all dealt with in Orwellian terms. Everything else was a non-event and non-story."
As a summary, Sabrosky told Press TV: "This is not a conspiracy in the sense it is usually used to denigrate an opposing argument, meaning that it's irrational, illogical and without proof." Rather, he conclude, "only two intelligence agencies had the expertise, access and political protection to execute 9-11 in the air and on the ground: our CIA and Israel's Mossad."
HERE IS A REAL BLOCKBUSTER TO THINK ABOUT
EVIDENCE OF NUKES IN WTC
By Victor Thorn
How could the bedrock lying beneath each World Trade Center (WTC) tower actually turn to "glass" after these enormous structures fell on 9-11? Also, why were there pools of molten steel still exiting months after Sept. 11, especially when it's physicallyimpossible for an open jet fuel fire (maximum temperature 1,510 degrees F) to melt construction-grade steel (melting point 2,770 degrees F) Lastly, how could large portions of the WTC complex be vaporized?
during a July 17 interview, Vinnie Sammartino--a 9-11 researcher and author of the seminal article 9-11 Plane List Oddities--told--told this writer: "The glassified sand and rock at Ground Zero cannot be justified with thermite, jet fuel or conventional demolition explosives. Plus, it's laughable that gravity took down the towers at greater than freefall speed.
Sammartino feels this point is vital: "There is highly important below-ground atomic test footage that shows--after a nuke is detonated--a perfectly circular hole opening directly down into the earth. After anyone watches this video, it gives them an idea of how WTC 1 and WTC 2 dropped straight into the ground."
Such analysis stays true to the laws of physics, which assert: Falling objects tend to follow the path of least resistance. Thus, when the twin towers were compromised, they would have presumably toppled over onto the New York City streets. But instead, they were swallowed into the earth at freefall speed.
Sammartino cites the work of Dmitri Khalezov, a former Soviet nuclear intelligence officer, who insists that these demolitions went well beyond the capabilities of nano-thermite.
ammartino agrees: "The only way to bring down three steel buildings of that size was to put a small nuclear device underneath each of them. Conventional explosives and jet fuel would never work."
He added, "There should have been, at the very least, a 10-story-high mound of steel after the towers fell into their own footprints. But where did all that steel and concrete go? Nuclear bombs react differently underground. That's why we saw so much microscopic dust resulting from the pulverized steel and concrete that spread out over a mile of Manhattan. Plus, there are thousands and thousands of missing trusses that utterly vanished."
ontinuing his exploitation, Sammartino said, "If you watch a documentary called 9-11 Eyewitness, you'll see the base of each tower light up before they come down. Something very violent happened to create such a visual energy source that was captured on cameras.
As a result, Sammartino noted, "The bases lighting up justify the melted cars at Ground Zero and people catching fire. Massive sewer plate covers blasting right out from the streets, which indicates an enormous amount of pressure beneath the ground."
Tragically, Sammartino notes that many 9-11 rescue workers have contracted chronic beryllium poisoning over the past decade that is similar to what caused the deaths of early workers who designed nuclear weapons . Long-term beryllium exposure increases the risk of reparatory ailments and lung cancer, the most common symptoms for those at ground Zero.
As a reminder, the original definition of Ground Zero prior to 9-11 is as follows: "A point on the surface of land or water directly above or below the center of a nuclear explosion."
ow eerily coincidental is it that the WTC aftermath was specifically called "Ground Zero"?
BODIES VAPORIZED AT GROUD ZERO
By Victor Thorn
Bodies were shredded as if a heat wave, millions of degrees in temperature, emanated from Ground Zero after an atomic bomb had been detonated." So said Marion P. LeLong to this writer during a July 14, interview. As the author of a recently released comprehensive book entitled 9-11 Deceptions, LeLong further described the incomprehensible damage:
"In the first weeks following 9-11, rescue workers found 20,000 different [identified]body pieces, while there were over 10,000 other unidentified body parts placed in freezers," he said. "Overall, only 300 intact bodies were initially discovered, "LeLong said.
When one considers that the victims were supposedly killed via collapsed skyscrapers, falling debris or by leaping to their deaths, why were there so many unidentified body parts, as if the corpses had exploded? Using simple mathematics, every one of the deceased would have been converted into over a hundred different pieces.
LeLong writes in 9-11 Deceptions, "Aircrafts impacts and fires in all probability would not have destroyed a single body beyond positive identification."
Why then, as LeLong notes,
A year later [after Sept. 11, 2001], had only 1,401 of the approximately 2,700 victims been identified?"
To address this quandary, LeLong points in the direction of a far more ominous conclusion.
Since aircraft and fires would surely not have destroyed a single body so badly that it could not have been positively identified, there must have been something different and far more powerful than all known reasons for such massive buildings to collapse," he said.
If a mental image of this incredible power source still isn't clear, LeLong finishes his chapter Identified and Missing Human Bodies with this description:"[Body] fragments within the heat wave were instantly cremated into talcum-like dust."
LeLong's book is available from American Free Press for $30.00 plus $3 S&H. Return to the top of the age for the address .


Monday, Sept. 26, 2011
NEXPLAINED HAPPENINGS INSIDE WTC 7
By Victor Thorn
Within days of formed U.S. Army War College Alan Sabrosky appearing on Press TV, where he touted Dutch demolitions expert Danny Jowenko's groundbreaking work on World Trade Center (WTC) 7, Jowenko was found dead following a one-car crash in Serooskerke, Netherlands.
Sabrosky said of Jowenko's findings during this interview, "WTC 7 went straight down into its own footprint in seconds without any visible external trauma, which means only some catastrophic internal, trauma could have brought it down." Jowenko specifically referred to WTC 7's demise as "a professionally engineered controlled demolition."
Another curious WTC 7 fatality involved the Aug. 19, 2008 death of Barry Jennings, deputy director of emergency services for the New York City Housing Authority. Employed at WTC 7, Jennings arrived late to work on the morning of Sept. 11, whereupon he found that by the tine WTC was struck at 9:03 WTC 7 had already been evacuated.
Jennings noticed that his coworkers had immediately fled. "I saw halt-eaten sandwiches," he said, "and there was still steam coming off coffee cups that were sitting on desk."
Told to evacuate the premises. Jennings began hearing explosions inside WTC 7 between 9 a.m. and 10 a.m., an obvious anomaly since this stricture didn't implode upon itself until seven hours later, at 5:20 p.m.. "I know what I heard," said Jennings. "I heard explosions."
Following a power failure, Jennings and colleague Michael Hess were escorted from WTC 7 into the lobby, where they witnessed a remarkable sight. Jennings said it appeared as if "King Kong had come through and stepped on it."
Again, why would the lobby of WTC 7 be in total ruins seven hours prior to collapse?
In regard to his rescue, Jennings later told Loose Change filmmaker Dylan Avery, "the firefighters that took us down kept saying, "Do not look down. 'and I kept saying. 'Why is that?' [We were] stepping over people. You know you could feel when you're stepping over people."
However, according to government reports, not a single person died inside WTC 7.
Jennings's claims of explosions, dead bodies and a devastated WYC 7 lobby all directly contradicts the official version of event.
Jennings died two days prior to the release of NIST'S final report on the WTC 7
collapse. No official cause of death has been made public.
NEW BOOK BY VICTOR THORNFINAL WORD ON SEPT. 11 ATTACKS.
9-22 Plot-Made in Israel'
By Michael Langston
If it's 9-11 truth you seek, look no further than Victor Thorn's latest book on the subject, Made in Israel: 9-11 and the Jewish Plot Against America. What this book makes clear, and what many 9-11 "truthers" don't know, is that a massive deception and cover-up exists not only in the mainstream media, but in the so-called truth movement as well.
It is true that 9-11 was an "inside" job, and criminal elements within the U.S. government were undoubtedly involved as is so often stated by many authors and activists. But 9-11 was much more. It was an "outside" job also, ultimately made in Israel, as a mountain of evidence compiled in this new, landmark book clearly shows.
For example, whereas other authors and activists have repeatedly pointed out that Marvin Bush, brother of former President George Bush, was on the board of directors of a company responsible for security at the World Trade Center, Thorn specifically names Jewish-owned security firms involved, discusses them in detail, and most importantly, point out who actually owned--and controlled--them. It certainly wasn't Bush.
While other 9-11researchers and authors might lead you on a wild goose chase and have you barking up the wrong tree at the Bush administration and the U.S. government, this book sets the record straight by focusing on the actual perpetrators and puppet masters.
Jewish control of World Trade Center security and Jewish ownership of the WTC complex is only one tiny piece of the 9-11 puzzle that Thorn meticulously pieces together. The degree of the Jewish-Zionists influence over many aspects of American society documented in this book is mind-boggling.
As former Israeli Prime Minister Ariel Sharon knowingly proclaimed, "We, the Jewish people, control America, and the American's know it."
A cover-up of this magnitude on 9-11 could only have been carried out by a group ruthless individuals who will stop at nothing to protect their vital interest, who will disregard and cross any moral boundary, and who possess control over America and the minds of most Americans through their control of the media.
Only Israel and its Zionist supporters could have accomplished such a feat. No other group had this kind of power or the motive to perpetrate a crime so horrendous and dastardly.
Only one nation and group of people benefits most from the attacks on 9-11: Israel and the Zionist Jews. Every other nation and group suffered, most especially those who were wrongly blamed for the attack. America suffered, Afghanistan suffered and Arab Muslims suffered. As Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu so arrogantly boasted before an audience at bar-Ilan University in Israel, "We are benefitting from one thing, and that is the attack on the twin towers and the Pentagon."
There you have it: The prime minister of Israel publicly admitted that the Israelis benefited from 9-11 attacks. As any criminologist will tell you, the most likely suspect in any crime is the person or entity that benefited from the crime.
Considering the fact that the rogue state of Israel has a prior criminal record of perpetrating just such a crime--the June 8, 1967 attack on the USS Liberty--the verdict in this case is clear and unmistakable: 9-11 was made in ISRAEL.
MADE IN ISRAEL: 9-11 THE PLOT AGAINST AMERICA
By Peter Papaherakles
Anyone looking into what really happened on Sept. 11, 2001 has to be familiar with Victor Thorn's work. A prolific writer, Thorn has authored many books on 9-11, and he has been on the cutting edge of uncovering many of the numerous lies that comprise the 9-11 illusion since day one.
Thorn was a pioneer in exposing the Shanksville farce in his book Phantom Flight 93, while also writing 9-11 Exposed and 9-11 Betrayed. His 9-11 on trial published in 2005 documented that the government's official version of events was a lie, while 9-11 Evil the following year went where no one had dared to go by uncovering Israel's central role in these attacks.
For the upcoming 10-year anniversary of Sept. 11, 2001, Thorn has outdone himself by publishing a brand new book called Made in Israel. This book is truly the last word on the subject, combining and expanding significantly upon all his vast research from the previous five books. the hard-hitting subtitle reads: "9-11 and the Jewish Plot Against America. "While 9-11 on Trial focused on how the attacks occurred and 9-11 Evil explained Israel's role behind it, Made in Israel combines these two premises, along with new evidence that proves beyond a doubt that Israel-firsters were behind every facet of the Sept. 11 conspiracy.
"This book presents all the facts in an organized systematic format." says Thorn. "You can show it to anyone who cares to see, and the truth is there in black and white. There is no chance bin Laden and his Muslim hijackers could ever have pulled it off."
Luminaries who have praised Thorn's previous books include Prof. David Ray Griffin, Jim Marrs, Michael Collins Piper and Texe Marrs, among scores of others.
Made in Israel is formatted in a large, easy-to-read 8.5-by-11-inch size that consisted of two main sections. The first half lays out in a clear, no-frills style all the key players in the preparation and execution of these attacks and identifies their Jewish, Israel and/or neo-con background. Thorn ends this portion of the book with these words: "Any 9-11 'truther
ho fails to expose Israel's role has, in essence, chosen to protect the worst killers among us.
The second half of the book consists of 19 explosive articles Thorn has written on various other 9-11 subjects for American Free Press between 2008 and 2011.
Victor Thorn once again forces us to focus on who carried out 9-11--rather than on how it was done. At this point, any other approach is truly a form of cowardice. the elephant in the room is really the undisputable fact that Israel was behind it. If we want the truth and nothing but the truth, there's no getting around that. The question is: Can we handle the truth?
Quick Reply

 

 

Sunday, Septembe 18, 2011
Pilots for 9-11 Truth Allege Radar Manipulation
The founder of Pilots for 9-11 Truth, Rob Balsamo, is in a unique position to unravel the many anomalies that occurred on Sept. 11,. Regrettably, he told this writer on July 13: "Almost all out our work has been suppressed and swept under the rug, including by [people in] the 9-11 truth movement."
Their documentary 911 Intercepted chronicles one of these underreported subjects: Plane-swapping. This occurs when one plane flies above another, making only one radar image.
"After inspecting radar data obtained through FOIA requests, I saw several blips converging around aircraft reportedly used on 9-11 that were flying at over 30,000 feet," he said. "It's most alarming that two, or even three planes overlapping, became one, then separate and changed direction from where they originated, all at these high altitudes."
When asked if these occurrences were an example of plane-swapping, Balsamo replied, "I can't think of any other reason for them to converge. Aren't air traffic controllers supposed to separate planes at 30,000 feet, not let them fly in unison, and then break off?? I've never seen or heard of anything like this in my entire career."
American free Press (AFP) inquired as to which flights were involved. "Two different planes overlapped in midair with [United Airlines Flight] 93, and then another craft converged with [United Airlines Flight' 175," he said. "It's important to remember that none of these radar 'blips' was in a holding pattern, and they weren't fighter jet intercepts, either. This happened at least twice that morning."
9-11 Intercepted also exposes bogus radar tracks, inaccurate airplane position reports and other variations of aviation hocus-pocus. Ultimately, AFP wondered who should be held responsible for these deceptions.
Balsamo replied, "Dick Cheney took command of NORAD in June 2011, and it's mu speculation that decisions were made at the highest levels of government."
In terms of four military's notorious stand-down, Balsamo also provided inside knowledge.
"Fighter jets were called to scramble at 9:08 a.m. out of Langley [a flight distance of seven miles from Washington, D.C.], but their orders were inexplicably changed," he said. "The pilots sat in their cockpits for an excruciating 16 minutes, then didn't make it to D.C. until after the Pentagon 'event' had already occurred."
When pilots were finally scrambled, more errors ensued. According to Balsamo, "misinformation was deliberately put into FAA computer systems so that dispatched fighters flew out over the Atlantic Ocean or other incorrect directions. These mistakes were repeated over and over again by Boston air traffic controllers and their military liaisons at NORAD. The FAA and NORAD were responsible for protecting America's northeast quadrant on 9-11, and there's never been a legitimate answer for their actions. All we know is that the scrambled fighter jets were always diverted by bogus position reports."
Conveniently enough, this orchestrated confusion forced the world's best fighter pilots into a state of total ineffectiveness
WTC Insurers Pay Out Huge Amounts to Support Official 9-11 Tale
By Frank Whalen
While Americans mourned the tragedy of the 9-211 attacks, World Trade Center (WTC) complex owner Larry Silverstein had other things in mind, particularly cashing in on insurance money from the properties he had purchased on July 24, 2001.
In an entry dated Sept. 12. 2001, History Commons cited author Steven Brill as stating: "According to two people who called him that morning to offer their sympathy, Sliverstein soon changed the subject. [He] told one of the callers that they way his insurance policies were written, two planes crashing into the two towers had been two different occurrences, not part of the same event."Brill added that : "Silverstein's lawyers claimed the developer had been on the phone the evening of 9-11 wondering whether his insurance policies could be read in a way that would construe the attacks as two separate, insurable incidents rather than one.
To understand the situation: In 2001 the WTC complex was viewed by real estate moguls as a white elephant. With a low occupancy rate, toxic asbestos that would cost $200 million to remove, substandard elevator system and an outdated technological network, nobody could understand why Silverstein would purchase this albatross for $124 million down payment, which , in hindsight, now looks like a steal of a deal.
Six weeks later, Silverstein began angling for a $7 billion double-indemnity payout on his $3.55 billion insurance policies. Although he waged a lengthy courtroom battle that would last six years, Sliverstein eventually collected $4.56 billion from his investment in the WTC leases.
Seven insurance companies out of 24 agreed to settle with Silverstein. Those companies were: Traveler Cos,. Zurich American Insurance Co. Swiss Reinsurance Co. Employers Insurance Company of Wausau, Allianz Global Risks U.S. Insurance Co., Industrial Risk Insurers and Royal indemnity Co.
However, a glaring oddity still remains: insurance companies are notorious for investigating every aspect of every claim made against a policy, regardless of how seemingly insignificant. the reason is that the legwork cost of such investigations usually pales in comparison to the money saved from a payout.
Here is where this situation gets interesting: Silverstein didn't have one company insuring his property--he had 24. From a business perspective, it's reasonable to conclude that 24 separate insurance policies were taken out to spread the financial burden so that all of the companies would be able to pay a portion without going bankrupt. Having multiple insurance companies also minimized public scrutiny enough so that stockholders wouldn't ask why CEO's were agreeing to pay out such enormous sums based solely on the government's questionable version of events.
Nonetheless, the question remains: Why would any of these companies agree to compensate Silberstein when there were countless reasons for denying his insurance claims?
Based on the facts of this story that the payouts were agreed upon in order to lend credence to the government's official account of what took place on Sept. 11, 2001. If any of these 24 companies had seriously challenged the official version of events, the entire house of cards would have collapsed like the World Trade Center towers.
Going even deeper, in a Sept. 29, 2006 article entitled "9-11 and the Greenberg Familia," Jerry Mazza pinpoints another major player in this scam: Maurice Greenberg. As a former deputy chairman of the Council on foreign Relations and former director of the New York Federal Reserve, Greenberg also has notable CIA ties and is known as the godfather of insurance giant AIG.
Mazza wrote: "The three companies who originally insured the WTC were AIG, Marsh [McLennan] and ACE, all run by the Greenbergs at the time. They then sold stakes in the original contract to their competition, a technique called reinsuring. Once the towers came down, the reinsurers got caught holding the bag. This would inextricably tie the Greenbergs to Silverstein and the larger conspiracy of 9-11. If they had no foreknowledge of the events to occur, why would the Greenbergs have unloaded so many stakes in their contract?
Greenberg also has a decades-old connection to Henry Kissinger, the Anti-Defamation League (ADL) and members of the Mossad. Furthermore, Greenberg became partners with Jules Kroll in 1993. Conveniently, Kroll & Associates was responsible for security at the WTC towers on Sept. 11, 2001. Some researchers have even concluded that Greenberg's AIG served as a successor to BCCI, the most corrupt money-laundering syndicate in history.
Greenberg's son Jeffrey was chairman of Marsh McLennan, one of the three companies that originally held insurance claims for Sliverstein before dumping it to reinsurers, while Greenberg's other son Evan was CEO of ACE Ltd, the third company holding insurance claims for Silverstein before peddling them elsewhere.
In the end Silverstein pocketed $4.56 billion, while the Greenberg family profited from dumping Lucky Larry's insurance policies on other unsuspecting companies before they were compelled to shell out a single penny.
Adding insult to injury, Greenberg's AIG has received, to date, at least $85 billion in bailout money from U.S. taxpayers via a loan from the Federal Reserve .

 

 

Monday, September 12 , 2011: 

The 9-11 anniversary is upon us. We will be featuring articles from The American Free Press in coming days on our opening page, where you will hear facts that you may have missed. We urge you to make copies of these articles to pass a round to your friends you can get copies of the American Free Press, 645 Pennsylvania Avenue SE, Suite 100, Washington, D.C. 20003 1-202-544-5977. This is the only national newspaper with the GUTS to tell you the truth. Today's article is by Victor Thorn:
Jesse venture Cites CIA Files T Support Sett. 11 Theories
By Victor Thorn
While discussing his latest book 63 Documents the Government Doesn't Want You to Read, Jesse Ventura told this writer on June 14, "In 1962 the Joint Chiefs of Staff advocated that the U.S. military attack our own country in a false-flag terrorists strike, then blame it on Cuba. the plan was called operation Northwoods, and it doesn't get any worse than that.
Ventura was right. In Body of Secrets, author and National Security Agency authority ( NSA) James Bamford called this operation "the most corrupt plan ever created by the U.S. government."
In this light, the former Minnesota governor continued: "If you read these documents, you'll see how the Pentagon gave to President Kennedy the option--using the CIA and our military--to attack American cities using airliners. It was all conceived to support an invasion of Cuba. The people behind Operation Northwoods wanted to kill American citizens as a way of carrying out their political agenda. To me, that's treason."
He concluded, "Operation Northwoods was on the table, but fortunately JFK didn't follow through with it."
And for a good reason. In the classified March 13, 1962 document, Gen. Lyman Lemnitzer, chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, suggested, "We could blow up a U.S. ship in Guantanamo Bay and blame it on Cuba."
More ominously, other ideas included hijacking attempts,, burning jet fighters on military bases or bombing ammunition depots.
Obviously, the similarities to 9-11 are haunting, the only difference being that instead of blaming Cuba, Osama bin Laden and 19 Muslims skyjackers were the patsies, all used to garner support for American invasions of Afghanistan and Iraq.
To reinforce how wiling certain sectors of the U.S. government were, Ventura cited Orlando Bosch, a known international terrorists who, it is alleged, was in the employ of the United States.
"[Bosch] was a CIA operative that was involved in blowing up Cuban ships, assassination attempts on Fidel Castro and the eradication of sugar fields," said Ventura.
With direct evidence now available to gauge what the madmen in our government are capable of, Ventura writes in 63 Documents about Northwoods:
"You could think of it as establishing a precedent for the future. If something like this were on the table in 1962, wouldn't it have likewise been in 2001?
Northwoods had on the drawing board, I believe, 9-11was. It seems that all through history, wars and takeovers are started with false-flag operations. History has a way of repeating itself, like that old cliché" If it works once let's try it again."
AFP INTERVIEWS FAMED RESEARCHER ABOUT 9-11
By Pat Shannan
Of all the conspiracy theories I've hears, the U.S. government's official story of what happened on 9-11 is the absolute worst one of all," says best-selling author Jim Marrs of Texas.
Marrs's Crossfire remains one of the most informative books on the JFK assassination and cover-up and is a touchstone for those seeking conspiracy facts rather than theory. In 2004, he released Inside Job: Unmasking the 9-11 Conspiracies, while his latest book on this same subject is The Terror Conspiracy Revisited.
"We were told that 19 Muslim terrorists fanatics somehow bypassed our $49 billion defense system, hijacked four planes simultaneously and caused all their transponders to shut down at the same time. These planes were then lost from both FAA and NORAD radar--not to mention satellite radar---before making their way to New York and crashing into the World Trade Center towers, then the Pentagon and the countryside in Pennsylvania. Moreover, a billionaire Muslim cleric hiding in a cave in Afghanistan with a computer supposedly masterminded it. Americans will believe anything."
Marrs also told AFP that some of the oldest information of all is still "new" because it's gone unreported.
"Salem bin Laden was partnering in the oil business with the Bush family as far back as 1977," Marrs said. "This was long before his younger brother Osama tied in to the Carlyle Investment Group with young George and Dick Cheney. Is this why some 40 members of the bin Laden family were allowed to fly out of America a day after every other flight had been grounded?"
Marrs added: "The Pentagon is one of the most protected building in the world. It even has automated antiaircraft batteries that are triggered to any unfriendly aircraft transponder. No plane can fly into it. How could the alleged hijackers coordinate their timing with the 9-11 war games? There is only one answer: This was an inside job; they had inside information."
"The 9-11 war games" refers to the five war games and terror drills that were being conducted by the U.S. military, including one 'live air": exercise using planes.
EYEWITNESS DEBUNKS OFFICIAL PENTAGON TALE
By Victor Thorn
Craig Ranke considers himself and the Citizen Investigation Team to be public enemy No 1 within the mainstream 9-11 truth movement, especially after the release of their Pentagon documentary entitled National Security Alert.
"Phony, compromised 9-11 truthers have made us their No. 1 target because the perpetrators want to keep them focused on the WTC towers so that it remains mired in scientific mumbo-jumbo," said Ranke.
Another reason is that Ranke has uncovered direct, firsthand testimony from an eyewitness who saw the plane that allegedly hit the Pentagon instead fly directly over this structure. Specially, in 2001 the Library of Congress's Jennifer Brennan recorded Roosevelt Roberts Jr. of the Pentagon Force Protection Agency, who said that he saw a plane , supposedly Flight 77, at less than 100 feet altitude, just above some light poles, flying away after a series of explosions at the Pentagon.
Another influential witness, taxi driver Lloyd England admitted, "It was a black operation by people with all the money." England claimed that damaged light poles were staged as well as the damage to his cab.
'The only logical explanation for what happened at the Pentagon on 9-11 was internal, pre-planted explosives," he said. "There were no missiles, global hawks or flying objects such as sky warriors or [other] drones. This isn't our theory, but what witnesses told us on camera."
He went further: "A Pentagon flyover is the only possible alternative. The official story delineates a specific trajectory, but witnesses and damage don't confirm this explanation."
Ranke offered another distinction: "Over a dozen eyewitnesses said they saw the plane on the Citgo station's north side. But for the government's version to be true, the plane had to fly south of the gas station. This is the only way the plane could have damaged the five downed light poles, hit the generator trailer and caused the damage to the Pentagon's facade leading to the curious round exit hole in the C-ring. the high level of independent corroboration we provide for an approach north of the gas station is proof beyond a reasonable doubt that this is where the plane flew, destroying the official impact narrative."
Most importantly, Ranke's research led to an ironic point: "Most of the eyewitnesses were clearly honest people who were used by the government based on an assumption that they saw a plane hit the Pentagon. They all believed in their minds that this event occurred, but by defending the official version of events, they actually blew it wide open and disproved it."



AFP First National Newspaper to Talk Honestly About 9-11
Within a week of the 9-11 attacks--at a time when questioning the government's official version of events was already considered seditious, American Free Press (AFP) had already begun informing its readers that the Osama bin Laden-19 hijackers story had more holes in it than a block of Swiss cheese.
Considering the intense shock to our nation, these were dangerous times to oppose the neo-con led administration. In the aftermath of the catastrophe, President George w. Bush upped the ante by threatening Americans with the consequences of exhibiting any "unpatriotic" tendencies. "You're either with us, or you are with the terrorists," He sneered in what would become his style of cowboy diplomacy.
Bush's intentions were clear: If you dare investigate these obviously suspicious crimes, we'll marginalize you and brand you an enemy of the state, realizing that their house of cards could come crashing down, Bush addressed the UN with this warning: "Let us never tolerate outrageous conspiracy theories regarding the attacks of Sept. 11."
Still, in AFP's issue no. 5, dated Sept. 24, 2011, Michael Collins Piper threw down the gauntlet by reminding subscribers of direct Mossad links to the first WTC bombing, in 1993. The following week, AFP asked about Israeli fore-knowledge of those horrific strikes in New York and D.C.
Subsequent issues contained articles on the WTC controlled demolitions, fake cell phone calls, the military's incomprehensible stand-down, gangs of celebrating Israeli's, pools of molten steel beneath Ground Zero, Osama bin Laden's doubles, and interviews with survivor William Rodriguez and 9-11 widow Ellen Mariani. AFP also published a special report entitled 50 Unanswered Questions About 9-11, plus books such as Debunking 9-11 and Phantom 93.
Without doubt, no event in the past decade has been such an impact on our lives as 9-11,not to mention the tentacles that sprung from it, including the Patriot Act, Homeland Security, TSA inspections, two atrocious foreign wars, color-coded terror alerts and astronomical spending.
From day one, AFP courageously stood at the forefront of what would become known as the 9-11 truth movement. Without AFP's contributions, it's likely that another similar attack would have already been leveled against the U.S. by now.
This special edition--containing much new information--is our tribute to those who died on 9-11, their families and all those who seek the truth about Sept. 11, 2011.
Sept. 11, 2001: A Day of Evil
ten years ago, on the brilliantly sunny morning of Sept. 11, 2011, mass murders unleashed acts of terror that would kill nearly 3,00 innocent citizens. As Americans watched these horrors unfold on their television sets, they were subjected to images that would traumatize them and transform our nation.
As sirens wailed, fires burned, people screamed and television newsmen riddled their viewers with alarm, those who orchestrated this event reveled in the paranoia and carnage.
As blame for those attacks was quickly placed on Osama bin Laden and 19 Muslim skyjackers wielding box cutters, the actual plotters--pro-Israeli exterminators and their neo-con political sycophants--peered from the shadows as horrified jumpers leapt to their deaths from the World Trade Center towers.
Shortly thereafter, the 110-stsory twin towers and a third skyscraper--Building 7 --were swallowed directly into the earth. "Ground Zero" was born.
the monstrous people responsible for these crimes against humanity desecrated our security. Certainly 9-11 was an inside job, but it was also an outside job as well . The same people who assaulted the USS Liberty, killing 34 Americans and wounding 174, in 1967 now unleashed without a trace of conscience their bloodlust on America's own homeland.
On that fateful morning, pandemonium ran rampant through every neighborhood. people wondered--and rightly so--if World War III had begun. After the Pentagon, our military's nerve center, was purportedly rendered ineffective against the onslaught, what target would be next?
American's sat transfixed on images on their TV's frozen with fright. At this moment, brainwashing and trauma programming reached new heights of effectiveness.
Sirens, flames, controlled demolitions, masses of toxic smoke and terror alerts were on every channel along with mounting death counts. The world had changed, and it would never be the same.
The 9-11 architects created this Pearl Harbor grand illusion to lay a foundation for ever more crimes, such as the wars in Afghanistan and Iraq, where killing-filed corpses would be stacked by the tens of thousands and poppies would grow again.
It was 10 years ago that this "Made in Israel" false -flag attack stole Americans' lives and savaged our country. They are destroyers, and we will never forget what they've done to us.
Shanksville Resident Speaks Out About 9-11
Has anybody actually located the spot where Flight 93--or a plane purported to be Flight 93--crashed near Shanksville, PA. on Sept. 11, 2011? On Aug. 10, APF's Washington , D.C. office received a phone call from a woman in Cambria, Pa. who will be identified in this article as 'Nicole."
That same afternoon, Nicole told this writer: "To my knowledge, a plane went down near Imgrund Mountain Road off of New Baltimore Road. It's so isolated and rocky along that hillside that it'd be an ideal place for a plane to be hidden."
Nicole's revelations coincide with information provided in Phantom Flight 93, especially a crucial live telecast filed by CNN's Brian Cabell on Sept. 11. He reported that a second debris field had been cordoned off approximately six miles from Shanksville. Obviously, plane crashes don't cause wreckage to mysteriously fly six miles through the air.
Nicole agreed and felt suspicious of the official story from day one .
"I could tell right a way there was something fishy about it." she said. "I knew a plane couldn't have gone in there [the 20-foot Shankville crater] from pictures I saw on television. It was such a farce."
She continued: "The main road off Route 30 leading into New Baltimore was cordoned off for weeks afterward. Nobody could drive down it unless they lived there. Everyone was told to shut up and not to say anything to anyone."
As to the planes removal, Nicole added, "Since New Baltimore is so isolated and had been cordoned off, I feel they must have combed that wooded area for weeks, and then taken the wreckage out at night along Route 30."
Even the official Shankville crater site went almost immediate lock-down. "There were guards around the perimeter," Nicole said. "Nobody could have possibly gotten in. They had a lot of manpower surrounding it."
To rationalize the lack of luggage, engines, wings, fuselage, passengers, seats etc., online writer Michael Fortner spewed some incredible disinformation that compared the supposed impact of Flight 93--filled with mere jet fuel--to that of an atomic bomb. Even though the airliner in question was last seen only feet above the treetops ,Fortner conclude, "The blast destroyed the plane and vaporized the passengers."
Eyewitness Eric Peterson of nearby Lambertsville verified the aircraft's horizontal course not far above their heads. "It was low enough, you could probably count the rivets," he said.
Nicole concurred that the plane's low trajectory prohibited it from having force to create a nuclear-style blast. "It was so low to the ground it didn't nosedive," she said. "Everything else is a charade."
Nicole hasn't spoken with other media outlets about these matters until her first-ever interview with American Free Press.
Anyone that questions the Shanksville story is considered an outsider around here, " she said. "The locals look down on anyone that speaks out because they see all the tourists dollars coming into our area. We got rewarded with an addition to our fire department and new fire engines. So, the townspeople feel important now that thousands of travelers are coming here. Even President Obama is visiting on Sept. 11. We've become very popular, but the whole thing is based on a lie, and it makes me disgusted."

 

 

  Zionist infiltration of the Soviet KGB and the impact on the U.S. Intelligence Services: The Little-Known Foundation for the Birth of the NEO-Conservatism in America:

 

  The best know Soviet spy in history was the late British turncoat, H.A.R. "Him" Philby. But "the rest of the story" about Philby  intrigue was kept under wraps for nearly a half century. The truth is Philby was not just a KGB agent. He was also doubling as an agent for yet another intelligence agency--Israel's Mossad. Only  The Spotlight, the Washington based populists weekly, told the amazing story--one which points to a "hidden history" of intrigue that has been deliberately suppressed by the "mainstream" media in the West.

  In its June 25, 1984 issue The Spotlight reported on a highly-classified summary of East-bloc espionage operations complied in April of 1984 by Defense Department analyst. (A copy of that report was provided by well-placed sources to Andrew St. George, the chief diplomatic correspondent for The Spotlight.)

  The summary cited several instances when covert agents from the KGB, the Soviet Union's primary intelligence agency, joined forces with agents of Israel's intelligence service, the Mossad, to penetrate U.S. targets. Philby was among those who provided aid to the Mossad.

  The study revealed that veteran CIA official William King Harvey ran afoul of the KGB and the Mossad as early as 1942 when he concluded a high-level investigation with a report denouncing Philby, then a top British counterintelligence official, as a Soviet "mole," that is, a long-range covert Soviet penetration agaent. 

   At the time Philby was serving in Washington as the chief liaison officer between British and American intelligence, giving him access to the U.S. governments most closely guarded secrets.

  What the other evidence in the Pentagon summary regarding Philby revealed--but which went unreported in all of the "mainstream" media accounts of the Philby affair--was that while Philby was spying for the Soviets, he was also working as an agent for the cause of political Zionism since the early 1940's. 

  This was well before the emergence of Israel as a sovereign state and the formation of the Mossad, which, according to former Mossad officer Victor Ostrovsky, functions as "the real engine of policy" in Israel. 

  The Pentagon report revealed that in 1932 Philby was married in Vienna, Austria to Litzi Friedman, a communist organizer who was also active on behalf of the Zionist cause. Present at the nuptials were several key figures who later assumed roles in Israel espionage. Among them were "Teddy" Kollek, who became much better known as the future longtime mayor of Jerusalem, and Jacob Meridor one of the founders and directors of the Mossad.

  When Harvey exposed Philby as a Red spy, he also cast doubt on Philby's close friend, James Jesus Angleton, the CIA's director of counterintelligence who was also the CIA's liaison to the Mossad and a faithful supported of the Zionist cause. 

  Angleton and the Mossad felt threatened by Harvey's unmasking of Philby as a Soviet mole. Soon enough rumors began to circulate in Washington of Harvey's "heavy drinking" and "scandalous" behavior, with the rumors being fed directly to the White House. 

  In 1967, President Johnson fired Harvey from his CIA post and he retired in disgrace. As The Spotlight put it: "the leading American spy-master of the post-World War II era, who had exposed Philby and other major communist spies, spent his last days working for a publishing company in a dead-end job. He died in 1976 of a heart attack, obscure, poorly paid and lonely."

  (Ironically, in recent years, there was a fraudulent attempt to link Harvey to the JFK assassination, with the outlandish suggestion that Harvey had worked hand-in-glove with his longtime enemy, Angleton. Nothing could be further from the truth.)

  In reality Harvey was right. Philby was ultimately exposed as a major Soviet penetration agent and ultimately confessed, fleeing to Moscow where he ultimately died. 

  Angleton's fate was somewhat similar. In a long-suppressed top-secret report (which was cited in the Pentagon summary described by The Spotlight) a senior CIA security official, C. Edward Petty, concluded that Angleton may have been a Soviet-Israeli penetration agent while he made his way to the top of the CIA bureaucracy. 

  The Petty report suggested that Angleton, throughout his career as the dominant figure in U.S. counterintelligence, had slipped vital information to both the Soviet Union and Israel. The report was submitted to President Gerald Ford in April of 1975, but a political decision was made that the evidence was not sufficient to indict and try Angleton, largely because it would have been impossible to stage a public trial of an intelligence official who was privy to as many secrets as Angleton was.

  Instead, then-CIA director William Colby fired Angleton, enraging the Israeli lobby which had relied for so long on Angleton's key placement in the counterintelligence bureaucracy. Angleton retired and died a broken man on May 11, 1987.

  On December 14, 1998, The Spotlight was the only newspaper on the planet to publish a suppressed fact about the otherwise widely-published secrets about the KGB espionage that were revealed with the release of the fabled Soviet diplomatic cables that were secretly decrypted  beginning in 1946 by the U.S. Army Signals Security Agency and code-named "Venona." 

   Military historian Ulick Steadman described the Venona venture as "a historic achievement," but noted that there was "a shocking twist." In fact, a vast majority of the alien agents unmasked by the decoded Soviet cables turned out to be active in Zionist circles rather than merely in the Communists underground. According to H. Dexter Gamage, who served as a Pentagon cryptography analyst, the Venona files revealed that Zionists "made up three-fourths of the enemy spies recruited by the Soviets" in the United States.

  As a consequence, at the time the Venona project was under way, Gen. Omar Bradley, chairman of the joint chiefs of Staff, ordered the intercepts withheld from President Truman, because--according to Steadman--Bradley was "concerned  that anything known to the White House would soon become known to the Zionist insiders [surrounding the president] and subsequently to the soviets" who would discover that their cables were being intercepted.

  (This is just a small sample of what you can find in JUDAS GOATS, a book that you need, if you really ant to know who the real JUDAS GOATS are in America  - ED.) 

 

 

 

    Wednesday, Aught 29, 2011: If you want to know the names of the powers that lurk behind the scene and pulling the strings of the president and Congress, you need "RULE BY SECRECY" By Jim Marrs Harper Collins Publishers Inc. 10 East 53rd Street, New York, NY 10022. or fab@americanfreepress.net  202-544-5977

  You must know, by now, that every president for the last 100 years has been surrounded by traitors. People who have attended a Bilderberg meeting where there is no official membership, but where 200 traitors attend every year, the Trilateral Commission and the Council on foreign Relations. Jim Marrs names many of these individuals in his book, "RULE BY SECRECY".

  Some of the worst traitors can be found in the TAX-FREE FOUNDATIONS, which were designed so that these traitors could undermine your freedom with your money. Following are a few of these 40,000 tax free foundations, from Rules by Secrecy, page 97:

  A superficial glance at some of the past and current organizations and  foundations linked to Skull and Bones, the CFR, the Trilateral Commission, the Illuminati, and other secret societies by several writers reveals some surprises. To name just a few, these include the Agency of International Development, American Civil Liberties Union, American Council of Race Relations, American Press Institute, Anti-Defamation League, Arab Bureau, Aspen Institute, Association of Humanistic Psychology, Battelle Memorial Institute, Center for Advanced Studies in the Behavioral Services, Center for Constitutional Rights, Center for Cuban Studies, Center for Democratic Institutions, Christian Socialists league, Communist League, Environmental Fund, Fabian Society, Ford Foundation, Foundation for National Progress, German Marshall Fund, Hudson Institute, Institute for Pacific Relations, Institute on Drugs, Crime and Justice, International Institute for Strategic Studies, Mellon Institute, Metaphysical Society, Milner Group, Mont Pelerin Society, National Association for the Advancement of Colored People, National Council of Churches, New World Foundation, Rand Institute, Stanford Research Institute, Tavistock Institute of Human Relations, Union of Concerned Scientists, International Red Cross, and the YMCA.

  The Aspen Institute, for example, is a "global concern with considerable diplomatic influence" with nearly $60 million in net assets "regularly hosts presidents, prime ministers, philosophers, statesmen, advisors, educators, journalists, artists, activists and a roster of corporate representatives to rival the Fortune 500 list," noted Paul Anderson writing in the Aspen Times Weekly. "Yes, despite its national--indeed international--prominence, the Institute remains an enigma to the majority of local residents and visitors."    

 

By Frank Whalen

In the American Free Press

  Anne-Marie Slaughter, a prominent member of the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR)--a key force in the rush for global government--tipped the globalists' hand with her latest book, A New World Order, In another case of the power elite feeling untouchable, Mrs. Slaughter openly admits to an agenda of global rule and even suggest ways to accomplish such a coup. 

  Mrs. Slaughter claims it would be possible to "create a genuine global rule of law without a centralized global institution." A a vehicle to reach this desired end, she suggest that "the world needs global government to combat problems that jump borders, like crime and environmental degradation." Mrs. Slaughter seems to feel that her system would allow for this final power grab without any of the negative connotations associated with the phrase "one world government." 

  According to Mrs. Slaughter, only the ruling hierarchy knows what's best for the people. It would be on a par with parents having a discussion about their children while the kids are in the room, talking about them but never to them. 

  Mrs. Slaughter has been traveling in powerful circles for quite a while. While dean of Princeton's Woodrow Wilson School, she was publicly criticized for her support of the Bush administration's decisions and its officials. Later, Mrs. Slaughter was appointed  by Hillary Clinton to be director of policy planning for the Obama administration. Such crossover appeal to both parties and politicians who claim to be at opposite ends of the spectrum is a hallmark of the elites. Mrs. Slaughter is part of a network of women in the Obama administration who advocate U.S. intervention into the affairs of other countries for the purpose of breaking up squabbles or overthrowing governments. This often includes attacking foreign powers militarily. Nothing could be better calculated to make  friendly countries hostile.

  Mrs. Slaughter's network theory highlights an issue that the elites can't seem to wrap their brains around: Their ideas upset people because there is no consideration of governance of the people, by the people and certainly for the people. 

  In a version of the new world order that Mrs. Slaughter postulates, global rule at various levels would be limited strictly to her liberal peers. As usual, though, Mrs. Slaughter seems to forget why they are referred to as elites. It's not because they are superior, but rather because there are so few of them in the club Consequently, they should also remember how vastly outnumbered they are, and that they are only being permitted to play their games because the public doesn't know about them, thanks to the controlled press.   

     Did Browe you can't trust anyone  

See the many articles below the picture of America's greatest president

4th_declaration

 

    

American Free Press, 645 Pennsylvania Avenue SE, #100, Washington, D.C. 20003. Web site http://www.americanfreepress.net

This is chapter two of a book by Victor Thorn and Lisa Guliani: "DIRTY SECRETS, Crime, Conspiracy and cover-up during the 20th Century

We believe this will be a real eye opener and encourage you to but the complete book from American Free Press

Roosevelt crony says "FDR knew in advance about Pearl Harbor"

 

   Perhaps dozens of books and hundreds of monographs have been written proving that President Franklin D. Roosevelt (FDR) knew well in advance that the Japanese were planning their December 7, 1941 attack on Pearl Harbor. Yet only one  of FDR's associates has admitted that.

   An American journalists, Joseph Leib, a former side to President Franklin D. Roosevelt, learned one full week before it happened that the Japanese were about to attack Pearl Harbor.  And to his horror, he also learned that FDR himself also knew of the impending attack and intended to let it happen.

    Leib who was the founder of the first Roosevelt for President club, learned of the impending attack on Saturday, November 28, 1941. Here's what occurred. On that date, Leib received an urgent call from Secretary of State Cordell Hull. Hull asked that Leib meet him near the White House, and the two then walked to Lafayette Park, across from the executive mansion. The highest ranking member of the cabinet then proceeded to tell Leib a story that left the young journalist reeling.

   Hill burst into tears, and then explained why he was so distraught. Hull told Leib the Japanese were planning to attack Pearl Harbor within a few days, and as evidence, the secretary handed Leib a transcript of the Japanese radio messages intercepted by American intelligence.

   Hull explained to Leib that he had chosen to tell Leib the story for one reason alone: in the past Leib had been a reliable confident. "You're the only one I can trust," The agitated Hull told Leib.

   Leib then prodded Hull for further details. It was then Hull admitted that foreknowledge of the impending Japanese attack extended as high as the White House itself.

   "Roosevelt wants us in the war", said Hull. "and he's willing to risk attack on Hawaii to give him the opportunity to get us into the war. The president is fully aware of the plans, and so is [J. Edgar] Hoover at the FBI.

   "That's why I can't have a press conference and expose it publicly, Hull said. "The president would denounce me and no  one would believe me."

   After promising the Secretary of State that he would not reveal his source, Leib promptly made a beeline  for the offices of United Press, taking with him a copy of the transcript of the Japanese radio intercepts.

   At  United Press, Leib approached Bureau Chief Lyle Wilson with the story. Wilson refused to believe the tale, and Leib was forced to turn elsewhere.

   Harry Frantz, former cable editor at United Press, agreed to transmit Leib's highly sensational storey, but in transmission the final version was incomplete. And only one newspaper in the entire world carried the story.

   The November 20 issue of the Honolulu Advertiser cried in a banner headline, "Japanese May Attack Over Weekend," noting that U.S. forces in Hawaii were on alert. Yet the story failed to mention, as Leib had written, that the target of the Japanese attack would be Hawaii--specifically Pearl Harbor in Honolulu--itself.

   Speculation among military people who expected a Japanese attack, but were not privy to the decoded secret message, centered on other U.S. installations in the Pacific closer to Japan. Newsmen were aware of the speculation. If the Advertiser had received a story that contained a date of an expected attack, but was garbled enough to obscure the intended target, the headline and story it carried would be a reasonable reaction.

   Honolulu was a "military town" in November, 1941, and military operations by the Japanese in the Pacific were of  much more immediate interest to the readers of the Advertiser than to people on the mainland.

   Should the Japanese have attacked a U.S. Western Pacific installation, it would undoubtedly have precipitated a mass movement of Navy personnel and equipment from the Honolulu area, which would make the editors of that newspaper much more sensitive to any story of that nature, no matter how garbled. 

   In A February, 1984 interview with this author, Leib pointed out that, "If I had been able to get my story out then-- the week before Pearl Harbor, Pearl Harbor would never have taken place."

   In fact, one month after the attack on Pearl Harbor, Cordell Hull's allegation that the FBI knew of the impending attack was conformed in a brief article in the Washington Times-Herald. However later additions of the same paper deleted this important story as a result of pressure from FBI Director Hoover. "We didn't have a free then," said Leib, "and we don't have a free press now."

   The actual attack on pearl Harbor was, of course no  more a surprise to Leib than it was to Roosevelt. But an incident shortly after the arrack did catch Leib by surprise: Wilson of United Press called Leib to his office and gave Leib Roosevelt's own personally edited press release containing the transcript of FDR's "Day of Infamy" speech in which he asked Congress to declare war on Japan.

   Leib asked Wilson why he was giving him this valuable document. "Steve Early gave it to me,: said Wilson, referring to his close friend who was FDR's press secretary. "I told him that you brought me the story of the impending attack, but that I hadn't used. It was his way of saying 'thanks.'"

   If I had used the story," Wilson lamented, "we might have saved thousands of lives."

   However, as Leib noted later, Roosevelt had already entangled the United States in Europe's conflicts, setting the stage for war. "We had people overseas eight months before the war." As for the results of the war, Leib remained cynical in retrospect.
We didn't win World War II. We lost it. The Soviets won World War II. We gave the USSR everything. We walked out and gave the Reds everything.

   "And even before Pearl Harbor, when Hitler was pushing towards Moscow, we spent $1.5 billion to save the USSR. Did that make sense? That's what happened: We just handed everything to THE  USSR." Leib concluded that he didn't think it was an accident. "It was by design

   (Editors comment: In the Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion: We read where they say; "If we are attacked, we will see to it that the whole world goes to war to save us." Us in this case was the USSR, which was a Zionists Jewish revolution from the beginning and never was a Russian revolution. And the whole world went to war to save the USSR from sure German defeat - ED).

   Leib recalled that during the 1932 presidential campaign he had asked FDR what he would do if he was elected. "He said that one of the first things he would do would be to recognize the USSR." Leib asked FDR why he wanted to do that, and the presidential candidate responded. "Well, the Soviets have a big market for our products."

   Leib was confused. He knew the Soviet economy was lagging, and asked FDR, "How are they going to pay for our products ?" FDR responded, "Well, we'll lend them the money."

   With some irony, Leib recalled later that FDR once wrote a letter to British Prime Minister Winston Churchill in which he told him that he could twist Soviet dictator Josef Stalin around his finger. "In fact," according to Leib, "it happened just the other way. Stalin twisted Roosevelt around his finger." And that, of course led to Soviet expansion through Eastern Europe for a generation.

   Leib's memories of FDR, the era of the New Deal, and World War II were quite pointed.

   With some sadness, Leib remembered the manner in which FDR dealth with Sewcretary of State Kordell Hull, of whom Leib was fond.You'd be amazed at the things tht Roosevelt did to him."

   On one occasion, Leib said, Hull had told him a long list of indignities that he (Hull) had suffered at FDR's hands.

   According to Leib, "Hull was no New Dealer. He was very hurt by everything that was happening. But he was tired of the Senate, where he'd served many years, and had agreed to serve in administration."

   According to Leib, Hull never attempted to expose the president's Pearl Harbor treachery for one reason: "Hull was man old man, and if he had exposed the president, he didn't want to have to go through the pressure that I have gone through.

   Leib noted that, "After all I did against Roosevelt: you would assume that he would have charged me publicly with sedition. But he did behind the scenes, though."

   Leib recalled the infamous "sedition trial" in which critics of FDR's foreign policy were, in fact, charged with sedition (only to have the charges dropped and the case declared a mistrial when the presiding judge died).

   Leib recalled with particular distaste the treatment dealt famed American poet Ezra Pound. "He drove Roosevelt so batty [with his radio broadcast from Italy]. Roosevelt harassed Attorney General Francis Biddle so much to get Pound, and they finally succeeded. Biddle didn't want to do it, but finally did. I think it was shameful what they did to Pound."

   (Pound was incarcerated after the war for over a decade at St. Elizabeth's Hospital, a mental institution in Washington, having been officially declared "insane" and unable to stand trial on spurious charges of treason.)

   Leib's recollection of "Roosevelt the man" are equally pointed. "You couldn't believe anything he said. Roosevelt was a treacherous man, and nobody was really close to him. Everybody thought they were close to him, but they weren't.

   "I saw Roosevelt talk to people, and theye left him with the impression that he agreed with them--but it was jsut the opposite." Leib remembered one one occasion, for example, when FDR was still governor of New York. Leib saw FDR charming a group of publishers who had come to visit him, but no sooner had they left than Roosevelt was issuing a press release containing a message  the exact opposite of what he had told the publishers.

   With some amusement, Leib recalled the impact of FDR's famed "fireside chats." FDR made the same fireside chats when he was governor and they called him a clown and said, "Listen to that sissy voice." But when he became president and did the same thing, they said: "Oh, what a wonderful orator and what a great personality. That's what good publicity  does for one," said Leib.

   "Roosevelt was effective--terribly effective''" recalled Leib. "Too much so." Leib, in fact, was quite qualified to make such an assessment. He began his career as a Roosevelt devote, as a key national organizer for FDR's 1032 presidential campaign.

   Through relatives, Leib met Roosevelt in 1928 when FDR was boosting the ill-fated presidential campaign of Democrat Al Smith. Roosevelt was running for his first term as governor of New York. In 1930, when FDR was seeking his second term, Leib formed the first President Club. And by the end of 1930, Leib was directing nearly 100 Roosevelt for President Clubs in 21 different states.

   Leib came to Washington with FDR after the 1932 presidential election victory, and it was there that he came to know many of the high-ranking "brain-trust" surrounding FDR. And the aforementioned Secretary of State Hull was one of those with whom he became close.

   However, Leib grew dissatisfied as he saw the New Deal in action. The National Recovery Administration, for which Leib worked, was undermining small business in favor of big business. and the Agricultural Adjustment Administration, for which Leib also worked, encouraged farmers to destroy their crops, dairy products and animals--as millions of Americans were on the verge of starvation.

   (As you well know, this is what happened in the Soviet Union at that time, as millions were deliberately starved to death by the Communist. Roosevelt was merely copying the Communist-ED).

   As a result, Leib said, "Almost every original man I worked with for Roosevelt turned against Roosevelt." Leib himself soon began to part ways with FDR and started to do freelance work, writing speeches, press releases and news stories from Washington.

   "Eight months after Roosevelt was elected to his second term[in1936] I predicted that he was going to run for a third term and everybody laughed at me." In fact, it was Leib's insistence upon exposing FDR's plan to make a bid for a third term that led to Leib's break with his one-time hero and mentor.

   Leib based his charge that FDR was planning a third-term bid on a letter which Franklin D. Roosevelt, Jr. had written him(Leib), declaring, "The necessity for deciding such an issue has not yet risen since what we feel today may have to be revised three years from now in light of circumstances beyond our control, such as the foreign situation." This was, Leib noted, three years before the United States entered the war, and two years before Hitler invaded Poland on September 1, 1939.

   Yet FDR did seek a third term, and as leib predicted, used the "foreignsituation"--the war--as one of his reasons for asking the support of the American people in breaking the "no third term" tradition.

   As a consequence, in later years, Leib was one of the prime movers and shakers behind the institution of the 22nd Amendment to the Constitution which limited a president to two elective terms of office.

   Speaking in 1984, Leib frowned upon the fond memories that many Americans--including then President Ronald Reagan, had for FDR. "It seems to be universal," he noted. "And I'm afraid because of that we will continue to make mistakes; and those responsible will get away with it."

   Leib himself had fond memories of some towering figures of the period, however. "Burton Wheeler was probably an honest man. Gerald Nye was another. Hamilton Fish was a good soul. So was Robert Taft. He was a good, honest man. Douglas MacArthur might have been a good president. He was certainly a better general that a lot of the others."

   After the war erupted, Leib, as a freelance journalists, launched a personal investigation into defense contract profiteering that led to a full-fledged congressional inquiry into the matter. Leib was also credited with successfully pushing the revamping ot the wartime Army Air Corp Safety Bureau and the correction of defective aircraft production methods. "I didn't do it for any reward," he said. "I was satisfied with the knowledge that I saved and money."

   Leib was the recipient of a special award from the Aerospace defense Command for his efforts and was also widely recognized by numerous members of Congress for his work. A number of resolutions calling for Leib to be awarded the Congressional Medal of Honor were introduced into Congress on various occasions. What's more, Leib himself served in the U.S. Army and, afterwards was highly active in veterans groups. He retired in the Washington D.C. area, in Arlington, Virginia, where he died.h

 

 

CATTLE GUARDS - THIS IS ABOUT AS GOOD AS THEM WANTING TO CHANGE THE LAW OF PHYSICS!

  Saturday, April 30 2011:
  You will love this one, I haven't stop laughing yet.
  For those of you who have never traveled to the west, or southwest, cattle guards are horizontal steel rails placed at fence openings, in dug-out places in the roads adjacent to highways (sometimes across highways), to prevent cattle from crossing over that area. For some reason the cattle will not step on the "guards," probably because they fear getting their feet caught between the rails.
  A few months ago, President Obama received and was reading a report that there were over 100,000 cattle guards in Colorado . The Colorado ranchers had protested his proposed changes in grazing policies, so he ordered the Secretary of the Interior to fire half of the "cattle guards" immediately!
  Before the Secretary of the Interior could respond and presumably try to straighten President Obama out on the matter, Vice-President Joe Biden, intervened with a request that...before any "cattle guards" were fired, they be given six months of retraining for Arizona border guards. 'Times are hard', said Joe Biden, 'it's only fair to the cattle guards and their families!'
  And these two guys are running our country??!!
  Passed on to you without further comment...
  Now you do the same.

 

Jim Traficant: 'Libya or Bust, Literally

    Sunday, April, 24, 2011: America is already involved in two official wars on foreign soil: Iraq and Afghanistan. Our coffers are bleeding dollars at a record pace. Washington big shots never met an opportunity for war they didn't like. Now it's Libya.

   Don't believe the propaganda that America is not going after Muammar Gadhafi. He is the target. 

   American intelligence operative wanted desperately to tie the longtime Libyan leader to the terrorists attack  on Pan Am Flight 103 Boeing over Scotland, killing 270. The Justice Department ultimately indicted two Libyans for that horrific crime. The case was so weak that one Libyan was acquitted, with one to take the fall. The case was so suspect that the courts released th4e convict on an expedited schedule. 

   America was ever told the truth about Flight 103. I was the congressman who received the confidential  intelligence report that contained the truth of that great crime. The CIA denied the report, claiming it was "nonsense." The CIA said, "Traficant hates [his] government. His report is nothing but falsehoods." 

   Be advised that the CIA claimed the mining of the harbors in Nicaragua was "nonsense," and that allegations of the CIA dropping leaflets over Nicaragua teaching people how to kill government leaders was "nonsense." Also, don't forget the CIA claimed the downing of a U.S. U-2 spy plane flown by Gary Powers  in 1990 in the USSR WAS "nonsense."

   Our government knew who was responsible for Pan Am 103. Ahmed Jabril of Syria and Monzer Al Khassar of Lebanon were supposedly hired by Iran to strike an American target after we short down an Airbus from Iran (Air Flight 655), killing 290 innocent Iranian civilians. Our government had to cover it up because Khassar was actually our own CIA operative working with our Beirut office to get our hostages released. Iran held eight Americans hostage at at that time 

   You may doubt this and ask why, in God's name, our government would cover this up. It's very simple. Khassar controlled all the heroin from the notorious Golden Triangle, and shipped most of it to--you guessed it--the United States.

   The problem our government had was that the agents at the Beirut CIA office knew Khassar was the biggest heroin pusher on the planet but turned their backs. That's right, with heroin as easy to find as aspirin in America, the CIA allowed Khassar to operate because he was a so-called valuable asset. 

   Our government covered it up with money to the families of the buy kamagra 100mg victims  and the indictment of the two Libyans. U.S. government officials will deny this with their last breath, but it is true, and they know that I know it.  

   Ask yourself this question: Why is heroin sold openly on street corners in every city in America? We do not produce heroin in any quantity domestically. Heroin is an import. Guys like Khassar have made millions from the veins of American addicts. 

   Pan Am 103 was a classic example of state-sponsored terrorism. Jabril and Khassar were hired to put together a team to  find an American target and destroy it. The two convicted Libyans may have been "mules" for Jabril and Khassar, but nothing more. 

   Now U.S. officials feel they can go after Libya without the Pan Am 103 cloud hanging over their heads. How much more money can we throw around on foreign wars? If this was peacemaking we'd be sending the Peace Corps. Who's kidding whom? 

   America has fired 165 sea-launched Tomahawk cruise missiles priced at $1.5 million each at Labia. America has sent B-2 stealth bombers on a round trip form Missouri for an approximate flying time of 25 hours per plane, at an average operating cost per hour of $10,000.These bombers are dropping 2,000-pound bombs on Libyan targets. Other warplanes are involved. America has 11 ships over there now patrolling the Mediterranean, with three submarines and two destroyers included. And consider the reports of one U.S. F-15E jet that crashed. The loss of the plane cost American taxpayers $80 million. According to published reports, both pilots were rescued, but I never was able to confirm what happened. 

   We are bankrupt, literally, over these wars. In the end, we will attract more terrorism from enemies that have no missiles or ships.

When will this insanity end? Get back to me!

 

   Former Democratic Congressman Jim Traficant was rail-roaded to prison for being independent in his thinking and actions and for such statements you have just read here. he now write for the American Free Press. American Free Press, 645 Pennsylvania Avenue SE, #100, Washington, D.C. 20003. Web site http://www.americanfreepress.net 

 

       WHAT IS A POULISTS?    

   A populists is a person who believes in a Constitution, which gives ALL POWER to the people through their elected representatives, who, when elected, swear to uphold the Constitution as the supreme law of the land.
   America has a Populists form of government, because we have a constitution, and a Bill of Rights, which gives the people power over the bureaucrats that are supposed to run the government. Our Constitution and Bill of Rights is superior to ALL other laws and any law passed, that violates the Constitution and the Bill of rights is not a legal law and should be vetoed by the president and if he refuses to veto the legislation, then the next Congress has the right to refuse to fund the program, thus killing it. The House of Representatives, in the present congress, could refuse to fund ObamaCare and it would be dead until a new Congress comes along to revive and fund the program.
   What modern Congresses have done: is to claim that much of what they do is done under the Commerce Clause of the Constitution or the Welfare Clause, which is nonsense, because doing this destroys the Constitution and we know the founders never meant for such nonsense to be used to circumvent the entire Constitution. Besides this: We still have the Tenth Amendment to stop such abuse of the Constitution. The Tenth Amendment says: "
Amendment X: The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the states, are reserved to the states respectively, or to the people. " This amendment is completely ignored and the morons, or traitors which ever suits you, in state governments allow the Federal government to get away with this treason against the people of this Republic. The only problem with the Constitution: The founders failed to spell out the penalty for not keeping their oath of office to defend the Constitution. Sure we are supposed to be able to vote the RASCALS out, but we saw in the last election, that we did not even vote one third of them out and most of the new members of Congress will follow the lead of the two thirds that are still in there. AS long as the SUPER-RICH have deep money pockets and are willing to spend millions every election cycle to keep the RASCALS in office, we will never be able to vote them all out. Beside the SUPER RICH money moguls, we have a corrupt media that supports the same candidates that the money men support. You should all know: that NO ONE can get elected and remain in office if the media is against them. Over the years we have seen many good men and women driven from office by the corrupt media.

   This may come as a shock to many of you to know that the Federal government only has FOUR departments that they are responsible for:
e

   Defense:
Which means that we need a defense dept. to protect the country from invasion and this is the only reason for having a defense department. Under our system of government, we are only to fight a war when we have been attacked or after some nation declares war on us. We have no right to go to war for any other reason. No one, not even God, has appointed us the world's policeman, to oust any dictator we don't like. We are not allowed to interfere in the internal affairs of any other nation. We recently saw in Egypt and Tunisia : that the people of nations with a dictator, have the ability to rids themselves of those dictators when they have had their belly full of corruption. Only Congress can declare war and giving the president power to handle a situation as he pleases is not a declaration of war. Congress has not declared war since December 8, 1941: therefore all wars since then have been illegal wars and those responsible should have been lined up against a wall and SHOT!
   Our government has supported dictators all over the world, but only dictators that the government approves of. We supported Egypt with billions of dollars over the years and you saw  how the people felt about Egypt's dictator. It does not matter how evil a government is: just as long as we approve of such a government, they are allowed to remain in office by Washington.
   Our leaders profess that we are trying to spread democracy all over the Middle East with free elections, but when Hamas won the election in Palestine, we moved heaven-and-earth to prevent the party from taking power in Palestine. The people were tired of the corrupt government in Palestine and voted for Hamas, but we called them terrorists and moved to prevent Hamas from taking power in Palestine. I hate to admit it folks, but we are NOT THE GOOD GUYS.

  Foreign Affairs: The Federal government is responsible for dealing with foreign government: so we need a special department to handle out affairs with other nations: Therefore we have a State Department. We can't have all fifty states doing business with foreign governments; so the Founding Fathers established a foreign office and called it the State Department. Ever since Franklin Roosevelt was president, our State Department has been loaded with Communist which are our worst enemies. Since that time NO president has tried to purge the State Department of these enemies of freedom, therefore they are as guilty as Roosevelt.

  
Treasury: We have a Treasury Department to coin money and to declare the value of our money and Congress has no authority to designate others to do their job. But, as you all know, in 1913 Congress established the Federal Reserve Banking System to coin money. The Federal Reserve Bank is a PRIVATE BANK and not owned or controlled by Congress. When we need new money, Congress goes to the Fed and borrows the money and the Fed prints the money on government printing presses and charges us 6% interest for doing so. Congress could order the Treasury to print the money and there would be no interest due on the money: Thus there would be no national debt. Congress has the power to change all this, but they refuse to do so. President Kennedy was planning to do this and that is one of the reasons why he was murdered. That being one of the reason for his murder, it doesn't take a rocket scientists to figure out who had a hand in his murder, certainly not the patsy Oswald. The only way we can get our ship of state in order is to repute the national debt. Congress has the power to do that, but do not have the guts to do so. As an after thought: Seven of the ten owners of the Federal Reserve Bank are foreigners; therefore we have foreigners controlling our monetary policy. To this humble writer that is
TREASON on the part of Congress and the federal government.

 
Commerce: The Commerce clause gives Congress power to regulate Interstate Commerce. This was necessary in the early days of the Republic, because the different states were totally independent with no national government. This caused a problem between the states and there was trouble moving products between the different states. Today Congress has used this Commerce Clause to practically re-write the Constitution. They used this clause to pass ObamaCare, which is totally unconstitutional from start to finish and Congress knows this is true.

  There is a few things we need to learn about politicians. First:: A politicians has two main goals in life: One is to get elected to public office and two is to stay in some elected office for the rest of his life. Once in office, everything he says and everything he does, he does to keep himself in office. What is best for the people is seldom ever even considered. This is true of politicians all over the world. No matter what country, what system of government or what political party, ALL politicians are the same, WITH FEW EXCEPTIONS. Few if any politicians can be fully trusted. Did you know: that most of the new Republicans voted for the extension of the Patriot act, therefore violating their oath of office and they just arrived in Washington.

  

American Free Press, 645 Pennsylvania Avenue SE, #100, Washington, D.C. 20003. Web site http://www.americanfreepress.net 

   America's only real newspaper, where no topic is to hot-to-handle. The only newspaper in America that will always tell you the truth, no matter whose ox gets gored. The only truly POPULISTS NEWSPAPER IN THE COUNTRY.

 

 Thursday, February 10, 2011: Message from Willis A. Carto

One of America's greatest patriots: Publisher of The Barnes Review and a leader in establishing The American Free Press

 

   Dear American Free Press Reader:

 

Your friends and neighbors that rely on the Controlled Media have missed out on so much real news. You know it and I know it. That's why those good folks (who don't the truth) will often  look askance at those  of us who have tuned in to the realities of global power politics today.

   The American Free Press (AFP) has never hesitated to bring you the facts about the news of our time and that's why AFP is proud to support honest historical magazines like The Barnes Review (TBR) that delve into the big stories of the past that have been suppressed or distorted by the media and academia.

   In fact, as an AFP reader, you know full well that some of the  major news stories of recent years--take a look at the list--have been willfully misreported by the Controlled Media. Here are just a few of those examples--all of which demonstrate the need for a truthful magazine like The Barnes Review to come in and clean up the historical mess that's been left by mendacious reporting of false news in the past...

 

THE FEDERAL RESERVE WAS SET UP TO BRING THE BANKERS UNDER CONTROL

 

   Now that much attention is focusing on the intrigues of the Federal Reserve System, "they" tell us the Fed was set up to control predatory practices of the banking elite.  Nothing could be further from the truth. The international bankers in the Rothschild sphere of influence established the Fed to secure an absolute lock on America's money system. Here TBR has set the record straight.

 

THE OKLAHOMA BOMBING WAS THE WORK OF LONE-NUT EXTREMISTS

 

 Quite the contrary. Evidence that emerged just minutes after the bombing has been supplemented by continuing evidence--from media archives, from formerly secret government files, from all manner of sources--confirming there was a very big conspiracy behind the Oklahoma City bombing, almost certainly involving at least one foreign intelligence service, two domestic private spy organizations and elements within the U.S government itself.

 

FREE TRADE AND OPEN BORDERS WOULD HELP MAKE AMERICA STRONG

 

      Big names in the media and among the academic elite sided with Ronald Reaganite conservatives and Bill Clinton liberals alike who swore that if Americans would support free trade policies and open borders that it would make the U.S.  a global powerhouse. Just the opposite happened-despite the warnings of national patriots. Today, the U.S. economy is in shambles, factories shut down, unemployment rampant, town and cities over-run by tens of millions of illegal immigrants and their poverty. TBR, for its part, has exposed the plot to steal the Southwest and the dangers of multiculturalism.

 

OSAMA BIN LADEN ORCHESTRATED THE 9/11 TERRORISTS ATTACK

 

   There are a lot of serious, independent-minded investigators who doubt even bin Laden's supposed al Qaeda group had anything at all to do with 9/11. Tons of evidence brought forth by dissident truth-seekers completely contradicts the U.S. government version of 9/11 that--nonetheless--continues to be promoted by the Big Media in America. There's actually hardly anything truthful about the "official" rendition of what happened that tragic day when 3,000 Americans died. Again TBR has done its part to set the record straight on the Sept. 11 false-flag operation and other manipulated historical events that have dragged America to wars including the "terrorists" bombing of the USS Main; the "unprovoked"

sinking of the Lusitania; the "surprised" attack on Pearl Harbor--condoned by FDR; the so-called "Gulf of Tonkin incident" and many more.

   These 'news" stories are very much like many widely-reported events of history--that is they have been suppressed by the "Court Historians" and the well paid commentators in the media elite.

   As a conscientious American it's time for you to catch up on the truth about the past by subscribing to THE BARNES REVIEW. Find out exactly why we are where we are today and how we got here.

 

TBR, P.O. Box 15877, Washington, D.C. 20003 # 1-877-773-9077 # www.barnesreview.org

 

FREE BOOK WHEN YOU SUBSRIBE TO THE BARNES REVIEW

  
   THE WORK OF ALL AGES distills in one volume a remarkable array of data and historical information otherwise found in dozens--if not hundreds--of cumbersome and lengthy previously published works.

   The author, Peter Christian, has a unique talent for saying a lot with just a few words. He has a logical, rational, sequential way of presenting a difficult and expansive subject, making it easy to understand for "the uninitiated."

   The subtitled, The Ongoing Plot to Rule the World from Biblical Times to the Present, describes the broad subject that this book tackles.

   Yet this task is handled in a masterful way with many short chapters, many illustrations a and key quotes that encapsulate the focus of every chapter.

   The 230 pages are broken down into 33 short chapters, not including a poignant introduction and a hopeful, solution-oriented conclusion.

   Chapter One starts with Jehovah's covenant with His chosen people, destined to conquer the world in His name as revealed in the Book of Genesis.

   The following chapters take the reader through history as the Chosen Ones dominate the Canaan Valley and developed their destructive creed.

   After their decimation by the Romans and the establishment of Christianity, the author shows us how the foundation of a secret plan was developed with the formation ot mysterious secret societies and the ensuing total domination of banking, commerce, the media and other institutions.

   Taking us through the Middle Ages and into the Age of Enlightenment, the author brings us to the Age of the Rothschilds and the development of Communism and the importance of the Protocols, finally reaching the 21 century.

   From this point we are shown how the world has been completely dominated by these powerful forces--instrumental in fomenting world wars, debt-based money and banking and the consolidation of power and how they artfully hide behind all government and media across the globe.

   The conclusion starkly spell out where we are now and what options we still have left if we are to break free from the eternal global tyranny about to become a reality.

 

 

 

 

Wikileaks: Freedom's friend or Zionism's New 'Best ally'?

By Gordon Duff 

    Tuesday, January 25, 2011: Reports have come in tying Wikileaks  founder Julian Assange to Israeli intelligence and "Israel friendly: media outlets. We are told Assange, while at a Geneva meeting, agreed to allow Israel to select or censor all output from Wikileaks.

   Despite the recent dramatic arrest of Assange for rape--a story long hyped by the media--Assange "the martyr" now appears, in some people's eyes, to be Assange "the Israeli spy." Reports from inside Wikileaks differ greatly from the image presented by the big media.

   Is Assange tied to ultra-nationalists Israeli groups? Does Assange see himself as a geopolitical player, willing to censor, fabricate and betray?

   The "new" Assange, as recent revelations strongly allege, may very well be capable, with help from Israel and powerful media friends, of having staged a phony arrest. The new Assange may also be guilty of real sex crimes--and not a martyr at all.

   The look "behind the curtain" at Wikileaks we have been given shows us an buy kamagra 100mg Assange perhaps capable of anything, and now he is labeled a paid Israeli agent by multiple press sources around the world.

 

NEO-CON THREAT'S PART OF ACT?

 

   The latest pro-Israel neo-conservative to attack Assange on the pro-Israel Fox News network was former congressman Newt Gingrich. When I saw Gingrich, a hardliner with a closet full of skeletons, on Freedom watch with Judge Napolitano, something was terrible wrong. Gingrich was threatening Assange, who had, only that day praised Rupert Murdoch, owner of Fox News and long time patron of Gingrich.

   Both Assange and Gingrich are virtual "stepchildren" of Murdoch, his followers, his acolytes. Deep down, Assange reportedly is everything but open. As described by those around him, he is a dictator, manipulator and is allied to wealth and power.

   I feel Gingrich was on a mission, along with Fox's Bill O'Reilly and other neo-cons, all piling threats on Assange to build "his" credibility on the basis of the total lack of theirs.

   Is Assange running a disinformation website with help from Fox News, The New York Times and other media giants? A story from the IndyPress alleges Assange is in bed with Israeli intelligence, stating:

 

 

   Assange met with Israeli officials in Geneva earlier this year and struck the secret deal. The Israeli government, it seems, had somehow found out or expected that the documents to be leaked contained a large number of documents about Israel attacks on Lebanon and Gaza in 2006 and 2008 respectively. These documents, which are said to have originated mainly from the Israeli embassies in Tel Aviv and Beirut, were removed and possibly destroyed by Assange, who is the only person that knows the password that can open the documents, the source added.

 

ASSANGE AND 9-11

 

   More importantly, Wikileaks has never released a document mentioning the 9-11 investigation, the controversy over "9-11" secret flight to Israel or the "dancing Israelis," who were the five Mossad agents arrested on the George Washington Bridge on Sept. 11, 2001 in a van with 2,000 pounds of explosives. This group, admittedly caught "documenting" the 9-11 attack for the Israeli government, was kept in custody for 10 months and only released after diplomatic wrangling and a major lobbying effort.

   Hundreds of diplomatic cables were generated by this incident and thousands, perhaps tens of thousands, tied to 9-11. But all this magically disappeared, apparently at the hands of Assange whose public statements on 9-11 now make him suspect.

  

THE WIKILEAKS 'DITATORSHIP'

 

   Inside the Wikileaks organization, Assange's secret deals are seen by some as a betrayal. Assange is described as doctorial and secretive, with a  lot to be secret about.

   In a recent interview with the German Die Tageszeitung, former Wikileaks spokesperson Daniel Domscheit-Berg said he and other Wikileaks dissidents plan to launch their own whistleblowers' platform to fulfill Wikileaks original aim of "limitless file sharing."

   Domscheit-Berg, who is about to publish a book about his days inside Wikileaks, accuses Assange of acting as a "king" against the will of others in the organization by secretly "making deals" with media organizations.

  

WIKILEAKS AND TEL AVIV

 

   Possible payoffs by Israel to Assange had, until recently, been an issue of debate among journalists. Following the leak (and even before), Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu said in a press conference that Israel had "worked in advance" to limit any damage, adding that "no classified Israeli material was exposed by Wikileaks." In an interview with Time magazine around the same time, Assange praised Netanyahu as a hero of transparence and openness.

   Assange a hacker and accused rapist who has been threatened by American neo-cons with contract killing, even authored a recent op-ed article for The Australian, Murdoch's flagship publication in Australia. His article cites Murdoch as his inspiration.

   All three, Gingrich, Assange and Murdoch, have several things in common. All are avid Zionists, supports of Israeli's expansion. Murdoch, an Australian-born Jew, is an Israeli citizen and powerful guiding force behind the ultranationalists Likud Party, the hardliners pushing to dispossess Palestine's non-Jewish population.

   In 1944, Gingrich's wife, Marianne, was hired by the Israel Export Development Company. This was while her husband was a congressman at the time, had just announced support for that company's free trade zone in Israel. Two articles exposing the Gingrich-Israel connection ran in The Wall Street Journal, a newspaper later purchased by Murdoch.

   Soon therefore, Gingrich was summoned to aid Murdoch in a Federal Communications Commission complaint made by NBC. They contended that foreign ownership of Fox, since Murdoch is not an American, was illegal. Murdoch then gave Gingrich $4.5 million through his publishing company, Harper Collins, to write a book. Murdoch had offered similar deals to Margaret Thatcher and other politicians where Murdoch had regulatory problems. This time, when Gingrich was found to be meeting Gingrich lobbyists, it blew up in his face and he was forced to give the money back.

   Gingrich and Murdoch denied it all, and then it came out that they had met secretly on a park bench. Then they claimed Murdoch's agent, Lynn Chu and Gingrich's "associate" Jeff Eisenach, had cut the deal and forgot to tell them about it. Murdoch got to keep Fox News, and the neo-cons gained control of its content, making Fox the unofficial voice of Israel, the Republican Party and the military-industrial complex.

 

(Gordon Duff is a senior editor of Veterans Today, an online journal on military veteran issues and foreign affairs. Duff is a Marine Corps veteran. See more from Duff at http://www.veteranstoday.com)   

 

 

 

Here is an update on the Rothschild's Third Party effort

 

Rothschild-sponsored third party effort unveiled

By Michael Collins Piper, the latest in an ongoing series

 

   Thursday, January 13, 2011: Yes, the Rothschild dynasty-connected billionaire families and financial groups who own the mass media in America--interlocked  with the banking interest controlling privately owned Federal Reserve System that dominates the world economic system--are planning to spring a "centrist" third party on the American people.  

   All new revelations now appearing in the self-styled "mainstream" press fully confirm what American Free Press--alone among the media--first asserted seven months ago in a four-page exclusive report published in its May 31 issue.

    The opinion pages of the two most powerful newspapers in America--The New York Times and The Washington Post--have been rife with repetitive rhetoric about the need for the American people to reject both the "left" and "the right" and stand behind "centrists," who will "end partisan gridlock." But there has also been-behind the scenes--an ongoing, long-standing, carefully crafted scheme to set a "centrist" party in motion.

   As AFP noted on Nov. 15, the first formal notice came in The New York Times on Oct.3, when influential columnists Thomas L Friedman, generally perceived as a "liberal," noted grandly in a column entitled "Third Party Rising" that he knew of two separate efforts to launch such a "centrist" movement which he made clear was something he endorsed. Friedman tantalized readers by mentioning no specific names, but it was clear Friedman was writing from an "insider" standpoint.

   On Nov. 28, writing in The Washington Post, Pulitzer Prize-winning "conservative" writer Kathleen Parker finally and formally lifted the veil of secrecy surrounding the third party venture in a commentary entitled "Who will lead the centrists?" Her column revealed a new group, called "No Labels," was being launched.

   Asserting "dissatisfaction with Washington's systemic failings," Ms Parker wrote that "when the porridge is either too hot or too cold, the movement for something in between is ripe," adding that "centrism has a place at the table by virtue of the sheer numbers of middle Americans, the depth of their disgust and the magnitude of our problems."

   Ms Parker concluded that "there's little appealing  about either party dominated by a base that bears little resemblance to who we are as a nation or the way most of us live our lives...." She then asked the question: "What if there were an alternative?" and added pointedly: "All that's missing from a centrist movement that could be formidable is a leader. Anyone?"

   The Post columnist noted that among the key financial backers of No Labels is James Tisch. Although grass-roots Americans who might be attracted to a "third" party alternative probably don't recognize his name, Tisch is a member of the billionaire family which grabbed control of the CBS media conglomerate in 1986, asserting its purpose especially favorable coverage of Israel at a time of growing uneasiness with Israel's Middle East intrigues.

   An influential figure beyond question, Tisch has been president of the Jewish Communal Fund, was founding chairman of the Jewish Leadership Forum and serves on the executive committee of the American Jewish Joint Distribution Committee. He is also a member of the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), the New York affiliate of the London-based Royal Institute for International affairs, the foreign-policy-making arm of the Rothschild banking dynasty. (He is one of your major enemies. - Lattigo Smith).

   To underscore the importance of the No Labels venture, The Washington Post followed up Ms. Parker's commentary by one published on Dec. 3 under the title "A grass-roots answer to gridlock," written by two of the high-level founders of No Labels.

   The two figures in question--a "liberal" Democrat and a "conservative" Republican--demonstrate the ostensible bipartisan (and distinctly internationalists) nature of the "centrist" effort: David Frum, a former special assistant  and speechwriter to President George W. Bush and William Galston, a former domestic policy advisor to Bill Clinton.

   Frum--a neo-conservative pro-Israel hard-liner (and hardly a "centrist")--is famous for coining the term "Axis of Evil," which he inserted into a speech he wrote for Dubya Bush, who popularized the phrase as part of the "war on terrorism." But, more notably, Frum once published an extended attack on nationalists who reject American globalism and warmongering (which just happen to be the central components of the new World Order agenda).

   Likewise, the ties of Frum's No Labels colleague, Galston, further illustrate the origins of the "centrist "scheme being unleashed. Galston is now a courtier to the publicly little-known, but globally influential Rothschild-allied billionaire Zilkha family and holds the chair in "governance studies" at the Brookings Institution, a post funded by Baghdad-born New York-based Ezra Zilkha, another key figure in the Council on Foreign Relations.

   The heir to Khedori Zilkha--once described by The New York Sun as "a towering figure who bestrode the financial landscape of the Middle east, Europe, America and Asia and became an important player in international banking"--Ezra Zilkha was described by the Sun as "a living legend" in his own right, who assessed his own ancestry thusly: "My family were proud members of the Jewish community that Nebuchadnezzar established. When Babylonian captivity ended and many Jews returned to Jerusalem, my ancestors stayed behind. I am always conscious of history. My sensibilities are rooted  in antiquity."

   In their Post commentary, Galston and Frum announced that No Labels is engaged in organizing in every state and congressional district and that there will be a major national meeting held in new York on Dec. 13.

   They also revealed the underlying propaganda nature of their program. Over the next two years, No Labels operatives will be taking to task any and all who do not abide by their agenda. According to Galston and Frum: 

 

        They will highlight those officials who reach across the aisle to help solve the country's problems and criticize those who do not. They will call out politicians whose rhetoric exacerbates those problems, and they will establish lines that no one should cross. Politicians, media personalities and opinion leaders who recklessly demonize their opponents should be on notice that they can no longer so do with impunity....

 

   In short, the purpose of No Labels will be to enforce a new "political correctness" enforced by public and media pressure, ensuring that anyone who goes beyond the approved "pale" and ventures into rhetoric and political discussions deemed unseemly will be held to account, subjected to widespread opprobrium.

   For example, those who question the official government version of the 9-11 terrorists tragedy, or raise concerns about U.S. bias in favor of Israel in the conduct of Middle East policy, or object to unending budget-busting foreign military ventures, will be savaged as inimical to American national interest.

   Frum and Galston claimed No Labels is "not a nascent third-party movement: nor a "stalking-horse for an independent candidacy" and that "it is not a front for anyone's agenda." However, the obvious political nature of the venture--which includes the formation of political action committee fundraising efforts--belies these protest. No Labels is clearly what it appears to be, another attempt to internationalize and bankrupt America with Israel coming out on top.

   A review of the No Labels website at nolabels.com lists a growing array of "advisors" who constitute a broad-ranging selection of journalist, pundits and publicists--few national known but all of whom have outreach in their own particular realms. And this marks a movement that could be especially influential

   The clique of media voices promoting the 'centrists" movement has been hyping rhetoric referencing . "American national greatness" and "American exceptionalism"--which rings soundly in the hearts of patriotic Americans--but these are terms that have a deeper meaning that might appear.

   In fact, these terms have their origins in the writings of a host of so-called "ex-Trotskyite" agitators--now called "neo-conservatives"--who have energetically worked to suppress traditional American nationalism in the effort to make the United States into a global-straddling empire with the blood and treasure of the American people used to set in place a New World Order.

   The "conservative" internationalists and the "liberal;" internationalists have bound together to work to bring this into being, and the "centrist" endeavor is at the foundation of what can only be described as a conspiracy, vastly inimical to America's interest.    

 

By Charles Finney, 1836

 

I will show why professing Christians are required not to be conformed to the world in politics.

  Sunday, JANUARY 2, 2011: First: Because the politics of the world are perfectly dishonest. Who does not know this? Who does not know that it is the proposed policy of every party to cover up the defects of their own candidate, and the good qualities of the opposing candidate? And is this not dishonest? Every party holds up its candidate as a piece of perfection, and then aims to ride him into office by any means fair or foul. No man can be an honest man who is committed to a party to go with them, let them do what they may. And can a Christian do it, and keep a conscience void of offense?

 

Second: To confirm to the world in politics is to temp God. By falling in with the world in politics, Christians are guilty of setting up rulers over them by their own vote, who neither fear nor love God, and who set the law of God at defiance, break the Sabbath, and gamble, and commit adultery, and fight duels, and swear profanely. and leave the laws unexecuted at their pleasure, and that care not for the weal or woe of their country, so long as they can keep their office. I say Christians do this. "For it is plain that where parties are divided, as they are in this country, there are Christians enough to turn the scale in any election. Now let Christians take the high ground that they will not vote for a dishonest man, or a Sabbath-breaker, or gambler, or whoremonger, or duelists, for any office, and no party could ever nominate such a character with any hope of success." But on the present system, where men will let the laws go unexecuted, and give full swing to mobs, lynch-murders, or robbing the mails, or anything else, so they can turn in their own candidate who will give them the offices; any man is a dishonest man who will do it, be he professor or non-professor. And can a Christian do this and be blameless?

 

Third: By engaging with the world in politics, Christian grieve the Spirit of God. Ask any Christian politician if he ever carried the Spirit of God with him into a political campaign? Never. I would  by no means be understood to say that Christians should refuse to vote and to exercise their lawful influence in public affairs. But they ought not to follow a party.

 

Fourth: By following the present course of politics, you are contributing your aid to undermine all government and order in the land.

   Who does not know that this great nation now rocks and reels, because the laws are broken and trampled underfoot, and the executive power refuses to act? Either the magistrate does not wish to put down disorder, or he temporizes  and lets the devil rule. And so it is in all parts of the country, AND WITH ALL PARTIES. And can a Christian be consistent with his profession and vote for such men in office?

 

Fifth: You lay a stumbling block in the way of sinners. What do sinners think when they see professing Christians acting with them in their political measures which they themselves know to be dishonest and corrupt? They say, "We understand what we are about, we are after office, we are determined to carry our party into power, we are pursuing our own interest; but these Christians profess to live for another and a higher end, and yet here they come and join with us as eager for the loaves and fishes as the rest of us." What greater stumbling block can they have?

 

Sixth: You prove to the ungodly that professing Christians are actuated  by the same spirit as themselves. Who can wonder that the world is incredulous as to the reality of religion? If they do not look for themselves into the Scriptures, and there learn what religion is; if they are governed by the rules of evidence from  what they see in the lives of professing Christians, they ought to be incredulous. They ought to infer, so far as the evidence goes, that professors of religion do not themselves believe in it. It is the fact. I doubt, myself, whether the great mass of professors believe the Bible.

 

Seventh: They show, so far as the evidence goes, that there is no change of heart. What is it? Is it going to the communion table once in a month or two, and sometimes to prayer meeting? Is that a change of heart, when they are just as eager in the scramble for office as any other. The world must be fools to believe in a change of heart on such evidence.

 

Eighth: Christians ought to cease from conformity to the world in politics, from the influence of such a course would have on the world. Suppose Christians were to act perfectly conscientious and consistent in this matter, and say, "We will not vote for any man to office, unless he fears God and will rule the people in righteousness." Ungodly men would not set men as candidates, who set the laws at defiance. No. Every candidate would be obliged to show that he was prepared to act from higher motives, and that he would lay himself out to make the country prosperous, and to promote virtue, and to put down vice and oppression and disorder, and do all he could to make people happy and holy! It would shame the dishonest politicians to show that the love of God and man is the motive that Christians have in view. And a blessed influence  would go over the land like a wave.

 

Now allow us to take a look at business and businessmen, because the same rule applies to business as far as Christians are concerned

First: In regard to business: Objection. "If we do not transact business on the same principles on which ungodly men do it, we cannot compete with them, and all the businesses of the world will fall into the hands of the ungodly. If we pursue our business for the good of others, if we buy and sell on the principle of not seeking our own wealth, but the wealth of those we do business with, we cannot sustain a competition with worldly men, and they will get all the business."

   Let them have it, then. You can support yourself by your industry in some humbler calling, and let worldly men do all the business.

   Objection. "But then, how should we get money to spread the Gospel?

   A holy church that would act on the principles of the Gospel would spread faster than all the money that ever was in New York, or that ever will be. Give me a holy church that would live above the world, and the work of salvation would roll on faster than with all the  money in Christendom.

   Objection: "But we must spread a great deal of money to bring forward an educated ministry."

   Ah! if we had a holy ministry, it would be far more important than an educated ministry. If the ministers were holy enough, they would do without so much education. God forbid that I should underbid an educated ministry. Let ministers be educated as well as they can, the more the better, if they are holy enough. But it is all a farce to suppose  that a literary ministry can convert the world. Let the ministers have the spirit of prayer, let the baptism of the Holy Spirit be upon them, and they will spread the Gospel. Only let the Christians live as they ought, and the church will shake the world. If Christians in New York would do it, the report would soon fill every ship that leaves the port, and waft the news on every wind, till the earth was full of excitement and inquiry, and conversation would multiply like the drops of morning dew.

   Suppose you were to give up your business, and devote yourselves entirely to the work of extending the Gospel. The church once did so, and you know what followed. When that little band in Jerusalem gave up their business and spent their time in the work of God, salvation spread like a wave. And I believe, if the whole Christian church were to turn right out, and convert the world, It would be done in a very short time.

   And further, the fact is that you would not be required to give up your business. If Christians would do business in the spirit of the Gospel, they would soon engross the business of the world. Only let the world see that if they go to a Christian to do business, he will only deal honestly, but benevolently. He would actually consult the interest of the person he deals with as if it were his own interest, and so who would deal with anybody else? What merchant would go to an ungodly man to trade, who he knew would try to get the advantage of him and cheat him, while he knew that there were Christian merchants to deal with that would consult his interest as much as they do their own? Indeed, it is a known fact that there are now Christina merchants in this city, who regulate the price of the articles they deal in. Merchants come in from the country, and inquire around to see how they can buy goods, and they go to these men to know exactly what articles are worth at a fair price. and govern themselves accordingly.

   The advantage, then, is all on one side. The church can make it for the interest of the ungodly to do business on right principles. The church can regulate the business of the world, and woe to them if they do not.

 

 

 

 

THE SWISS KNOW HOW TO DO THINGS RIGHT

 

SWISS NATIONALSISTS DEFY EU-GLOBALISTS MEDDLING

By Mark Anderson

 

   Wednesday, December 22, 2010: Geneva, Switzerland--A nationwide Swiss  popular initiative on Nov. 28 resulted in 53 percent of the voting population and a majority of the 26 cantons (regions equivalent  to U.S. states) approving a Swiss Peoples Party (SPP) proposal to deport any immigrants who have  been convicted of certain serious crimes, such as murder, rape, drug dealing and severe welfare fraud among others. Even hostile European Union bureaucrats called it a "populists" victory.

   On Nov. 28, a more modest immigration ballot proposal from both legislative chambers of the Swiss parliament (the Federal Assembly) failed to garner the number of votes that the SPP version received.

   The populists SPP, the largest of Switzerland's political parties, with about 30% of the national legislative seats, noted that the immigrant population commits more than half the nation's crimes--in a stable nation that has a low overall crime rate. Immigrants comprise no more than 20 percent of the population, and those from Nigeria and Kosovo tend to  be the most crime-prone, Swiss citizens told AFP.

   Above all, this vote is a victory for the dynamic Swiss electoral system in which legislative proposals are decided by the voters, and officials are understood to be duty bound to enforce the will of the people. EU bureaucrats who lust to consolidate the rest of Europe view the Swiss system with contemp. The bureaucrats want the stubborn Swiss to adopt the euro, but they won't. The proud tradition of the Swiss, though under assault from outside and inside forces, have held their ground.

   This AFP editor is visiting Switzerland to examine its electoral, monetary and military systems, which are considered unique throughout the world. Commenting on the electoral system that protects the populace from being steamrolled by the central government, a Swiss national said, "The voice f the people is the voice of God" is a common saying here.

   As for controlling immigration, the fact that the Nov. 28 vote even took place shows that Switzerland--while  maintaining high standards for those seeking Swiss citizenship and keeping its sovereignty intact in this chaotic age of globalization-has not been immune to the migration of Easters European, African and, to some extent Muslim populations that have caused profound demographic and cultural changes in several European nations. It also shows the Swiss can do something about it.

   On Nov. 29, The New York Times and the Washington Post quoted sources that labeled the SPP "xenophobic," "ultranationalist" and "right wing." But they admitted  that the SPP and Switzerland's voters, due to the initiative's outcome, made impressive progress in trying to correct a national wrong--something that Arizona and other U.S. states might look to for courage when they defy federal immigration laws and try to counteract illegal immigration.   

 

 

 

AIPAC CAUGHT UP in SPY CASE, SORID SCANDAL

By Richard Walker

 

   Just when it seems the American Israel Public  Affairs Committee (AIPAC) spy scandal dating to m2005 could not get any more bizarre, tales have  emerged of top lobbying staff watching explicit pornography, homosexual liaisons made through the  Internet and charges of executives hiring prostitutes. And if that is not exciting enough for spy buffs, there s a real possibility one of its directors, sacked following an FBI espionage probe of two of its top advisors, may blow the lid on AIPAC's secret role in the political life of Washington.

   On December 13,Stephen Peter Rosen, the organization's former foreign policy chief, will argue in court he was  fired because AIPAC feared what a federal probe of its  activities might reveal. He will also challenge the organization's public argument it sacked him because he acted without approval when acquiring secret U.S. documents and when he warned an Israeli embassy official in Washington an FBI espionage probe was in place.

   Rosen believes he has enough evidence to show he was hung out to dry to protect AIPAC form a federal witch hunt. Some of the organization's rich backers think so too. Since his sacking, a number of high profile donors have provided him with $1 million to help him in his legal battle.

   That battle began five years ago when he and  AIPAC's Iran analysts, Keith Weismann, were caught with classified material provided by Pentagon spy Lawrence Franklin. The FBI had Rosen and Weismann  dead to rights but they argued that there were acting as AIPAC lobbyists. They would filter the information through AIPAC to the Israel Embassy in Washington or to AIPAC offices in Tel Aviv. Rosen claimed he was not aware he was subject to any U.S. legislation such as a British-type Official Secret Act that would have prevented him or his journalist from handling sensitive information.

   No one should be surprised AIPAC has been involved in this kind of intelligence gathering over half a century. It is, after all, the successor of the American Zionists Council, which was disbanded in 1962 after being ordered by the Kennedy administration to register as an agent of the Israeli government. Six weeks after it was wound up, its top people, at the behest of the Israeli Foreign Ministry, incorporated AIPAC in its place. It has been tax exempt since 1968.

   According to Rosen, he has more than 180 AIPAC files showing the kind of activities it has been involved in traditionally, and those he contends will demonstrate  he was only doing his job in 2005 when he was "sent out to do something for them that was not illegal."

   The FBI charged Rosen and Weismann with illicitly obtaining classified U.S. government intelligence and defense data. However, for reasons not made clear, the charges were dropped in 2009. At the time, both men were planning to depose in their defense some of the most powerful figures in the United States, including former Vice President Dick buy kamagra 100mg Cheney and former Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice. The decision by the Justice Department to drop the spying charges spurred Risen to go after AIPAC for defamation, and he launched a $20 million defamation suit against his former employer. He should have known that taking on a powerful lobby group would be no easy task and things could get down and dirty. That is exactly what happened.      

   In a 250 page deposition in the suit, AIPAC's lawyer, Thomas L. McCally, questioned Rosen under oath, and the result was withering cross-examination that dissected his personal life. He was forced to admit he had regularly accessed pornography on his work computer though he claimed he saw at least 12 other AIPAC staffers do likewise. He alleged some AIPAC directors even boasted about using prostitutes.

   To Rosen's amazement and dismay, the AIPAC legal team had unearthed previously closed divorce filings in which his first wife (of five wives) cited evidence he had been soliciting men for sex. Under oath, Rosen admitted it was true and he had arranged sexual trysts  with men on the Internet, sometimes on his work computer. He claimed he had not been aware he had stored pornography on his computer, which was how AIPAC investigators discovered he had been accessing lewd material online.

   His suit was dismissed but the judge in the case accepted he was entitled to challenge AIPAC in a jury trial for its statement he was sacked "because he did not reflect AIPAC standards."

   Rosen says his lawyers will show, through evidence he has given them, it was AIPAC's role to amass information about U.S. Middle East policy and AIPAC was often asked by U.S. officials to help them build support for controversial policies on Capitol Hill.

   AIPACs success in fighting off the Rosen defamation suit is the least of its worries. If Rosen can now prove in court AIPAC, on behalf of Israel and its intelligence community, regularly acquired and processed  classified documents about U.S. foreign policy positions, AIPAC could be required to register as the agent of a foreign power as happened to its predecessor, the American Zionist Council.

   There could be other consequences. Revelations about AIPAC as a direct tool of Israel could frighten off many of its big American donors, some of whose names have already surfaced in legal filings. Additionally, there could be pressure on the justice Department to carry out a probe of the organization.

   AIPAC's immediate problem is it cannot be seen to be buying Rosen's silence, because that would lead many to conclude Rosen's claim about APIAC's intelligence gathering activities was accurate. As a consequence, it would be difficult for AIPAC to maintain it is merely a  non-profit lobbying firm engaged in promoting American-Israel relations.

   There has already been some fall-out from the Rosen affair. AIPAC coffers have taken a big hit with  a shortfall in donations estimated at $12 million and rising.

 

 

 

 Friday, December 17, 2010   

INTERNAL WAR FOR AMERICA's FUTURE

By Dr. Hesham Tillawi

   The Host and the Paradise is an encyclopedia of  a complex web of qualitative events woven together in a masterpiece. It is filled with evidence of the existence of a true "fifth Column" operating on behalf of Israel in the United States, and it proves beyond any reasonable doubt that Israel is sitting in the driver's seat within the U.S. government.

   Greg Felton is an investigative journalists specializing in the Middle East, Canadian politics, the media and language whom I had the pleasure of interviewing  on my TV program, Current Issues. [See currentissues.tv on the Internet for more.--ED.]

   Brave souls in the fields of politics and journalism are scarce these days, but the bravery and integrity shown in his book is unmatched except by other brave souls such as Rep. Paul Findley, author of They dare to Speak Out: People and Institutions Confront Israel's Lobby.

   The Host and the Parasite covers the Palestine issue from the early days of Zionism in Palestine and America with a clarity and cohesiveness of thought, that make it an excellent source of information for the average man in the street or the researcher in the world's most prestigious institutions.

   Felton provides names, events and documents to support his arguments. These include documents such as A Clean Break: A New Strategy for Securing the Realm, a 1996 policy recommendation report presented to Benyamin Netanyahu, then the prime-minister of Israel. It advocates Israel's "Independence from America" and the destruction of Saddam Hussein's Iraqi regime years before 9-11 took place.

  Here is what Felton wrote about the neo-conservative Project for the New American Century (PNAC0:

 

   [PNAC] intends, through issue briefs, research papers, advocacy journalism, conferences and seminars, to explain to America what American world leadership entails. It will also strive to rally support for a vigorous and principled policy of American international involvement and to stimulate useful public debate on foreign and defense policy and America's role in the world.

 

   This is the organization of which William Kristol is chairman. It has many other people working with him who share the same Zionist ideas of world domination through the control of American resources and foreign policy. Members include Richard Perle; Douglas J. Feith, who served as the undersecretary of defense for policy under President George W. Bush from July 2001 until August 2005; and Paul D. Wolfowitz, a former U.S. deputy secretary of defense and president of the World Bank. These people are the" neo-conservatives" who found their way into the U.S. Department of Defense during the first Bush term and were instrumental in taking the U.S to attack Iraq in order to destroy it--an "Israeli objective in its own right."

   This was laid out in the Clean Break document by the PNAC crowd.

   Felton wrote the book that many people in the truth movement wanted to write but for some reason never did. In chapter seven, Felton speaks of the invention of Osama bin Laden. He wrote: "It is fair to say that if bin Laden did not exist he would have had to be invented. In fact, he was." This is an important fact that many mainstream media outlets do not recognize or are not even willing to investigate. It is because of the demonized image of bin Laden that the United States was manipulated to attacks Israel's enemies.

   Like the composer of a great symphony, Felton, in Chapter 17, brings together all the ideas and issues he had written about in the previous chapters, including information about 9-11, bin Laden, the Taliban, Iraq, Palestine, Afghanistan and everything that has been associated with them in such a way that anyone reading that chapter alone would be satisfied with the book.

After excluding oil as the primary reason for invading Iraq, what remained is the seemingly improbable truth: The United States invaded Iraq for Israel

 

HERE IS MORE ON THIS GREAT BOOK AND HOW TO ORDER A COPY FOR YOUSELF

 

THE HOST AND THE PARASITE

How Israel's Fifth Column Has Conquered America

 

According to Canadian author Greg Felton, author of The Host and the Parasite: How Israel's Fifth Column consumed America, since the 1980 general election, "a cabal of Zionist Jews, Evangelical Christians and neo-conecono-theologians has been waging war on the U.S. republic." Writes Felton: "Rather than consider Iraq in isolation as oil-firsters do, it must be placed in the more complete context of Israeli subjection of the Middle East, especially Palestine. Not only does this larger picture reinforce the fact of U.S. subservience to Israel, but if further militates against considering oil as the prime determinant  of U.S. policy. In short, a nuclear Iran would be a force for peace and stability and Israel cannot allow that to happen." According to Felton, "Today the republic is dead, brought down by a junta that serves Israel's colonial interest, not the U.S. national interest. This is the essence of the war on terror and the motive behind the Sept. 11 attack, the invasion of Iraq and the overt provocation of Syria and Iran."

 

[The Host & the Parasite (soft cover, 491 pages, #HOP, $35 plus #5 S&H inside the U.S.) is available from first Amendment Books, 645 Pennsylvania Avenue SE, #100, Washington, D.C. 20003. Call AFP/FAB toll free 1-888699-6397 to charge to major credit cards. For more information go to www.americanfreepress.net )]

 

 

Thursday, December 16, 2010:

TEA PARTY ENTANGLED WITH WARMONGERS

By Texe Marrs

 

  Consider the two following scenarios: A pilot whose plane is lost somewhere over the Pacific Ocean, flying with a defunct navigation system, is on the radio to anyone who will listen and says: "I don't know where I am going, but at least I am making good time." Many (not all) in today's tea parties aimlessly say to a corrupt Washington, D.C.: "We don't know how and where you could cut spending, but we demand that you cut our taxes and slash spending." In either case, a wise person can predict the outcome: "Disaster just ahead."

  T he tea party is a sad situation. Such promise, such great tactics, such incredible poor strategy, such a horrible failure coming right up. The tea parties are a great idea gone horribly wrong. (Don't go away until you see why this is true).

   True, the people are angry and fed. They're staging a long-needed popular rebellion, demanding taxes be cut and spending be slashed. The tea parties managed to get a few of their candidates elected this year to enter a corrupt and indifferent Congress. But now what?

NO PLAN, NO SPECIFICS

   In fact, the tea parties have no real plan and offer no specifics. Winning a few hard-fought elections is all well and good, but there is not going to be much follow-up. Republican legislators who won their seats thanks to tea party activism have nowhere to go once they take office. Some might say they should all act as "Dr. No's"--meaning that they ought to simply vote 'no" on any spending measures. But which--and how much--spending are they going to cut? The silence is deafening.

MOST ARE WARMONGERS

   How about those trillions of dollars for bloody expensive wars and bogus homeland security? Well think, folks--most tea party people are actually pro-war and pro-homeland security. In fact, the most ardent members of the tea party are your typical pro-Bush, pro-Cheney, pro-Zionist neo-conservatives. They bought into the ridiculous official version of 9-11. Many actually are convinced that Bush did an honorable thing in cranking up wars in Iraq, Afghanistan and Pakistan.

   Sadly, most tea party people lean toward warmongering. The fact that thousands of young American soldiers are dead, and thousands more are maimed for life, does not seem to phase them. They have little or no sympathy for the hundreds of thousands of innocent Iraqis, Afghanis and Pakistanis who were slain, tortured and disfigured by American bombs and bullets. (Many say it is ok to be pro-war just as long as somebody else is doing the fighting and dying - ED.)

   From what I can discern, most tea party activists don't mind much, if at all, that the U.S. government has shoveled some $4 trillion into these wars and billions of dollars in foreign aid to the wealthy nation of Israel, among others. Apparently they have no problem with the huge bloated military budget that has resulted.

   No one in the tea party leadership--and very few of the rank and file--is hollering: "Cut military spending; stop these futile, unnecessary wars; bring our troops home from the 130 countries overseas where they are stationed!"

POLICE STATE CONTINUES

   Likewise, the gullible among the tea party faithful actually believe the laughable myth that 19 inept Arabs and a shadowy mastermind walking on a cane and living in a cave, Osama bin Laden, pulled off 9-11 and that "domestic terrorists" surround us on every street corner.

   The tea party Republicans--most of whom adored President Bush and Vice President Cheney--have no problem with the tens of billions thrown to the winds each year in building up a Big Brother police state. They agree with the un-American idea of giving up freedoms in exchange for protection from "those terrorists." They think you can protect freedom by giving it up.

   If these two areas alone--military war spending and big-brother homelands security spending--were cut, America could solve its deficit problems and taxes could be reduced. But--pardon my Texan dialect--"it ain't gonna happen," because too many tea parties tolerate worthless wars and seem genuinely frightened of virtually nonexistent Muslim and domestic terrorists.

   Can you name one top tea party leader--be it a local leader or Sarah Palin, Glenn Beck, Newt Gingrich, John McCain, or any of the tea party candidates--who are publicly demanding the Feds slash war and Big Brother spending? No, in fact, they are fervent supporters of such spending. Some even want the U.S. to attack Iran, to stop the " new Hitler," President Ahmadinejad. Most see nothing wrong with the Feds torturing suspects, slamming citizens into gulag prison cells, censoring the Internet, checking our mail or wiretapping our phones. Ending the Federal Reserve is not even mentioned.

WHAT ABOUT RAND PAUL?

   Yes, Texas Rep. Ron Paul will vote against such wasteful spending on wars and surveillance. But a number of tea parties have given him the cold shoulder. Obviously, the tea party organizers, who are warmongers, despise Dr. Paul.

   Then there's Rand Paul, of course, Ron's son--a tea party favorite who was elected to the Senate representing Kentucky. Why do a number of tea partiers support Rand and not Ron? Because Rand's campaign webpage outlines his undying support for Israel. Translated: Give the Jews what they want--Middle East wars, foreign aid, etc.

WHAT SPENDING CUTS

   Please tell me, where are all these spending cuts going to come from? While some in the tea party rank-and-file are angry over the illegal invasion, we are not seeing a clamor by most tea party leaders and speakers demanding that all illegal aliens be deported, so we can save billions spent on illegal aliens' welfare, education and healthcare. Sure Republicans and tea party leaders all talk about border enforcement, but what about the 35 million-plus illegal aliens already inside our borders?

   Nor is anyone in the tea party movement naming even one federal bureau or agency that should be shutdown, even as the federal work force drastically inflates.

   But wait, someone has come up with specifics on where and what to cut. The political establishment-- Democrat and Republican--has solved it. Let's just cut "entitlements," they are saying in unison. Let's take it from the working folks. Wars and big brother are fine, you see. But let's axe grandma's Medicare and Social Security.

   Yes, their solution is to cut Social Security and Medicare benefits of the tens of millions of loyal Americans who, for all their working lives, poured chunks of their earnings into this program.

   And don't say you didn't ask for it, tea parties. You fiercely demanded unspecified spending cuts-and the elite prepared a trap for you. America is being deconstructed, beat down to Third World status, and you had no ideas where all your complaints and protest were taking you.

   The government elite used and abused you. They knew all along what they had planned: You folks demanded they cut spending but you left it open as to where to cut. So cutting your future entitlements, and those of your parents and grandparents, is just the thing to help "reduce red ink."

   Now don't get me wrong. Actually, overall spending to enable government to redistribute your paid-in monies to the foreigners illegally in America. These illegal aliens are soon going to be made 'instant citizens."

   That's right--already Obama and Congress have said that over the next decade, $800 billion should be taken from native-born American citizens' paid-in Social Security and Medicare and spent instead on "ObamaCare," With a lot going to illegal aliens for health care.

YOU ASK FOR IT, YOU GOT IT

   Tea partiers: You wanted to continue the stupid  unnecessary wars in the Middle East, so you are going to get them. You wanted tens of billions for a police state. You're going to get it. Somebody has to pay for it all, so don't complain when you discover that your hard-earned Social Security and Medicare benefits perform a magical shrinking act.

   Don't moan and whine when the military budget goes through the roof, either. the illegal wars and torture gulags that you support-in Iraq, Afghanistan, Pakistan, and soon in Syria and Iran, are going to be expensive. And Israel wants billions more U.S. bucks stuffed into its pockets, so shut up and pay buy kamagra 100mg up.

   The bottom line: Even after they slash Social Security and Medicare, the federal government will still be in red ink up to its ears. That is why your tea party pals, Beck and O'Reilly, have proposed a new national sales tax and a value added tax. These will go on top of today's already outrageously high income taxes.

   The Republican and Democrat parties thank you tea parties for making all this possible--for putting popular pressure behind enlarging the status quo. Welcome to the hew improved New World Order.

 

 

 

 

Friday, December, 10, 2010:

Here is more news about the new batch of Republicans going to Washington. We warned you that some of them will be servants of the SUPER-RICH and will have to be watched. We will have to wait and see who can be trusted - Lattigo Smith

 

ELECTIONS PUT PRO-ISRAELI NEO-CONA BACK ON TOP

Secretive political action committee amasses massive slush fund used to buy victories

By Michael Collins Piper

 

   The Republican' Party's takeover of the  House of Representatives in the recent  election also ushers in a consolidation of pro-Israeli political influence over Congress unlike ever before. Then, too--not coincidentally--it heralds a new era in which secret campaign contributions by big-money interest are now holding sway in an unprecedented way.

   Exemplifying these new developments is the rapid-fire rise of Rep. Eric Cantor (R-Va.), a deeply religious  Orthodox Jew and pro-Israeli "neo-conservative" hardliner who is expected to be named House majority leader in the forthcoming GOP-controlled Congress.

   Although the majority leader post is officially the No 2 slot in the House of Representatives, the truth is, Cantor will hold tremendous behind-the scenes power in the Republican caucus--greater than even Rep. John Boehner (R-Ohio), who is slate to become speaker of  the House (and with whom Cantor has never been on the best of terms).

   Cantor's particular influence stems from his control--along with another pro-Israeli hardliner, former Sen. Norm Coleman (R-Minn.)--of a secretive and well-funded political action committee, the America Action Network (AAN), run by Cantor's close advisor and former chief of staff, Rob Collins.

   Cantor's AAN operation is believed to have raised up to $25 million this past year and spent at least $16million in waging independent expenditures on behalf of Cantor-approved Republican candidates in the recent election.

   On Oct. 25 even The Washington Post was moved to describe AAN as "mysterious" and described Collins as one of "a small of operatives with the coveted expertise of actually running such secretive organizations " Collins himself has said, "I have a weird gift for raising money."

   That gift has given new power to Cantor, who played a major part though AAN in orchestrating the GOP victory, bankrolled by well-heeled contributors whose names are not required to be revealed to the Federal Election Commission.

   It is no conscience that two other, similar fundraising ventures--American Crossroads and Crossroads GPS, both run by former George W. Bush operative Karl Rove--share offices with Cantor's AAN.

   Ellen Miler of the Sunlight Foundation said the massive spending by such groups in the 2010 elections is the "how-to" for the 2112 election.

   "It's how to use corporate money, how to use secret money to buy elections," she said. "It's going to be no holds barred."

   While most members of Congress generally rely on campaign contributions from within their own districts, examination of Cantor's reported contributions indicate  that his political fortunes have relied extensively on a great deal of money supplied by Jewish contributors from across the country.

   Cantor is able to tap into those same sources to fund his AAN operation on behalf of pro-Israel Republicans. So, Cantor's access to tens of millions of dollars in secret contributions makes this young congressman particularly influential, today and in the future.

   The influx of so many new GOP "conservatives" elected with Cantor's help will also expand the influence of the Republican Study Committee--of which Cantor is a member-which is a composed of more than a hundred GOP congressmen, all of whom are vociferous allies of the Jewish lobby.

   The RSC's executive director, Paul Teller--who described himself to The Washington Post as the RSC's "token-Jew"--formerly served on the staff of Rep. Mike Pence (R-Ind.). Pence once described how every time the subject of Israel was mentioned on the House floor, he rushed there to hear what was being said. Now Pence is reportedly hoping to parlay his peculiar devotion to Israel into a 2012 presidential campaign.

   The Republican victory also brings control of at least two key House committees into the hands of pro-Israel lawmakers.

   The House Foreign Affairs Committee's new chair is Cuban-born Ileana Ros-Lehtinen. She has long been one of the loudest advocates for Israel in Washington. Upon her election to Congress in 1988 and for years afterward, she was touted as "the first woman of Hispanic origin elected to the House, " but then the truth came out: Ros-Lehtinen was the granddaughter of Sephardic Jews from Turkey who migrated to Cuba.

   Slated to chair the Homeland Security Committee is Rep. Peter King (R-N.N.) who--although an Irish Catholic who attended the University of Notre Dame--is a boisterous voice for Israeli interest.

   Abroad, the consequences of the GOP victory are being noted in the context of Israel's concerns.

   In Israel, Danny Danon, a hardliner in Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyauh's Likud Party, expressed  delight: "The huge influx of newly elected representatives and senators to Washington includes dozens of strong friends of Israel who will put the brakes on the consistently dubious, sometimes dangerous policies of President Obama these past two years (In other words most of the new congressmen will be slaves to the wishes of Israel, even if those interest conflict the interest of the U.S. ED.)

   Meanwhile, Saudi Arabia's former ambassador to the United States, Prince Turki al-Faisal, slated to become Saudi foreign minister, warned in a speech in Washington following the election that he foresees a return of the "neo-conservative philosophy" and that the election "will give more fodder for those warmongers  to pursue their favorite exercise, war-making."

   The Arab diplomat bluntly warned that "neo-con advisors, American conservatives and Zionist extremists" have promoted policies that "continually throw a wrench into the progress of peace."

   He said that "particularly in the Congress, the bipartisan support for Israel has been enormous; it's not just Republicans. My concern is really with the people who speak up for a more aggressive type of policy, as espoused by neo-conservatives. They will interpret these elections as, if you like, a return to what they would consider to be their view on foreign policy in general and ... particularly on the Middle East."      

 

THE ART OF SUCCESSFUL POLITICS

By Vince Ryan 

   We live in an age of so-called transparency in which it is hoped that all facets of society and government are open books for everyone to read. But hopes and dreams don't always  come true in life or in political action.

   Party platforms and political manifestos usually go the way of campaign promises. What it takes or is necessary  for a candidate to say or do in order to win an election is of prime importance. But after the lucky pol takes the oath of office and is challenged by friend or foe about keeping his promises, the usual excuse he gives the lowly voter is: "You don't understand the pressure in this job. But I am doing my best."

   There are some members of congress--I think my congressman is one--who don't spend an excessive amount of time making promises they can't always keep, but who do enjoy enumerating their past "achievements" which serve as building blocks for legislation that will please the majority of their constituents.

   New members of Congress who will be sworn in next January will quickly learn that the main reason they are there is to get re-elected. Like good wine they are supposed to mellow with age, And over the coming months and years they will be the objects of heavy lobbying by highly paid and very skillful representatives of organizations, and even by private citizens or organizations who are often but not necessarily from their own districts.

   Now the professional lobbyists can also provide access to people knowledgeable about the workings of Congress, staffing, bill crafting, media relations and fundraising among others. But they must  be honest and free from the  taint of bribery in all their undertakings.

   Bear in mind that in this age of transparency, lobbyists, like politicians they deal with, are not only watched by government regulators but by those whose sole purpose is to find some fault in their work that could destroy them or the congressman with whom they deal.

   If you are interesting in finding out who contributes to your representative and senators take a look at the Internet  website campaignmoney.com. The names of organizations and individuals who are active there for you to evaluate. Notice the many corporate and individual contributors who have an interest in getting your congressman and senator in Congress to vote for what they advocate.

   As you know, outside grassroots forces have had a big impact on elections. Of course old standbys like labor unions and various business organizations both liberal and conservative  have been active.

   The exciting new kid on the block, the tea party movement, hopes to remain a power in elections to come. Many professional politicians fear it and hope it is a temporary phenomenon. Others have  compared its potential future influence to that of the liberal League of Women Voters founded in 1920.

   The media still prefers to reserve their ayes or nays for the conservative and liberals, Republican and Democrats. The rest of the candidates are often consigned to the political waste bin labeled kooks.

   But what the people are looking for are dynamic candidates, especially for president, who are nationalists and populists, in the tradition of Thomas Jefferson, Andrew Jackson, Rev. Charles Coughlin and Sen. Robert A. Taft.

   A Populists glossary by populists editor and writer Willis A Carto defines conservatism: "While theoretically favoring less government and opposing socialism, the average conservative supports all essentials of capitalism and therefore the very fundamentals which inevitably produces socialism. Conservatives are misled by their leaders into supporting big business, free trade and internationalism, including military intervention in useless wars. Unclear or contradictory in many areas, conservatism is distinctly liberal in others or diligently avoids controversy in regard to Zionism, race, money and banking and Trilateralism."

   On the other hand, he defines liberalism this way: "Shifting arguments of sentimentalism, used by Marxists, minorities and capitalists to break down traditional society. All mattoids (criminals of high intelligence) are liberals--who are unable to see the consequences of the policies they advocate."

   Above all, no matter the case or circumstances of an issue or action, truth must prevail. Without truth all words, deeds, actions and promises are meaningless. A free people and their leaders must always set truth as their highest goal.

 

(Vince Ryan is the chairman of the AFP Readership Council. Cal 202-544-5977 for more on joining the American Free Press Readership Council.)

           

 

 

MIDTERMS A REPUDIATION OF OBAMA

By Victor Thorn

 

   Wednesday, December 1, 2010: Not since the 1930 have voters so resoundingly rejected a president's polices and agenda. More important, the midterm elections sent an even clearer message: Americans will no longer tolerate being subjugated by an elitist attitude in Washington, D.C., that demeans what they hold dearest, especially when it originates from their armed forces' commander-in-chief.

   In late October, president Barak Obama spoke of "punishing our enemies" if they disagree with his  stance on illegal immigration. He also compelled  Attorney General Eric Holder to sue the state of Arizona for trying to seal their international border and enforce the laws, which already existed in their constitution.

   During campaign stops, Obama said that his opponents would be forced "to sit in the back of the bus." Such racially charged rhetoric is reminiscent of how his department of Justice overturned a ruling against Black Panthers who had intimidated white voters at polling stations in 2008.

   Further, after attending Rev. Jeremiah Wright's black nationalists church for two decades and hearing him scream "God damn America!" along with race-baiting  invectives, Obama lashed out at Caucasian police officers in Cambridge, Mass. by calling them "stupid."

   This condescending attitude reflects his wife Michelle's claim that she had never been proud of her country before Obama's election. Obama's views follow a similar line when he sneered at traditional citizens  who "cling to their religion and guns."

   All of these positions led to the president's goal of "fundamentally transforming America," especially it's culture and history. With an inherent belief that the state offers more solutions than do individuals, Obamacare flagrantly promises a "redistribution of wealth" to those whom he feels most entitled to receive it.

   In response, the backlash and subsequent Democratic  blood bath reaches directly into Obama's backyard. Alexi Giannoulias, a handpicked candidate of Chicago's political mob, lost the president's former Senate seat in an embarrassing defeat.

   In Ohio, Obama made 12 separate campaign stops, while Vice President Joe Biden visited seven times. Still, Democrats lost in a clean sweep, from the gubernatorial race to both houses of Congress. The same occurred in Pennsylvania, where Pat Toomey defeated  Sen. Joe Sestak, who found himself in a pay-for-play scandal involving Arlen Specter and Bill Clinton.

   Finally, similar to earlier 2009 humiliations in new Jersey, Virginia and Massachusetts where every candidate that he supported lost, Obama  only endorsed one individual running in a House race. But the Obama "kiss of death" continued, as rep. Tom Perriello was sent packing by voters.

   When American cast their ballots on Nov. 2, they clearly denounced a hollow platform of  "hope and change" that didn't reflect the values and principles they'd been raised with for generations

.

SOME PEOPLE STILL DON'T GET IT

 

   Those affiliated with a host of different tea party organizations made their voices clear on Election day: they wanted limited government, lower taxes and less heavy-handedness by representatives in D.C.

   In California, 92 percent of the  populace said they disapproved of their political leaders and the direction they were being led. However, despite teetering on the edge of bankruptcy due to rampant overspending and decades of liberal policies, voters still inexplicably elected career politicians Barbara Boxer to Congress, and Jerry "Moonbeam" Brown as governor. They now realistically face becoming the first "federalized" state after the nation's taxpayers are forced to bail them out because they're "to big to fail."

   In Nevada, a state racked by 14.5 percent unemployment and an unparalleled foreclosure  crisis, union reps spearheaded the return of Harry Reid as a U.S. senator. This is the same political hack that engineered countless backroom deals to ensure the passage of ObamaCare

   Connecticut voters didn't seem to mind that another career politician, Richard Blumenthal, lied  repeatedly about serving in Vietnam, even though he never saw a single day of combat. When asked about how jobs were created during a debate with professional wrestler executive Linda McMahon, Blumenthal couldn't arrive at an answer. His lack of real-world experience was glaringly apparent as he feebly mumbled about government being the answer.

    Next door in Massachusetts, the epitome of a bloated bureaucrat, Rep. Barnet Frank, cruised to another victory in the House. Franks' former boyfriend, a male hooker, was once exposed for running a prostitution ring out of his basement. Frank also propped-up Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac; actions which led to the U.S. housing collapse and an economy that has yet to recover.

   Almost laughably, 28 percent of voters in South Carolina gave the nod to Alvin Green, a democratic senatorial candidate who had been indicted recently for showing obscene photographs to a young college student last year.

   This syndrome of being shamelessly out of touch with everyday citizens reaches all the way into our nation's capitol, where on Nov. 4 President Obama began a ten-day jaunt to India that will cost taxpayers $200 million per day. With a 3,000-person entourage that requires 40 jetliners, Obama's party booked all 570 rooms in the luxurious Taj Mahal Hotel. Experts predict that despite the exorbitant expense, no "big results" will result from the trip.

 

MIXED BAG FOR WOMEN CANDIDATES

 

   Sarah Palin called them "mama grizzlies," and tea party loyalists anticipated a sweep of GOP females through the corridors of Congress. To their dismay, though, the majority of these high profile names fell short in their bids.

   The most crushing defeat centered around Nevada's Sharron Angle. As the candidate most closely associated with the Republican-backed tea party movement, Ms. Angle couldn't muster enough support to unseat  the decidedly weak Reid for his Senate seat.

   Millions of dollars from dual CEOs Carly Fiorina  and Meg Whitman weren't sufficient in their bids to topple California's powerful political machine. Likewise, professional wrestling businesswoman Mrs. McMahon ran an impressive campaign that fell slightly short in ultra-liberal Connecticut.

   Not surprisingly, Delaware's Christine O'Donnell suffered from inexperience and a plethora of high-profile gaffes and couldn't successfully grab Joe Biden's former Senate seat.

   On the other hand, Palin's protégée Nikki Haley fended off vicious accusations of adultery to become South Carolina's first lady governor. Other impressive gubernatorial victories including Susanna Martinez in New Mexico, Arizona's anti-illegal immigration champion Jan brewer (incumbent), and Oklahoma's Mary Fallin.

   Another star-studded candidate and founder of the congressional Tea Party Caucus, Rep. Michele Bachmann, rolled to an easy win in Minnesota.

   As for their male counterpart, Rand Paul deflected his opponent's mudslinging in Kentucky to become his state's junior senator. Paul vowed that his colleagues wouldn't be changed by Washington, but instead the opposite would occur. Tea party members feel confident that a position of non-compromise on their principles will be upheld by Paul, son of Texas GOP Rep. Ron Paul.

   Another tea arty favorite is Mario Rubio, who battled not only a Democratic foe, but also former Republican Gov. Charlie Crist. Rubio, a Cuban-American, has been slated as a future potential presidential candidate. Some even whisper that this young neo-conservative could join Mrs. Palin as a possible running mate in 2012.

   Republicans are well positioned for the upcoming presidential race for one specific reason: 10 states in the union flipped from Democratic to GOP governors.

   Not only does this phenomenon roll out the red carpet in early primary states like South Carolina, but also these same governors are now in charge of redistricting their states following the 2010 census.

   In other words, strong liberal precincts can be gerrymandered  or split up to allow more conservative candidates a more favorable outcome.

 

 

 

Muslim nations still the target of neo-con machinations in Africa, Mideast

By Paul Craig Roberts

 

   Does anyone remember the "cakewalk war" that would last no more than six weeks, cost $50 to 60 billion, and be paid for out of Iraqi oil revenues?

   Does anyone remember that White House economist Lawrence Lindsey was fired by Dubya because Lindsey estimated that the Iraq war would cost as much as $200 billion? Lindsey was fired for over-estimating the cost of a war that, according to Joseph Stiglitz and Linda Bilmes, has cost 15 times more than Lindsey estimated. And the U.S. still has 50,000 troops in Iraq.

   Does anyone remember that just prior to the U.S. invasion of Iraq, the U.S. government declared victory over the Taliban in Afghanistan?

   Does anyone remember that the reason Dubya gave for invading Iraq was Saddam Hussein's weapons of mass destruction, weapons that the U.S. government knew did not exist?

   Are Americans aware that the same neo-conservatives who made these fantastic mistakes, or told these fabulous lies, are still in control of the government in Washington?

   The "war on terror" is now in its 10th year. What is it really all about?

   The bottom line answer is that the "war on terror" is about creating real terrorists. The U.S. government desperately needs real terrorists in order to justify its expansion of its wars against Muslim countries and to keep the American people sufficiently fearful that they continue to accept the police state that provides "security from terrorists," but not from the government that has discarded civil liberties.

   The U.S. government creates terrorists by invading Muslim countries, wrecking infrastructure and killing vast numbers of civilians. The United States also creates terrorists by installing governments to rule over Muslims and by using the puppet governments to murder and persecute citizens as is occurring on a vast scale in Pakistan today.

   Neo-conservatives used 9-11 to launch their plan for U.S. world hegemony. Their plan fit with the interest of America's ruling oligarchies. Wars are good for the profits of the military-security complex, about which President Eisenhower warned us in vain a half century ago. American hegemony is good for the oil industry's control over resources and resource flows. The transformation of the Middle East into a vast American puppet state serves well the Israel lobby's Zionist aspirations for Israeli territorial expansion.

   Earlier this year Deputy U.S. Treasury Secretary Neal Wolin ordered Pakistan to raise taxes so the Pakistani government could more effectively make war on its own citizens for the Americans. On Oct. 14 Secretary of State Hillary Clinton ordered Pakistan to again raise taxes or the U.S. would withhold flood aid. Mrs. Clinton pressured America's European puppet states to do the same, expressing in the same breath that the U.S government was worried by British cuts in the military budget. God forbid that the hard-pressed British, still reeling from financial fraud, don't allocate enough money to fight America's wars.

   In his book, Obama's Wars, Bob Woodward reports that American puppet president of Pakistan, Asif Ali Zardari, believes that terrorists bombing attacks inside Pakistan for which the Taliban are blamed are in fact CIA operations designed to destabilize Pakistan and allow Washington to seize Pakistan's nuclear weapons.

   To keep Pakistan in line, the U.S. government changed its position that the "Times Square Bombing" was the work of a "lone wolf." Attorney General Eric Holder switched the blame to the "Pakistani Taliban," and Mrs. Clinton threatened Pakistan with "very serious consequences" for the unsuccessful Times Square bombing, which likely was a false flag operation at Pakistan.

   For decades the U.S. government has enabled repeated Israeli military aggression against Lebanon and now appears to be getting into gear for another Israeli assault on the former American protectorate of Lebanon. On Oct.14 the U.S. government expressed its "outrage" that the Lebanese government had permitted a visit by Iranian President Ahmadinejad, who is the focus of Washington's intense demonization efforts. Israel's representative in the U.S. Congress threatened to stop U.S. military aid to Lebanon, forgetting that Rep. Howard Berman (D-Calif.) has had aid to Lebanon blocked since last August to punish Lebanon for a border clash with Israel.

   Perhaps the most telling headline of all is the Oct. 14 report, "Somalia's new American Prime Minister." An American has been installed as the prime minister of Somalia, an American puppet government in Mogadishu backed up by thousands of Uganda troops paid by Washington.

   Meanwhile, to silence the whistleblower website Wikileaks and to prevent any more revelations of American war crimes, the "freedom and democracy" government in D.C. has closed down Wikileaks' donations by placing the company that collects its money on its "watch list" and by having the Australian puppet government blacklist Wikileaks.

      

 

JOBS ARE NOW PRIMARY U.S. EXPORT IN THE 'GLOBAL ECONOMY

BY James P. Tucker

 

   Big firms are exporting more jobs to exploit slave-labor wages in Third World countries, the latest government figures show. This trend comes as the official, questionable unemployment rate still hovers at 9.6 percent, reflecting the policies of unscrupulous, unpatriotic multinational corporations and the apparent failure of stimulus legislation by Barak Obama and Congress.

   One indication of the rise in job losses is found in the increasing number of applications for Federal Trade  Adjustment Assistance, which usually goes to factory workers who lost their jobs because their work was sent overseas or was undercut by cheaper imports.

  For the six months that ended Sept. 30, employees at about 1,200 offices and plants nationwide were approved for Federal Trade Adjustment Assistance. That is 20 percent more approvals than in the same period last year, according to the U.S. Labor Department.

   In addition, the most recent Department of Commerce data show that employment at the foreign subsidiaries and affiliates of U.S. multinational firms increased by 729,000 people in two years, to 11.9 million in 2008 from 2006. During that same period, domestic employment by such firms slipped by 500,000 jobs, to 21.1 million

   "The paradigm has shifted," said John Challenger, chief executive of the consulting firm Challenger, Gray & Christmas. "Most companies see the next phase or era of growth as global....That'll still create jobs here, just not on the scale when they were focusing on growth in the United States.".

   That trend will further stall the U.S. "recovery," economists warn. The economy will continue to lack vigor while unemployment remains officially at 9.6 percent nationally. Among the corporations that have recently exported jobs is Hilton Worldwide, based in Hemet California.

   Laying off an undisclosed number of employees in 10 states is Hewlett-Packard in Palo Alto, California, a participant in the secretive annual Bilderberg meetings--designed to mold sweeping economic, political and energy policies behind closed doors, while surrounded by armed security.

   Hilton's spokespeople say the company's operations are being sent to the Philippines to save money. "Across all aspects of its business, Hilton Worldwide is committed to maximizing operating efficiencies while maintaining service levels," Hilton said in a brief statement.

   Major Bilderberg luminary, banker and power broker David Rockefeller moved JPMorgan Chase's telephone banking operation from Troy, Mich., to the Philippines. Furthermore, PwC, the huge accenting firm formerly known as PricewaterhouseCoopers, laid off 125 employees, shipping their mid-level jobs to Uruguay.

   Some companies continue to engage in "pure labor arbitrage," Challenger said. Or is it pure labor demolition in the United States? Such policies unavoidably diminish earnings and purchasing power even more, and further damage the ability of Americans to save  money and avoid debt, or get out of debt. This is the world of "economic man," wherein people have to serve the economy and monetary system, rather than the economy and monetary serving the people.

   Americans must challenge this arrangement through, among other things, calling for tariffs against imports, especially those from China, while seeking the abolition of the Federal Reserve System. This would mean returning to the debt-free creation of money by a U.S. Treasury Department that no longer would subcontract for the Federal Reserve's private, for-profit money creation.

   Pressuring elected officials does work. Call your congressman and senators through the congressional switchboard at (202) 224-3121 and demand higher tariffs on imports, and protection and restoration of the U.S. manufacturing base.

   (Remember it is the enemy, the SUPER-RICH, that controls the multinational corporations that have sent your good paying jobs overseas. They have been able to do this with the corporation of Republicans, Democrats and corrupt Union bosses. These are the people that must be replaced or we will never recover from this depression - Bill Gibbons.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
   
t